==============================================================================As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2024

Registration No. 333- [●]

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

FLORIDATPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Florida

4899

81-3903357

(State or jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

4899

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

45-4916705

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

501 West Broadway, Suite 800, San Diego, CA 92101/ Phone (619) 301-4200

(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)

 

Stephen Thomas, Chief Executive Officer

501 West Broadway, Suite 800, San Diego, CA 92101/ Phone (619) 301-4200

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

COPIES OF ALL COMMUNICATIONS TO:

Michael A. Littman,Christen Lambert, Attorney at Law

P.O. Box 1839, Arvada, CO 80001 / phone (720) 530-61842920 Forestville Rd., Ste. 100, PMB 1155 Raleigh, North Carolina 27616 Phone: 919-473-9130

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as possible after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. [X]

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

 

If this Form is a post effectivepost-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

[___]

Accelerated filer

[___]

Non-accelerated filer

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

[___]

Smaller reporting company

[_X_]

Emerging growth company

Table of Contents

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. [ ]

 

If an emerging growth company, that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. [_]

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed Maximum Aggregate

Offering Price(1)

 

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

 

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share

 

$50,000,002

 

 

$7,380

 

Common stock issuable upon exercise of Representative’s overallotment (2)

 

$5,000,002

 

 

$738

 

TOTAL

 

$55,000,004

 

 

$8,118

 

Title of Each Class of Securities To Be RegisteredAmount To Be RegisteredProposed Maximum Offering Price Per ShareProposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)Amount of Registration Fee
     
Common Stock by Selling Shareholders47,184,585$0.13$6,133,996.05$763.68

__________ 

(1)

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of computingcalculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) underof the Securities Act of 1933, ("the Securities Act"as amended (the “Securities Act”) based on the average

(2)

Includes 769,231 shares of the 5-day average of the closing price of the common stock, on December 11, 2017 as reported onwhich may be issued upon exercise of a 45-day option granted to the OTC Market QB.underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

i

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED FEBRUARY 13, 2024

 

TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.

ii

Table of Contents

(Subject to Completion)

PROSPECTUS7,692,308 Shares

 

TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.

47,184,585Global Tech, Inc. is offering 7,692,308 shares on a firm commitment basis, par value $0.001 per share. Purchasers will receive only shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may be transferred separately, immediately upon issuance. The offering also includes 769,231 shares of selling shareholderscommon stock for a Representative’s Overallotment.

Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCPINK market, operated by OTC Markets Group, under the symbol “TPTW”.  On February [●], 2024, the last quoted price of our common stock as reported on the OTCPINK was $ [●] per share.

The final public offering price per shares will be determined through a negotiation between us and the underwriters in the offering and will take into account the recent market price of our common stock, the general condition of the securities market at the time of the offering, the history of, and the prospects for, the industry in which we compete, and our past and present operations and our prospects for future revenues.  The assumed public offering price used through this prospectus may not be indicative of the actual final offering price.

 

We are registering securities listed for saleintend to apply concurrently with the filing of this Registration Statement to list our common stock on behalfthe NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbols “TPTW“ and “TPTWW“, respectively.  There is no assurance that our listing application will be approved by the Nasdaq Capital Market.  The approval of selling shareholders: 47,184,585 sharesour listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market is a condition of common stock.closing this offering.

 

We willnot receive any proceeds from salesthe sale of the shares by selling shareholders.being registered in this offering. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information about how we will use the proceeds from this offering.

 

Our selling shareholders plan to sell common shares at market prices for theAn investment in our securities as the market may dictate from time to time. There is a limited market price for the common stock, which has traded in the OTC Pink Sheets, (“TPTG”) in the range of $0.13 in the past 5 days.

TitlePrice Per Share
Common Stock$ $0.13*

*Five-day average market price

Our security holders may sell their securities at market prices or at any price in privately negotiated transactions.

This offeringspeculative and involves a high degree of risk; see"RISK FACTORS"risk. Investors should carefully consider the risk factors and other uncertainties described in this prospectus before purchasing our securities. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 6 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.7.

 

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or any state or provincial securities commission, nor has the SEC or any state or provincial securities commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTIS IS TRUTHFUL, ACCURATE, OR COMPLETE.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

ii

THIS OFFERING IS HIGHLY SPECULATIVE AND THESE SECURITIES INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN AFFORD THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. SEE “RISK FACTORS” BEGINNING ON PAGE 7. NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

 

This offering will be on a delayed and continuous basis only for sales of selling shareholders shares. The selling shareholders are not paying any of the offering expenses and we will not receive any ofoffered shares pursuant to the proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling shareholders. (See “Description of Securities – Shares”).Underwriting Agreement.

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the date that the registration statement relating to these securities, which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, becomes effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

 

Per Share

 

 

Total

 

Public offering price (1)

 

$6.50

 

 

$50,000,002

 

Underwriting discounts, non-accountable expenses and commissions (2)

 

$0.52

 

 

$4,000,000

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$5.98

 

 

$46,000,002

 

_____________________ 

(1)

The public offering price and placement discount and commissions in respect of each share corresponds to a public offering price per share of common stock of $6.50.

(2)

This table depicts broker-dealer commissions of 6% of the gross offering proceeds and 2% non accountable and other expenses. See “Underwriting” on page 99 for additional disclosure regarding placement discounts and commissions, overallotments, and reimbursement of expenses.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 45 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional 769,231 shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the placement discount, solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

We anticipate that delivery of the securities to purchasers in the offering will be made on or about [●], 2024.

____________________

The date of this Prospectusprospectus is DecemberFebruary 13, 2017.

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS2024.

 

PART I -  INFORMATION REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUSPage No.
ITEM 1.Front of Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus 
ITEM 2.

iii

Prospectus Cover Page

 

Table of Contents

The following table of contents has been designed to help you find information contained in this prospectus. We encourage you to read the entire prospectus.

ITEM 3.

Available Information

1

Prospectus Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

3

1

ITEM 4.

The Offering

6

Risk Factors

7

Use of Proceeds

20

28

ITEM 5.Determination of Offering Price20
ITEM 6.Dilution20
ITEM 7.Selling Security Holders21
ITEM 8.Plan of Distribution28
ITEM 9.Description of Securities29
ITEM 10.Interest of Named Experts and Counsel30
ITEM 11.Information with Respect to the Registrant30
a.Description of Business30
b.Description of Property51
c.Legal Proceedings51
d.

Market Price for our Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

52

29

Dividend Policy

e.Financial Statements

53

30

Capitalization

f.Selected Financial Data

54

30

Dilution

g.Supplementary Financial Information

54

32

Description of the Business

h.

34

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

54

69

Management

i.Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

60

79

Executive Compensation

j.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

60

88

k.Directors and Executive Officers60
l.Executive and Directors Compensation63
m.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

67

93

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

94

Description of Capital Stock

95

Underwriting

99

Legal Matters

104

Experts

104

Additional Information

105

Index to Financial Statements

F-1

iv

 n.Certain Relationships, Related Transactions, Promoters And Control Persons69
ITEM 11 A.Material Changes71
ITEM 12.Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference71
ITEM 12 A.Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities72
PART II – INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13.Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution73
ITEM 14.Indemnification of Directors and Officers73
ITEM 15.Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities74
ITEM 16.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules75
ITEM 17.Undertakings76
Signatures78

 

Table of Contents

ITEM 3. PROSPECTUS SUMMARYAVAILABLE INFORMATION RISK FACTORS AND RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

Our Company

This prospectus constitutes a part of a registration statement on Form S-1 (together with all amendments and exhibits thereto, the “Registration Statement”) filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). As permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus omits certain information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to TPT Global Tech, Inc. (“We”, “us”, “our”and the securities offered hereby. With regard to any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or “TPT Global”),otherwise filed with the SEC, in each instance reference is incorporatedmade to the copy of such document so filed. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference.

You should rely only on information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not, and the Stateunderwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus. Neither the delivery of Floridathis prospectus nor the sale of our securities means that the information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus or such free writing prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy our securities in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful or in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus and the information in any free writing prospectus that we may provide you in connection with this offering is accurate only as of the date of that free writing prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations locatedand prospects may have changed since those dates.

No person is authorized in San Diego, California, providing complete, communicationconnection with this prospectus to give any information or to make any representations about us, the securities offered hereby or any matter discussed in this prospectus, other than the information and data servicesrepresentations contained in this prospectus. If any other information or representation is given or made, such information or representation may not be relied upon as having been authorized by us.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. You are required to inform yourself about, and products to smallobserve any restrictions relating to, mid-sized organizations (“SMB”)this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus and should consider, among other things, the matters set for thunder “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus before making your investment decision. This prospectus contains forward-looking statements and information relating to TPT Global Tech, Inc. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” on page 27.

THE OFFERING

The Offering consists of 7,692,308 shares (or 8,461,539 shares if the Underwriters’ exercise the over-allotment option to purchase additional shares in full and are issued shares as additional compensation to the Broker/Dealer).

 

CORPORATE HISTORYWe intend to effectuate a net reverse stock split of one for [●] shares of common stock in conjunction with the registration of the 7,692,308 shares. Thus, herein, when discussing the offering, we are presenting post reverse stock split numbers. When discussing current operating and historical numbers we are presenting pre reverse stock split numbers.

 

COMPANY OVERVIEWOUR BUSINESS

 

We were originally incorporated in 1988 in the state of Florida. TPT Global, Inc., a Nevada corporation formed in June 2014, merged with Ally Pharma US, Inc., a Florida corporation, (“Ally Pharma”, formerly known as Gold Royalty Corporation) in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT Global, Inc. in exchange for all outstanding common stock of TPT Global Inc. and Ally Pharma changedagreed to change its name to TPT Global Tech, Inc. In 2014, we acquired all(jointly referred to as “the Company” or “TPTG”).

1

Table of Contents

The following acquisitions have resulted in entities which have been consolidated into TPTG since the assets of K Telecom and Wireless LLC (“K Telecom”) and Global Telecom International, LLC (“Global Telecom”). Effective January 31, 2015, we completed our acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc. (“Copperhead Digital”) and Subsidiaries, TruCom, LLC (“TruCom”), Nevada Utilities, Inc. (“Nevada Utilities”) and CityNet Arizona, LLC (“CityNet”). In October 2015, we acquired the assets of both Port2Port, Inc. (“Port2Port”) and Digithrive, Inc. (“Digithrive”). Effective September 30, 2016, we acquired 100% ownershipreverse merger in San Diego Media, Inc. (“SDM”). In December 2016, we acquired the Lion Phone technology. In October and November 2017, we acquired Blue Collar, Inc. (“Blue Collar”), Hollywood Riviera, LLC (“Hollywood Riviera”) and HRS Mobile, LLC (“HRS”), and certain assets of Matrixsites, Inc. (“Matrixsites”).2014.

Name

 

Herein referred to as

 

Acquisition or Incorporation Date

 

Ownership

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

 

Company or TPTG

 

1988

 

 

100%

Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc.

 

Copperhead Digital or CDH

 

2015

 

 

100%

TruCom, LLC

 

TruCom

 

2015

 

 

100%

CityNet Arizona, LLC

 

CityNet

 

2015

 

 

100%

San Diego Media Inc.

 

SDM

 

2016

 

 

100%

Blue Collar Production, Inc.

 

Blue Collar

 

2018

 

 

100%

TPT SpeedConnect, LLC

 

TPT SpeedConnect (2)

 

2019

 

 

86%

TPT Federal, LLC

 

TPT Federal

 

2020

 

 

100%

TPT MedTech, LLC

 

TPT MedTech

 

2020

 

 

100%

TPT Strategic, Inc.

 

TPT Strategic

 

2020

 

 

0%

QuikLab 1 LLC

 

Quiklab 1

 

2020

 

 

80%

QuikLAB 2, LLC

 

QuikLAB 2

 

2020

 

 

80%

QuikLAB 3, LLC

 

QuikLAB 3

 

2020

 

 

80%

The Fitness Container, LLC

 

Air Fitness

 

2020

 

 

75%

TPT Global Tech Asia Limited

 

TPT Asia

 

2020

 

 

78%

TPT MedTech UK LTD

 

TPT MedTech UK

 

2020

 

 

100%

TPT Global Defense Systems, Inc.

 

TPT Global Defense

 

2021

 

 

100%

TPT Innovations Technology, Inc.

 

TPT Innovations

 

2021

 

 

100%

TPT Global Caribbean Inc.

 

TPT Caribbean

 

2021

 

 

100%

TPT Media and Entertainment, LLC

 

TPT Media and Entertainment

 

2021

 

 

100%

VuMe Live, LLC

 

VuMe Live

 

2021

 

 

100%

Digithrive, LLC

 

Digithrive

 

2021

 

 

100%

Information Security and Training, LLC

 

IST (1)

 

2022

 

 

0%

Asberry 22 Holdings, Inc.

 

Asberry or ASHI

 

2023

 

 

86%

(1)

On September 11, 2023, Everett Lanier and the Company agreed to a Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release (“Settlement Agreement”). See Note 11.

(2)

Through the acquisition of Asberry, TPT’s ownership was decreased to 86% from 100% through Asberry.

 

We are based in San Diego, California, and operate as a technology-based company with divisions providing telecommunications, construction and product distribution, media content for domestic and international syndication as well as technology solutions. We operate as a Media Content Hub for Domestic and International syndication, Technology/Telecommunications company operating onusing our own proprietary Global Digital Media TV and Telecommunications infrastructure platform and also providesprovide technology solutions to businesses domestically and worldwide.  We offer Software as a Service (SaaS), Technology Platform as a Service (PAAS), Cloud-based Unified Communication as a Service (UCaaS) and carrier-grade performance and support for businesses over our private IP MPLS fiber and wireless network in the United States.businesses. Our cloud-based UCaaS services allow businesses of any size to enjoy all the latest voice, data, media and collaboration features in today's global technology markets. We also operate as a Master Distributor for Nationwide Mobile Virtual networkNetwork Operators (MVNO) and Independent Sales Organization (ISO) as a Master Distributor for Pre-Paid Cellphone services, Mobile phones, Cellphone Accessories and Global Roaming Cellphones.

We anticipate needing an estimated $50,000,000 in capital to continue our business operations and expansion. We do not have committed sources for these additional funds and will need to be obtained through debt or equity placements or a combination of those. We are in negotiations for certain sources to provide funding but at this time do not have a committed source of these funds.  This offering is anticipated to be part of the $50,000,000 we seek in capital.

 

Our executive offices are located at 501 West Broadway, Suite 800, San Diego, CA 92101 and the telephone number is (619) 400-4996. We maintain a website at www.tptglobaltech.com, and such website is not incorporated into or a part of this filing.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion of revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years from the date of the first sale in this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a large accelerated filer, our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.0 billion, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure and other requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. However, we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Summary of Financial Information

The following tables set forth, for the periods and as of the dates indicated, our summary financial data. The statements of operations for the three months ended September 30, 2017, and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2017 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. The unaudited financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for the fair presentation of the

3 
2

Table of Contents

financial information set forth in those statements. You should read the following information together with the more detailed information contained in “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year. The statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016, are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following information together with the more detailed information contained in “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

  September 30, December 31,
  2017 2016 2015
Total Assets $5,037,221  $6,081,222  $4,976,670 
Current Liabilities $6,652,689  $5,609,676  $4,137,705 
Long-term Liabilities $261,872  $257,088  $12,519 
Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) ($1,877,340) $214,458  $826,447 

  Three Months Ended Years Ended
  

September 30, 2017

(Unaudited)

 December 31, 2016 (Audited) 

December 31, 2015

(Audited)

Revenues $477,184  $2,766,730  $3,204,423 
Net Loss ($653,497) ($4,463,199) ($4,963,858)

At September 30, 2017, the accumulated deficit was $(11,748,600). At December 31, 2016, the accumulated deficit was $(9,618,038). At December 31, 2015, the accumulated deficit was $(5,154,839). We anticipate that we will operate in a deficit position and continue to sustain net losses for the foreseeable future.

Table of Contents

CORPORATE ORGANIZATION CHART

The Offering

We are registering 47,184,585 shares for sale on behalf of selling shareholders.

Our common stock, only, will be transferable immediately upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. (See “Description of Securities”)

Common shares outstanding before this offering136,953,904
Maximum common shares being offered by our existing selling shareholders47,184,585
Maximum common shares outstanding after this offering136,953,904

 

We are authorized to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our current shareholders, officers and directors collectively own 136,953,904 shares of restricted common stock as of this date. Our shares being registered were issued in the following amounts and at the following prices:

Number of SharesOriginal ConsiderationIssue Price Per Share
2,000,000Founders Services$0.001
11,267,670Asset Acquisition$0.10 to $0.81
2,983,380Conversion of Convertible Promissory Notes$0.20 to $0.80
4,278,496Private Placement$0.10 to $0.50
8,876,649Services$0.10 to $0.30
10,150,012Prior Ally Pharma$0.001
3,140,245CDDE & CO$0.001
4,488,033Gifts to Family$0.001

OTCPINK Stock Symbol

 

Currently there is a limited public trading market for our stock on OTC Pink SheetsOTCPINK under the symbol “TPTG.“TPTW.

 

Our Business Segments

Our business segment consists generally of providing strategic, legacy and data integration products and services to small, medium and enterprise business, wholesale and governmental customers, including other communication providers. Our strategic products and services offered to these customers include our collocation, hosting, broadband, VoIP, information technology and other ancillary services. Our services offered to these customers primarily include local and long-distance voice, inducing the sale of unbundled network elements (“UNEs”), switched access and other ancillary services. Our product offerings include the sale of telecommunications equipment located on customers’ premises and related products and professional services, all of which are described further below.

Our products and services include local and long-distance voice, broadband, Ethernet, collocation, hosting (including cloud hosting and managed hosting), data integration, video, network, public access, VoIP, information technology and other ancillary services.

We offer our customers the ability to bundle together several products and services. For example, we offer integrated and unlimited local and long-distance voice services. Our customers can also bundle two or more services such as broadband, video (including through our strategic partnerships), voice services. We believe our customers value the convenience and price discounts associated with receiving multiple services through a single company.

Most of our products and services are provided using our telecommunications network, which consists of voice and data switches and other equipment.

Our key products and services are described in greater detail in the Information with Respect to the Registrant Section.

Government Regulation

Overview

As discussed further below, our operations are subject to significant local, state, federal and foreign laws and regulations.

We are subject to the significant regulations by the FCC, which regulates interstate communications, and state utility commissions, which regulate intrastate communications. These agencies (i) issue rules to protect consumers and promote competition, (ii) set the rates that telecommunication companies charge each other for exchanging traffic, and (iii) have traditionally developed and administered support programs designed to subsidize the provision of services to high-cost rural areas. In most states, local voice service, switched and special access services and interconnection services are subject to price regulation, although the extent of regulation varies by type of service and geographic region. In addition, we are required to maintain licenses with the FCC and with state utility commissions. Laws and regulations in many states restrict the manner in which a licensed entity can interact with affiliates, transfer assets, issue debt and engage in other business activities. Many acquisitions and divestitures may require approval by the FCC and some state commissions. These agencies typically have the authority to withhold their approval, or to request or impose substantial conditions upon the transacting parties in connection with granting their approvals.

The description beginning on page 63 discusses some of the major industry regulations that may affect our traditional operations, but numerous other regulations not discussed below could also impact us. Some legislation and regulations are currently the subject of judicial, legislative and administrative proceedings which could substantially change the manner in which the telecommunications industry operates and the amount of revenues we receive for our services.

Neither the outcome of these proceedings, nor their potential impact on us, can be predicted at this time. For additional information, see "Risk Factors."

The laws and regulations governing our affairs are quite complex and occasionally in conflict with each other. From time to time, we are fined for failing to meet applicable regulations or service requirements.

5 
3

Table of Contents

Forward Looking Statements

RISK FACTORS SUMMARY

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk because our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, as more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

·

Many of our competitors are better established and have resources significantly greater than we have, which may make it difficult to attract and retain subscribers.

·

Our Acquisitions could result in operating difficulties, dilution and distractions from our core business.

·

Our substantial indebtedness and our current default status and any restrictive debt covenants could limit our financing options and liquidity position and may limit our ability to grow our business.

·

We may experience difficulties in constructing, upgrading and maintaining our network, which could adversely affect customer satisfaction, increase subscriber turnover and reduce our revenues.

·

If we do not obtain and maintain rights to use licensed spectrum in one or more markets, we may be unable to operate in these markets, which could adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategy.

·

If we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of internal control, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or to prevent fraud. Any inability to report and file our financial results accurately and timely could harm our business and adversely impact the trading price of our common stock.

·

Interruption or failure of our information technology and communications systems could impair our ability to provide our products and services, which could damage our reputation and harm our operating results.

·

The industries in which we operate are continually evolving, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and increases the risk of your investment. Our products and services may become obsolete, and we may not be able to develop competitive products or services on a timely basis or at all.

·

If we are unable to successfully develop and market additional services and/or new generations of our services offerings or market our services and product offerings to a broad number of customers, we may not remain competitive.

·

We operate in a very competitive environment.

·

If we fail to maintain effective relationships with our major vendors, our services offerings and profitability could suffer.

·

Any failure of the physical or electronic security that resulted in unauthorized parties gaining access to customer data could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

·

Demand for our service offerings may decrease if new government regulations substantially increase costs, limit delivery or change the use of Internet access and other products on which our service offerings depend.

·

Increasing regulation of our Internet-based products and services could adversely affect our ability to provide new products and services.

·

Offering telephone services may subject us to additional regulatory burdens, causing us to incur additional costs.

·

We may engage in acquisitions and other strategic transactions and the integration of such acquisitions and other strategic transactions could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

·

Significant unanticipated increases in the use of bandwidth-intensive Internet-based services could increase our costs.

·

We operate in a highly competitive business environment which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

·

We face significant risks as a result of rapid changes in technology, consumer expectations and behavior.

·

Our revenues and growth may be constrained due to demand exceeding capacity of our systems or our inability to develop solutions.

·

We rely on contract manufacturers and a limited number of third-party suppliers to produce our network equipment and to maintain our network sites. If these companies fail to perform, we may have a shortage of components and may be required to suspend our network deployment and our product and service introduction.

·

We rely on highly skilled executives and other personnel. If we cannot retain and motivate key personnel, we may be unable to implement our business strategy.

·

If our data security measures are breached, subscribers may perceive our network and services as not secure.

·

Our activities outside the United States could disrupt our operations.

·

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property, which could reduce the value of our services and our brand.

·

We could be subject to claims that we have infringed on the proprietary rights of others, which claims would likely be costly to defend, could require us to pay damages and could limit our ability to use necessary technologies in the future.

·

Our business depends on our brand, and if we do not maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to attract and retain subscribers may be impaired and our business and operating results harmed.

·

We are subject to extensive regulation.

·

COVID-19 effects on the economy may negatively affect our Company business.

·

We can give no assurance of success or profitability to our investors.

4

Table of Contents

·

Sales of common stock resulting from issuances of common stock for conversions by our convertible noteholders or Rule 144 sales in the future will have a depressive effect on our common stock price.

·

We may in the future issue more shares which could cause a loss of control by our present management and current stockholders.

·

Our officers and directors may have conflicts of interests as to corporate opportunities which we may not be able or allowed to participate in.

·

We have agreed to indemnification of officers and directors as is provided by Florida Statutes.

·

Our directors’ liability to us and shareholders is limited.

·

Our Stock prices in the Market may be volatile.

·

We may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy without substantial additional capital. Any such failure may adversely affect the business and results of operations.

·

We are reliant, in part, on third party sales organizations, which may not perform as we expect.

·

Our growth may be affected adversely if our sales of products and services are negatively affected by competition or other factors.

·

We may be unable to compete with larger, more established competitors.

·

Our common stock will in all likelihood be thinly traded and as a result you may be unable to sell at or near ask prices or at all if you need to liquidate your shares, after any conversion from Preferred Stock.

·

The regulation of penny stocks by SEC and FINRA may discourage the tradability of our common stock or other securities.

·

We will pay no dividends in the foreseeable future on common stock.

·

Rule 144 sales of stock in the future may have a depressive effect on our stock price.

·

Any sales of our common stock, if in significant amounts, are likely to depress the future market price of our securities.

·

Any new potential investors will suffer a disproportionate risk and there will be immediate dilution of existing investor’s investments.

·

We can issue future series of shares of preferred stock without shareholder approval, which could adversely affect the rights of common shareholders.

·

We will continue to be a reporting company due to the effectiveness of a Form 8-A to be filed concurrent with the acceptance of the NASDAQ listing.

·

Sales of common stock resulting from issuances of common stock for conversions by our convertible noteholders or Rule 144 sales in the future will have a depressive effect on our common stock price.

·

We may not successfully meet the NASDAQ Requirements for a listing of our stock, in which case this offering will not occur.

·

If an active, liquid trading market for our warrants (forming part of the units offered hereby) does not develop, you may not be able to sell your warrants quickly or at a desirable price.

·

Holders of our warrants (forming part of the units offered hereby) will have no rights as a common stockholder until they acquire our common stock.

·

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights.

·

If our patents and other intellectual property rights do not adequately protect our service offering, we may lose market share to competitors and be unable to operate our business profitably.

·

We may in the future become subject to claims that some, or the entire service offering violates the patent or intellectual property rights of others, which could be costly and disruptive to us.

5

Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

Shares Being Offered by the Company

7,692,308 shares (or 8,461,539 shares if the Underwriters’ exercise the over-allotment option to purchase additional shares in full and are issued shares as additional compensation to the Broker/Dealer).

Over-allotment option

We have granted the Representative an option to purchase up to an additional 769,231 shares of common stock (equal to 10% of the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering), from us in any combination thereof, at the public offering price less the placement discount and commissions solely to cover over-allotments, if any. The Representative may exercise this option in full or in part at any time and from time to time until 45 days after the date of this prospectus.

Shares of Common Stock Outstanding Prior to the Offering and Reverse Stock Split

2,687,746,022 and 1,882,579,354 shares of our common stock are outstanding as of January 31, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively. (The Company intends to effectuate a reverse split, anticipated to be a net of one for [●], of the common stock so that it can attempt to have the common stock listed on NASDAQ.) The Holder of the Series A Preferred stock has agreed and will convert to 60% of the common stock then outstanding after conversion concurrent with any exchange listing which will result in issuance of another approximately 28,788,595,385, calculated as of September 30, 2023, shares of common stock.  In addition, the Series D and E Preferred Stock and certain of the convertible debt outstanding have automatic conversion features which would also cause common stock to be issued.

Shares of Common Stock to be Outstanding Immediately Following this Offering

Assuming the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and all other automatically convertible preferred stock and all convertible debt, there would be 47,980,992,308 common shares outstanding as of September 30, 2023.  In addition, assuming that all shares were sold in this offering, including the over-allotment, there would be another 8,461,539 post reverse stock split common shares outstanding. 

Offering Price Per Share Being Offered by the Company

$6.50 per share

OTCPINK Trading Symbol and Proposed NASDAQ Trading Symbol

Our shares of common stock trade on the OTCPINK market under the symbol “TPTW”. We have applied to list our common stock and warrants comprising of the units on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbols “TPTW” and “TPTWW,” respectively. No assurance can be given that our application for a Nasdaq Capital Market listing will be approved. The approval of our listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market is a condition of closing this offering. See page 25 for Requirements to be met for NASDAQ.

We will not be issuing physical units in this offering. At closing, we will issue to investors only the shares of common stock and warrants underlying the units offered hereby.

Risk Factors

An investment in our securities is highly speculative and involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7.

Voting Rights

Shares of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Series A Preferred Stock has the right to vote as if converted prior to any vote at 60% (it will convert concurrently with NASDAQ listing). Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock have the right to vote equal to the number of common shares on a one-to-one basis. Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock has the right to vote on an as-converted basis.

Lock-Ups

We, our officers and directors, and certain holders of our capital stock will enter into lock-ups restricting the transfer of shares of, or relating to, our capital stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Unless we indicate otherwise, all information in this prospectus:

·

is based on 1,882,579,354 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2023, plus the issuance of another 28,788,595,385, calculated as of September 30, 2023, shares in conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock;

·

assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 769,231 shares of common stock to cover over-allotments, if any;

·

excludes 129,116,666 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants held by investors at either $0.015 per share or 70% of the average of the three lowest trading days of the previous 10 day trading period.  They expire between 2024 and 2027.

·

includes 10,556,343,434 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding convertible Series D and E Preferred Stock at a conversion price equal to 25% discount to the average price on the first 30 days the Company trades on Nasdaq, calculated as of September 30, 2023;

·

excludes 3,520,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future grants pursuant to the exercise of options or other equity awards under our stock incentive plans subject to reverse split; and

·

excludes 2,588,693 shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding Series B Preferred Stock.  There is no outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

6

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

This prospectus contains variousinvestment has a high degree of risk. Before you invest you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this prospectus. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed and the value of our stock could go down. This means you could lose all or a part of your investment.You should carefully consider the risks described below together with all of the other information included in our public filings before making an investment decision with regard to our securities. The statements contained in or incorporated into this document that are not historic facts are forward-looking statements that are based on our beliefs as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to us. When used in this prospectus, the words "believe", "expect", "anticipate", "estimate" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements may include statements regarding seeking business opportunities, payment of operating expenses, and the like, and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties and assumptions whichthat could cause actual results to differ materially from projectionsthose set forth in or estimates. Factors whichimplied by forward-looking statements. If any of the following events described in these risk factors actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could causebe harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Moreover, additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem less significant also may impact our business, financial condition or results of operations, perhaps materially. For additional information regarding risk factors, see “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Special Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

The information herein contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Actual results may materially differ from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain risks and uncertainties set forth in this report. Although management believes that the assumptions made and expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, there is no assurance that the underlying assumptions will, in fact, prove to be correct or that actual results will not be different from expectations expressed in this report.

We desire to take advantage of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This filing contains a number of forward-looking statements that reflect management’s current views and expectations with respect to our business, strategies, products, future results and events, and financial performance. All statements made in this filing other than statements of historical fact, including statements addressing operating performance, clinical developments which management expects or anticipates will or may occur in the future, including statements related to our technology, market expectations, future revenues, financing alternatives, statements expressing general optimism about future operating results, and non-historical information, are forward looking statements. In particular, the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “may,” variations of such words, and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements, and their absence does not mean that the statement is not forward-looking. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including those discussed below. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially are discussed at length under the heading "Risk Factors". Should onefrom historical results as well as those expressed in, anticipated, or more of the enumerated risksimplied by these forward-looking statements. We do not undertake any obligation to revise these forward-looking statements to reflect any future events or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Investorscircumstances.

Readers should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, allwhich are based on management’s current expectations and projections about future events, are not guarantees of which speakfuture performance, are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions (including those described below), and apply only as of the date made.of this filing. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Factors which could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, the risks to be discussed in this Form S-1 Registration and in the press releases and other communications to shareholders issued by us from time to time which attempt to advise interested parties of the risks and factors which may affect our business. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. For additional information regarding forward-looking statements, see “Forward-Looking Statements.

 

7

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

 

Many of our competitors are better established and have resources significantly greater than we have, which may make it difficult to attract and retain subscribers.

 

We will compete with other providers of telephony service, many of which have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources, larger customer bases, longer operating histories, greater name recognition and more established relationships in the industry. In addition, a number of these competitors may combine or form strategic partnerships. As a result, our competitors may be able to offer, or bring to market earlier, products and services that are superior to our own in terms of features, quality, pricing or other factors. Our failure to compete successfully with any of these companies would have a material adverse effect on our business and the trading price of our common stock.

 

The market for broadband and VoIP services is highly competitive, and we compete with several other companies within a single market:

cable operators offering high-speed Internet connectivity services and voice communications;

incumbent and competitive local exchange carriers providing DSL services over their existing wide, metropolitan and local area networks;

3G cellular, PCS and other wireless providers offering wireless broadband services and capabilities, including developments in existing cellular and PCS technology that may increase network speeds or have other advantages over our services;

internet service providers offering dial-up Internet connectivity;

municipalities and other entities operating free or subsidized WiFi networks;

providers of VoIP telephony services;

wireless Internet service providers using licensed or unlicensed spectrum;

satellite and fixed wireless service providers offering or developing broadband Internet connectivity and VoIP telephony;

electric utilities and other providers offering or planning to offer broadband Internet connectivity over power lines; and

resellers providing wireless Internet service by “piggy-backing” on DSL or WiFi networks operated by others.

 

Moreover, we expect other existing and prospective competitors, particularly if our services are successful; to adopt technologies or business plans similar to ours or seek other means to develop a product competitive with our services. Many of our competitors are well-established and have larger and better developed networks and systems, longer-standing relationships with customers and suppliers, greater name recognition and greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we have. These competitors can often subsidize competing services with revenues from other sources, such as advertising, and thus may offer their products and services at lower prices than ours. These or other competitors may also reduce the prices of their services significantly or may offer broadband connectivity packaged with other products or services. We may not be able to reduce our prices or otherwise alter our services correspondingly, which would make it more difficult to attract and retain subscribers.

 

Our Acquisitions could result in operating difficulties, dilution and distractions from our core business.

 

We have evaluated, and expect to continue to evaluate, potential strategic transactions, including larger acquisitions. The process of acquiring and integrating a company, business or technology is risky, may require a disproportionate amount of our management or financial resources and may create unforeseen operating difficulties or expenditures, including:

Table of Contents

 

difficulties in integrating acquired technologies and operations into our business while maintaining uniform standards, controls, policies and procedures;

increasing cost and complexity of assuring the implementation and maintenance of adequate internal control and disclosure controls and procedures, and of obtaining the reports and attestations that are required of a company filing reports under the Securities Exchange Act;

difficulties in consolidating and preparing our financial statements due to poor accounting records, weak financial controls and, in some cases, procedures at acquired entities based on accounting principles not generally accepted in the United States, particularly those entities in which we lack control; and

the inability to predict or anticipate market developments and capital commitments relating to the acquired company, business or technology.

8

Table of Contents

 

Acquisitions of and joint ventures with companies organized outside the United States often involve additional risks, including:

difficulties, as a result of distance, language or culture differences, in developing, staffing and managing foreign operations;

lack of control over our joint ventures and other business relationships;

currency exchange rate fluctuations;

longer payment cycles;

credit risk and higher levels of payment fraud;

foreign exchange controls that might limit our control over, or prevent us from repatriating, cash generated outside the United States;

potentially adverse tax consequences;

expropriation or nationalization of assets;

differences in regulatory requirements that may make it difficult to offer all of our services;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

trade barriers and import and export restrictions; and

political or social unrest and economic instability.

 

The anticipated benefit of any of our acquisitions or investments may never materialize. Future investments, acquisitions or dispositions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses, or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition. Future investments and acquisitions may require us to obtain additional equity or debt financing, which may not be available on favorable terms, or at all.

 

Our substantial indebtedness and our current default status and any restrictive debt covenants could limit our financing options and liquidity position and may limit our ability to grow our business.

 

Our indebtedness could have important consequences to the holders of our common stock, such as:

we may not be able to obtain additional financing to fund working capital, operating losses, capital expenditures or acquisitions on terms acceptable to us or at all;

we may be unable to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us or at all;

if substantial indebtedness continues it could make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures; and

cash flows from operations are currently negative and may continue to be so, and our remaining cash, if any, may be insufficient to operate our business.

paying dividends to our stockholders;

incurring, or cause certain of our subsidiaries to incur, additional indebtedness;

permitting liens on or conduct sales of any assets pledged as collateral;

selling all or substantially all of our assets or consolidate or merge with or into other companies;

repaying existing indebtedness; and

engaging in transactions with affiliates.

 

SomeAs of our indebtednessSeptember 30, 2023, the total debt or financing arrangements was $9,882,725, of which approximately $7,021,068 or 20% of total current liabilities is in default and most is current.past due.  As of September 30, 2023, the Company had financing lease liability-related amounts of $731,830.  Our inability to renegotiate our indebtedness may cause lien holders to obtain possession of a good portion of our assets which would significantly alter our ability to generate revenues and obtain any additional financing.

 

Table of Contents

We may experience difficulties in constructing, upgrading and maintaining our network, which could adversely affect customer satisfaction, increase subscriber turnover and reduce our revenues.

Our success depends on developing and providing products and services that give subscribers a high quality Internethigh-quality internet connectivity and VoIP experience. If the number of subscribers using our network and the complexity of our products and services increase, we will require more infrastructure and network resources to maintain the quality of our services. Consequently, we expect to make substantial investments to construct and improve our facilities and equipment and to upgrade our technology and network infrastructure. If we do not implement these developments successfully, or if we experience inefficiencies, operational failures or unforeseen costs during implementation, the quality of our products and services could decline.

9

Table of Contents

 

We may experience quality deficiencies, cost overruns and delays on construction, maintenance and upgrade projects, including the portions of those projects not within our control or the control of our contractors. The construction of our network requires the receipt of permits and approvals from numerous governmental bodies, including municipalities and zoning boards. Such bodies often limit the expansion of transmission towers and other construction necessary for our business. Failure to receive approvals in a timely fashion can delay system rollouts and raise the cost of completing construction projects. In addition, we typically are required to obtain rights from land, building and tower owners to install our antennas and other equipment to provide service to our subscribers. We may not be able to obtain, on terms acceptable to us, or at all, the rights necessary to construct our network and expand our services.

 

We also face challenges in managing and operating our network. These challenges include operating, maintaining and upgrading network and customer premises equipment to accommodate increased traffic or technological advances, and managing the sales, advertising, customer support, billing and collection functions of our business while providing reliable network service at expected speeds and VoIP telephony at expected levels of quality. Our failure in any of these areas could adversely affect customer satisfaction, increase subscriber turnover, increase our costs, decrease our revenues and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

If we do not obtain and maintain rights to use licensed spectrum in one or more markets, we may be unable to operate in these markets, which could adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategy.

 

Even though we have established license agreements, growth requires that we plan to provide our services obtaining additional licensed spectrum both in the United States and internationally, we depend on our ability to acquire and maintain sufficient rights to use licensed spectrum by obtaining our own licenses or long-term spectrum leases, in each of the markets in which we operate or intend to operate. Licensing is the short-term solution to obtaining the necessary spectrum as building out spectrum is a long and difficult process that can be costly and require a disproportionate amount of our management resources. We may not be able to acquire, lease or maintain the spectrum necessary to execute our business strategy.       

 

Using licensed spectrum, whether owned or leased, poses additional risks to us, including:

inability to satisfy build-out or service deployment requirements upon which our spectrum licenses or leases are, or may be, conditioned;

increases in spectrum acquisition costs;

adverse changes to regulations governing our spectrum rights;

the risk that spectrum we have acquired or leased will not be commercially usable or free of harmful interference from licensed or unlicensed operators in our or adjacent bands;

with respect to spectrum we will lease in the United States, contractual disputes with or the bankruptcy or other reorganization of the license holders, which could adversely affect our control over the spectrum subject to such license;

failure of the FCC or other regulators to renew our spectrum licenses as they expire; and

invalidation of our authorization to use all or a significant portion of our spectrum, resulting in, among other things, impairment charges related to assets recorded for such spectrum.

 

If we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of internal control, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or to prevent fraud. Any inability to report and file our financial results accurately and timely could harm our business and adversely impact the trading price of our common stock.

 

Effective internal control is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, we may not be able to manage our business as effectively as we would if an effective control environment existed, and our business, brand and reputation with investors may be harmed.

 

Table of Contents

In addition, reporting a material weakness may negatively impact investors’ perception of us. We have allocated, and will continue to allocate, significant additional resources to remedy any deficiencies in our internal control. There can be no assurances that our remedial measures will be successful in curing the any material weakness or that other significant deficiencies or material weaknesses will not arise in the future.

 

Interruption or failure of our information technology and communications systems could impair our ability to provide our products and services, which could damage our reputation and harm our operating results.

We have experienced service interruptions in some markets in the past and may experience service interruptions or system failures in the future. Any unscheduled service interruption adversely affects our ability to operate our business and could result in an immediate loss of revenues. If we experience frequent or persistent system or network failures, our reputation and brand could be permanently harmed. We may make significant capital expenditures to increase the reliability of our systems, but these capital expenditures may not achieve the results we expect.

10

Table of Contents

 

Our products and services depend on the continuing operation of our information technology and communications systems. Any damage to or failure of our systems could result in interruptions in our service. Interruptions in our service could reduce our revenues and profits, and our brand could be damaged if people believe our network is unreliable. Our systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, terrorist attacks, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, computer denial of service attacks or other attempts to harm our systems, and similar events. Some of our systems are not fully redundant, and our disaster recovery planning may not be adequate. The occurrence of a natural disaster or unanticipated problems at our network centers could result in lengthy interruptions in our service and adversely affect our operating results.

The industries in which we operate are continually evolving, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and increases the risk of your investment. Our products and services may become obsolete, and we may not be able to develop competitive products or services on a timely basis or at all.

 

The markets in which we and our customers compete are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and communications protocols, and continuous improvements in products and services. Our future success depends on our ability to enhance current products and to develop and introduce in a timely manner new products that keep pace with technological developments, industry standards and communications protocols, compete effectively on the basis of price, performance and quality, adequately address end-user customer requirements and achieve market acceptance. There can be no assurance that the deployment of wireless networks will not be delayed or that our products will achieve widespread market acceptance or be capable of providing service at competitive prices in sufficient volumes. In the event that our products are not timely and economically developed or do not gain widespread market acceptance, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially adversely affected. There can also be no assurance that our products will not be rendered obsolete by the introduction and acceptance of new communications protocols.

 

The broadband services industry is characterized by rapid technological change, competitive pricing, frequent new service introductions and evolving industry standards and regulatory requirements. We believe that our success depends on our ability to anticipate and adapt to these challenges and to offer competitive services on a timely basis. We face a number of difficulties and uncertainties associated with our reliance on technological development, such as:

competition from service providers using more traditional and commercially proven means to deliver similar or alternative services;

competition from new service providers using more efficient, less expensive technologies, including products not yet invented or developed;

uncertain consumer acceptance;

realizing economies of scale;

responding successfully to advances in competing technologies in a timely and cost-effective manner;

migration toward standards-based technology, requiring substantial capital expenditures; and

existing, proposed or undeveloped technologies that may render our wireless broadband and VoIP telephony services less profitable or obsolete.

 

As the products and services offered by us and our competitors develop, businesses and consumers may not accept our services as a commercially viable alternative to other means of delivering wireless broadband and VoIP telephony services.

 

Table of Contents

If we are unable to successfully develop and market additional services and/or new generations of our services offerings or market our services and product offerings to a broad number of customers, we may not remain competitive.

Our future success and our ability to increase net revenue and earnings depend, in part, on our ability to develop and market new additional services and/or new generations of our current services offerings and market our existing services offerings to a broad number of customers. However, we may not be able to, among other things:

 

·

successfully develop or market new services or product offerings or enhance existing services offerings;

·

educate third-party sales organizations adequately for them to promote and sell our services offerings;

·

develop, market and distribute existing and future services offerings in a cost-effective manner; or

·

operate the facilities needed to provide our services offerings.

11

Table of Contents

If we fail to develop new service offerings, or if we incur unexpected expenses or delays in product development or integration, we may lose our competitive position and incur substantial additional expenses or may be required to curtail or terminate all or part of our present planned business operations.

 

Our failure to do any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if any of our current or future services offerings contain undetected errors or design defects or do not work as expected for our customers, our ability to market these services offerings could be substantially impeded, resulting in lost sales, potential reputation damage and delays in obtaining market acceptance of these services offerings. We cannot assure you that we will continue to successfully develop and market new or enhanced applications for our services offerings. If we do not continue to expand our services offerings portfolio on a timely basis or if those products and applications do not receive market acceptance, become regulatory restricted, or become obsolete, we will not grow our business as currently expected.

We operate in a very competitive environment.

 

There are three types of competitors for our service offerings.

 

(1)

The value-added resellers and other vendors of hardware and software for on-site installation do not typically have an offering similar to our cloud-based services. However, they are the primary historic service suppliers to our targeted customers and will actively work to defend their customer base.

 

(2)

There are a number of providers offering services, but they typically offer only one or two applications of their choosing instead of our offering which bundles customer’s chosen services.

 

(3)

There are a few providers that offer more than two applications from the cloud. However currently, these providers typically offer only those applications they have chosen.

 

Our industry is characterized by rapid change resulting from technological advances and new services offerings. Certain competitors have substantially greater capital resources, larger customer bases, larger sales forces, greater marketing and management resources, larger research and development staffs and larger facilities than our and have more established reputations with our target customers, as well as distribution channels that are entrenched and may be more effective than ours. Competitors may develop and offer technologies and products that are more effective, have better features, are easier to use, are less expensive and/or are more readily accepted by the marketplace than our offerings. Their products could make our technology and service offerings obsolete or noncompetitive. Competitors may also be able to achieve more efficient operations and distribution than ours may be able to and may offer lower prices than we could offer profitably. We may decide to alter or discontinue aspects of our business and may adopt different strategies due to business or competitive factors or factors currently unforeseen, such as the introduction by competitors of new products or services technologies that would make part or all of our service offerings obsolete or uncompetitive.

 

In addition, the industry could experience some consolidation. There is also a risk that larger companies will enter our markets.

If we fail to maintain effective relationships with our major vendors, our services offerings and profitability could suffer.

 

We use third party providers for services. In addition, we purchase hardware, software and services from external suppliers. Accordingly, we must maintain effective relationships with our vendor base to source our needs, maintain continuity of supply, and achieve reasonable costs. If we fail to maintain effective relationships with our vendor base, this may adversely affect our ability to deliver the best products and services to our customers and our profitability could suffer.

10 
Table of Contents

Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by the performance of third-party distributors and consultants and our ability to maintain these relationships on terms that are favorable.

 

We will use third-party sales organizations, along with employee sales organizations, to sell our services. These third-party sales organizations operate independently, and we have limited control over their operations, which exposes us to significant risks. These sales organizations may not commit the necessary resources to market and sell our service offerings and these sales organizations have non-exclusive relationships with us, meaning they may also market and sell competitive products and services. In addition, many of these third-party sales organizations may not comply with the laws and regulatory requirements in their local jurisdictions, which may limit their ability to market or sell our service and product offerings. If current or future distributors do not perform adequately, or if we are unable to locate and retain competent distributors and secure their services on favorable terms, or at all, we may be unable to increase or maintain our level of net revenue in these markets or enter new markets, and we may not realize our expected growth.

We rely to some degree upon third parties to augment product development and licensed software. For example, we rely on Microsoft to supply certain software or applications for our service offerings and third parties also assist with product development and testing activities. To the extent any of these parties fail to deliver their components and other services in a timely manner or within required specifications or pricing, we could be adversely affected.

Any failure of the physical or electronic security that resulted in unauthorized parties gaining access to customer data could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We use commercial data networks to service customers cloud based services and the associated customer data. Any data is subject to the risk of physical or electronic intrusion by unauthorized parties. We have a multi-homed firewalls and Intrusion Detection / Prevention systems to protect against electronic intrusion and two physical security levels in our networks. Our policy is to close all external ports as a default. Robust anti-virus software runs on all client servers. Systems have automated monitoring and alerting for unusual activity. We also have a Security Officer who monitors these systems. We have better security systems and expertise than our clients can afford separately but any failure of these systems could adversely affect our business growth and financial condition.

12

Table of Contents

Demand for our service offerings may decrease if new government regulations substantially increase costs, limit delivery or change the use of Internet access and other products on which our service offerings depend.

We are dependent on Internet access to deliver our service offerings. If new regulations are imposed that limit the use of the Internetinternet or impose significant taxes on services delivered via the Internetinternet, it could change our cost structure and/or affect our business model. The significant changes in regulatory costs or new limitations on Internet use could impact our ability to operate as we anticipate, could damage our reputation with our customers, disrupt our business or result in, among other things, decreased net revenue and increased overhead costs. As a result, any such failure could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our securities, as offered hereby, are highly speculative and should be purchased only by persons who can afford to lose their entire investment in us. Each prospective investor should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as all other information set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, before purchasing any of the shares of our common stock.

 

Increasing regulation of our Internet-based products and services could adversely affect our ability to provide new products and services.

On February 26, 2015, the FCC adopted a new "network neutrality" or Open Internet order (the "2015 Order") that: (1) reclassified broadband Internet access service as a Title II common carrier service, (2) applied certain existing Title II provisions and associated regulations; (3) forbore from applying a range of other existing Title II provisions and associated regulations, but to varying degrees indicated that this forbearance may be only temporary and (4) issued new rules expanding disclosure requirements and prohibiting blocking, throttling, paid prioritization and unreasonable interference with the ability of end users and edge providers to reach each other. The 2015 Order also subjected broadband providers' Internet traffic exchange rates and practices to potential FCC oversight and created a mechanism for third parties to file complaints regarding these matters. The 2015 Order could limit our ability to efficiently manage our cable systems and respond to operational and competitive challenges. In December 2017, the FCC adopted an order (the "2017 Order") that in large part reverses the 2015 Order. The 2017 Order has not yet gone into effect, however, and the 2015 Order will remain binding until the 2017 Order takes effect. The 2017 Order is expected to be subject to legal challenge that may delay its effect or overturn it. Additionally, Congress and some states are considering legislation that may codify "network neutrality" rules.

Offering telephone services may subject us to additional regulatory burdens, causing us to incur additional costs.

We offer telephone services over our broadband network and continue to develop and deploy interconnected VoIP services. The FCC has ruled that competitive telephone companies that support VoIP services, such as those that we offer to our customers, are entitled to interconnect with incumbent providers of traditional telecommunications services, which ensures that our VoIP services can operate in the market. However, the scope of these interconnection rights are being reviewed in a current FCC proceeding, which may affect our ability to compete in the provision of telephony services or result in additional costs. It remains unclear precisely to what extent federal and state regulators will subject VoIP services to traditional telephone service regulation. Expanding our offering of these services may require us to obtain certain authorizations, including federal and state licenses. We may not be able to obtain such authorizations in a timely manner, or conditions could be imposed upon such licenses or authorizations that may not be favorable to us. The FCC has already extended certain traditional telecommunications requirements, such as E911 capabilities, Universal Service Fund contribution, Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act ("CALEA"), measures to protect Customer Proprietary Network Information, customer privacy, disability access, number porting, battery back-up, network outage reporting, rural call completion reporting and other regulatory requirements to many VoIP providers such as us. If additional telecommunications regulations are applied to our VoIP service, it could cause us to incur additional costs and may otherwise materially adversely impact our operations. In 2011, the FCC released an order significantly changing the rules governing intercarrier compensation for the origination and termination of telephone traffic between interconnected carriers. These rules have resulted in a substantial decrease in interstate compensation payments over a multi-year period. The FCC is currently considering additional reforms that could further reduce interstate compensation payments. Further, although the FCC recently declined to impose additional regulatory burdens on certain point to point transport ("special access") services provided by cable companies, that FCC decision has been appealed by multiple parties. If those appeals are successfully, there could be additional regulatory burdens and additional costs placed on these services.

13

Table of Contents

We may engage in acquisitions and other strategic transactions and the integration of such acquisitions and other strategic transactions could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business has changed significantly as a result of acquisitions, which entail numerous risks including:

·

distraction of our management team in identifying potential acquisition targets, conducting due diligence and negotiating acquisition agreements;

·

difficulties in integrating the operations, personnel, products, technologies and systems of acquired businesses;

·

difficulties in enhancing our customer support resources to adequately service our existing customers and the customers of acquired businesses;

·

the potential loss of key employees or customers of the acquired businesses;

·

unanticipated liabilities or contingencies of acquired businesses;

·

unbudgeted costs which we may incur in connection with pursuing potential acquisitions which are not consummated;

·

failure to achieve projected cost savings or cash flow from acquired businesses, which are based on projections that are inherently uncertain;

·

fluctuations in our operating results caused by incurring considerable expenses to acquire and integrate businesses before receiving the anticipated revenues expected to result from the acquisitions; and

·

difficulties in obtaining regulatory approvals required to consummate acquisitions.

We also participate in competitive bidding processes, some of which may involve significant cable systems. If we are the winning bidder in any such process involving significant cable systems or we otherwise engage in acquisitions or other strategic transactions in the future, we may incur additional debt, contingent liabilities and amortization expenses, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We could also issue substantial additional equity which could dilute existing stockholders.

If our acquisitions do not result in the anticipated operating efficiencies, are not effectively integrated, or result in costs which exceed our expectations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Significant unanticipated increases in the use of bandwidth-intensive Internet-based services could increase our costs.

The rising popularity of bandwidth-intensive Internet-based services poses risks for our broadband services. Examples of such services include peer-to-peer file sharing services, gaming services and the delivery of video via streaming technology and by download. If heavy usage of bandwidth-intensive broadband services grows beyond our current expectations, we may need to incur more expenses than currently anticipated to expand the bandwidth capacity of our systems or our customers could have a suboptimal experience when using our broadband service. In order to continue to provide quality service at attractive prices, we need the continued flexibility to develop and refine business models that respond to changing consumer uses and demands and to manage bandwidth usage efficiently. Our ability to undertake such actions could be restricted by regulatory and legislative efforts to impose so-called "net neutrality" requirements on broadband communication providers like us that provide broadband services. For more information, see "Regulation—Broadband."

We operate in a highly competitive business environment which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

We operate in a highly competitive, consumer-driven industry and we compete against a variety of broadband, pay television and telephony providers and delivery systems, including broadband communications companies, wireless data and telephony providers, satellite-delivered video signals, Internet-delivered video content and broadcast television signals available to residential and business customers in our service areas. Some of our competitors include AT&T and its DirecTV subsidiary, CenturyLink, DISH Network, Frontier and Verizon. In addition, our pay television services compete with all other sources of leisure, news, information and entertainment, including movies, sporting or other live events, radio broadcasts, home-video services, console games, print media and the internet.

In some instances, our competitors have fewer regulatory burdens, easier access to financing, greater resources, greater operating capabilities and efficiencies of scale, stronger brand-name recognition, longstanding relationships with regulatory authorities and customers, more subscribers, more flexibility to offer promotional packages at prices lower than ours and greater access to programming or other services. This competition creates pressure on our pricing and has adversely affected, and may continue to affect, our ability to add and retain customers, which in turn adversely affects our business, financial condition and results of operations. The effects of competition may also adversely affect our liquidity and ability to service our debt. For example, we face intense competition from Verizon and AT&T, which have network infrastructure throughout our service areas. We estimate that competitors are currently able to sell a fiber-based triple play, including broadband, pay television and telephony services, and may expand these and other service offerings to our potential customers.

14

Table of Contents

Our competitive risks are heightened by the rapid technological change inherent in our business, evolving consumer preferences and the need to acquire, develop and adopt new technology to differentiate our products and services from those of our competitors, and to meet consumer demand. We may need to anticipate far in advance which technology we should use for the development of new products and services or the enhancement of existing products and services. The failure to accurately anticipate such changes may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Consolidation and cooperation in our industry may allow our competitors to acquire service capabilities or offer products that are not available to us or offer similar products and services at prices lower than ours. For example, Comcast and Charter Communications have agreed to jointly explore operational efficiencies to speed their respective entries into the wireless market, including in the areas of creating common operating platforms and emerging wireless technology platforms. In addition, changes in the regulatory and legislative environments may result in changes to the competitive landscape.

In addition, certain of our competitors own directly or are affiliated with companies that own programming content or have exclusive arrangements with content providers that may enable them to obtain lower programming costs or offer exclusive programming that may be attractive to prospective subscribers. For example, DirecTV has exclusive arrangements with the National Football League that give it access to programming we cannot offer. AT&T also has an agreement to acquire Time Warner, which owns a number of cable networks, including TBS, CNN and HBO, as well as Warner Bros. Entertainment, which produces television, film and home-video content. AT&T's and DirecTV's potential access to Time Warner programming could allow AT&T and DirecTV to offer competitive and promotional packages that could negatively affect our ability to maintain or increase our existing customers and revenues. DBS operators such as DISH Network and DirecTV also have marketing arrangements with certain phone companies in which the DBS provider's pay television services are sold together with the phone company's broadband and mobile and traditional phone services.

Most broadband communications companies, which already have wired networks, an existing customer base and other operational functions in place (such as billing and service personnel), offer DSL services. We believe DSL service competes with our broadband service and is often offered at prices lower than our Internet services. However, DSL is often offered at speeds lower than the speeds we offer. In addition, DSL providers may currently be in a better position to offer Internet services to businesses since their networks tend to be more complete in commercial areas. They may also increasingly have the ability to combine video services with telephone and Internet services offered to their customers, particularly as broadband communications companies enter into co-marketing agreements with other service providers. In addition, current and future fixed and wireless Internet services, such as 3G, 4G and 5G fixed and wireless broadband services and Wi-Fi networks, and devices such as wireless data cards, tablets and smartphones, and mobile wireless routers that connect to such devices, may compete with our broadband services.

Our telephony services compete directly with established broadband communications companies and other carriers, including wireless providers, as increasing numbers of homes are replacing their traditional telephone service with wireless telephone service. We also compete against VoIP providers like Vonage, Skype, GoogleTalk, Facetime, WhatsApp and magicJack that do not own networks but can provide service to any person with a broadband connection, in some cases free of charge. In addition, we compete against ILECs, other CLECs and long-distance voice-service companies for large commercial and enterprise customers. While we compete with the ILECs, we also enter into interconnection agreements with ILECs so that our customers can make and receive calls to and from customers served by the ILECs and other telecommunications providers. Federal and state law and regulations require ILECs to enter into such agreements and provide facilities and services necessary for connection, at prices subject to regulation. The specific price, terms and conditions of each agreement, however, depend on the outcome of negotiations between us and each ILEC. Interconnection agreements are also subject to approval by the state regulatory commissions, which may arbitrate negotiation impasses. These agreements, like all interconnection agreements, are for limited terms and upon expiration are subject to renegotiation, potential arbitration and approval under the laws in effect at that time.

We also face competition for our advertising sales from traditional and non-traditional media outlets, including television and radio stations, traditional print media and the Internet.

We face significant risks as a result of rapid changes in technology, consumer expectations and behavior.

The broadband communications industry has undergone significant technological development over time and these changes continue to affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Such changes have had, and will continue to have, a profound impact on consumer expectations and behavior. Our video business faces technological change risks as a result of the continuing development of new and changing methods for delivery of programming content such as Internet-based delivery of movies, shows and other content which can be viewed on televisions, wireless devices and other developing mobile devices. Consumers' video consumption patterns are also evolving, for example, with more content being downloaded for time-shifted consumption. A proliferation of delivery systems for video content can adversely affect our ability to attract and retain subscribers and the demand for our services and it can also decrease advertising demand on our delivery systems. Our broadband business faces technological challenges from rapidly evolving wireless Internet solutions. Our telephony service offerings face technological developments in the proliferation of telephony delivery systems including those based on Internet and wireless delivery. If we do not develop or acquire and successfully implement new technologies, we will limit our ability to compete effectively for subscribers, content and advertising. We cannot provide any assurance that we will realize, in full or in part, the anticipated benefits we expect from the introduction of new technologies, or that any new technologies will be unablerolled out across our footprint in the timeframe we anticipate. In addition, we may be required to fully implementmake material capital and other investments to anticipate and to keep up with technological change. These challenges could adversely affect our Business Plan without raising additional money throughbusiness, financial condition and results of operations.

15

Table of Contents

Our revenues and growth may be constrained due to demand exceeding the salecapacity of debtour systems or equity securities, or without obtaining other financing.our inability to develop solutions.

We anticipate generating revenues in the future from broadband connectivity, other Internet services, and telephonybroadband and in the cloud services. Demand and market acceptance for these recently introduced services and products delivered over the Internet is uncertain. Critical issues concerning the use of the Internet, such as ease of access, security, reliability, cost and quality of service, exist and may affect the growth of Internet use or the attractiveness of conducting commerce online. In addition, the Internet and online services may not be accepted as viable for a number of reasons, including potentially inadequate development of the necessary network infrastructure or delayed development of enabling technologies and performance improvements. To the extent that the Internet and online services continue to experience significant growth, there can be no assurance that the infrastructure of the Internet and online services will prove adequate to support increased user demands. In addition, the Internet or online services could lose their viability due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols required to handle increased levels of Internet or online service activity. Changes in, or insufficient availability of, telecommunications services to support the Internet or online services also could result in slower response times and adversely affect usage of the Internet and online services generally and us in particular. If use of the Internet and online services does not continue to grow or grows more slowly than expected, if the infrastructure for the Internet and online services does not effectively support growth that may occur, or if the Internet and online services do not become a viable commercial marketplace, our business could be adversely affected.

11 
Table of Contents

 

Certain aspects of our VoIP telephony services differ from traditional telephone service. The factors that may have this effect include:

our subscribers may experience lower call quality than they experience with traditional wireline telephone companies, including static, echoes and transmission delays;

our subscribers may experience higher dropped-call rates than they experience with traditional wireline telephone companies; and

a power loss or Internetinternet access interruption causes our service to be interrupted.

 

Additionally, our VoIP emergency calling service is significantly more limited than the emergency calling services offered by traditional telephone companies. Our VoIP emergency calling service can only transmit to a dispatcher at a public safety answering point, or PSAP, the location information that the subscriber has registered with us, which may at times be different from the actual location at the time of the call. As a result, our emergency calling systems may not assure that the appropriate PSAP is reached and may cause significant delays, or even failures, in callers’ receipt of emergency assistance. Our failure to develop or operate an adequate emergency calling service could subject us to substantial liabilities and may result in delays in subscriber adoption of our VoIP telephony services or all of our services, abandonment of our services by subscribers, and litigation costs, damage awards and negative publicity, any of which could harm our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

 

If our subscribers do not accept the differences between our VoIP telephony services and traditional telephone service, they may not adopt or keep our VoIP telephony services or our other services or may choose to retain or return to service provided by traditional telephone companies. Because VoIP telephony services represent an important aspect of our business strategy, failure to achieve subscribers’ acceptance of our VoIP telephony services may adversely affect our prospects, results of operations and the trading price of our shares.

 

If our ViVoware Technology division does not develop and deliver the software and equipment that we need, we may be unable to execute our business strategy or operate our business.

We will depend on ViVoware Technology to develop complex systems, software and hardware products and components in a timely manner at a high level of quality, including our NLOS wireless broadband connectivity platform and other related products. In addition, we will depend on ViVoware to develop additional equipment for use with our broadband service. We intend to expand ViVoware’s portfolio of supported devices to include products like PC Cards, PC Express Module and chip sets installed directly in consumer devices such as PDAs and other portable and mobile devices. We believe we will need these products and supported systems to address customers’ growing preference for greater mobility. Furthermore, original equipment manufacturers may be unwilling to incorporate our chipsets into their devices. These new products and services may not be successful, and we may incur significant losses as a result. If our products and services become obsolete or we otherwise do not develop and offer competitive products or services on a timely basis, our business, prospects and operating results would be adversely affected.

The development process for ViVoware products is highly uncertain, as the products are sophisticated and require significant innovation from both ViVoware’s product designers and engineers and our third-party developers and suppliers. The development process is lengthy and requires that we incur significant expenses, some of which may be unforeseen or may exceed our estimates. Since we believe the prices of established products tend to decline significantly over time, we believe we will need to develop product enhancements and new technologies continuously to mitigate the effects of declining prices for products sold to third parties or to reduce production and delivery costs. If we fail to anticipate developments in technological trends or the adoption of new engineering or industry standards, or we are otherwise unable to develop high quality products on a timely basis, or if we cannot acquire such products from other sources, we may be unable to introduce new products and services and our existing products and services may become obsolete. Such failure would adversely affect our operating results and prospects, and may impair the value of our assets.

We rely on contract manufacturers and a limited number of third partythird-party suppliers to produce our network equipment and to maintain our network sites. If these companies fail to perform, we may have a shortage of components and may be required to suspend our network deployment and our product and service introduction.

 

We depend on contract manufacturers to produce and deliver acceptable, high qualityhigh-quality products on a timely basis. We also depend on a limited number of third parties to maintain our network facilities. If our contract manufacturer or other providers do not satisfy our requirements, or if we lose our contract manufacturers or any other significant provider, we may have an insufficient network servicesservice for delivery to subscribers, we may be forced to suspend portions of our wireless broadband network, enrollment of new subscribers, and product sales and our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results may be harmed.

12 
Table of Contents

We rely on highly skilled executives and other personnel. If we cannot retain and motivate key personnel, we may be unable to implement our business strategy.

 

We will be highly dependent on the scientific, technical, and managerial skills of certain key employees, including technical, research and development, sales, marketing, financial and executive personnel, and on our ability to identify, hire and retain additional personnel. To accommodate our current size and manage our anticipated growth, we must expand our employee base. Competition for key personnel, particularly persons having technical expertise, is intense, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to retain existing personnel or to identify or hire additional personnel. The need for such personnel is particularly important given the strains on our existing infrastructure and the need to anticipate the demands of future growth. In particular, we are highly dependent on the continued services of our senior management team, which currently is composed of a small number of individuals. We do not maintain key-man life insurance on the life of any employee. The inability of us to attract, hire or retain the necessary technical, sales, marketing, financial and executive personnel, or the loss of the services of any member of our senior management team, could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

16

Table of Contents

Our future success depends largely on the expertise and reputation of our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Stephen J. Thomas, Richard Eberhardt, and the other members of our senior management team. In addition, we intend to hire additional highly skilled individuals to staff our operations. Loss of any of our key personnel or the inability to recruit and retain qualified individuals could adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategy and operate our business.

 

We are currently managed by a small number of key management and operating personnel. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to recruit and retain qualified personnel. Failure to do so likely would have an adverse impact on our business and the trading price of our common stock.

 

If our data security measures are breached, subscribers may perceive our network and services as not secure.

 

Our network security and the authentication of the subscriber’s credentials are designed to protect unauthorized access to data on our network. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or to sabotage networks change frequently and may not be recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate or implement adequate preventive measures against unauthorized access or sabotage. Consequently, unauthorized parties may overcome our encryption and security systems and obtain access to data on our network, including on a device connected to our network. In addition, because we operate and control our network and our subscribers’ Internet connectivity, unauthorized access or sabotage of our network could result in damage to our network and to the computers or other devices used by our subscribers. An actual or perceived breach of network security, regardless of whether the breach is our fault, could harm public perception of the effectiveness of our security measures, adversely affect our ability to attract and retain subscribers, expose us to significant liability and adversely affect our business prospects.

 

Our activities outside the United States could disrupt our operations.

 

We intend to invest in various international companies and spectrum opportunities through acquisitions and strategic alliances as these opportunities arise. Our activities outside the United States operate in environments different from the one we face in the United States, particularly with respect to competition and regulation. Due to these differences, our activities outside the United States may require a disproportionate amount of our management and financial resources, which could disrupt our U.S. operations and adversely affect our business.

 

In a number of international markets, we face substantial competition from local service providers that offer or may offer their own wireless broadband or VoIP telephony services and from other companies that provide Internet connectivity services. We may face heightened challenges in gaining market share, particularly in certain European countries, where a large portion of the population already has broadband Internet connectivity and incumbent companies already have a dominant market share in their service areas. Furthermore, foreign providers of competing services may have a substantial advantage over us in attracting subscribers due to a more established brand, greater knowledge of local subscribers’ preferences and access to significant financial or strategic resources.

 

In addition, foreign regulatory authorities frequently own or control the incumbent telecommunications companies operating under their jurisdiction. Established relationships between government-owned or government-controlled telecommunications companies and their traditional local providers of telecommunications services often limit access of third parties to these markets. The successful expansion of our international operations in some markets will depend on our ability to locate, form and maintain strong relationships with established local communication services and equipment providers. Failure to establish these relationships or to market or sell our products and services successfully could limit our ability to attract subscribers to our services.

 

13 
Table of Contents

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property, which could reduce the value of our services and our brand.

 

Our ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to protect our proprietary technologies, system designs and manufacturing processes. We may not be able to safeguard and maintain our proprietary rights. We rely on patents, trademarks and policies and procedures related to confidentiality to protect our intellectual property. Some of our intellectual property, however, is not covered by any of these protections.

 

We could be subject to claims that we have infringed on the proprietary rights of others, which claims would likely be costly to defend, could require us to pay damages and could limit our ability to use necessary technologies in the future.

 

Our competitors may independently develop or patent technologies or processes that are substantially equivalent or superior to ours. These competitors may claim that our services and products infringe on these patents or other proprietary rights. Defending against infringement claims, even merit lessmeritless ones, would be time consuming, distracting and costly. If we are found to be infringing proprietary rights of a third party, we could be enjoined from using such third party’s rights and be required to pay substantial royalties and damages and may no longer be able to use the intellectual property on acceptable terms or at all. Failure to obtain licenses to intellectual property could delay or prevent the development, manufacture or sale of our products or services and could cause us to expend significant resources to develop or acquire non-infringing intellectual property.

 

17

Table of Contents

Our business depends on our brand, and if we do not maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to attract and retain subscribers may be impaired and our business and operating results harmed.

 

We believe that our brand is a critical part of our business. Maintaining and enhancing our brand may require us to make substantial investments with no assurance that these investments will be successful. If we fail to promote and maintain the “TPTG ViVoware and ViVo-Link” brand,our brands, or if we incur significant expenses in this effort, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition may be harmed. We anticipate that maintaining and enhancing our brand will become increasingly important, difficult and expensive.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation.

 

Our acquisition, lease, maintenance and use of spectrum licenses are extensively regulated by federal, state, local, and foreign governmental entities. A number of other federal, state, local and foreign privacy, security and consumer laws also apply to our business. These regulations and their application are subject to continual change as new legislation, regulations or amendments to existing regulations are adopted from time to time by governmental or regulatory authorities, including as a result of judicial interpretations of such laws and regulations. Current regulations directly affect the breadth of services we are able to offer and may impact the rates, terms and conditions of our services. Regulation of companies that offer competing services, such as cable and DSL providers and incumbent telecommunications carriers, also affects our business indirectly.

 

We are also subject to regulation because we provide VoIP telephony services. As an “interconnected” VoIP provider, we are required under FCC rules, to comply with the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA, which requires service providers to build certain capabilities into their networks and to accommodate wiretap requests from law enforcement agencies.

 

In addition, the FCC or other regulatory authorities may in the future restrict our ability to manage subscribers’ use of our network, thereby limiting our ability to prevent or address subscribers’ excessive bandwidth demands. To maintain the quality of our network and user experience, we manage the bandwidth used by our subscribers’ applications, in part by restricting the types of applications that may be used over our network. Some providers and users of these applications have objected to this practice. If the FCC or other regulatory authorities were to adopt regulations that constrain our ability to employ bandwidth management practices, excessive use of bandwidth-intensive applications would likely reduce the quality of our services for all subscribers. Such decline in the quality of our services could harm our business.

 

In certain of our international markets, the services provided by our business may require receipt of a license from national, provincial or local regulatory authorities. Where required, regulatory authorities may have significant discretion in granting the licenses and in the term of the licenses and are often under no obligation to renew the licenses when they expire.

 

The breach of a license or applicable law, even if inadvertent, can result in the revocation, suspension, cancellation or reduction in the term of a license or the imposition of fines. In addition, regulatory authorities may grant new licenses to third parties, resulting in greater competition in territories where we already have rights to licensed spectrum. In order to promote competition, licenses may also require that third parties be granted access to our bandwidth, frequency capacity, facilities or services. We may not be able to obtain or retain any required license, and we may not be able to renew a license on favorable terms, or at all.

 

14 
Table of Contents

Our wireless broadband and VoIP telephony services may become subject to greater state or federal regulation in the future. The scope of the regulations that may apply to VoIP telephony services providers and the impact of such regulations on providers’ competitive position are presently unknown.

 

Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is also our largest stockholder, and as a result he can exert control over us and has actual or potential interests that may diverge from yours.

 

Mr. Thomas may have interests that diverge from those of other holders of our common stock, and he owns our super majority voting Series A stock. As a result, Mr. Thomas may vote the shares he owns or otherwise cause us to take actions that may conflict with your best interests as a stockholder, which could adversely affect our results of operations and the trading price of our common stock.

 

Through his control, Mr. Thomas can control our management, affairs and all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the approval of significant corporate transactions, a sale of our company, decisions about our capital structure and, the composition of our board of directors.

 

18

Table of Contents

COVID-19 effects on the economy may negatively affect our Company business.

In December 2019, COVID-19 emerged and has subsequently spread worldwide. The World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 a pandemic resulting in federal, state and local governments and private entities mandating various restrictions, including travel restrictions, restrictions on public gatherings, stay at home orders and advisories and quarantining of people who may have been exposed to the virus.

As the COVID-19 pandemic is complex and rapidly evolving, the Company's business may be negatively affected for a sustained time frame. At this point, we cannot reasonably estimate the duration and severity of this pandemic, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

RISK FACTORS RELATED TO OUR STOCK

 

We can give no assurance of success or profitability to our investors.

 

We incurred losses for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 of $4,463,199 and $4,963,858, respectively, andCash flows generated from operating activities were not enough to support all working capital requirements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 of $2,130,562. Our2023 and 2022. Financing activities described below have helped with working capital and other capital requirements.

We incurred $3,093,608 and $11,352,944, respectively, in losses, and we used $442,135 and $263,313, respectively, in cash flows from operating activitiesfor operations for the nine months ended September 30, 20172023 and 20162022. We calculate the net cash used by operating activities by decreasing, or increasing in case of gain, our let loss by those items that do not require the use of cash such as depreciation, amortization, research and development, derivative expense or gain, gain on extinguishment of debt and share-based compensation which totaled to a net $343,636 for 2023 and $7,704,624 for 2022. 

In addition, we report increases and reductions in liabilities as uses of cash and decreases assets and increases in liabilities as sources of cash, together referred to as changes in operating assets and liabilities.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, we had a net change in our assets and liabilities of $2,303,246 primarily from an increase in accounts payable from lag of payments for accounts payable for cash flow considerations and increase in prepaid expenses.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2022 we had a net increase to our assets and liabilities of $3,385007 for similar reasons.

Cash flows from financing activities were negative $538,187$382,505 and $244,159,$(175,057) for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, these cash flows were generated from proceeds from convertible notes of $358,500 and other notes receivable - related parties of $139,931 offset by payment on convertible loans, advances and factoring agreements of $83,221 and $32,705 in cash used in discontinued operations.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, cash flows were generated from proceeds from convertible notes, loans and advances of $1,256,187 offset by payment on convertible loans, advances and factoring agreements of $1,391,580 and payments on amounts payable – related parties of $39,664.

Cash flows used in investing activities were $0 and $16,297, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 primarily related to the acquisition of property and equipment for 2022 and discontinued operations for 2023.

These factors raise substantial doubt about the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the issuance of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

In order for us to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the issuance of these financial statements, we will need to obtain additional debt or equity financing and look for companies with cash flow positive operations that we can acquire. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional debt or equity financing, that we will be able to acquire cash flow positive operations, or that, if we are successful in any of those actions, those actions will produce adequate cash flow to enable us to meet all our future obligations. Most of our existing financing arrangements are short-term. If we are unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing, we may be required to significantly reduce or cease operations.

 

19

Table of Contents

Our sources

Sales of capitalcommon stock resulting from issuances of common stock for conversions by our convertible noteholders or Rule 144 sales in the future will have a depressive effect on our common stock price.

Most of our convertible noteholders have rights to convert their notes at significant discounts to the market prices as shown in the schedule below, for sale under the requirements of Rule 144 or other applicable exemptions from registration under the Act and perhaps under registration statements which the company is preparing to file in the next thirty days. Rule 144 provides in essence that a person who has held restricted securities for six months or is deemed to have held them due to the issuance by the Company of convertible notes under certain conditions, may sell those shares in brokerage transactions. There is no limit on the amount of restricted securities that may be sold by a non-affiliate after the owner has held the restricted securities for a period of six months. A sale under Rule 144 or under any other exemption from the Act, if available, or pursuant to subsequent registration of shares of common stock of present stockholders underlying the convertible notes, will have a depressive effect upon the price of the common stock in the market, since they are loansissued at a discount to market-often 50-60% of the lowest bid for differing periods, and sales of equity from common or preferred stock.can be expected at some discounted prices, with larger than normal volumes.  We have no commitmentsalso issued preferred stock and options and warrants that allow for loansthe purchase of shares at significant discounts to the market prices, often 50% of the ten-day low bids, or equity salesother highly discounted rates, which would allow the holders of those warrants to sell shares into the market at this date.a profit over their discounted price, which could have the effect of depressing the price of the shares in the market.

 

The Company has convertible debt and preferred stock outstanding for which common shares would be required to be issued upon exercise by the holders.  As of September 30, 2023, the following shares would be issued:

Convertible Promissory Notes

6,750,885,442

Series A Preferred Stock (1)

28,788,595,385

Series B Preferred Stock

2,588,693

Series D Preferred Stock (2)

235,601,010

Series E Preferred Stock (3)

10,320,742,424

46,098,412,954

_________________________

(1)

Holder of the Series A Preferred Stock which is Stephen J. Thomas, is guaranteed 60% of the then outstanding common stock upon conversion. The Company would have to authorize additional shares for this to occur as only 4,500,000,000 shares were authorized as of September 30, 2023. There are 15,000,000,000 shares authorized as of January 31, 2024.

(2)

Holders of the Series D Preferred Stock may decide after 12 months to convert to common stock @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00. There is also an automatic conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock without consent of holders upon any national exchange listing approval and the registration effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The automatic conversion to common from Series D Preferred shall be @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00.

(3)

Holders of the Series E Preferred Stock may decide after 12 months to convert to common stock @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00. There is also an automatic conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock without consent of holders upon any national exchange listing approval and the registration effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The automatic conversion to common from Series E Preferred shall be @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00.

Part of the consideration in the acquisition of Aire Fitness was the issuance of 500,000 restricted common shares of the Company vesting and issuable after the common stock reaches at least a $1.00 per share closing price in trading.  To date, this has not occurred but may happen in the future upon which the Company will issue 500,000 common shares to the non-controlling interest owners of Aire Fitness.

Stock Options

There are currently no stock options outstanding.

On October 14, 2017, the Board of Directors and majority stockholders of TPT approved the 2017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option and Award Incentive Plan (“the 2017 Plan.”) There are 20,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved under the 2017 Plan.

On February 1, 2024, by unanimous written consent, the Board of Directors and Majority Shareholder of TPT Global Tech, Inc. (the “Company”) approved and adopted an amendment and restatement of the 2024 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option, Compensation, and Award Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to increase the maximum number of common shares, with a par value of $0.001 (“Common Shares”), available for grant to participants under the Plan to 3,500,000,000 Common Shares. In addition, the Plan was amended to define “Eligible Person” as an Employee, Consultant (Person or Professional Services Company) or Director of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary. A company other than a Professional Services Company is NOT eligible and “Issuance for Compensation for Services” shall mean the issuance for valuable and adequate consideration determined by the Board as determined by performance pursuant to an agreement. This Plan amends and supersedes any and all prior Plans.

20

Table of Contents

Warrants

As of September 30, 2023, there were 129,116,666 warrants outstanding that expire in five years or in the years ended December 31, 2024 -2027.  As part of the Convertible Promissory Notes payable – third party issuance in Note 5, the Company issued 1,000,000 warrants to purchase 1,000,000 common shares of the Company at 70% of the current market price.  Current market price means the average of the three lowest trading prices for our common stock during the ten-trading day period ending on the latest complete trading day prior to the date of the respective exercise notice.  

On January 31, 2022, TPT Global Tech, Inc. issued warrants in conjunction with the issuance of Talos and Blue Lake Note Agreements.  Warrants to purchase 18,116,666 shares of common stock at $0.015 per share.

The warrants issued under these convertible promissory notes were considered derivative liabilities valued at $110,419 of the total $4,203,788 derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2022. See Note 5.

Current market price means the average of the three lowest trading prices for our common stock during the ten-trading day period ending on the latest complete trading day prior to the date of the respective exercise notice. 

The exercise of the options, warrants, convertible promissory notes and Series A, B, C, D, and E Series Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock could have a dilutive effect to the holdings of our existing shareholders.

We may in the future issue more shares which could cause a loss of control by our present management and current stockholders.

We may issue further shares as consideration for the cash or assets or services out of our authorized but unissued common stock that would, upon issuance, represent a majority of the voting power and equity of our Company. The result of such an issuance would be those new stockholders and management would control our Company, and persons unknown could replace our management at this time. Such an occurrence would result in a greatly reduced percentage of ownership of our Company by our current shareholders, which could present significant risks to investors.

We have options issued and outstanding which are convertible into our common stock. A conversion of such equity instruments could have a dilutive effect to existing shareholders.

At September 30, 2017, we had options issued and outstanding exercisable into 53,600 shares of our common stock at ranges from $0.046 to $0.22 per share. The options are all exercisable. The exercise of the options into shares of our common stock could have a dilutive effect to the holdings of our existing shareholders. There are no warrants outstanding.

Our officers and directors may have conflicts of interests as to corporate opportunities which we may not be able or allowed to participate in.

 

Presently there is no requirement contained in our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, or minutes which requires officers and directors of our business to disclose to us business opportunities which come to their attention. Our officers and directors do, however, have a fiduciary duty of loyalty to us to disclose to us any business opportunities which come to their attention, in their capacity as an officer and/or director or otherwise. Excluded from this duty would be opportunities which the person learns about through his involvement as an officer and director of another company. We have no intention of merging with or acquiring business opportunity from any affiliate or officer or director. (See “Conflicts of Interest” at page 63)82.)

 

15 
Table of Contents

We have agreed to indemnification of officers and directors as is provided by Florida Statutes.

 

Florida Statutes provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers, employees, and agents, under certain circumstances, against attorney’s fees and other expenses incurred by them in any litigation to which they become a party arising from their association with or activities our behalf. We will also bear the expenses of such litigation for any of our directors, officers, employees, or agents, upon such person’s promise to repay us therefore if it is ultimately determined that any such person shall not have been entitled to indemnification. This indemnification policy could result in substantial expenditures by us that we will be unable to recoup.

 

Our directors’ liability to us and our shareholders is limited.

 

Florida Statutes exclude personal liability of our directors and our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty except in certain specified circumstances. Accordingly, we will have a much more limited right of action against our directors that otherwise would be the case. This provision does not affect the liability of any director under federal or applicable state securities laws.

 

21

Table of Contents

Our Stock prices in the Market may be volatile.

The value of our Common stock following this offering may be highly volatile and could be subject to fluctuations in price in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

quarterly variations in our results of operations or those of our competitors;

announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, new products, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

disruption to our operations or those of other sources critical to our network operations;

the emergence of new competitors or new technologies;

our ability to develop and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

seasonal or other variations in our subscriber base;

commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

availability of additional spectrum;

dilutive issuances of our stock or the stock of our subsidiaries, or the incurrence of additional debt;

changes in our board or management;

adoption of new or different accounting standards;

changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals;

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

announcements regarding WiMAX and other technical standards; and

general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of related markets.

 

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for shares of technology companies in particular, has experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. We expect the value of our common stock will be subject to such fluctuations.

 

We may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy without substantial additional capital. Any such failure may adversely affect the business and results of operations.

 

Unless we can generate revenues sufficient to implement our Business Plan, we maywill need to obtain additional financing through debt or bank financing, or through the sale of shareholder interests to execute our Business Plan. We expect to need at least $50,000,000 in the next twelve months in capital or loans to complete our plans and operations. We may not be able to obtain this financing at allall. We have not sought commitments for this financing, and we have no terms for either debt or equity financing, and we realize that it may be difficult to obtain on terms that are favorable or acceptable to us.terms. Moreover, if we issue additional equity securities to support our operations, Investor holdings may be diluted. Our business plans are at risk if we cannot continually achieve additional capital raising to complete our plans.

 

We are reliant, in part, on third party sales organizations, which may not perform as we expect.

We, from time to time, rely on the sales force of third-party sales organizations with support from our own selling resources. The third-party relationships and internal organization are not fully developed at this time and must be developed. We may not be able to hire effective inside sales peoplesalespeople to help our third-party sales organizations close sales. There is no assurance that any approaches will improve sales. Further, using only a direct sales force would be less cost-effective than our plan to use third-party sales organizations. In addition, a direct sales model may be ineffective if we were unable to hire and retain qualified salespeople and if the sales force fails to complete sales. Moreover, even if we successfully implement our business strategy, we may not have positive operating results. We may decide to alter or discontinue aspects of our business strategy and may adopt different strategies due to business or competitive factors.

16 
Table of Contents

 

Our growth may be affected adversely if our sales of products and services are negatively affected by competition or other factors.

The growth of our business is dependent, in large part, upon the development of sales for our services and product offerings. Market opportunities that we expect to exist may not develop as expected, or at all. For example, a substantial percentage of our service offerings is oriented around data access. If lower cost alternatives are developed, our sales would decrease, and our operating results would be negatively affected. Moreover, even if market opportunities develop as expected, new technologies and servicesservice offerings introduced by competitors may significantly limit our ability to capitalize on any such market opportunity. Our failure to capitalize on expected market opportunities would adversely affect revenue growth.

22

Table of Contents

 

The lack of operating history and the rapidly changing nature of the market in which we compete make it difficult to accurately forecast revenues and operating results. We anticipate that revenues and operating results might fluctuate in the future due to a number of factors including the following:

 

·

the timing of sales for current services and products offeringsofferings;

·

the timing of new product implementationsimplementations;

·

unexpected delays in introducing new services and products offeringsofferings;

·

increased expense related to sales and marketing, product development or administrationadministration;

·

the mix of products and our services offeringsofferings;

·

costs related to possible acquisitions of technology or business.business; and

·

costs of providing servicesservices.

We may be unable to compete with larger, more established competitors.

 

The market for providing network delivered service solutions is competitive. We expect competition to intensify in the future. Many of our potential competitors have longer operating histories, larger customer bases, greater recognition and significantly greater resources. As a result, competitors may be able to respond more quickly to emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements than we can. The continuous and timely introduction of competitively priced services offerings into the market is critical to our success, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to introduce such services offerings. We may not be able to compete successfully against competitors, and the competitive pressures we face may have an adverse effect on our business.

 

RISKS RELATING TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND POTENTIAL LITIGATION

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights.

There can be no assurances that we will be able to obtain intellectual property protection that will effectively prevent any competitors from developing or marketing the same or a competing technology. In addition, we cannot predict whether we will be subject to intellectual property litigation the outcome of which is subject to uncertainty and which can be very costly to pursue or defend. We will attempt to continue to protect our proprietary designs and to avoid infringing on the intellectual property of third parties. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to protect our intellectual property or avoid suits by third parties claiming intellectual property infringement.

If our patents and other intellectual property rights do not adequately protect our service offering, we may lose market share to competitors and be unable to operate our business profitably.

Patents and other proprietary rights are anticipated to be of value to our future business, and our ability to compete effectively with other companies depends on the proprietary nature of our current or future technologies. We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovations and licensing opportunities to develop, maintain, and strengthen our competitive position. We cannot assure you that any future patent applications will result in issued patents, that any patents issued or licensed to us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented or that the rights granted there under will provide a competitive advantage to us or prevent competitors from entering markets which we currently serve. Any required license may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all or may become invalid if the licensee’s right to such technology become challenged and/or revoked. In addition, some licenses may be non-exclusive, and therefore competitors may have access to the same technologies as we do. Furthermore, we may have to take legal action in the future to protect our trade secrets or know-how, or to defend them against claimed infringement of the rights of others. Any legal action of that type could be costly and time-consuming to us, and we cannot assure you that such actions will be successful. The invalidation of key patents or proprietary rights which we own or unsuccessful outcomes in lawsuits to protect our intellectual property may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

17 
Table of Contents

We may in the future become subject to claims that some, or the entire service offering violates the patent or intellectual property rights of others, which could be costly and disruptive to us.

We operate in an industry that is susceptible to patent litigation. As a result, we or the parties we license technology from may become subject to patent infringement claims or litigation. Further, one or more of our future patents or applications may become subject to interference proceedings declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, (“USPTO”) or the foreign equivalents thereof to determine the priority of claims to inventions. The defense of intellectual property suits, USPTO interference proceedings or the foreign equivalents thereof, as well as related legal and administrative proceedings, are both costly and time consuming and may divert management's attention from other business concerns. An adverse determination in litigation or interference proceedings to which we may become a party could, among other things:

Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our common stock will in all likelihood be thinly traded and as a result you may be unable to sell at or near ask prices or at all if you need to liquidate your shares.shares, after any conversion from Preferred Stock.

 

The shares of our common stock may be thinly-traded on the OTC Market, meaning that the number of persons interested in purchasing our common shares at or near ask prices at any given time may be relatively small or non-existent. This situation is attributable to a number of factors, including the fact that we are a small company which is relatively unknown to stock analysts, stock brokers, institutional investors and others in the investment community that generate or influence sales volume, and that even if we came to the attention of such persons, they tend to be risk-averse and would be reluctant to follow an unproven, early stage company such as ours or purchase or recommend the purchase of any of our Securities until such time as we became more seasoned and viable. As a consequence, there may be periods of several days or more when trading activity in our Securities is minimal or non-existent, as compared to a seasoned issuer which has a large and steady volume of trading activity that will generally support continuous sales without an adverse effect on Securities price. We cannot give you any assurance that a broader or more active public trading market for our common Securities will develop or be sustained, or that any trading levels will be sustained. Due to these conditions, we can give investors no assurance that they will be able to sell their shares at or near ask prices or at all if they need money or otherwise desire to liquidate their securities of our Company.

 

The regulation of penny stocks by SEC and FINRA may discourage the tradability of our common stock or other securities.

We are a “penny stock” company. None of our securitiesOur common stock currently trade in any markettrades on the OTCPINK under the symbol “TPTW” and if ever available for trading, will be subject to a Securities and Exchange Commission rule that imposes special sales practice requirements upon broker-dealers who sell such securities to persons other than established customers or accredited investors. For purposes of the rule, the phrase “accredited investors” means, in general terms, institutions with assets in excess of $5,000,000, or individuals having a net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or having an annual income that exceeds $200,000 (or that, when combined with a spouse’s income, exceeds $300,000). For transactions covered by the rule, the broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction prior to the sale. Effectively, this discourages broker-dealers from executing trades in penny stocks. Consequently, the rule will affect the ability of purchasers in this offering to sell their securities in any market that might develop therefore because it imposes additional regulatory burdens on penny stock transactions.

 

In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted a number of rules to regulate “penny stocks". Such rules include Rules 3a51-1, 15g-1, 15g-2, 15g-3, 15g-4, 15g-5, 15g-6, 15g-7, and 15g-9 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Because our securities constitute “penny stocks” within the meaning of the rules, the rules would apply to us and to our securities. The rules will further affect the ability of owners of shares to sell our securities in any market that might develop for them because it imposes additional regulatory burdens on penny stock transactions.

 

23

Table of Contents

Shareholders should be aware that, according to Securities and Exchange Commission, the market for penny stocks has suffered in recent years from patterns of fraud and abuse. Such patterns include (i) control of the market for the security by one or a few broker-dealers that are often related to the promoter or issuer; (ii) manipulation of prices through prearranged matching of purchases and sales and false and misleading press releases; (iii) “boiler room” practices involving high-pressure sales tactics and unrealistic price projections by inexperienced sales persons; (iv) excessive and undisclosed bid-ask differentials and markups by selling broker-dealers; and (v) the wholesale dumping of the same securities by promoters and broker-dealers after prices have been manipulated to a desired

18 
Table of Contents

consequent investor losses. Our management is aware of the abuses that have occurred historically in the penny stock market. Although we do not expect to be in a position to dictate the behavior of the market or of broker-dealers who participate in the market, management will strive within the confines of practical limitations to prevent the described patterns from being established with respect to our securities.

 

Inventory in penny stocks have limited remedies in the event of violations of penny stock rules. While the courts are always available to seek remedies for fraud against us, most, if not all, brokerages require their customers to sign mandatory arbitration agreements in conjunctions with opening trading accounts. Such arbitration may be through an independent arbiter. Investors may file a complaint with FINRA against the broker allegedly at fault, and FINRA may be the arbiter, under FINRA rules. Arbitration rules generally limit discovery and provide more expedient adjudication, but also provide limited remedies in damages, usually only the actual economic loss in the account. Investors should understand that if a fraud case is filed against a company in the courts, it may be vigorously defended and may take years and great legal expenses and costs to pursue, which may not be economically feasible for small investors.

 

That absent arbitration agreements related to brokerage accounts; specific legal remedies available to investors of penny stocks include the following:

 

If a penny stock is sold to the investor in violation of the requirements listed above, or other federal or states securities laws, the investor may be able to cancel the purchase and receive a refund of the investment.

 

If a penny stock is sold to the investor in a fraudulent manner, the investor may be able to sue the persons and firms that committed the fraud for damages.

 

The fact that we are a penny stock company will cause many brokers to refuse to handle transactions in the stocks, and may discourage trading activity and volume, or result in wide disparities between bid and ask prices. These may cause investors significant illiquidity of the stock at a price at which they may wish to sell or in the opportunity to complete a sale. Investors will have no effective legal remedies for these illiquidity issues.

 

We will pay no dividends in the foreseeable future on common stock.

 

We have not paid dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying such dividends in the foreseeable future. The Series D and Series E Preferred Stock will be paid 6% per annum on a cumulative basis, in cash or in registered common stock.

 

Rule 144 sales of stock in the future may have a depressive effect on our stock price.

 

All of the outstanding shares of common stock held by our present officers, directors, and affiliate stockholders are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. As restricted Shares, thesecommon shares may be resold only pursuant to an effective registration statement or under the requirements of Rule 144 or other applicable exemptions from registration under the Act and as required under applicable state securities laws. Rule 144 provides in essence that a person who has held restricted securities for six months, under certain conditions, sell every three months, in brokerage transactions, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1.0% of a company’s outstanding common stock or the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks prior to the sale. There is no limit on the amount of restricted securities that may be sold by a non-affiliate after the owner has held the restricted securities for a period of six month.months. A sale under Rule 144 or under any other exemption from the Act, if available, or pursuant to subsequent registration of shares of common stock of present stockholders, may have a depressive effect upon the price of the common stock in any market that may develop.

Any sales of our common stock, if in significant amounts, are likely to depress the future market price of our securities.

 

Assuming allOutside of the sharesthis offering, convertible debt arrangements and convertible preferred stock that exist, there are no intended sales of common stock held by the selling security holders registered hereby are sold, we would have 47,184,585 new shares that are freely tradable and therefor available for sale, in market or private transactions.stock.

 

Unrestricted sales of 47,184,585 shares of stock by our selling stockholders could have a huge negative impact on our share price, and the market for our shares.

Any new potential investors will suffer a disproportionate risk and there will be immediate dilution of existing investor’s investments.

 

Our present shareholders have acquired their securities at a cost significantly less than that which the investors purchasing pursuant to shareshereto will pay for their stock holdings or at which future purchasers in the market may pay. Therefore, any new potential investors will bear most of the risk of loss.

19 
24

Table of Contents

We can issue future series of shares of preferred stock without shareholder approval, which could adversely affect the rights of common shareholders.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation permit our Board of Directors to establish the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions, including voting rights, of future series of stock and to issue such stock without approval from our shareholders. The rights of holders of common stock may suffer as a result of the rights granted to holders of preferred stock that may be issued in the future. In addition, we could issue preferred stock to prevent a change in control of our Company, depriving common shareholders of an opportunity to sell their stock at a price in excess of the prevailing market price.

We will becomecontinue to be a reporting company upondue to the effectiveness of this registration statement.a Form 8-A to be filed concurrent with the acceptance of the NASDAQ listing.

 

We will becomeare subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, Section 13a, afterdue to the effectiveness of this offering,previous offerings, pursuant to Section 15d of the Securities Act and we intend to be registered under Section 12(g).12(b) concurrent with a NASDAQ listing. As a result, shareholders will have access to the information required to be reported by publicly held companies under the Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder. As a result, we will be subject to legal and accounting expenses that private companies are not subject to and this could affect our ability to generate operating income.

 

ITEM 4. USE OF PROCEEDS

WeSales of common stock resulting from issuances of common stock for conversions by our convertible noteholders or Rule 144 sales in the future will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares being registered on behalf of our selling shareholders.

We may raise additional funds through a placement of shares of our common stock. At this time, there is no committed source for such funds and we cannot give any assurances of being able to raise such funds. We will require additional funds to carry out our business plan. The availability and terms of any future financing will depend on market and other conditions.

The monies we have raised thus far from private placements to our current Shareholders is anticipated to be sufficient to pay all expenses of this registration statement, which is estimated to be $175,000.

ITEM 5. DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

We have a limited established market fordepressive effect on our common stock price.

Most of our convertible noteholders have rights to convert their notes at significant discounts to the market prices as shown in OTC Pink Sheetsthe schedule below, for sale under the symbol “TPTG.”

Our selling shareholders planrequirements of Rule 144 or other applicable exemptions from registration under the Act and perhaps under registration statements which the company is preparing to file in the next thirty days. Rule 144 provides in essence that a person who has held restricted securities for six months, or is deemed to have held them due to the issuance by the Company of convertible notes under certain conditions, may sell those shares at market prices, at such prices asin brokerage transactions. There is no limit on the marketamount of restricted securities that may dictatebe sold by a non-affiliate after the owner has held the restricted securities for a period of six months. A sale under Rule 144 or under any other exemption from timethe Act, if available, or pursuant to time or in private transactions.

TitlePer Share
Common Stock$0.13

* 5 day average closing price preceding filingsubsequent registration of this Registration Statement

As of September 30, 2017, there were 136,953,904 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

The market shareof present stockholders underlying the convertible notes, will have a depressive effect upon the price likely bears no relationship to any criteria of goodwill value, asset value, market price or any other measure of value.

ITEM 6. DILUTION

The following table sets forth with respect to existing shares being offered and under this registration, the number of our shares of common stock offered by shareholders,in the percentage ownershipmarket, since they are issued at a discount to market-often 50-60% of suchthe lowest bid for differing periods, and sales can be expected at some discounted prices, with larger than normal volumes.  We have also issued warrants that allow for the purchase of shares at significant discounts to the total consideration paid,market prices, often 50% of the percentageten day low bids, or other highly discounted rates, which would allow the holders of total consideration paid andthose warrants to sell shares into the averagemarket at a profit over their discounted price, per share. All percentages are computed based upon cumulative shares and consideration assuming salewhich could have the effect of alldepressing the price of the shares in the line item as compared to maximum in each previous line.

20 
Table of Contents

 Shares Purchased and being offered for resaleAverage
 NumberPercent (1)Price/Share
    
Existing Shareholders whose shares are being registered47,184,58534.45%$0.13
    
(1)Percentage relates to total percentage of shares to be registered for existing shareholders.
(2)Percentage relates to total percentage of capital raised post offering.

“Net tangible book value” is the amount that results from subtracting the total liabilities and intangible assets from the total assets of an entity. Dilution occurs because we determined the offering price based on factors other than those used in computing book value of our stock. Dilution exists because the book value of shares held by existing stockholders is lower than the offering price offered to new investors.market.

 

As at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016,We may not successfully meet the net tangible book value excluding intangible assets of our stock was ($0.028) and ($0.018) per share, respectively.

ITEM 7. SELLING SECURITY HOLDERS

The selling shareholders obtained their sharesNASDAQ Requirements for a listing of our stock, in the following transactions:

Number of SharesOriginal ConsiderationIssue Price Per Share
2,000,000Founders Services$0.001
11,267,670Asset Acquisition$0.10 to $0.81
2,983,380Conversion of Convertible Promissory Notes$0.20 to $0.80
4,278,496Private Placement$0.10 to $0.50
8,876,649Services$0.10 to $0.30
10,150,012Prior Ally Pharma$0.001
3,140,245CDDE & CO$0.001
4,488,033Gifts to Family$0.001

Other than the stock transactions discussed above, we have not entered into any transaction nor are there any proposed transactions in which any founder, director, executive officer, significant shareholder of our company or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing had or is to have a direct or indirect material interest.

No person who may, in the future, be considered a promoter ofcase this offering will receive or expectnot occur.

NASDAQ Requirements for listing include the following:

a)

$4.00 trading price for 30 trading days. Reverse Split of the issued and outstanding shares is necessary in order to meet this criteria, which must be accomplished by the Company, and has not yet been completed.

b)

$4,000,000 net shareholder’s equity to be accomplished through this offering.

c)

SEC Section 12(b) Registration which has not been achieved.

d)

At least 100,000 shares of public float. This criteria has been accomplished.

e)

A minimum of 300+ shareholders. This criteria has been accomplished.

f)

Total assets of $4,000,000. Will be accomplished through this offering.

g)

At least two market makers.

h)

Public float market value of $1,000,000. This criteria has been accomplished.

i)

Specific corporate governance such as committees and independent Directors in those committees. To be determined prior to effectiveness.

We will have to receive assets, services or other considerationsuse proceeds from us except those persons who are our salaried employees or directors. No assets will be, nor expectedthe offering to be, acquired from any promoter on behalfaccomplish some of us. We have not entered into any agreements that require disclosure to the shareholders.these criteria.  None of this is assured even with this offering.

21 
25

Table of Contents

(a)Allof the securities listed below are being registered in this Registration Statement.

 

  Common Shares Held Common Shares % Owned Shares Owned % Owned
  By Each Shareholder To Be Before After After
Name Before Offering Registered Offering Offering Offering
ANDY NEAL  180   180   0.00%  —     0.00%
ARTHUR BRANDING  1,000   1,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
ASIA GLOVE, INC.  61   61   0.00%  —     0.00%
BERNIE KARNS  12,500   12,500   0.01%  —     0.00%
BERTRAM E. CUTLER  19   19   0.00%  —     0.00%
BREANNE ROJESKI  200   200   0.00%  —     0.00%
CAROLS ADAMICK MENDOZA  100,000   100,000   0.07%  —     0.00%
CASH CUTLER  4   4   0.00%  —     0.00%
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS  5,200   5,200   0.00%  —     0.00%
DALE FINCK  1,000   1,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
DANIEL WROBLESKI  800   800   0.00%  —     0.00%
FREDERICK EBERHARDT (5)  615,000   615,000   0.45%  —     0.00%
GUADALUPE SILVA  9,350   9,350   0.01%  —     0.00%
HAYDEN F. BELLAMY  10,000   10,000   0.01%  —     0.00%
J WINSTON MICHAEL TRAVIS OLSON  1,000   1,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
JAMES D. AND KAREN G. SCHINDLER JTWROS  1,000   1,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
JEFF OLSEN  339,166   339,166   0.25%  —     0.00%
JOHN BENDLE  2,000   2,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
KATHI OLSON  10,000   10,000   0.01%  —     0.00%
KRISTEN REDETTE OLSON  1,000   1,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
LOUIS ELLIOTT  1,000   1,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
MARISOL SCHLEMMER  21,000   21,000   0.02%  —     0.00%
MICHAEL EMMERS  135,000   135,000   0.10%  —     0.00%
ROBERT A PUTT  2,000   2,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
ROBERT ANDREWS  1,000   1,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
SHERRY ORSBORN  7,500   7,500   0.01%  —     0.00%
SUSAN ELLSWORTH  400   400   0.00%  —     0.00%
SUSAN ROLL REVOCABLE TRUST  500,000   500,000   0.37%  —     0.00%
THOMAS B. SEITER  1,000   1,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
TONI GIGLIOTTI  200   200   0.00%  —     0.00%
BRIAN POWERS  500,000   500,000   0.37%  —     0.00%
22 
Table of Contents

KN SOLOMON MBAGWU  2,000,000   2,000,000   1.46%  —     0.00%
EDDIE BAKER  4   4   0.00%  —     0.00%
GEORGE RESTEA  5,000,000   2,000,000   3.65%  3,000,000   2.19%
JACK NAJJAR  8,095,000   2,000,000   5.91%  6,095,000   4.45%
JUAN C. FERNANDEZ  12,500   12,500   0.01%  —     0.00%
KHALID S. DAOUD  5,000   5,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
KOKI NAGASHIMA  18,544   18,544   0.01%  —     0.00%
LUI CHI HO RONALD  174   174   0.00%  —     0.00%
MANUEL FERNANDEZ  550   550   0.00%  —     0.00%
SHINICHRO GOTO  6   6   0.00%  —     0.00%
MARVIN G. OTO  440,010   220,010   0.32%  220,000   0.16%
MATTHEW MCCRIMMON  715,000   715,000   0.52%  —     0.00%
PRAISE DIRECT HOLDINGS LIMITED  1,000   1,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
RICHARD NAOTAKA OTO  440,010   220,010   0.32%  220,000   0.16%
SHEN TIAOJUAN  200   200   0.00%  —     0.00%
THOMAS MCCRIMMON IV  1,565,454   —     1.14%  1,565,454   1.14%
VONNIE K. OTO  640,006   320,006   0.47%  320,000   0.23%
ARLENA FARINAS  300   300   0.00%  —     0.00%
CHIUWAI SITU  400   400   0.00%  —     0.00%
CHRISTINA E. CHAPMAN  440,000   440,000   0.32%  —     0.00%
DAVID PINTO  200   200   0.00%  —     0.00%
FRANCES MCCRIMMON  3,294,805   2,000,000   2.41%  1,294,805   0.95%
SCOTT THOMAS  4   4   0.00%  —     0.00%
SABURO OTO  990,028   445,028   0.72%  545,000   0.40%
MARK ROWAN  6,500,000   2,000,000   4.75%  4,500,000   3.29%
TODD WIGINGTON  16,492   16,492   0.01%  —     0.00%
RICHARD EBERHARDT (2)(4)  19,000,000   2,000,000   13.87%  17,000,000   12.41%
GARY COOK (2)(4)  6,500,000   2,000,000   4.75%  4,500,000   3.29%
RUSSELL WILLIAMS  7,500,000   2,000,000   5.48%  5,500,000   4.02%
STACIE STRICKER (2)(4)  500,000   500,000   0.37%  —     0.00%
STEPHEN J. THOMAS, III (2)(4)  42,493,073   2,000,000   31.03%  40,493,073   29.57%
SCOTT GOODWIN  50,000   50,000   0.04%  —     0.00%
DON RUSSELL CARRUTH TRUST  77,968   77,968   0.06%  —     0.00%
ERIK VERDUZCO  75,954   75,954   0.06%  —     0.00%
GABRIEL BARBARENA  75,954   75,954   0.06%  —     0.00%
KAROL AND FAYAD PALOS  151,907   151,907   0.11%  —     0.00%
SUE BERRY  50,000   50,000   0.04%  —     0.00%
23 
Table of Contents

CHAD EUMURA  50,000   50,000   0.04%  —     0.00%
LOUIE SAENZ  75,954   75,954   0.06%  —     0.00%
MARIA DOLORES NICHOLS  151,907   151,907   0.11%  —     0.00%
MIGUEL MEDINA  151,907   151,907   0.11%  —     0.00%
OFELIA DE LA TORRE  197,480   197,480   0.14%  —     0.00%
PAUL JULIEN  75,954   75,954   0.06%  —     0.00%
RAMSES ACOSTA  151,907   151,907   0.11%  —     0.00%
ROLANDO NICHOLS  1,729,224   1,729,224   1.26%  —     0.00%
JAMIE HERNANDEZ  100,000   100,000   0.07%  —     0.00%
L2 COMPANIES  148,884   148,884   0.11%  —     0.00%
LINDA KELLY  1,000,000   1,000,000   0.73%  —     0.00%
QUYNTWAN HENRY  100,000   100,000   0.07%  —     0.00%
DUANE JACKSON  500,000   500,000   0.37%  —     0.00%
ENOCH BRANDE  500,000   500,000   0.37%  —     0.00%
CANE INDUSTRIES LLC  50,000   50,000   0.04%  —     0.00%
PENNY PROS LLC  50,000   50,000   0.04%  —     0.00%
SEO STRADEGY GROUP  450,000   450,000   0.33%  —     0.00%
JOYCE EARLY  5,000   5,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
NATALIE WASHCO  5,000   5,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
BRIAN KENT  265,950   265,950   0.19%  —     0.00%
KAREN KENT  243,225   243,225   0.18%  —     0.00%
MARIO PENA  2,000,000   750,000   1.46%  1,250,000   0.91%
CARLOS ANDRES CASTRO  5,000   5,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
CONRAD CALDERON  10,000   10,000   0.01%  —     0.00%
DELIA DIOQUINO  10,000   10,000   0.01%  —     0.00%
LIZETTE CALDERON  150,000   150,000   0.11%  —     0.00%
SHARON DARRAH  20,000   20,000   0.01%  —     0.00%
ANDY DOUGHTY  60,000   60,000   0.04%  —     0.00%
BRUNO BARBARAI  50,000   50,000   0.04%  —     0.00%
CARLETON GREGORY SOLLOWAY  250,000   250,000   0.18%  —     0.00%
CAROL JOANNE BOOTH  100,000   100,000   0.07%  —     0.00%
CECIL JONES  32,000   32,000   0.02%  —     0.00%
CELESTE JANET FITZPATRICK  21,000   21,000   0.02%  —     0.00%
CRAIG FULLER  150,000   150,000   0.11%  —     0.00%
CRAIG HILL  100,000   100,000   0.07%  —     0.00%
DAVID WARD  75,000   75,000   0.05%  —     0.00%
DEBORAH MILLER  2,000   2,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
24 
Table of Contents

DENNI GRIFFITH  5,000   5,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
EMILIANO BONANNO  155,000   155,000   0.11%  —     0.00%
FEIVEL INVESTMENT LLC  30,000   30,000   0.02%  —     0.00%
GARY STEWART  20,000   20,000   0.01%  —     0.00%
GRANT HENRY  10,000   10,000   0.01%  —     0.00%
HOLLY MEAD  55,000   55,000   0.04%  —     0.00%
JEBB DYKSRA  75,000   75,000   0.05%  —     0.00%
JOE OBEZO  5,000   5,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
KONSTANTIN SHAPOVALOV  10,000   10,000   0.01%  —     0.00%
KRISSY BARLOW TAYLOR  50,000   50,000   0.04%  —     0.00%
LAURIE L POWER  10,000   10,000   0.01%  —     0.00%
LUIS ALBERTO SANZ  1,765,742   500,000   1.29%  1,265,742   0.92%
MARIO SCADE GARCIA  25,000   25,000   0.02%  —     0.00%
MARLA ELLERMAN  50,000   50,000   0.04%  —     0.00%
NORMAN BRANDER  5   5   0.00%  —     0.00%
PANTHEON PARTNERS  200,000   200,000   0.15%  —     0.00%
PATRICK TAYLOR  10,000   10,000   0.01%  —     0.00%
REGGIE THOMAS (6)  165,000   165,000   0.12%  —     0.00%
CHARLES GREGORY THOMAS (6)  8   8   0.00%  —     0.00%
CHARLES R. THOMAS (6)  6   6   0.00%  —     0.00%
WIE FAMILY TRUST  5   5   0.00%  —     0.00%
RIGO FLORES  10,000   10,000   0.01%  —     0.00%
ROBERT GOOLD  100,000   100,000   0.07%  —     0.00%
RUDOLF EDUARD BOHLI  500,000   500,000   0.37%  —     0.00%
SANFORD LEAVENWORTH  8,000   8,000   0.01%  —     0.00%
SHIGETOMI KOMATSU  9   9   0.00%  —     0.00%
SHANNON JOHNSON  350,000   350,000   0.26%  —     0.00%
STEPHANIE KRAUSE  88,000   88,000   0.06%  —     0.00%
THOMAS J. POWERS  12,000   12,000   0.01%  —     0.00%
TOM SHAEFFER  300,000   300,000   0.22%  —     0.00%
WARREN WINFIELD GIBSON III  100,000   100,000   0.07%  —     0.00%
YU CHUNG CHO  500,000   500,000   0.37%  —     0.00%
BRIAN MICHAEL FIELDING  15,035   15,035   0.01%  —     0.00%
ANDY ELLISON  100,000   100,000   0.07%  —     0.00%
SHELLY FULTON  250,000   250,000   0.18%  —     0.00%
BRADEN SCHUSTER  100,000   100,000   0.07%  —     0.00%
AARON D CLARK  282,459   282,459   0.21%  —     0.00%
25 
Table of Contents

BENJAMIN AMMONS  8,764   8,764   0.01%  —     0.00%
BROWN LIVING TRUST  16,492   16,492   0.01%  —     0.00%
CAPITAL-PLUS PARTNERS  333,422   333,422   0.24%  —     0.00%
CHRISTIAN A. MASSETTI  32,500   32,500   0.02%  —     0.00%
CHRISTOPHER J. GAVIGAN  20,330   20,330   0.01%  —     0.00%
CHRISTOPHER SHIPPY G CANTON  65,967   65,967   0.05%  —     0.00%
CINDY ARMSTRONG  125,000   125,000   0.09%  —     0.00%
CLEAR VIEW COMMUNICATIONS  40,000   40,000   0.03%  —     0.00%
CONEXUS TELECOM  125,000   125,000   0.09%  —     0.00%
CRITICAL SYSTEMS & SUPPORT LTD  13,476   13,476   0.01%  —     0.00%
DAVID CLARK  8,246   8,246   0.01%  —     0.00%
DON & BRENDA MORRIS JT TEN  3,298   3,298   0.00%  —     0.00%
DOUGLAS R PETERLIN  9,616   9,616   0.01%  —     0.00%
EDWARD DAVIS  30,000   30,000   0.02%  —     0.00%
EQUITY TRUST COMPANY, CUSTODIAN FBO KARL M CRISS IRA  4,383   4,383   0.00%  —     0.00%
FORESIGHT GROUP LLC  150,000   150,000   0.11%  —     0.00%
FRED T DAVIS, JR.  20,000   20,000   0.01%  —     0.00%
GARY AND JAMIE GORDON JT  7,499   7,499   0.01%  —     0.00%
GAYLE SETZER  50,025   50,025   0.04%  —     0.00%
GRANT EVANS  3,298   3,298   0.00%  —     0.00%
GREG DREW  3,298   3,298   0.00%  —     0.00%
GREGG MASSETTI  10,231   10,231   0.01%  —     0.00%
HAL CLARK  21,116   21,116   0.02%  —     0.00%
IRA HUGHES  16,492   16,492   0.01%  —     0.00%
JASON DUNCAN  16,492   16,492   0.01%  —     0.00%
JIM RICHARDS  14,500   14,500   0.01%  —     0.00%
JOELLE CLARK  167,541   167,541   0.12%  —     0.00%
JOHN DREW  111,649   111,649   0.08%  —     0.00%
JOHN P. WARD  36,803   36,803   0.03%  —     0.00%
JORGE L. FERNANDEZ  12,500   12,500   0.01%  —     0.00%
JOSE J. FERNANDEZ  12,500   12,500   0.01%  —     0.00%
JOSE M. FERNANDEZ  12,500   12,500   0.01%  —     0.00%
JOSEPH LAWRENCE HAGER  20,330   20,330   0.01%  —     0.00%
JOSH HITT  9,525   9,525   0.01%  —     0.00%
KIM KELLAR  4,123   4,123   0.00%  —     0.00%
LISA & DOUG COOPER JT  10,956   10,956   0.01%  —     0.00%
M-CUBE CORPORATION  6   6   0.00%  —     0.00%
26 
Table of Contents

MARK CLARK  3,298   3,298   0.00%  —     0.00%
MARK MONTANO  251,649   251,649   0.18%  —     0.00%
MARK PALUSO  100,000   100,000   0.07%  —     0.00%
MICHAEL FLEMING (3)  181,953   181,953   0.13%  —     0.00%
MICHAEL P MURPHY  1,541,949   1,541,949   1.13%  —     0.00%
NICK MULHOLLAND  75,000   75,000   0.05%  —     0.00%
NICOLE & ERIC CARTER JT TEN  3,298   3,298   0.00%  —     0.00%
NOVA ENERGY CO., LTD.  182,068   182,068   0.13%  —     0.00%
PAUL E. KNAG  15,035   15,035   0.01%  —     0.00%
PLANET ONE COMMUNICATIONS INC.  150,000   150,000   0.11%  —     0.00%
ROBERT RICCI  11,108   11,108   0.01%  —     0.00%
ROBERT SCHUSTER  100,000   100,000   0.07%  —     0.00%
ROBERT SETZER (3)  126,120   126,120   0.09%  —     0.00%
RON A. LEVENE  82,767   82,767   0.06%  —     0.00%
TERRY BRODKIN  110,000   110,000   0.08%  —     0.00%
THE MANGIA FAMILY TRUST U/A DTD 01/12/16  3,298   3,298   0.00%  —     0.00%
TRAVIS CLARK  4,123   4,123   0.00%  —     0.00%
STEVE CAUDLE  4,000,000   2,000,000   2.92%  2,000,000   1.46%
CEDE & CO  3,140,245   3,140,245   2.29%  —     0.00%
CHRIS COPELAND  12,675   12,675   0.01%  —     0.00%
DAVID I NEWMAN REVOCABLE LIVING TRUST  1,000,000   1,000,000   0.73%  —     0.00%
INVESTMENT REAL ESTATE  2,500   2,500   0.00%  —     0.00%
KERRY J. NEAL  5,000   5,000   0.00%  —     0.00%
KEYSTONE ASSETS & SERVICES, INC  499,780   499,780   0.36%  —     0.00%
MITSUNOBU AMAZAKI  6   6   0.00%  —     0.00%
PATRICK GUIANT  55,200   55,200   0.04%  —     0.00%
ROB JENKS  38,025   38,025   0.03%  —     0.00%
ROBERT JAMES SHUBERT  2,500   2,500   0.00%  —     0.00%
RON MONARK  125,400   125,400   0.09%  —     0.00%
EDWARD WILLIS LEVERT JR.  250,000   250,000   0.18%  —     0.00%
XROADS LLC  10,000   10,000   0.01%  —     0.00%
   136,953,659   47,184,585       89,769,074     

RISKS RELATING TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND POTENTIAL LITIGATION

 

27 
Table of Contents
(1)Based upon 136,953,904 shares of common stock issued and outstanding at December 1, 2017. Certain shareholders not included in total above due to small amounts.
(2)Officer and/or director of our Company.
(3)The individuals have voting control for the entities noted in the list below (b).
(4)We are registering a total of 6,500,000 shares in which our officers/directors are considered to have beneficial ownership.
(5)Are the family members of Richard Eberhardt, officer and a Director of our Company, but not dependents and he disclaims any ownership or control of such shares.
(6)Are the family members of Stephen J. Thomas, III, officer and a Director of our Company, but not dependents and he disclaims any ownership or control of such shares.

Other than the material relationships, discussed above, the listed selling security holders have not had a material relationship with the registrant.

(b) The table below shows the person with voting control for the entities listed in (a) above.

NAME OF THE ENTITYPERSON WITH VOTING CONTROLNUMBER OF COMMON SHARES BEING REGISTEREDAFFILIATE OF COMPANY?
Asia Glove, Inc.Unknown61No

Cane Industries, LLC

Chris Cane50,000No
Capital-Plus PartnersRobert Setzer333,422No
Cede & CoUnknown3,140,245No
Clear View CommunicationsWilliam Maloney40,000No
Conexus TelecomJonathan Fink125,000No
Critical Systems & Support Ltd.Michael Fleming13,476No
Feivel Investment, LLCEthan Luu30,000No
Foresight Group, LLCRobert Fabrizio150,000No
Investment Real EstateUnknown2,500No
Keystone Assets & Services, Inc.Saburo Oto499,780No
L2 CompaniesRolando Nichols148,884No
M-Cube CorporationUnknown6No
Nova Energy Co., Ltd.Unknown182,068No
Pantheon PartnersRenee Morentine200,000No
Penny Pros, LLCSean Ryan50,000No
Planet One Communications, Inc.Ted Schuman150,000No
Praise Direct Holdings LimitedUnknown1,000No
SEO Stradegy GroupJay Scorakaw450,000No
XROADS, LLCUnknown10,000No

ITEM 8. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Upon effectiveness of this amendment to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, our existing selling shareholders may sell their securities at market prices or at any price in privately negotiated transactions.

Our selling shareholders may be deemed underwriters in this offering.

The selling shareholders are not paying any of the offering expenses and we will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling shareholders.

28 
Table of Contents

ITEM 9. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The securities being registered and/or offered by this Prospectus are common shares.

Common Stock

We are presently authorized to issue one billion (1,000,000,000) shares of our $0.001 par value common stock. A total of One Hundred Thirty Six Million, Nine Hundred Fifty Three Thousand, Nine Hundred Four (136,953,904) common shares are issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2017.

Common Shares

All common shares are equal to each other with respect to voting, liquidation, and dividend rights. Special shareholders' meetings may be called by the officers or director, or upon the request of holders of at least one-tenth (1/10th) of the outstanding shares. Holders of shares are entitled to one vote at any shareholders' meeting for each share they own as of the record date fixed by the board of directors. There is no quorum requirement for shareholders' meetings. Therefore, a vote of the majority of the shares represented at a meeting will govern even if this is substantially less than a majority of the shares outstanding. Holders of shares are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefore, and upon liquidation are entitled to participate pro rata in a distribution of assets available for such a distribution to shareholders. There are no conversion, pre-emptive or other subscription rights or privileges with respect to any shares. Reference is made to our Articles of Incorporation and our By-Laws as well as to the applicable statutes of the State of Florida for a more complete description of the rights and liabilities of holders of shares. It should be noted that the board of directors without notice to the shareholders may amend the By-Laws. Our shares do not have cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares voting for election of directors may elect all the directors if they choose to do so. In such event, the holders of the remaining shares aggregating less than fifty percent (50%) of the shares voting for election of directors may not be able to elect any director.protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights.

 

Preferred sharesThere can be no assurances that we will be able to obtain intellectual property protection that will effectively prevent any competitors from developing or marketing the same or a competing technology. In addition, we cannot predict whether we will be subject to intellectual property litigation the outcome of which is subject to uncertainty and which can be very costly to pursue or defend. We will attempt to continue to protect our proprietary designs and to avoid infringing on the intellectual property of third parties. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to protect our intellectual property or avoid suits by third parties claiming intellectual property infringement.

 

As of September 30, 2017,If our patents and other intellectual property rights do not adequately protect our service offering, we had authorized one hundred million (100,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, of which certain shares had been designated as Series A Preferred Stockmay lose market share to competitors and Series B Preferred Stock.be unable to operate our business profitably.

 

Series A Convertible Preferred StockPatents and other proprietary rights are anticipated to be of value to our future business, and our ability to compete effectively with other companies depends on the proprietary nature of our current or future technologies. We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovations and licensing opportunities to develop, maintain, and strengthen our competitive position. We cannot assure you that any future patent applications will result in issued patents, that any patents issued or licensed to us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented or that the rights granted there under will provide a competitive advantage to us or prevent competitors from entering markets which we currently serve. Any required license may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all or may become invalid if the licensee’s right to such technology become challenged and/or revoked. In addition, some licenses may be non-exclusive, and therefore competitors may have access to the same technologies as we do. Furthermore, we may have to take legal action in the future to protect our trade secrets or know-how, or to defend them against claimed infringement of the rights of others. Any legal action of that type could be costly and time-consuming to us, and we cannot assure you that such actions will be successful. The invalidation of key patents or proprietary rights which we own or unsuccessful outcomes in lawsuits to protect our intellectual property may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In February 2015, we designated 1,000,000 sharesWe may in the future become subject to claims that some, or the entire service offering violates the patent or intellectual property rights of Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock.others, which could be costly and disruptive to us.

 

The Series A Preferred Stock was designatedWe operate in February 2015, hasan industry that is susceptible to patent litigation. As a par value of $.001, is seniorresult, we or the parties we license technology from may become subject to any other classpatent infringement claims or series of outstanding Preferred Stocklitigation. Further, one or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined, and of an amount equal to $100 per share. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall, collectively have the right to convert all of their Series A Preferred Stock when conversion is elected into that number of shares of Common Stockmore of our Company, determinedfuture patents or applications may become subject to interference proceedings declared by the following formula: 60%U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, (“USPTO”) or the foreign equivalents thereof to determine the priority of claims to inventions. The defense of intellectual property suits, USPTO interference proceedings or the issuedforeign equivalents thereof, as well as related legal and outstanding Common Shares as computed immediately after the transaction for conversion. For further clarification, the 60% of the issuedadministrative proceedings, are both costly and outstanding common shares includes what the holders of the Series A Preferred Stocktime consuming and may already holddivert management's attention from other business concerns. An adverse determination in common shares at the time of conversion. The Series A Preferred Stock, collectively, shall have the rightlitigation or interference proceedings to vote as if converted prior to the vote to an amount of shares equal to 60% of the outstanding Common Stock of our Company.which we may become a party could, among other things:

 

·

subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, including treble damages;

·

require disputed rights to be licensed from a third party for royalties that may be substantial;

·

require us to cease using such technology; or

·

prohibit us from selling certain of our service offerings.

In February 2015, the Board

Any of Directors authorized the issuancethese outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Stephen J. Thomas, III, Chairman, CEO and President of our Company, valued at $3,117,000 for compensation expense.operations.

 

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

In February 2015, we designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series B Preferred Stock.

The Series B Preferred Stock was designated in February 2015, has a par value of $.001, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series B Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any part of the Series B Preferred Shares and will receive and equal amount of common shares at the conversion price of $2.00 per share. The Series B Preferred Stock holders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one to one basis.

29 
26

Table of Contents

 

Options & Warrants

Effective October 14, 2017, we adopted the 2017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option and Award Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan provides for grants of nonqualified stock options and other stock awards, including warrants, to designated employees, officers, directors, advisors and independent contractors. A maximum of 20,000,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for options and other stock awards under the Plan. We have the ability to issue either options or warrants under the Plan.

As of September 30, 2017, we had options issued and outstanding outside of the Plan exercisable into 53,600 shares of our common stock at ranges from $0.046 to $0.22 per share. The options do not have a vesting period and are 100% exercisable.

There are no warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2017.

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent for our securities is Clear Trust, with offices at 16540 Pointe Village Dr., Suite 210, Lutz, Florida 33558, Phone (813) 235-4490.

ITEM 10. INTEREST OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

We have not hired or retained any experts or counsel on a contingent basis, who would receive a direct or indirect interest in us, or who is, or was, our promoter, underwriter, voting trustee, director, officer or employee.

ITEM 11. INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO THE REGISTRANT

a.DESCRIPTION of BUSINESS

BUSINESS SUMMARYCAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains variousforward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations or forecasts of future events. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and include statements regarding, among other things, our projected revenue growth and profitability, our growth strategies and opportunity, anticipated trends in our market and our anticipated needs for working capital. They are generally identifiable by use of the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plans,” “potential,” “projects,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expects,” “management believes,” “we believe,” “we intend” or the negative of these words or other variations on these words or comparable terminology. These statements may be found under the sections entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” as well as in this prospectus generally. In particular, these include statements relating to future actions, prospective products, market acceptance, future performance or results of current and anticipated products, sales efforts, expenses, and the outcome of contingencies such as legal proceedings and financial results.

Examples of forward-looking statements thatin this prospectus include, but are not limited to, our expectations regarding our business strategy, business prospects, operating results, operating expenses, working capital, liquidity and capital expenditure requirements. Important assumptions relating to the forward-looking statements include, among others, assumptions regarding demand for our products, the cost, terms and availability of components, pricing levels, the timing and cost of capital expenditures, competitive conditions and general economic conditions. These statements are based on our management’s expectations, beliefs as well asand assumptions made by and informationconcerning future events affecting us, which in turn are based on currently available information. These assumptions could prove inaccurate. Although we believe that the estimates and projections reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, our expectations may prove to us. When used in this prospectus, the words "believe", "expect", "anticipate", "estimate" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements may include statements regarding seeking business opportunities, payment of operating expenses, and the like, and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions whichbe incorrect.

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from projectionsthe results and events anticipated or estimates. Factorsimplied by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

increased levels of competition;

changes in the market acceptance of our products;

changes in political, economic or regulatory conditions generally and in the markets in which we operate;

our relationships with our key customers;

our ability to retain and attract senior management and other key employees;

our ability to quickly and effectively respond to new technological developments;

our ability to protect our trade secrets or other proprietary rights, operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others and prevent others from infringing on the proprietary rights of the Company; and

other risks, including those described in the “Risk Factors” discussion of this prospectus.

We operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for us to predict all of those risks, nor can we assess the impact of all of those risks on our business or the extent to which couldany factor may cause actual results to differ materially are discussed at length under the heading "Risk Factors". Should one or more of the enumerated risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Investorscontained in any forward-looking statement. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are based on assumptions management believes are reasonable. However, due to the uncertainties associated with forward-looking statements, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Further, forward-looking statements all of which speak only as of the date made.they are made, and unless required by law, we expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to publicly update any of them in light of new information, future events, or otherwise.

27

Table of Contents

InUSE OF PROCEEDS

The securities, units, offered under this prospectus and registered on Form S-1 involve the following:

7,692,308 shares (or 8,461,539 shares if the Underwriters’ exercise the over-allotment option to purchase additional shares in full and are issued shares as additional compensation to the Broker/Dealer) to purchase shares at $6.50 per share. The sale of securities to the investors in this Offering will be evidenced by a purchase agreement (“Purchase Agreement”) between us and such investors in a form reasonably satisfactory to us and [●] (“[●]”). [●] shall be a third-party beneficiary with respect to the representations, warranties and covenants, closing conditions and closing deliverables included in the Purchase Agreement.

On [●], 2024, we engaged [●] (“[●]”) through a letter agreement (“Agreement”) to serve as the exclusive agent, advisor or underwriter covering the sale of up to approximately $50,000,000 of securities of the Company (“Offering”). The term of the engagement will end [●]. Under such Agreement, [●] is to receive a cash fee, or as to an underwritten Offering an underwriter discount, equal to 6% of the aggregate gross proceeds raised in each Offering. We paid a $10,000 non-refundable advance to [●] upon execution of the Agreement to be credited against the accountable expenses actually incurred by [●]. At the Closing of each Offering, we will issue to [●] (or its designees) warrants to purchase shares of common stock as additional compensation for its services. The number of shares purchasable under such warrants will equal to 8% of the number of shares issued in the Offering pursuant to the solicitation of [●]. The warrants shall have a term of five (5) years, contain cashless exercise provisions and piggyback registration rights, and have an exercise price equal to 110% of the offering price per share in the applicable Offering and if such offering price is not available, the market price of the common stock on the date an Offering is commenced. We will grant [●] an option that is exercisable within 45 days after the closing of the Offering to acquire up to an additional 15.0% of the total number of securities to be offered by us in the Offering. Out of the proceeds of each Closing, we also agree to pay [●] (a) up to $35,000 for non-accountable expenses (to be increased to $50,000 in case of a public Offering) and (b) up to $125,000 for fees and expenses of legal counsel and other out-of-pocket expenses (to be increased to $150,000 in case of a public Offering); plus an additional costs associated with the use of a third-party electronic road show service, if applicable.

We estimate that we will receive gross proceeds of approximately $50,000,000 (or approximately $55,000,000 if the underwriter exercises in full its option to purchase up to 769,231 additional shares of common stock) based on the assumed public offering price of $6.50 per share before deducting the estimated placement discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ [●] per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $ [●] million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated placement discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ [●] million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated placement discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial public offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

We intend to use the net proceeds ($46,000,000 calculated as follows: $50,000,000 less estimated placement discounts, commissions and other expenses of $4,000,000) from the sale of the 7,692,308 shares of common stock for the following:

·

$5,000,000 for product and technology engineering and development;

·

$5,000,000 for equipment purchases;

·

$9,000,000 for repayment of short-term debt and other financing arrangements;

·

$10,000,000 for business development, and business acquisitions

·

$17,000,000 for other general working capital, investor relations, internal controls remediation, human capital and other corporate purposes.

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. If management reasonably determines that the net proceeds from this offering would not be sufficient to meet the Company’s development plans and other working capital obligations after closing, management will re-evaluate and revise its current plans and/or seek other sources of financing, although management currently has no specific additional financing plans. The amounts and timing of our use of proceeds will vary depending on a number of factors, including the amount of cash generated or used by our operations. As a result, we will retain broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds of this offering, and our investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. In addition, while we have not entered into any agreements, commitments or understandings relating to any significant transaction as of the date of this prospectus, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to pursue acquisitions, joint ventures and other strategic transactions.

Pending their use, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term interest-bearing investment-grade securities, certificates of deposit or government securities. The goal with respect to the investment of these net proceeds is capital preservation and liquidity so that such funds are readily available to fund our operations.

Although the items set forth above indicate management’s present estimate of our needed capital and of our use of the net proceeds to be spend proportionately as received in this Offering, we may reallocate the proceeds or utilize them for other corporate purposes. Our actual use of proceeds may vary from these estimates because of a number of factors, including whether we are successful in completing future acquisitions, whether we obtain additional funding, what other obligations have been incurred by us, the operating results of our initial acquisition activities, and whether we are able to operate profitably. If our need for working capital increases, we may seek additional funds through loans or other financing. There are no commitments for any such financing, and there can be no assurance that these funds may be obtained in the future if the need arises.

28

Table of Contents

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Market Information

Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCPINK under the symbol “TPTW”. Because we are quoted on the OTCPINK, our securities may be less liquid, receive less coverage by security analysts and news media, and generate lower prices than might otherwise be obtained if they were listed on a national securities exchange.

The following table sets forth the high and low bid quotations for our common stock as reported on the OTCPINK for the periods indicated.

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Quarter Ended

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

March 31

 

$.0020

 

 

$.0010

 

 

$0.0154

 

 

$0.007

 

 

$0.10

 

 

$0.03

 

 

$0.011

 

 

$0.0007

 

June 30

 

$.0014

 

 

$.0009

 

 

$0.0132

 

 

$0.0049

 

 

$0.04

 

 

$0.01

 

 

$0.037

 

 

$0.002

 

September 30

 

$.0017

 

 

$.0010

 

 

$0.0075

 

 

$0.001

 

 

$0.07

 

 

$0.01

 

 

$0.093

 

 

$0.024

 

December 31

 

$.0011

 

 

$.0010

 

 

$0.0119

 

 

$0.0015

 

 

$0.03

 

 

$0.01

 

 

$0.06

 

 

$0.021

 

Rules Governing Low-price Stocks That May Affect Our Shareholders' Ability to Resell Shares of Our Common Stock

Our common stock currently is traded on the OTCPINK under the symbol TPTW.

Quotations on the OTCPINK reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, markdown or commission and may not reflect actual transactions. Our common stock will be subject to certain rules adopted by the SEC that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in “penny stocks.” Penny stocks generally are securities with a price of less than $5.00, other than securities registered on certain national exchanges or quoted on the NASDAQ system, provided that the exchange or system provides current price and volume information with respect to transaction in such securities. The additional sales practice and disclosure requirements imposed upon broker-dealers are and may discourage broker-dealers from effecting transactions in our shares which could severely limit the market liquidity of the shares and impede the sale of shares in the secondary market.

The penny stock rules require broker-dealers, prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from the rules, to make a special suitability determination for the purchaser to receive the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to sale, to deliver standardized risk disclosure documents prepared by the SEC that provides information about penny stocks and the nature and level of risks in the penny stock market. The broker-dealer must also provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock. In addition, the penny stock regulations require the broker-dealer to deliver, prior to any transaction involving a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prepared by the SEC relating to the penny stock market, unless the context requiresbroker-dealer or the transaction is otherwise referencesexempt. A broker-dealer is also required to “we,” “our,”disclose commissions payable to the broker-dealer and the registered representative and current quotations for the securities. Finally, a broker-dealer is required to send monthly statements disclosing recent price information with respect to the penny stock held in a customer's account and information with respect to the limited market in penny stocks.

Holders

As of January 31, 2024, we have 438 shareholders of record of our common stock. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Under Rule 144, a person who has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least 6 months, is entitled to sell shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or “us” refernotice provisions of Rule 144.

2,687,746,022 and 1,882,579,354 shares of our common stock are outstanding as of January 31, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively. (The Company intends to effectuate a reverse split, anticipated to be a net of one for [●], of the common stock so that it can attempt to have the common stock listed on NASDAQ.) The Holder of the Series A Preferred stock has agreed and will convert to 60% of the common stock then outstanding after conversion concurrent with any exchange listing which will result in issuance of another approximately 28,788,595,385, calculated as of September 30, 2023, shares of common stock.  In addition, the Series D and E Preferred Stock and certain of the convertible debt outstanding have automatic conversion features which would also cause common stock to be issued.   

29

Table of Contents

Assuming the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and all other automatically convertible preferred stock and all convertible debt, there would be 47,980,992,308 common shares outstanding as of September 30, 2023.  In addition, assuming that all shares were sold in this offering, including the over-allotment, there would be another 8,461,539-post reverse stock split common shares outstanding.   

Dividends

As of the filing of this prospectus, we have not paid any dividends on our common stock to shareholders. The Series D and Series E Preferred Stock will be paid 6% per annum on a cumulative basis, in cash or in registered common stock. There are no restrictions which would limit our ability to pay dividends on common equity or that are likely to do so in the future, except limitations under financing agreements. The Florida Revised Statutes, however, do prohibit us from declaring dividends where, after giving effect to the distribution of the dividend; we would not be able to pay our debts as they become due in the usual course of business; or our total assets would be less than the sum of the total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed to satisfy the rights of shareholders who have preferential rights superior to those receiving the distribution.

DIVIDEND POLICY

The Company has not paid any cash dividends to date and does not anticipate or contemplate paying cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. It is the present intention of management to utilize all available funds and future earnings for the development of the Company’s business. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. Our future ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock may be limited by any future debt instruments or preferred securities.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our actual cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 30, 2023 as follows:

·

on an actual basis;

·

on a pro forma basis to the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock;

·

on a pro forma, as adjusted basis to further reflect our issuance and sale of 7,692,308 shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $6.50 per share after deducting the placement discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and

·

The conversion of any Series B, C, D and E Preferred Stock outstanding to common upon the NASDAQ listing.

The pro forma information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the assumed public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

30

Table of Contents

You should read this information in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

9/30/2023

 

 

Proforma

 

 

Proforma

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

As Adjusted

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

46,000,000

 

2

 

41,236,413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,919,557)

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,844,030)

4

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

61,055

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61,055

 

Non Current Assets

 

 

18,570

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,570

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

79,625

 

 

 

41,236,413

 

 

 

41,316,038

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,226,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,226,000

 

Deposits and other assets

 

 

53,195

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,195

 

Total Non Current Assets

 

 

1,279,195

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,279,195

 

Total Assets

 

 

1,358,820

 

 

 

41,236,413

 

 

 

42,595,233

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

11,798,925

 

 

 

(1,844,030)

4

 

9,954,895

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

146,351

 

 

 

---

 

 

 

146,351

 

Customer liability

 

 

338,725

 

 

 

---

 

 

 

338,725

 

Current portion of loans, advances and factoring agreements

 

 

1,002,559

 

 

 

---

 

 

 

1,002,559

 

Convertible notes payable, net of discounts

 

 

3,424,556

 

 

 

(2,919,557)

4

 

504,999

 

Notes payable - related parties, net of discounts

 

 

4,902,510

 

 

 

(3,296,029)

3

 

1,606,481

 

Convertible notes payable - related parties, net of discounts

 

 

553,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

553,100

 

Derivative liabilities

 

 

4,203,788

 

 

 

(4,203,788)

4

 

 

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

 

 

7,353,988

 

 

 

---

 

 

 

7,353,988

 

Financing lease liabilities - related party

 

 

731,830

 

 

 

---

 

 

 

731,830

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

34,456,332

 

 

 

(12,263,404)

 

 

22,192,928

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan, advances and factoring agreements, net of current portion and discounts

 

 

 

 

 

---

 

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

 

 

787,313

 

 

 

---

 

 

 

787,313

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

787,313

 

 

 

 

 

 

787,313

 

Total liabilities

 

 

35,243,645

 

 

 

(12,263,404)

 

 

22,980,241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mezzanine Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

42,983,742

 

 

 

(42,983,742)

1

 

 

Convertible Series B Preferred Stock

 

 

1,677,473

 

 

 

(1,677,473)

1

 

 

Convertible Series C Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

---

 

 

 

 

Convertible Series D Preferred Stock

 

 

244,592

 

 

 

(244,592)

1

 

 

Convertible Series E Preferred Stock

 

 

14,570,101

 

 

 

3,296,029

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17,866,130)

1

 

 

Total Mezzanine Equity

 

 

59,475,908

 

 

 

(59,475,908)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

1,882,579

 

 

 

46,000,000

 

2

 

110,654,516

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62,771,937

 

1

 

 

 

Subscriptions payable

 

 

40,435

 

 

 

---

 

 

 

40,435

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

 

14,946,692

 

 

 

4,203,788

 

4

 

19,150,480

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(109,549,957)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(109,549,957)

Total TPT Global Tech, Inc. stockholders' deficit

 

 

(92,680,251)

 

 

112,975,725

 

 

 

20,295,474

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

(680,482)

 

 

---

 

 

 

(680,482)

Total stockholders' deficit

 

 

(93,360,733)

 

 

112,975,725

 

 

 

19,614,992

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit

 

 

1,358,820

 

 

 

41,236,413

 

 

 

42,595,233

 

______________

1

Assumes net [●] to 1 reverse stock split and resulting common shares authorization for all mezzanine equity to be classified as equity.

2

Cash from this offering net of commission and offering expenses.  See use of proceeds.

3

Assumes conversion of Michael Murphy principal debt according to agreement.  Option to convert accrued interest but not guaranteed

4

Assumes payback of convertible debt and elimination of related derivative liability.

31

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the assumed public offering price per share of common stock and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering. This discussion assumes the achievement of an offering of 7,692,308 at a $6.50 per share price and net proceeds, after commissions and offering expenses, of $4,000,000,assuming a net reverse stock split of [●] shares to one, concurrent with approval of a NASDAQ listing. (See “Risk Factors”)

The net tangible book value (deficit) of our Company as of September 30, 2023 was $(33,884,825) or $(0.018) per share. The proforma net tangible book value (deficit) of our Company (see Capitalization) as of September 30, 2023 was $16,115,117 or $0.009 per share, after giving effect on a pro forma basis to reflect the following:

(i)

$5,000,000 for product and technology engineering and development; or $ [●] per share,

(ii)

$5,000,000 for equipment purchases of $ [●] per share,

(iii)

$9,000,000 for repayment of short term debt and other financing arrangements or $ [●] per share,

(iv)

$10,000,000 for business development, business acquisitions and property and equipment purchases or $ [●] per share, and

(v)

$17,000,000 for other general working capital, investor relations, internal controls remediation, human capital resources and other corporate purposes or $ [●] per share.

Tangible pro forma book value is calculated by adjusting the pro forma equity balance by intangibles, goodwill, operating right of use assets, operating lease liabilities and derivative liabilities.

The following table illustrates the range of immediate dilution to new investors (post reverse stock split):

Assumed public offering price per unit, net of expenses (1)

 

$5.98

 

Proforma net tangible book value per common share as of September 30, 2023

 

$[●]

 

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

 

$[●]

 

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per common share after this offering

 

$[●]

 

Dilution per share to investors in this offering

 

$[●]

 

 _________

(1)

$6.50 per share offering price less $.52 attributed to commissions and offering expenses.

32

Table of Contents

The information above assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to $ [●] or $ [●] per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $ [●] per share and an immediate dilution of $ [●] per share to new investors. If any shares are issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, new investors will experience further dilution.

The following table sets forth, as of September 30, 2023, the assumed number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the price per share paid by existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing units (of which shares of common stock form a part) in this offering, after giving pro forma effect to conversion of convertible notes, conversion of all preferred stock, exchange of debt for preferred stock, authorization of sufficient shares for all debt and preferred stock conversions and the issuance of units to the new investors in this offering at the public offering price of $ [●] per unit, together with the total consideration paid at an average price per share paid by each of these groups, after deducting commissions and estimated offering expenses, all on a post reverse stock split basis assumed at one for [●].

Shares Purchased

Total Consideration

Average

Price

Number

Percent

Amount

Percent

per Share

Existing stockholders as of September 30, 2023 (1)

[●]

[●]

[●]

[●]

[●]

Conversion of Michael Murphy principal debt

[●]

[●]

[●]

[●]

[●]

Conversion of Series A preferred stock

[●]

[●]

[●]

[●]

[●]

Conversion of Series D-E preferred stock

[●]

[●]

[●]

[●]

[●]

New investors

[●]

[●]

[●]

[●]

[●]

Total

[●]

[●]

[●]

[●]

[●]

_________________

(1)

Existing shareholder consideration is shown as common stock par value plus additional paid in capital as of September 30, 2023.

If you purchase securities in this offering, your interest will be immediately and substantially diluted to the extent of the difference between the assumed public offering price per share of our common stock and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering.

The foregoing discussion and tables above do not give effect to the dilution that would result from (i) 129,111,666 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants held by investors; (ii)  1,500,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants we expect to grant to the underwriters in this offering at an exercise price of 110% of the offering price per share; (iii) any over allotment of shares up to 1,500,000 shares as part of the units and (iv) 20,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future grants pursuant to the exercise of options or other equity awards under our stock incentive plans.

33

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

CORPORATE HISTORY

COMPANY OVERVIEW

The Company was originally incorporated in 1988 in the state of Florida. TPT Global, Inc., a Nevada corporation formed in June 2014, merged with Ally Pharma US, Inc., a Florida corporation, (“Ally Pharma”, formerly known as Gold Royalty Corporation) in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT Global, Inc. in exchange for all outstanding common stock of TPT Global Inc. and Ally Pharma agreed to change its name to TPT Global Tech, Inc. and our consolidated subsidiaries.(jointly referred to as “the Company” or “TPTG”).

 

Company OverviewThe following acquisitions have resulted in entities which have been consolidated into TPTG since the reverse merger in 2014.

 

Name

 

Herein referred to as

 

Acquisition or Incorporation Date

 

Ownership

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

 

Company or TPTG

 

1988

 

 

100%

Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc.

 

Copperhead Digital or CDH

 

2015

 

 

100%

TruCom, LLC

 

TruCom

 

2015

 

 

100%

CityNet Arizona, LLC

 

CityNet

 

2015

 

 

100%

San Diego Media Inc.

 

SDM

 

2016

 

 

100%

Blue Collar Production, Inc.

 

Blue Collar

 

2018

 

 

100%

TPT SpeedConnect, LLC

 

TPT SpeedConnect (2)

 

2019

 

 

86%

TPT Federal, LLC

 

TPT Federal

 

2020

 

 

100%

TPT MedTech, LLC

 

TPT MedTech

 

2020

 

 

100%

TPT Strategic, Inc.

 

TPT Strategic

 

2020

 

 

0%

QuikLab 1 LLC

 

Quiklab 1

 

2020

 

 

80%

QuikLAB 2, LLC

 

QuikLAB 2

 

2020

 

 

80%

QuikLAB 3, LLC

 

QuikLAB 3

 

2020

 

 

80%

The Fitness Container, LLC

 

Air Fitness

 

2020

 

 

75%

TPT Global Tech Asia Limited

 

TPT Asia

 

2020

 

 

78%

TPT MedTech UK LTD

 

TPT MedTech UK

 

2020

 

 

100%

TPT Global Defense Systems, Inc.

 

TPT Global Defense

 

2021

 

 

100%

TPT Innovations Technology, Inc.

 

TPT Innovations

 

2021

 

 

100%

TPT Global Caribbean Inc.

 

TPT Caribbean

 

2021

 

 

100%

TPT Media and Entertainment, LLC

 

TPT Media and Entertainment

 

2021

 

 

100%

VuMe Live, LLC

 

VuMe Live

 

2021

 

 

100%

Digithrive, LLC

 

Digithrive

 

2021

 

 

100%

Information Security and Training, LLC

 

IST (1)

 

2022

 

 

0%

Asberry 22 Holdings, Inc.

 

Asberry or ASHI

 

2023

 

 

86%

Through key acquisitions,

(1)

On September 11, 2023, Everett Lanier and the Company agreed to a Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release (“Settlement Agreement”). See Note 11.

(2)

Through the acquisition of Asberry, TPT’s ownership was decreased to 86% from 100% through Asberry.

34

Table of Contents

We are based in 2015 we launched wholesaleSan Diego, California, and retail operationsoperate as a technology-based company with divisions providing telecommunications, medical technology and product distribution, media content for domestic and international syndication as well as technology solutions. We operate on our own proprietary Global Digital Media TV and Telecommunications infrastructure platform and also provide technology solutions to businesses domestically and worldwide. We offer Software as a Service (SaaS), Technology Platform as a Service (PAAS), Cloud-based Unified Communication as a Service (UCaaS) and carrier-grade performance and support for businesses over our private IP MPLS fiber and wireless network in the United StatesStates. Our cloud-based UCaaS services allow businesses of any size to enjoy all the latest voice, data, media and Internationally. These first acquisitions with their customer bases, Distribution Channelscollaboration features in today's global technology markets. We also operate as a Master Distributor for Nationwide Mobile Virtual Network Operators (MVNO) and Technology are the baseIndependent Sales Organization (ISO) as a Master Distributor for our organic growth strategy opportunities to cross pollinate or sell our planned New Generation, New Media Technology productsPre-Paid Cellphone services, Mobile phones, Cellphone Accessories and services, Domestically and Internationally.Global Roaming Cellphones.

 

We anticipate needing an estimated $50,000,000 in capital to continue our business operations and our related companiesexpansion. We do not have committed sources for these additional funds and acquisitions, are seekingwill need to be an innovative Telecom/CUBS (Cloud Unified Businesses Services) as one of the first to combine recurringTelecom, Mobile Banking, Media and Data/Cloud Servicesrevenue under one roof, and then bring all relevant data from those services intoobtained through debt or equity placements or a proprietary information matrix platform capable of delivering a “Daily and Non-Intelligence Dashboard” to our Domestic and International customers. Such a cohesive combination of servicesthose. As part of this $50,000,000, we will use approximately $5,000,000 for product and information fromtechnology engineering and development, $5,000,000 for equipment purchases, $9,000,000 in repayment of short term debt and other financing arrangements and approximately $17,000,000 for general working capital, investor relations, internal controls remediation, human capital resources and other corporate purposes.  We are in negotiations for certain sources to provide funding but at this time do not have a single provider has been heretofore nonexistent. We intend to pioneer an integrated communication services and information technology suite, to empower companies with vital communications services technology, and highly relevant diagnostic information.committed source of these funds.

 

To date we have generated revenues primarily through operating asOur executive offices are located at 501 West Broadway, Suite 800, San Diego, CA 92101 and the telephone number is (619) 400-4996. We maintain a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) in Arizona. Our primary revenues in 2016website at www.tptglobaltech.com, and 2017 are primarily from telecommunications services and products.such website is not incorporated into or a part of this filing.

CORPORATE ORGANIZATION CHART

tptw_s1img5.jpg

30 
35

Table of Contents

 

Our operating divisions historically have been those that sell telecommunications services and those that sale telecommunications products. Cloud based services assets were acquired in 2016 and are intended to be more of a contributing factor to revenues in 2017 and forward.OTCPINK Stock Symbol

 

Our Key Divisions: K Telecom and Global Telecom- GSM DistributionCurrently there is a limited public trading market for our stock on OTCPINK under the symbol “TPTW.”

 

KOur Key Operating Divisions:

TPT SpeedConnect: ISP and Telecom (Held within TPT’s majority controlled subsidiary Asberry 22 Holdings, Inc.)

The Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of SpeedConnect LLC (“SpeedConnect”) for $1.75 million, including the assumption of all contracts and Global Telecomliabilities pertinent to operations and conveyed them into a wholly-owned subsidiary TPT SpeedConnect.  SpeedConnect was founded in 2002 and operates as a national, predominantly rural, wireless telecommunications residential and commercial Internet Service Provider (ISP). TPT SpeedConnect’s primary business model is subscription based, monthly reoccurring revenues, from wireless delivered, high-speed Internet connections utilizing its company built and owned national network.  SpeedConnect also resells third-party satellite Internet, DSL Internet, IP telephony and DISH TV products. This Acquisition closed on May 7, 2019.

SpeedConnect was a privately-held Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) provider. Today, we believe TPT SpeedConnect serves approximately 2,500 residential and commercial wireless broadband Internet customers, in Arizona, Idaho, Michigan, Montana and Texas.

TPT SpeedConnect is a full-service ISP.  The company’s main back office is run by company employees, and includes, network management, network monitoring and maintenance, significant allocations of registered address in public IP4 and IP6 space, employee based customer service, installation services, automated resources and application based scheduling and tracking, paper, ACH, credit card, and email billing, warehousing, fulfillment, integrated customer premise provisioning, walled garden collections and customer self-restarts, bandwidth usage tracking, integrated, secure, and deep financial and operations dash board reporting, collections, accounting, payables, owned and licensed backhaul, intelligent bandwidth management, consumption rated billing, customer payment portals, and all wrapped in a mature, first hit on all search engines, Internet Brand. The company today services approximately 2,500 residential and commercial Internet customers over its approximately 150+-cellular tower footprint across 5 Midwestern States. 

Today’s urban ISP landscape is highly competitive and dominated by some of the world’s largest companies.  Names like Comcast, AT&T, Cox, Charter and DISH are locatedhousehold words. Home Internet service has become synonymous with Cable.  However, this is limited to the high-density top 100 markets.  Beyond that the competition becomes more small licensed free wireless providers and satellite.  Wire-line providers, unless backed with government subsidies, do not build beyond 15 homes per street mile.   SpeedConnect services both rural and non-rural areas, and historically has done well in both marketplaces, however the margins are improved in the Northwestmore rural areas due to reduced voluntary and involuntary customer attrition.

TPT SpeedConnect’s key suppliers include but are not limited to; Juniper, ZTE, Huawei, Cisco, Sandvine, American Tower, SBA Tower, Crown Castle, CenturyLink, SuddenLink, South Dakota Networks, 123 dot net, Genesee Telephone, Air Advantage Fiber, Iron Mountain, ConVergence, CDW, Talley, Tessco, Bursma Electronics, DragonWave, Ceragon Networks, Telrad, Arris, AP, APD, Plante Morran, Fifth Third, Sprint and others.

An Agreement and Plan of Merger ("Agreement") was made and entered into as of March 24, 2023 by and among TPT SpeedConnect LLC, a Colorado Limited Liability Company (wholly-owned subsidiary of TPT Global Tech, Inc.) ("SPC"), and Asberry 22 Holdings, Inc., a Delaware Corporation ("ASHI"), and SPC Acquisition, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of ASHI, domiciled in Colorado ("Acquisition Sub") primarily for the opportunities of capital raising. SPC then converted to a Corporate entity and Acquisition Submerged with and into SPC (the "Merger"). The separate corporate existence of Acquisition Sub ceased and SPC continues as the surviving corporation in the Merger and as wholly-owned subsidiary of ASHI. All of the United Statesproperties, rights and sellprivileges, and distribute GSM Cell Phonepower of SPC, vest in the Subsidiary, and Prepaid GSM Servicesall debts, liabilities and duties of SPC are the debts, liabilities and duties of the Subsidiary. The shares of common stock of Acquisition Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time is converted into and exchange for MVNO’s (Mobile Virtual Network Operators) through approximately 100 brick1,000 validly issued, fully paid and mortar retail store-front locations in Washington and Oregon.non-assessable shares of the Subsidiary's common stock.

 

Our TruCom, LLC– CLEC–Phoenix, ArizonaTPT Global Tech, Inc. was issued a total of 4,658,318 common shares of ASHI (the "ASHI Common Stock"), as a result of the merger, constituting 86% of the then issued and outstanding common stock. TPT Global Tech, Inc. also has purchased all of the 500,000 Series A Super Majority Voting Preferred Shares of ASHI for a convertible note payable of $500,000 due in 180 days which bears interest at 6.0% per annum and is convertible to shares of the Company’s common stock at 85% of the volume weighted average price for the preceding 5 market trading days.  This note payable has not been paid and is considered delinquent.  Discussions are ongoing with the holder of the note payable.

 

Our TruCom division, a subsidiary of Copperhead Digital Holdings, LLC, is a Facilities Based Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (CLEC) headquartered in Phoenix, AZ. Founded in 2006 (as Copperhead Digital Carrier) for the purpose of operating a state-of-the-art Fiber Optic Network constructed by and acquired from Adelphia Communications, TruCom now operates its own carrier class Fiber Optic Network, state-of-the-art Wireless Point-to-Point network, and Patent Pending proprietary “Bulletproof” technology seamlessly integrating the two.

TruCom offers Phone, Internet, Fiber Optic, Wireless, Hosted PBX, Wi-Fi, Wi-Max, Engineering, Cabling, Wiring and Cloud services. With a penchant for pushing the envelope, TruCom has pioneered innovative, hosted firewall and managed MPLS service technologies (SuperCore MPLS™) and was the Industry first to engineer patent-pending failover services utilizing our own fiber optic and wireless networks to guarantee business continuity and service uptime. Located in multiple Local Serving Offices and Points of Presence (POP’s) in the primary Data Centers in the market, TruCom’s extensive Fiber Optic Network runs through the heart of the most densely populated corridors of the Greater Phoenix Metro Area. Their Wireless Point to Point and Point to Multipoint Network is fed by the infinitely scalable capacity of the Fiber Optic Network and consists of more than 16 Major Access Points. This footprint not only provides coverage throughout the metro area, but also spans into outlying Cities, often providing the only carrier grade solution available in the region. TruCom’s substantial Network Assets, Innovative Service Offerings, and Dedicated Customer Service have driven a substantial increase in revenue each year over the past several years. With Clients like Arizona’s largest Hospitals, Multiple Universities, Government Municipalities, and Business leaders, TruCom has established itself as a Telecommunications Network Operator and Service Provider in the State of Arizona, operating since 2007.

Our Port2Port Division

We acquired assets that relate to reseller call termination both domestically and internationally in Dallas Texas of Port2Port. These assets provide approximately 100 Domestic and international customers and vendors terminating wholesale calls domestically and internationally.

Our San Diego Media Division

San Diego Media, Inc. (“SDM”)(www.sandiegomedia.com) is an established Southern California based software engineering and Internet e-commerce marketing services company that provides enterprise-class integrated solutions for manufacturers, retailers, and distributors focused on developing solutions for companies seeking online growth and profitability.

Founded in 1999, historically the primary market offering has been MaxEXP®, a proven stable, productivity-enabling proprietary eCommerce platform, built on open-standards technology that empowers companies to deploy and manage eCommerce offerings at lower cost and at less time than required to deploy more conventional high-end solutions — and, we believe, all without sacrificing the essential merchandising functionality, customizability, extensibility, scalability, security, and performance that much more expensive solutions provide. MaxEXP supports both B2B and B2C functionality simultaneously which few other eCommerce solution will provide successfully out-of-the-box.

These early engagements have enabled SDM to solidify and refine the core SDM technology architecture and to enhance the platform with market-driven merchandising features and functionality. SDM has made significant R&D investments in operational infrastructure including sophisticated monitoring systems, comprehensive security, time-tracking, client management tools, and continuous compliance with the demanding payment card industry (PCI) standards.

SDM has complemented these systems with a full range of automated and enterprise-class capabilities for fully integrating with customer’s legacy systems, call centers, fulfillment houses, and other critical business process applications.

31 
Table of Contents

SDM has complimented its technologies with a wider range of professional internet and marketing services that enables client success, to create successful business relationships over long-term.

As the market has changed through the years SDM has continued to innovate and expand it strategic and technology development partnerships; these include, MIndTouch, BigCommerce, Avalara, CPC Strategies, eBridge, Imperva Incapsula, Chris Chase Design. SDM’s newest client is based in Singapore and it represents its most innovative use of technologies to date.

RECENT ACQUISITIONS OF OPERATING DIVISIONS/SUBSIDIARIES

We have acquired in November of 2017, the following new business subsidiaries:

Hollywood Riviera Studios

Hollywood Riviera Studios (“HRS”) offers a state-of-the-art, high-end production facility for commercials, TV production and short videos. HRS offers technical and creative direction with the ability to interface with clients at any stage of production.

HRS offers Stage Rentals, Green Screens, Edit Bays + Productions Offices for live TV Shows, Reality Shows, Commercials, Web-episodes, Corporate Videos and Mobile On-Location services for live sporting events, award shows, concerts and any other type of media production. Hollywood Riviera Studios offers services to major networks and clients to contract use of any party of our 13,000 Sq. Ft. Divisible Studio. HRS offers large storage capabilities, parking for over 200 vehicles, kitchen, bathrooms with showers, outdoor eating area, and green rooms.

HRS also has an equipment rental division. HRS offers a wide variety of equipment for rent, from cameras to lighting, grip, production trucks, and accessories. Just about anything else a production requires. In addition , HRS also offers our existing standing pre-lit sets.

HRS Mobile Production Truck service is a technical resource that can provide the exact needs for off-site production. Our total service capability for turnkey mobile service includes: Mobile Production Trucks Rental, Crewing, Mobile Satellite Trucks and Technical Management.

Our partial list of clients and services provided:

CNN Turner Broadcasting/Hero Broadcasting

HRS produced for 2 years a daily 1hr. live TV news magazine show. HRS provided all the technical needs including full HD control room, stage rental, lighting and full technical crewing Time Warner Cable Sports and TWC Deportes: HRS was the production company for 29 MLS Games in 2012 for the Los Angeles Galaxy. Each job required a dual feed in English and Spanish. HRS provided Post-Production Services such as dubbing, translating, voice over recording and editing of various projects for TWC. We have produced several live and tape delay High School Football, Soccer, Softball and Basketball Games since 2012.

Univision:

Production Company for Rose Parade since 2010 handling crewing, mobile unit, satellite truck, staging, lighting and all the engineering logistics involved with a production of such magnitude.

“Mananitas a la Virgen”since 2010 providing full production services for the network.

Several Town Halls for“Despierta America” and KMEX-34 where HRS provided all the technical elements for a pre-taped shows in the Los Angeles area.

“Fiestas Patrias”-Mobile Unit, Satellite Transmission, Crewing, Staging, and Lighting

“Desfile de la Independencia”- Mobile Unit, Satellite Transmission, Crewing, Staging and Lighting.

32 
Table of Contents

NBC/Universal:

For 2 years HRS Studios was home to 2 daily local shows that aired on Channel 22 in Los Angeles. “Con Chile y Limon” was an entertainment daily show and“Contacto Deportivo”was a 1hr. sports show.

HRS provided studio space, control room, stage, crewing and transmission via fiber.

HRS also provided all the production for in-house commercial production and support for their promotions department.

MundoFox:

HRS provides post-production services for the network’s segment“La Academia”.

HRS has produced 2 live specials for MundoFox. One with former president of Mexico V. Fox and another one with former Sec. of State Condolesa Rice. We provided staging, lighting, HD Mobile Truck and crewing services for Fiesta Broadway Festival.

Televisa Network:

HRS has provided all production needs for Telethon Mexico. HD Truck, Staging, Lighting, Logistics and Crewing Services.

LA GALAXY:

HRS is the production company for all local soccer games for Galaxy II, a development team for the LA Galaxy. The games are being streamed lived on YouTube. HRS is in charge of all the technical logistics and crewing for those games.

Chivas USA:

HRS is the production company for most of Chivas USA local games in Los Angeles. We provide, HD Truck, Transmission, Crewing and Engineering Services.

Blue Collar Production Division

 

Our production division, Blue Collar Productions (formerly Blue Collar, Inc.), creates original live action and animated content productions and has produced hundreds of hours of material for the television, theatrical, home entertainment and new media markets. Mr. Rowen, our CEO of Blue Collar, works closely with major television networks, cable channels and film studios to produce home entertainment products. Blue Collar creates original live action and animated content and has produced hundreds of hours of material for the television, theatrical, home entertainment and new media markets.

The Documentary film group at Blue Collar recently completed a film on the cultural impact ofGoodfellas:20 Years Laterthat featured Martin Scorsese, Robert DeNiro, Lorraine Bracco, Leonardo DiCaprio and many others. They have also produced a series of film anthologies for Turner Classic Movies. Blue Collar is currently in production onBuilt To Fail,which is a look at the history of street wear. The film features Tommy Hilfiger, Russell Simmons and a host of notable street wear designers. They are also in pre-production onThe 29 Club, a look at notable musicians who all tragically died at age 29;Memories in Music, which is an in-depth study of the impact of memory through music on Alzheimer’s patients andFaces of Vegas, an exploration into the culture of Las Vegas, Nevada.

36

Table of Contents

Blue Collar Productions currently has the feature filmLooking For Alaska, based on the John Green novel, producing for Paramount Pictures. The company produced for a pilot for MTV for a possible series, “My Jam” aired in the Fall of 2016. Blue Collar has also produced two seasons of “Caribbean’s Next Top Model Season.”

Blue Collar Productions designs branding and marketing campaigns and has had contracts with some of the world’s largest companies including PepsiCo, Intel, HP, WalMart and many other Fortune 500 companies. Additionally, they create motion picture, television and home entertainment marketing campaigns for studios including Sony, DreamWorks, Twentieth Century Fox, Universal Studios, Paramount Studios, and Warner Brothers.

33 
Table of Contents

The CEO of this division, Mr. Rowen, has worked with filmmakers including Steven Spielberg, Ron Howard, Brett Ratner and James Cameron. Mr. Rowen also has very close working relationships with actors including Tom Hanks, Brad Pitt, Julia Roberts, Robert Downey, Jr., Denzel Washington, Ryan Gosling, Sofia Vergara, Mariska Hargitay and many others.

Prior to starting Blue Collar Productions, Mr. Rowen functioned as the head of home entertainment production for DreamWorks SKG from 1997 to 2000. He also serves as the President of Long Leash Entertainment, an aggregator of entertainment based intellectual property and creator of high endhigh-end entertainment content.

Technology Company Overview 

Our Company was formed as the successor of two US Corporations, Ally Pharma US, a Pharmaceutical technology research company founded in 1988 and TPT Global Inc. a Media Content, Voice and Data, Interconnect and International gateway provider. TPT Global Tech is headquartered in San Diego, California and operates as a holding company for its Media, Smartphone, Network, Content and SaaS (Software as a Services) domestic and international businesses. 

Historically and through key acquisitions we launched Telecommunications wholesale and retail operations in the United States and Internationally. These first acquisitions with their Customer Bases, Distribution Channels and Technology are the base for our organic growth strategy and provide opportunities to cross sell our platforms and New Media Technology products and services Domestically and Internationally. 

We are based in San Diego, California and operate as a technology-based company with divisions providing telecommunications, medical technology and product distribution, media content for domestic and international syndication as well as technology solutions. We operate as a Media Content Hub for Domestic and International syndication, Technology/Telecommunications company using on our own proprietary Global Digital Social Media and Mobile TV and Telecommunications infrastructure platform and we also provide technology solutions to businesses worldwide. We offer Software as a Service (SaaS), Technology Platform as a Service (PAAS),

Cloud-based Unified Communication as a Service (UCaaS) and carrier-grade performance and support for businesses over our private IP MPLS fiber and wireless network in the United States. Our cloud-based UCaaS services allow businesses of any size to enjoy all the latest voice, data, media and collaboration features in today's global technology markets. We also operate as a Master Distributor for Nationwide Mobile Virtual Network Operators (MVNO) and Independent Sales Organization (ISO) as a Master Distributor for Pre-Paid Cellphone services, Mobile phones, Cellphone Accessories and Global Roaming Cellphones. 

Our technologies “Gathers Big Data” to predict our customers’ viewing and spending habits. We then deliver Products and Services to support that estimated demand and share advertising revenues with our Content, Digital Media and Linear Broadcast Partners worldwide. 

Each of our four divisions contributes to the launch of our global Content delivery platform “VuMe” formerly known as “ViewMe Live” and creates cross pollinating revenue opportunities and a closed Global E-commerce Eco environment which we believe will help us execute our short- and long-term corporate objectives. Our Content Division TPT Media and Entertainment LLC which consists of Blue Collar Productions (our TV and Film content Production company) creates original content and in some cases third party content. Once Content has been produced, we will then broadcast and deliver that content over our proprietary VuMe Mobile TV and Social media  Platform domestically and internationally.

Our corporate goal is to work within our four in house divisions (Smartphone, Network, Content and SaaS) to launch hardware abs software sales and build a viewer subscriber base domestically and internationally. This edge device deployment would deliver free Content, free Linear Broadcast feeds and Social Media features on our Free proprietary VuMe Mobile app platform which includes in app users subscription models with the anticipation to aggregate and showcase our original and third-party Content, Digital Media and Linear broadcast feeds from and too the four corners of the Globe.  

37

Table of Contents

We have generated revenues in 2023, 2022 and 2021, primarily through operating as a Broadband Internet provider. The Company can also operate its approximate 58 miles Fiber optic ring throughout the greater Phoenix valley offering such services as Basic Residential Phone service, Basic Business phone service, POT’s lines, Basic Fiber Broadband Internet services, Wireless Internet Services, Toll Free 800 services, EFax, Erate, Dedicated T-1 Services, Auto Attendant, SIP Trunks, Mobile and VoIP services. These offerings will continue for the foreseeable future weighted heavily towards offering more Wireless Internet services and the Fiber Ring will be transformed into a Private Test facility to be offered for rent to businesses needing a private network to test new products for proof of concept purposes.   Since the acquisition of the assets of SpeedConnect in 2019, we operate as a Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) provider and are considered one of the nation’s largest rural wireless broadband Internet providers serving approximately 2,500 residential and commercial wireless broadband Internet customers, in Arizona, Idaho, Michigan, Montana, and Texas.

We, and our related acquired companies are seeking to be an innovative Media-Telecom/CUBS (Cloud Unified Businesses Services) company and one of the first to combine recurring Telecom, Media and Data/Cloud Services revenue under one roof, then bring all relevant data from those services into a proprietary telecom infrastructure and information matrix platform capable of delivering a “Daily and Intelligent Dashboard” to our Domestic and International customers. Such a planned cohesive combination of services and information from a single provider has been heretofore nonexistent. We intend to pioneer an integrate communication services and information technology suites to empower individuals and companies with vital communications, Smartphone, Network, Content, SaaS (Software as A Service), New Media Technology products and services, and valuable relevant diagnostic information both Domestically and Internationally.  

We are currently able to deliver a live Global Mobile TV Broadcast and Social Media Platform utilizing a Mobile App technology on our proprietary Content Delivery Network “VuMe”. We plan to expand our Cloud Unified Business Services (CUBS) technology-based business services unifying multiple services from the cloud including applications developed for our medical division.

CUBS (Cloud Unified Business Services) - We are a CUBS provider, acquiring customers and then cross selling additional products and services through our proprietary Wrap Around Relationship Marketing (WARM) system, intending to make the customers very sticky – prone to not leave as a customer.

Planned Activities

Big Data & Predictive Analytics - Our capability to utilize our proprietary aggregation platform to gather data from our hardware and software edge device (End Users) deployments positions the Company to be a leader in predictive analytics.

tptw_s1img6.jpg

Cross-Sales – Our growth strategy through complimentary acquisitions may create opportunities to cross and sell its New Generation, New Media technology products and services to a growing customer base across multiple distribution channels, both domestically and internationally. 

Market Launch - Through our acquisition of VuMe from Matrixsites, we have acquired the live backend broadcast Network technology for our Global Mobile TV and Social Media platform. Subject to raising capital of ($500,000 to $5,000,000) from our fund-raising activities, we believe we are within 60 to 90 days of launching our “VuMe” Mobile APP delivery platform.

Liquidity and Capital Resource Needs

We anticipate needing an estimated $50,000,000 in capital to continue our business operations and expansion. We do not have committed sources for these additional funds and will need to be obtained through debt or equity placements or a combination of those.

38

Table of Contents

Estimate of Liquidity and Capital Resource Needs  

Product and technology engineering and development

 

$5,000,000

 

Equipment purchases

 

 

5,000,000

 

Repayment of short-term debt and other short-term financing arrangements

 

 

9,000,000

 

Business development and business acquisitions

 

 

10,000,000

 

General working capital, investor relations, internal controls, and other human capital and other corporate purposes

 

 

17,000,000

 

Brokerage commissions and expenses

 

 

4,000,000

 

 

 

$50,000,000

 

Although the items set forth above indicate management’s present estimate of our liquidity and capital resource needs, we may reallocate the proceeds or utilize them for other corporate purposes. Our actual use proceeds may vary from these estimates because of a number of factors, including whether we are successful in completing future acquisitions, whether we obtain additional funding, what other obligations have been incurred by us, the operating results of our initial acquisition activities, and whether we are able to operate profitably. If our need for working capital increases, we may seek additional funds through loans or other financing. There are no current commitments for any such financing opportunity, and there can be no assurance that these funds may be obtained in the future if the need arises.

RECENT ACQUISITIONS/FORMATIONS OF OPERATING DIVISIONS/SUBSIDIARIES

Broadband Infrastructure, Inc. Securities Purchase Agreement

On July 28, 2023, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Broadband Infrastructure, Inc. (“Broadband”) and Braddock Cunningham, owner, for the purchase of 100% of the ownership of Broadband for 600,000 shares of its Series E Convertible Preferred Shares Preferred Stock at a stated price of $5.00 per share or $3,000,000 and a promissory note for $6,000,000. The Series E Preferred Stock is convertible into common stock of TPT Global Tech, Inc. at a 25% discount to market with an automatic conversion upon the Company uplisting to a major U.S. Stock Exchange.  The promissory note will be paid from proceeds raised from the Company’s Reg A capital raise or its proposed Form S-1 filing in conjunction with a capital raise and listing on a major US Stock Exchange. Closing to occur after consideration given and conditions met which primarily relate to standard representation of compliances, consents, and completion of Broadband’s audit.  The Company and Broadband had until November 29, 2023 to close this transaction according to the related Securities Purchase Agreement, which, at that date and still is currently, was mostly dependent on delivery of audited financial statements by Broadband in accordance with GAAP and SEC Rules and Regulations which has not yet occurred.  Both the Company and Broadband continue to work towards closing the Securities and Purchase Agreement based on oral discussions.

Geokall UK Ltd. Acquisition and Purchase Agreement

On October 31, 2023, the Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement with Geokall UK Ltd. (“Geokall”), a UK Limited Company, and its owners (“Sellers”) (altogether, the “Parties”) for all of the assets, liabilities, intellectual property, and technology of Geokall in exchange for 200,000 shares of TPT Series E Convertible Preferred Stock with a stated price of $5.00 per share. In addition, TPT agrees that upon a successful fund-raising event, TPT will provide Geokall with working capital in the amount up to $500,000. An audit based on SEC Standards of Geokall UK Ltd financial statements, including footnotes, must be obtained and the Parties agreed that the purchase price may be subject to change based on the results of the audit.  The closing may occur prior to the audit being completed if Parties agree.  All required conditions to closing and the closing itself have not occurred.

Tekmovil Acquisition and Purchase Agreement

On September 18, 2023, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (“Tekmovil SPA”) to acquire control of Tekmovil Holdings LLC (“Tekmovil”), a company that helps smartphone and other consumer electronics brands enter, gain, and maintain share in the Latin American and North American market. OCR Ventures, LLC, Soleil AW Investment and Holdings LLC, LuCob2020, LLC and JMDG Ventures, LLC (“Sellers”) severally (and not jointly) agreed to sell 60% of the outstanding membership interests of Tekmovil in the respective amounts set forth the Tekmovil SPA for the aggregate purchase price of $40,000,000.

The acquisition for 60% ownership includes two payments totaling $40,000,000. The initial payment (“First Payment”), up to $20,000,000, can be settled either in cash (a minimum of $10,000,000) or through TPT Series E Convertible Preferred Shares at a stated price of $5.00 per share paid by October 31, 2023, unless extended by Tekmovil shareholders. Any remaining balance from the first installment will result in issuing a secured promissory note (“First Payment Note”) for the remaining balance of the First Payment bearing interest at 6% per annum and a maturity date of the earlier of (i) March 31, 2024, and (ii) a filing by TPT of a Form S-1 registration statement.

39

Table of Contents

For the second portion of the purchase price (“Second Payment Note”), TPT can issue a secured convertible promissory note for $20,000,000, bearing interest at 6% per annum and a maturity date of the earlier of (i) March 31, 2024, and (ii) a filing by TPT of an Uplisting Registration Statement in connection with a primary offering of TPT’s securities and listing of TPT’s common stock on NYSE, NASDAQ or other major US stock exchange. In lieu of payment of Second Payment Note in cash, at Sellers’ sole option, the Second Payment Note may be converted into additional shares of TPT Series E Convertible Preferred Stock with a stated price of $5.00 USD per share.

It is understood by TPT and Sellers that the $40,000,000 purchase price for Transferred Interests is based upon an agreed valuation based on EBITDA of $13,000,000 for Tekmovil’s operations. TPT and Sellers further agreed that if, for the twelve (12) month period following Closing, the EBITDA calculation for the Surviving Corporation is less or more than $13,000,000, the aggregate amount of the $40,000,000 paid to Sellers shall be adjusted proportionally downward or upwards, as the case may be, by a maximum of 20% pro rata to the actual EBITDA increase or decrease. In the event the EBITDA calculation is less than $13,000,000, the Sellers shall refund such amount to TPT within 30 days following receipt of notice of the EBITDA calculation. In the event the EBITDA calculation is more than $13,000,000, TPT shall pay such amount to Buyers within 30 days following receipt of notice of the EBITDA calculation.

Furthermore, a provision allocates up to $80 million of funds raised from TPT's public offering to facilitate the restructuring of Tekmovil's senior debt through loans encompassing a 5-year term with provisions for expedited repayment to TPT.

TPT’s obligations under the First Payment Note and Second Payment Note shall be subject to a Security and Pledge Agreement, in the form attached to the SPA as Exhibit G, which includes a first priority security interest in TPT’s shares in the Surviving Corporation.

The Closing of the transactions contemplated by the SPA (the “Closing”) shall occur no later than the second business day after the fulfillment or waiver of all conditions which primarily relate to consideration given and to standard representations of compliance, consents, and completion of Tekmovil’s audit of the Tekmovil SPA (no later than March 31, 2024). The transaction is subject to the delivery of PCAOB and GAAP compliant audits through the required two years ended prior to date of closure by Tekmovil.

Following the completion of the audit which is also a condition precedent to Closing, then as soon as practicable following the Closing, the parties agree that Tekmovil will be merged with and into an agreed Shell Company which company is defined in the Tekmovil SPA as the Surviving Corporation.

TPT does not have committed financing for the transaction at this time and is seeking equity and debt through its existing Reg A capital raise, debt financing or a proposed public offering.

Our Business Methods

 

Centralized Platform and New Generation Network

 

We are nowUpon the closing of our acquisition of GeoKall, we will be operating a next-generation broadband network reselling other companies’ networks on a wholesale arbitrage basis (buying and reselling other companies’ capacity) on our centralized VIVO Platform..”Geokall ESim Platform”. We arewill be interconnected to U.S. and International carriers to date. Once funded, we intend to deploy our own in-country networks in the targeted emerging markets. This will enable us to be able to provide better quality termination and increase our operating margins. We believe our platform will produce substantial operational cost savings. Because of our pricing advantage, we arewill be able to offer our clients products and services at an attractive pricing structure, creating a strong competitive advantage. BasedWe believe that based on our intended low network operating costs and low-cost infrastructure, we believe we maywill be able to penetrate emerging markets with little network build-out and at a reasonable price. Management believesWe believe that our service offerings will be well received in emerging markets based on existing relationships and pricing structure, which will enable us to set the industry standard with little competition.

 

Once we establish in-country networks, we will be able to market Phones, Networks, Content and SaaS products targeted to specific subgroups that coincide with the country/region where we have a network in place or a strategic partnership network in place.

 

40

Table of Contents

Use of Incumbent Networks

 

Under formal agreements we can privately brand and resell incumbent carriers’ underlying broadband networks, while deploying our own Wimax/Wi-Fi/GSM service plans and mobile handsets.

 

As a true value add, our VIVO billingGeokall ESim platform allows us to manage the billing and routing, offering our customers a seamless, branded network from anywhere we maintain a relationship. By way of incumbent operator networks, we can sell and market to retail and wholesale customers without the high infrastructure costs associated with deploying our own network. If and when the revenues justify the cost of constructing our own network, we plan to investigate adding a wireless Broadband/ GSM network and transfer our customer base in a final step to reduce costs of goods sold long-term.

 

Wholesale Termination

Wholesale termination is the reselling of excess network capacity on a reciprocal basis to other telecom carriers both domestically and internationally. Due to the large number of carrier relationships we have in the US and abroad, we believe we can immediately increase our wholesale termination in each country in which we have a license to operate. This wholesale activity generates additional cash flow immediately if successfully implemented. Wholesale termination is a low risk, low margin business.

 

Service Description

 

Our next-generation wireless Broadband/GSM network relies on non-line-of-sight technology. This will provide a level of performance comparable to that delivered by evolving Worldwide Interoperability of Microwave Access (WiMAX) standards. The cost advantage equates to substantial reductions of fixed costs as compared to building traditional, legacy, and switched networks.

 

Our products and marketing strategy unifies the various features available in today’s telecommunication environment including:

·

Significant international broadband capacity

·

High quality VoIP communication

·

Cellular/GSM and Wi-Fi wireless convergence

·

IPTV, Content Applications and Financial Services Products

·

Remote network management

·

Sophisticated Prepaid, Wholesale and Retail billing

·

·

CRM management; and Intranet Build-out, back office management and Intranet Build-out, back office management and reporting.
34 
Table of Contents

We have developed and deployed an intuitive and cost-effective VoIP, Wi-Fi, and cellular billing solution called ViVoware that offers Resellers or government agencies a seamless, all-inclusive gateway solution. Our solution is fully scalable to meet any sized business or government deployment. ViVoware also includes a 100% web-enabled interface. The ViVoware platform offers:

·Tracking and reports Call Detail Records (CDR) in real-time
·Full customer care and account management tracking
·Sales Relationship / Account management Tools

Provisioning for VoIP, Wi-Fi, and cellular transmission records, thus enabling us and our resellers the ability to create flexible, strong, and profitable products and services.

 

Our Business Segments

 

Our business segment consists generally of providing strategic, legacy and data integration products and services to small, medium and enterprise business, wholesale and governmental customers, including other communication providers. Our strategic products and services offered to these customers include our collocation, hosting, broadband, VoIP, information technology and other ancillary services. Our services offered to these customers primarily include local and long-distance voice, inducing the sale of unbundled network elements (“UNEs”), switched access and other ancillary services. Our product offerings include the sale of telecommunications equipment located on customers’ premises and related products and professional services, all of which are described further below.

 

Our products and services include local and long-distance voice, broadband, Ethernet, collocation, hosting (including cloud hosting and managed hosting), data integration, video, network, public access, VoIP, information technology and other ancillary services.

 

We offer our customers the ability to bundle together several products and services. For example, we offer integrated and unlimited local and long0distance3long-distance voice services. Our customers can also bundle two or more services such as broadband, video (including through our strategic partnerships), voice services. We believe our customers value the convenience and price discounts associated with receiving multiple services through a single company.

41

Table of Contents

 

Most of our products and services are provided using our telecommunications network, which consists of voice and data switches, copper cables, fiber-optic cables and other equipment.

 

Described in greater detail below are our key products and services.services are as follows:

 

CORPORATE ORGANIZATION CHARTTPT SpeedConnect: ISP and Telecom (Held within TPT’s majority controlled subsidiary Asberry 22 Holdings, Inc.)

 

 On May 7, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of SpeedConnect LLC (“SpeedConnect”) for $1.75 million, including the assumption of all contracts and liabilities pertinent to operations and conveyed them into a wholly owned subsidiary TPT SpeedConnect. The Acquisition closed on May 7, 2019. SpeedConnect was founded in 2002 by its CEO John Arthur Ogren and is in its 17th year of operations as a national, predominantly rural, wireless telecommunications residential and commercial Internet Service Provider (ISP). TPT SpeedConnect’s primary business model is subscription based, monthly reoccurring revenues, from wireless delivered, high-speed Internet connections utilizing its company built and owned national network. SpeedConnect also resells third-party satellite Internet, DSL Internet, IP telephony and DISH TV products.

 

SpeedConnect is a privately-held Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) provider. Today, TPT SpeedConnect is one of the nation’s largest rural wireless broadband Internet providers which serves approximately 2,500 residential and commercial wireless broadband Internet customers, in Arizona, Idaho, Michigan, Montana and Texas.

TPT SpeedConnect is a full-service ISP. The company’s back office is run by company employees, and includes network management, network monitoring and maintenance, significant allocations of registered address in public IP4 and IP6 space, employee based customer service, installation services, automated resources and application based scheduling and tracking, paper, ACH, credit card, and email billing, warehousing, fulfillment, integrated customer premise provisioning, walled garden collections and customer self-restarts, bandwidth usage tracking, integrated, secure, and deep financial and operations dash board reporting, collections, accounting, payables, owned and licensed backhaul, intelligent bandwidth management, consumption rated billing, customer payment portals, and all wrapped in a mature, first hit on all search engines, Internet Brand. The company today services approximately 2,500 residential and commercial Internet customers over its approximately 150+-cellular tower footprint across 5 Midwestern States.

Today’s urban ISP landscape is highly competitive and dominated by some of the world’s largest going concerns. Names like Comcast, AT&T, Cox, Charter and DISH are household words. Home Internet service has become synonymous with Cable. However, this is limited to the high-density top 100 markets. Beyond that the competition becomes more small licensed free wireless providers and satellite. Wire-line providers, unless backed with government subsidies, do not build beyond 15 homes per street mile. SpeedConnect services both rural and non-rural areas, and historically has done well in both marketplaces, however the margins are improved in the more rural areas due to reduced voluntary and involuntary customer attrition.

TPT SpeedConnect’s key suppliers include but are not limited to; Juniper, ZTE, Huawei, Cisco, Sandvine, American Tower, SBA Tower, Crown Castle, CenturyLink, SuddenLink, South Dakota Networks, 123 dot net, Genesee Telephone, Air Advantage Fiber, Iron Mountain, ConVergence, CDW, Talley, Tessco, Bursma Electronics, DragonWave, Ceragon Networks, Telrad, Arris, AP, APD, Plante Morran, Fifth Third, Sprint and others.

An Agreement and Plan of Merger ("Agreement") was made and entered into as of March 24, 2023 by and among TPT SpeedConnect LLC, a Colorado Limited Liability Company (wholly-owned subsidiary of TPT Global Tech, Inc.) ("SPC"), and Asberry 22 Holdings, Inc., a Delaware Corporation ("ASHI"), and SPC Acquisition, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of ASHI, domiciled in Colorado ("Acquisition Sub") primarily for the opportunities of capital raising. SPC then converted to a Corporate entity and Acquisition Submerged with and into SPC (the "Merger"). The separate corporate existence of Acquisition Sub ceased and SPC continues as the surviving corporation in the Merger and as wholly-owned subsidiary of ASHI. All of the properties, rights and privileges, and power of SPC, vest in the Subsidiary, and all debts, liabilities and duties of SPC are the debts, liabilities and duties of the Subsidiary. The shares of common stock of Acquisition Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time is converted into and exchange for 1,000 validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Subsidiary's common stock.

TPT Global Tech, Inc. was issued a total of 4,658,318 common shares of ASHI (the "ASHI Common Stock"), as a result of the merger, constituting 86% of the then issued and outstanding common stock. TPT Global Tech, Inc. also has purchased all of the 500,000 Series A Super Majority Voting Preferred Shares of ASHI for a convertible note payable of $500,000 due in 180 days which bears interest at 6.0% per annum and is convertible to shares of the Company’s common stock at 85% of the volume weighted average price for the preceding 5 market trading days.

35 
42

Table of Contents

SERVICE STRUCTURE

Blue Collar Production Division

 

Our production division, Blue Collar Productions (formerly Blue Collar, Inc.), creates original live action and animated content productions. Blue Collar creates original live action and animated content and has produced hundreds of hours of material for the television, theatrical, home entertainment and new media markets.

 

The Documentary film group at Blue Collar recently completed a film on the cultural impact of Goodfellas: 20 Years Later that featured Martin Scorsese, Robert DeNiro, Lorraine Bracco, Leonardo DiCaprio and many others. They have also produced a series of film anthologies for Turner Classic Movies. Blue Collar is currently in production on Built To Fail, which is a look at the history of street wear. The film features Tommy Hilfiger, Russell Simmons and a host of notable street wear designers. They are also in pre-production on The 29 Club, a look at notable musicians who all tragically died at age 29; Memories in Music, which is an in-depth study of the impact of memory through music on Alzheimer’s patients and Faces of Vegas, an exploration into the culture of Las Vegas, Nevada. 

Blue Collar Productions currently has the feature film Looking For Alaska, based on the John Green novel, producing for Paramount Pictures. The company produced for a pilot for MTV for a possible series, “My Jam” aired in the Fall of 2016. Blue Collar has also produced two seasons of “Caribbean’s Next Top Model Season.”

Blue Collar Productions designs branding and marketing campaigns and has had contracts with some of the world’s largest companies including PepsiCo, Intel, HP, WalMart and many other Fortune 500 companies. Additionally, they create motion picture, television and home entertainment marketing campaigns for studios including Sony, DreamWorks, Twentieth Century Fox, Universal Studios, Paramount Studios, and Warner Brothers.

The CEO of this division, Mr. Rowen, has worked with filmmakers including Steven Spielberg, Ron Howard, Brett Ratner and James Cameron. Mr. Rowen also has very close working relationships with actors including Tom Hanks, Brad Pitt, Julia Roberts, Robert Downey, Jr., Denzel Washington, Ryan Gosling, Sofia Vergara, Mariska Hargitay and many others.

Prior to starting Blue Collar Productions, Mr. Rowen functioned as the head of home entertainment production for DreamWorks SKG from 1997 to 2000. He also serves as the President of Long Leash Entertainment, an aggregator of entertainment based intellectual property and creator of high-end entertainment content.

Media Content

We operate as a Media Content Hub for Domestic and International syndication, Technology/Telecommunications company using on our own proprietary Global Digital Media TV and Telecommunications infrastructure platform “VuMe” and we also provide technology solutions to businesses worldwide. We offer Software as a Service (SaaS), Technology Platform as a Service (PAAS), Cloud-based Unified Communication as a Service (UCaaS) and carrier-grade performance and support for businesses over our private IP MPLS fiber and wireless network in the United States. Our cloud-based UCaaS services allow businesses of any size to enjoy all the latest voice, data, media and collaboration features in today's global technology markets. We also operate as a Master Distributor for Nationwide Mobile Virtual Network Operators (MVNO) and Independent Sales Organization (ISO) as a Master Distributor for Pre-Paid Cellphone services, Mobile phones, Cellphone Accessories and Global Roaming Cellphones. 

Our technologies “Gathers Big Data” to predict our customers’ viewing and spending habits. We then deliver Products and Services to support that estimated demand and share advertising revenues with our Content, Digital Media and Linear Broadcast Partners worldwide. 

Each of our four divisions contributes to the launch of our global Content delivery platform “VuMe” and creates cross pollinating revenue opportunities and a closed Global E-commerce Eco environment which we believe will help us execute our short and long term corporate objectives. Our Content Division which consists of Blue Collar Productions (our TV and Film content Production company) creates original content and in some cases third party content. Once Content has been produced we will then broadcast and delivered that content over our proprietary Mobile TV Platform on our proprietary TruCom Telecommunication Network infrastructure domestically and internationally.  

CUBS (Cloud Unified Business Services) –

We are a CUBS provider (Cloud Unified Businesses Services) company and one of the first to combine recurring Telecom, Media and Data/Cloud Services revenue under one roof, then bring all relevant data from those services into a proprietary telecom infrastructure and information matrix platform capable of delivering a “Daily and Intelligent Dashboard” to our Domestic and International customers. Such a planned cohesive combination of services and information from a single provider has been heretofore nonexistent. We intend to pioneer an integrate communication services and information technology suites to empower individuals and companies with vital communications, Smartphone, Network, Content, SaaS (Software as A Service), New Media Technology products and services, and valuable relevant diagnostic information both Domestically and Internationally.

We are currently able to deliver a live Global TV Broadcast and Social Media Platform utilizing a Mobile App technology on our proprietary Content Delivery Network. We plan to expand our Cloud Unified Business Services (CUBS) technology-based business services unifying multiple services from the cloud.

43

Table of Contents

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Financing Arrangements

1800 Diagonal Lending, LLC Convertible Promissory Note and Securities Purchase Agreement

Dated October 31, 2023, but consummated on November 8, 2023, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and 1800 Diagonal Lending LLC (“Holder”) entered into a Convertible Promissory Note (“Note”) totaling $83,750 and a Securities Purchase Agreement (“SPA”).

The Company executed a 9% Convertible Promissory Note of the Company with Holder, in the principal amount of $83,750 (the “Note”), upon the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth in such Note. The Holder may convert the outstanding unpaid principal amount of the Note into restricted shares of Common Stock of the Company at a discount of 39% of the Market Price. The lender agreed to limit the amount of stock received to less than 4.99% of the total outstanding common stock. There are no warrants or options attached to this Note. The Company has initially reserved 600,000,000 shares of Common Stock for conversion pursuant to the Note.

The Note, bearing an interest rate of 9%, dated October 31, 2023 (the “Issue Date”) for $83,750 matures on August 15, 2024. The Note and SPA were closed on November 1, 2023 (the “Closing Date”) and the Company received $78,750 on November 8, 2023, with the remaining $5,000 being retained by the Holder to cover legal and due diligence fees. The Note additionally bears an interest rate of 22% per annum in the Event of Default.

Dated February 7, 2024, but consummated on February 12, 2024, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and 1800 Diagonal Lending LLC (“Holder”) entered into a Convertible Promissory Note (“1800 Diagonal Feb 7 Note”) totaling $92,000 and a Securities Purchase Agreement (“SPA”).  The 1800 Diagonal Feb 7 Note, upon the terms and subject to certain general limitations and conditions, bears an interest rate of 12%, 22% upon default, resulted in cash received by the Company of $75,000 net of expenses and discount. The Holder may convert the outstanding unpaid principal amount of the Note into restricted shares of Common Stock of the Company at a discount of 35% of the Market Price, as indicated or upon default. The lender agreed to limit the amount of stock received to less than 4.99% of the total outstanding common stock. There are no warrants or options attached to this Note. The Company has initially reserved 750,000,000 shares of Common Stock for conversion pursuant to the 1800 Diagonal Feb 7 Note.  As a condition of funding this 1800 Diagonal Feb 7 Note, the Company increased share reserves on previous 1800 Diagonal Lending Notes by 750,000,000.

Bank Loan

The bank loan we previously had with Crestmark Bank, later known as Pathward Bank, was paid off by Michael Murphy in December 2023, a related party who had guaranteed the loan.  The terms and conditions with Mr. Murphy have not been put in writing but the intent as communicated by Mr. Murphy is for the new terms to simulate terms and conditions as was with Crestmark Bank and have the Company pay monthly interest payments, for now. 

The bank loan principal was for $360,000 dated May 28, 2019 which bore interest at Prime plus 6%, 14.0% as of September 30, 2023 and, as amended, was interest only through October 1, 2023 at which time the monthly payment of principal and interest of $40,000 was required until the due date of May 1, 2024. The bank loan was collateralized by the assets of the Company and guaranteed by Mr. Murphy.  This loan was considered in default when Mr. Murphy paid it off, which payoff was approximately $397,000 including accrued interest and penalties.

Business Development and Professional Services Consulting Agreement

On December 28, 2023, TPT Global Tech, Inc. dba TPT Entertainment and Media LLC and Roy D. Foreman (“Consultant”) entered into a Business Development and Professional Services Consulting Agreement. TPT engaged Consultant as President of the TPT’s US Domestic and International Boxing Division to provide business development and/or professional services related to making introductions to funding sources and the launch of TPT’s Live Mobile TV Broadcasting on TPT’s VuMe Super App platform.

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws

On January  17, 2024, the Board of Directors of the Company  in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and by-laws of the Company amended the Articles of Incorporation to increase the authorized number of common shares by Ten Billion Five Hundred Million (10,500,000,000) which increased the total authorized common shares to Fifteen Billion (15,000,000,000) with all common shares having the then existing rights powers and privileges as per the existing amended Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company. 

44

Table of Contents

Consulting Agreements

Effective October 1, 2023, but consummated on October 26, 2023, the Company entered into an Advisory Services Agreement to provide information technology advisory services with a focus on Machine Learning and Artificial Intelligence with the objective of enhancing the Company’s various platforms.  The term of the agreement is 360 days, if no default by either party, and can be renewed by written notice of at least 20 days prior to the end of each renewal term.  Compensation under the agreement is such that on or before October 15, 2023, the Company shall pay $12,500 in cash or in registered Stock (common stock, registered on Form S-1 or S-8). Subsequently, thereafter on November 15, 2023 equal to $288,000 and on December 15, 2023 equal to $100,000 with the final payment equal to $100,000 due on or before January 15, 2024 (the “Due Date”) for a total payment equal to five hundred thousand dollars, in cash or in S-8 Stock, in the form at the discretion of the Company. If the Company elects to pay the Consultant in form of S-8 Stock, it will be paid and calculated based on the lowest traded bid price for the common stock during the previous 25 trading days prior to the applicable Due Date. In no event, the value of the payment for Services made by Company will be less than USD $500,000.  The Company plans to use current fundraising activities to fund the agreement or may choose to pay in common stock of the Company.  The Company has agreed to reserve 325,000,000 shares of common stock with it’s transfer agent for this agreement.  Besides customary initiation fees of around $16,000 and late fees of $20,000 for any installment payment or common shares not being properly reserved with the transfer agent.

On January 30, 2024, TPT Global Tech, Inc. dba TPT Entertainment and Media LLC (“TPT”) and Roy D. Foreman “Consultant”) consummated a previously agreed upon understanding into a written Business Development and Professional Services Consulting Agreement. TPT engaged Consultant as President of the TPT’s US Domestic and International Boxing Division to provide business development and/or professional services related to making introductions to funding sources and the launch of TPT’s Live Mobile TV Broadcasting on TPT’s VuMe Super App platform. TPT agreed to customary compensation as well as some equity component that will be agreed upon by both TPT and Mr. Foreman.

Common Stock Issuances

Subsequent to September 30, 2023, FirstFire and 1800 Diagonal exercised their rights to convert $243,155 of principal amounts into 800,166,668 of shares of common stock.

Amendment and Restatement of the TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option, Compensation, and Award Incentive Plan.

On February 1, 2024, by unanimous written consent, the Board of Directors and Majority Shareholder of TPT Global Tech, Inc. (the “Company”) approved and adopted an amendment and restatement of the 2024 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option, Compensation, and Award Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to increase the maximum number of common shares, with a par value of $0.001 (“Common Shares”), available for grant to participants under the Plan to 3,500,000,000 Common Shares. In addition, the Plan was amended to define “Eligible Person” as an Employee, Consultant (Person or Professional Services Company) or Director of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary. A company other than a Professional Services Company is NOT eligible and “Issuance for Compensation for Services” shall mean the issuance for valuable and adequate consideration determined by the Board as determined by performance pursuant to an agreement. This Plan amends and supersedes any and all prior Plans.

CORPORATE MARKETING STRATEGY

 

Our corporate marketing strategy revolves around positioning VuMe as a trailblazing and consumer-centric technology brand, with a keen focus on VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology.

Brand Positioning: VuMe will be positioned as an innovator, committed to enhancing the digital lifestyle of users. Our brand will stand for cutting-edge technology, user convenience, and a seamless fusion of communication and entertainment.

Target Audience: Identifying specific target demographics for each product is crucial. For VuMe Super App, our target includes tech-savvy individuals seeking an all-in-one solution. VuMe Mobile targets a premium audience interested in expandinghigh-performance devices. GSM eSIM appeals to global travelers and professionals requiring secure, flexible connectivity.

Product Messaging:

·

VuMe Super App: Messaging will highlight its multifunctionality, user-friendly features, and customization options. We'll emphasize how it simplifies daily tasks, making it an indispensable tool.

·

VuMe Mobile: The focus is on top-tier Mobile phone service Plans that are priced competitively along with hardware, unique features, and exceptional design. Camera capabilities, battery life, and standout features will be showcased, positioning VuMe Mobile as a flagship device.

·

GSM eSIM Technology: Education about the benefits - flexibility, security, and global connectivity will be central. It simplifies travel by eliminating physical SIM cards, offering users a hassle-free and future-oriented connectivity solution.

Digital Presence: A robust online presence is critical. A user-friendly website, active social media channels, and SEO strategies will ensure visibility. Engaging content, such as blogs and videos, will be deployed to showcase product features and benefits.

Partnerships and Collaborations: Strategic partnerships with influencers, tech reviewers, and app developers will be forged to generate buzz and enhance the VuMe Super App ecosystem. Telecom operator collaborations will seamlessly integrate GSM eSIM technology.

45

Table of Contents

Customer Engagement: Implementing a loyalty program for VuMe users, gathering and acting on customer feedback, and providing excellent customer support are essential components of our operationsstrategy. Building a community around our products will enhance brand loyalty.

Offline Presence: VuMe Mobile sales will be facilitated through retail partnerships. Participation in tech expos and establishing experience zones in key locations will allow potential productusers to interact with and service streamsexperience VuMe products firsthand.

Promotions and Campaigns: Targeted marketing campaigns during key sales seasons, special promotions for early adopters, and referral programs will drive awareness and adoption. These efforts will be aligned with market trends and consumer preferences.

Monitoring and Analytics: Utilizing analytics tools to track campaign performance, monitoring social media sentiments, and making data-driven decisions will be integral to our strategy. Real-time adjustments will ensure our marketing efforts remain effective.

Regulatory Compliance: Ensuring compliance with data protection and telecom regulations is non-negotiable. Clearly communicating privacy and security measures will build trust among users, establishing VuMe as follows.a responsible and reliable brand.

By implementing these detailed strategies, we aim to not only introduce but establish VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology as leaders in their respective domains, creating a lasting impact in the competitive technology landscape.

 

MARKETING OBJECTIVE:

Establish

Our comprehensive marketing objectives for VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology are designed to establish a strong market presence and drive sustained growth. Firstly, we aim to increase brand awareness by an ambitious 30% within the first quarter. This will be achieved through a multifaceted approach involving targeted digital marketing campaigns, strategic SEO initiatives, and engaging social media content to ensure VuMe becomes a recognized and trusted name in the tech industry.

For VuMe Super App, our brandgoal is to drive user adoption by realizing a 20% increase in app downloads over the next six months. This involves the implementation of compelling promotional campaigns, strategic partnerships with influencers to enhance visibility, and optimizing the app's presence on various app stores. Simultaneously, our focus on VuMe Mobile aims to position it as a premium choice among mobile service providers and smartphones, with an objective to attain some level of market share domestically within the next fiscal year. This will be achieved through strategic retail partnerships, leveraging influencer endorsements, and delivering exceptional customer experiences to establish VuMe Mobile as a preferred brand among tech enthusiasts.

To enhance user engagement for VuMe Super App, we aim to increase daily active users (DAU) within the next 6 quarters. This involves the implementation of loyalty programs, regular feature updates, and personalized content recommendations to create a dynamic and engaging user experience. Simultaneously, create targeted sales growth for VuMe Mobile within the next fiscal year. This goal will be achieved through strategic retail promotions, exclusive launch events, and leveraging positive user testimonials to establish VuMe Mobile as a top-tier smartphone choice.

Expanding our offline presence is another critical objective, with the aim to establish VuMe as a recognizable brand in physical retail spaces through partnerships with at least 100 retail outlets within the next six months. This initiative aims to provide customers with hands-on experiences with VuMe Mobile, strengthening our offline presence and accessibility.

Optimizing customer support is a pivotal goal, with the objective of achieving a customer satisfaction rate of 90% within the first year of operations.  This involves the implementation of an efficient and responsive customer support system, addressing user queries and concerns promptly to enhance overall customer satisfaction and loyalty.

Maximizing influencer collaborations is integral to our strategy, with the objective of increasing the reach and credibility of VuMe products. Collaborating with at least 10 key influencers within the tech and lifestyle space is expected to generate a 25% growth in social media mentions and positive reviews within the next six months.

Lastly, ensuring regulatory compliance is a foundational objective. We aim to achieve and maintain full compliance with data protection and telecom regulations in all target markets. Regular audits and updates to policies will be conducted to ensure user trust and legal adherence, underscoring our commitment to responsible business practices.

These detailed and interconnected marketing objectives form a robust strategy, providing a comprehensive roadmap for our marketing team to drive the success of VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology in a competitive service and product provider in the communications industry.dynamic market landscape.

46

Table of Contents

 

ADVERTISING OBJECTIVE:

Our advertising objectives for VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology are finely tuned to maximize visibility, user engagement, and overall market penetration. Primarily, we aim to create widespread awareness of our products through targeted advertising campaigns, ensuring increase in brand recognition within the first year. This involves deploying a mix of digital advertising channels, including social media platforms, online display ads, and search engine advertising, to reach a broad audience and establish VuMe as a prominent and trusted tech brand.

For VuMe Super App, the advertising objective is to drive user adoption by achieving increase in app downloads over the next serveral months. Our strategy involves creating compelling and visually appealing advertisements that highlight the app's multifunctionality and user-friendly features. Collaborative efforts with influencers and strategic placement within app store advertising spaces will be pivotal to achieving this objective.

Simultaneously, advertising efforts for VuMe Mobile aim to position it as a premium choice among Mobile Service Providers and smartphones. Our objective is to attain market share in high-end devices within the next fiscal year. This involves crafting visually striking and informative advertisements that showcase VuMe Mobile's competitive pricing and cutting-edge hardware, exceptional design, and standout features. Collaborations with tech reviewers and influencers will be leveraged to enhance credibility and reach among the target audience.

In promoting GSM eSIM technology, our advertising objective is to increase adoption in targeted markets within the next nine months. We will focus on educational advertising campaigns that highlight the benefits of GSM eSIM, emphasizing its flexibility, security features, and global connectivity advantages. Strategic partnerships with telecom operators will be emphasized in our advertising efforts to convey the seamless integration of GSM eSIM into modern mobile communication.

To enhance user engagement for VuMe Super App, advertising efforts will focus on promoting exclusive features and content, encouraging downloads, and conveying a sense of community through the app. We aim to achieve increase in daily active users within the next several quarters through targeted ad placements, in-app promotions, and user testimonial-driven campaigns.

Our advertising objectives for VuMe Mobile include achieving growth in sales within the next fiscal year. This will be accomplished through visually appealing and emotionally resonant advertisements that highlight VuMe Mobile's unique selling points. Special promotions, limited-time offers, and exclusive launch events will be strategically advertised to create topa sense of mindurgency and desirability among the target audience.

Expanding our offline presence is a crucial advertising objective, and efforts will be directed towards creating visually captivating in-store displays, outdoor advertising, and collaborations with retail partners. This initiative aims to drive foot traffic, create brand awarenessrecognition, and emotional relevance resulting: TPT Global Tech, Inc. beingultimately contribute to achieving our goal of partnering with at least 100 retail outlets within the preferrednext 12 months.

Maximizing influencer collaborations is integral to our advertising strategy, aiming to increase reach and requested product line of productscredibility. Collaborating with at least 10 key influencers within the tech and lifestyle space will be highlighted in our advertising efforts, showcasing their experiences and endorsements to build trust and enthusiasm among the audience.

Lastly, our advertising objectives emphasize regulatory compliance. Advertisements will include clear communication about data protection measures, privacy policies, and compliance with telecom regulations. This ensures transparency and trustworthiness, essential elements in the tech industry.

In summary, our advertising objectives form a comprehensive and synergistic approach, leveraging various channels and strategies to drive the success of VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology in the competitive and dynamic market landscape.

 

SALES & MERCHANDISING OBJECTIVES:

Our distributor will use direct selling efforts. Their effortssales and merchandising objectives for VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology are intricately designed to optimize revenue generation and create a compelling in-store presence. Firstly, our primary sales objective is to achieve a substantial increase in revenue within the next fiscal year. This will be supportedaccomplished through a combination of strategic pricing, bundling options, and targeted promotional campaigns to drive sales of both VuMe Super App subscriptions and VuMe Mobile phone services and devices.

For VuMe Super App, our sales strategy focuses on increasing subscription-based revenue within the next six months. This involves offering tiered subscription plans, exclusive in-app purchases, and limited-time promotions to incentivize users to upgrade to premium features. Collaborations with content creators and partnerships to integrate additional services within the app will further contribute to revenue growth.

47

Table of Contents

Simultaneously, the sales objective for VuMe Mobile is achieved in phone service and device sales within the next fiscal year. We will implement targeted retail promotions, exclusive launch events, and strategic partnerships with retailers to enhance the visibility and desirability of VuMe Mobile devices. The introduction of special edition models and limited-time offers will be leveraged to create excitement and drive sales among tech enthusiasts.

In the case of GSM eSIM technology, our sales objective is to achieve adoption of eSIM-enabled devices within the +next nine months. Strategic collaborations with telecom operators, targeted advertising, and offering exclusive deals for devices with GSM eSIM technology will drive the adoption of this innovative connectivity solution.

Merchandising objectives are focused on creating an impactful in-store presence for VuMe Mobile. The goal is to establish partnerships with at least 100 retail outlets within the next six months, ensuring prominent and visually appealing displays that showcase the features and benefits of VuMe Mobile devices. Training retail staff to provide in-depth product knowledge and creating interactive displays will enhance the overall customer experience and contribute to increased sales.

Furthermore, maximizing cross-selling opportunities between VuMe Super App subscriptions and VuMe Mobile devices is a key merchandising objective. Bundling options, exclusive offers for app subscribers, and in-store promotions will encourage customers to explore the integrated ecosystem, creating a seamless and appealing user experience.

In conclusion, our sales and merchandising objectives are tightly aligned with our marketing, advertising,overall business strategy, aiming to drive revenue growth, increase product adoption, and merchandising programs. The primary task will becreate an immersive in-store experience. These objectives form a cohesive plan that leverages both digital and physical channels to increasepromote the sales through retail channels.success of VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology in the competitive tech market.

 

PURSUE BRAND RECOGNITION THROUGHOUT THE UNITED STATES

 

The firstTo pursue brand recognition throughout the United States for VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology, our comprehensive strategy encompasses various channels and initiatives. Firstly, we will launch targeted digital marketing objective mustcampaigns that leverage popular social media platforms, online display ads, and search engine optimization to reach a broad audience. Engaging content highlighting the unique features and benefits of our products will be disseminated to create a strong online presence.

Additionally, strategic partnerships with influencers and tech enthusiasts will be cultivated to extend our brand's reach and credibility.

Simultaneously, offline strategies will be implemented to enhance brand visibility. This includes participation in prominent tech expos and events across key cities in the U.S., providing an opportunity for potential users to experience VuMe Mobile and GSM eSIM technology firsthand. Collaborations with retail partners will facilitate in-store displays, creating a physical presence that complements our digital efforts. Establishing experience zones in high-traffic locations will allow users to interact with our products, fostering a deeper connection with the brand.

Educational campaigns about GSM eSIM technology will be launched to showcase its benefits, such as flexibility, security, and global connectivity. Targeted advertising in relevant publications, both digital and print, will contribute to building awareness and understanding of this innovative technology. Furthermore, collaborations with telecom operators will be emphasized to integrate GSM eSIM seamlessly into the U.S. mobile connectivity landscape.

Public relations efforts will play a pivotal role in our strategy, with press releases, media coverage, and partnerships with industry publications to highlight VuMe's innovative solutions. Leveraging user testimonials and success stories will contribute to the organic spread of positive word-of-mouth, enhancing brand recognition.

Moreover, our strategy includes community engagement initiatives, such as sponsoring local events and supporting causes aligned with our brand values. This grassroots approach aims to create a sense of community around VuMe products and establish a strong emotional connection with users.

Continuous monitoring and analytics will guide our efforts, allowing us to adapt and refine our strategy based on real-time market feedback and trends. By fostering a consistent and compelling brand and secure our place in the minds of the consumers. This will be accomplished through the execution of an integrated branding, identity and services marketing programs. The goals for this segment will be an enhanced brand identity,narrative across all touchpoints, we aim to position VuMe as a brand applicationshousehold name synonymous with innovation and a seamless digital assets suite.experience throughout the United States.

 

48

Table of Contents

MARKETING STRATEGY

 

Our plan includes a direct sales program targeting businesses, small business and home office users of communications. The direct sales efforts will be supported with third party marketing integration. To further enhance the sales process, we will offer an offering program including services and product sheets, coupons, point of sale materials (banners, shelf talkers, and end cap displays and danglers) and internet marketing programs.

 

Based on the above benefit scenarios, we plan to seize the following opportunities:

 

·

Build superior brand recognition and become recognized as a category leader.

·

Expand the US distribution into all states.

·

Establish distribution internationally.

·

Establish and manage a knowledgeable team of account executives with industry experience.

·

Create a retail merchandising program that will build a strong market share.

The purpose of our marketing efforts is to move the product sales from their current position into the rapid growing “popularity” stage. Our strategy includes the following marketing programs: Branding; Merchandising; Direct; Display Advertising; Media; Public Relations; Publicity; Events; Investor Relations; Metrics Dashboard; and, Personal Sales. Our objective is to gain the sales momentum required to reach the “brand preference” stage of product growth as soon as possible. This is the stage where we plan sales growgrowth at a steady and stabilized pace.

 

THE DIRECT MARKETING PROGRAM

The direct marketing program for VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology is meticulously designed to establish direct and personalized connections with our target audience. Through targeted email campaigns, we will deliver tailored content, showcasing the multifunctionality of the VuMe Super App, the cutting-edge features of VuMe Mobile, and the benefits of GSM eSIM technology. These emails will include exclusive promotions, personalized offers, and educational content to engage and nurture leads.

In addition to email marketing, direct mail campaigns will be employed to reach a diverse audience. High-quality, visually appealing mailers will be sent to targeted demographics, introducing them to the unique features of VuMe Mobile and the revolutionary capabilities of GSM eSIM technology. These direct mail pieces will include incentives such as limited-time discounts and access to exclusive content, encouraging recipients to explore VuMe products further.

To maximize customer engagement and loyalty, a comprehensive loyalty program will be implemented. This program will reward users for their continued use of the VuMe Super App, mobile devices, and adoption of GSM eSIM technology. Rewards may include special discounts, early access to new features, and exclusive content. The program will be communicated directly to users through in-app notifications, emails, and personalized messages.

Furthermore, telemarketing efforts will be employed, targeting specific demographics to promote VuMe Mobile and GSM eSIM technology. Skilled representatives will provide information, address inquiries, and guide potential customers through the features and benefits of our products. The telemarketing program will also include follow-up calls to nurture leads and gather valuable feedback.

To enhance the user experience and drive direct sales, a user-friendly and secure e-commerce platform will be established. This platform will allow customers to make direct purchases of VuMe Mobile devices and Phone services, subscribe to premium features of the VuMe Super App, and explore GSM eSIM-enabled devices. The platform will be optimized for mobile users, ensuring a seamless and convenient shopping experience.

Continuous monitoring and analysis of key performance indicators (KPIs) will be integral to the success of the direct marketing program. Metrics such as conversion rates, open rates, and customer feedback will be closely tracked to refine and optimize the program over time. By fostering direct connections with our audience through personalized and targeted efforts, the direct marketing program aims to drive awareness, engagement, and direct sales for VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology.

THE MEDIA MARKETING PROGRAM

The media marketing program for VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology is intricately crafted to leverage various media channels and platforms for maximum reach and impact. Our strategy encompasses a mix of traditional and digital media to effectively target diverse audiences. High-impact television and radio advertisements will showcase the features and benefits of VuMe Mobile and GSM eSIM technology, reaching a broad audience and building brand awareness. Additionally, strategic partnerships with popular streaming services will allow us to place targeted ads, ensuring visibility among tech-savvy audiences who consume content on digital platforms.

Digital media marketing efforts will be a focal point, utilizing social media platforms for targeted campaigns, sponsored content, and influencer collaborations. Engaging video content will be created to demonstrate the functionalities of the VuMe Super App and highlight the unique aspects of VuMe Mobile. Paid social media advertising will further amplify our reach and engage with our audience in a dynamic and interactive manner.

36 
49

Table of Contents

THE DIRECT MARKETING PROGRAM

Search engine marketing (SEM) strategies will be implemented to optimize online visibility. This includes paid search advertising to capture users actively searching for related products and services, enhancing the discoverability of VuMe Mobile and GSM eSIM technology. Additionally, display advertising on relevant websites and platforms will reinforce brand messaging and drive traffic to our digital channels.

 

A complete directTo further enhance our digital presence, content marketing program including direct mail, blast emailinitiatives will include blogs, articles, and URLs may be used to introduceinteractive content that educates the products to new customers and secure leads foraudience about the sales team. We plan to employ the servicesadvantages of a database marketing company to leverage techniques to target prospective clients and reinforce product messages throughout the selling process. This process will commence with the modeling of our existing customer dataGSM eSIM technology and the analysisfeatures of VuMe Super App. Email marketing campaigns will deliver personalized content and exclusive offers directly to the results using sophisticated analytic tools. Cross-channelinboxes of potential users, fostering engagement and driving conversions.

Strategic public relations efforts will play a vital role, with press releases, media placements, and collaborations with industry influencers and tech publications. This will position VuMe as an innovative and authoritative brand in the tech space, contributing to positive brand perception and increased media coverage.

Moreover, event marketing will be utilizedincorporated to create direct touchpoints with our audience. Participation in conjunctiontech expos, product launches, and sponsorship of relevant industry events will provide opportunities for hands-on interactions with the direct marketing including social marketing. Our focus of this marketing mediumVuMe Super app, VuMe Mobile and GSM eSIM technology. These events will be relevancecomplemented by live demonstrations, product showcases, and timing, which only this medium can provide full control overexclusive offers to generate excitement and the ability to fully quantify the results.engagement.

 

THE MEDIA MARKETING PROGRAMThe media marketing program will be continuously monitored and optimized using analytics tools to assess the performance of various channels and campaigns. Regular analysis of key metrics, such as impressions, engagement rates, and conversion rates, will inform strategic adjustments to ensure the program remains effective and aligned with our overall marketing objectives. Through a multi-faceted media marketing approach, we aim to maximize visibility, engagement, and positive brand perception for VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology across diverse audiences.

 

We intend to test several media options to determine which, if any, effectively drive sales and sales leads. The mediums being consider include outdoor advertising, both static and mobile, magazine ads, and radio spots. Other media to be explored are direct mail post cards and emails to opt in viewers.

THE PUBLIC RELATIONS/PUBLICITY PROGRAM

 

WeThe Public Relations/ Publicity Program for VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology is designed to strategically enhance brand image, generate positive media coverage, and foster a strong reputation within the tech industry. A key component of this program involves crafting compelling press releases to announce major product launches, updates, and partnerships. These press releases will be distributed to a targeted list of tech journalists, bloggers, and influencers to secure widespread media coverage and build anticipation among the audience.

Strategic media placements will be a focus, with a concerted effort to secure features and interviews in reputable tech publications, both online and offline. These placements will highlight the innovative features of VuMe Super App, the cutting-edge design of VuMe Mobile, and the transformative capabilities of GSM eSIM technology. Additionally, collaborations with influential tech reviewers will be sought to provide unbiased and credible assessments of our products, enhancing their visibility and credibility in the market.

Incorporating influencer partnerships into our PR strategy will amplify our reach. Engaging tech influencers and thought leaders in the industry to endorse and showcase VuMe products will create organic and authentic endorsements. These influencers will be strategically selected to align with our target audience and brand values, contributing to a positive and relatable brand image.

Strategic event participation is also integral to our PR program. VuMe will actively participate in key industry events, tech expos, and conferences. These events will serve as platforms for live product demonstrations, interactive experiences, and networking opportunities with industry professionals and journalists. By creating a physical presence at these events, we aim to generate buzz, establish direct connections, and garner media attention.

The PR program will leverage social media platforms to disseminate key messages and engage with the audience. Engaging content, press releases, and event updates will be shared across social channels to maintain an active online presence. Additionally, a crisis communication plan will be in place to employaddress any potential challenges promptly and transparently, ensuring that our communication remains proactive and constructive.

Building a strong narrative around corporate social responsibility (CSR) initiatives is a vital aspect of our PR strategy. By aligning with causes that resonate with our brand values, VuMe will contribute to social good, creating positive associations and enhancing our brand reputation.

Regularly monitoring media coverage and sentiment analysis will guide our PR efforts. Feedback from media outlets, influencers, and the audience will be analyzed to refine our messaging and strategies continuously. The success of the PR program will be measured through key performance indicators (KPIs) such as media impressions, sentiment analysis, and brand mentions to ensure that our messages are effectively communicated and positively received. Through a strategic and proactive Public Relations/ Publicity Program, VuMe aims to establish a favorable brand image, build credibility, and foster positive relationships within the tech industry and beyond.

50

Table of Contents

TARGET CUSTOMER

Our target customer profile for VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology is carefully crafted to address the diverse needs of tech-savvy individuals seeking innovation, convenience, and seamless digital experiences. Our primary audience for VuMe Super App includes tech enthusiasts, young professionals, and individuals who prioritize efficiency in managing various aspects of their digital lives. With its multifunctional features, customizable interface, and user-friendly design, the app caters to those seeking an all-in-one solution for communication, entertainment, and productivity.

VuMe Mobile is tailored for discerning consumers who value competitive premium phone services and design, cutting-edge technology, and standout features in their smartphones. Our target customers for VuMe Mobile are individuals who appreciate top-tier hardware, exceptional camera capabilities, extended battery life, and an overall premium mobile experience. This includes professionals, content creators, and those who view their smartphones as essential tools for both work and leisure.

The audience for GSM eSIM technology encompasses global travelers, professionals, and individuals who value the flexibility and security of a public relations firmvirtual, programmable SIM card. The technology provides a hassle-free and future-oriented solution to build a corporate profilemobile connectivity, appealing to keep the namethose who seek seamless global roaming options, improved security features, and the servicesconvenience of managing multiple profiles on a single device.

Our target customers share common characteristics such as a strong reliance on technology, a desire for innovation, and an appreciation for products in frontthat simplify and enhance their digital experiences. This demographic spans across age groups, with a focus on millennials and professionals who are early adopters of consumers. A third-party PR firmtechnology trends. By understanding the diverse needs and preferences of our target customers, our marketing and product development efforts are tailored to create a cohesive ecosystem that resonates with their lifestyles and positions VuMe as their preferred choice for cutting-edge technology solutions.

THE INTERNATIONAL MARKET

The International Market Plan for VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology is strategically crafted to extend our reach beyond domestic borders, tapping into global markets and catering to diverse consumer needs. For VuMe Super App, localization efforts will be responsible for writinga priority, ensuring the app's content, features, and publishing press releases, coordinating eventuser interface are adapted to suit different languages and cultural preferences. International digital marketing campaigns will leverage targeted social media ads, influencer collaborations, and managing investor relations.localized content to raise awareness and drive downloads in key international markets.

 

We employVuMe Mobile's international market strategy involves identifying regions with a strong demand for premium smartphones and aligning marketing salesefforts accordingly. Collaborations with international retailers and strategic partnerships with telecom operators will facilitate distribution, making VuMe Mobile accessible to consumers worldwide. Tailored advertising campaigns will emphasize the device's global appeal, exceptional design, and advanced features, positioning it as a top choice in the international smartphone market.

GSM eSIM technology, designed for global connectivity, will be strategically introduced in regions with high international travel demands. Collaborations with international telecom operators will be pivotal to integrating GSM eSIM seamlessly into the global mobile landscape. Educational campaigns will highlight the technology's benefits, especially for travelers and professionals requiring flexible and secure connectivity across borders.

The international market plan also involves participation in international trade shows, tech expos, and events to showcase VuMe products and foster global partnerships. Establishing relationships with international influencers and tech reviewers will enhance credibility and trust among the target audience in diverse markets.

Furthermore, compliance with international regulations and standards will be prioritized to ensure a seamless entry into new markets. Understanding and adhering to local data protection laws, telecom regulations, and cultural nuances will be integral to building trust and credibility.

To maximize customer support for international users, multilingual customer service teams will be established, addressing inquiries and concerns promptly across different time zones. Localization efforts will extend to user manuals, product packaging, and customer service personnel on an as needed basis for specific events to build brand awareness. We usecommunication, ensuring a rangecohesive and culturally sensitive experience.

Continuous market research and analysis will guide the adaptation of marketing strategies based on regional preferences, competition, and tactics to build our brand and increase sales, including point-of-sale materials, event sponsorship, in-store and on premise promotions, public relations, and a variety of other traditional and non-traditional marketing techniques to support the sales of alltechnological trends in each international market. The flexibility of our products.approach ensures that VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology resonate with diverse audiences, making a meaningful impact in the international tech landscape.

51

Table of Contents

EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT

 

We believe thatVuMe is proud to be led by a marketing mixhighly experienced management team, boasting a combined 200 years of event promotions, social media, print advertisingcollective expertise in local media and internet advertising providing information and samplesdiverse fields crucial to the success of our products at social eventsventures. At the helm is a strategy that may help increase sales.

TARGET CUSTOMER

We plan to profile our existing customersvisionary CEO, bringing decades of strategic leadership and create a sophisticated data model to mathematically and statistically identify our “ideal” customer. Further the model will be used to learn exactly how the target customer wishes to be communicated with and marketed to.

THE INTERNATIONAL MARKET

We plan to market our product internationally. Many of the current products offered by us have features for the international community. This will be a secondary but strong focus by our marketing team.

EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT

Our senior management team has over 30 years of experience in the various consumer product industries, and has a proven track record in navigating the ever-evolving tech industry. Complementing this, our COO contributes with an extensive background in operations and a keen eye for efficiency, ensuring seamless execution of creating value both organically and through strategic acquisitions. Our management intends to utilize the best available and fit-for-purpose technology and experienced contractors to improve production and expand distribution.our business strategies.

 

CORPORATE STRATEGYHeading our product development is a Chief Technology Officer with a wealth of experience in technological innovation and a history of bringing cutting-edge products to market. The Chief Marketing Officer brings a creative flair and a deep understanding of consumer behavior, steering our marketing efforts with insights gained from years of successfully positioning products in competitive landscapes.

 

Our Chief Financial Officer, armed with decades of financial acumen, ensures the fiscal health of VuMe, guiding us through sound financial practices and strategic investments. Additionally, our Chief Legal Officer, with an extensive legal career, ensures that VuMe operates with the utmost integrity, navigating complex regulatory landscapes and safeguarding the company's legal interests.

The synergy of this seasoned management team provides VuMe with a unique advantage in the tech industry. Drawing from a wealth of experiences, successes, and lessons learned, our leadership is adept at steering the company through challenges, fostering innovation, and ensuring VuMe's position at the forefront of technological advancements. This depth of experience not only brings stability but also sets the stage for continued growth, innovation, and success in the dynamic and competitive tech landscape.

CORPORATE STRATEGY

Our Goals

 

Our primary goal is to continue to grow our business by improving value to our current customers and vendors. In providing a high qualityhigh-quality network we intend to continue to grow our business. Additionally, we intend to purchase established telecommunications and technology companies that will immediately generate and increase traffic (revenue) to our Company’s retail and wholesale network. Companies that we are strategically aligned with have in their core business synergistic retail products and services that include, but are not limited to, Telecom Cloud Services Media, Merchant Services/Mobile Banking, Cloud Services and Media (e.g. credit/debit

37 
Table of Contents

card processing, check/ACH payment processing, ecommerce/merchant processing, web hosting, voice, data, GSM/Wi-Fi Mobile, Mobile Money Transfers, IPTV, VOD and Live Mobile Broadcasting, Prepaid Calling CardPhone Service and PIN-less Prepaid services)ESim travel plans). If we acquire a strategic partner as a subsidiary, we believe we will have the ability to aggregate their analogous technology platforms onto our proprietary Software Access System operating platform for integration and efficiency.

 

We intend to work our media to accelerate cohesively in the mobile technology sectors: LIVE Broadcast, Video on Demand (VOD) Apps, and Digital Video Magazine (DVM) Apps. While “white labeling” our technologies as SaaS, our primary focus is what we believe is the first Global Cyber LIVE Mobile TV broadcast network, Viewmeand Social Media Platform or Network, VuMe Live. The ViewmeVuMe Live Network™ is a 24-hour LIVE worldwide mobile TV network, delivered via iOS and Android apps. The ViewmeVuMe Live Network™ presents a diversity of Linear Broadcast Channels (Domestically and International), coupled with Social Media Platforms with combined functions that compete with some of the largest and most powerful Digital Media platforms, to connected audiences who live a mobile-centric life.

 

DEVELOPMENT FLOW CHART

 

Network Services

 

Domestic and Global Telecommunications offerings include: Mobile TV, Phone, Internet, Fiber Optic, Wireless, Hosted PBX, Wi-Fi, Wi-Max, Engineering, Cabling, Wiring and Cloud services. Our telecommunications division has pioneered innovative, hosted firewall and managed MPLS service technologies (SuperCore MPLS) and was the Industryindustry’s first to engineer patent-pending Bulletproof™ failover services utilizing our own fiber optic and wireless networks to guarantee business continuity and service uptime.

 

As a retail and business media and telecommunications provider operating a high-speedhigh-speed Fiber Optic Network and Wireless Network inthe USAat a cost competitive ratefornew technologies,we aregrowing our operations through sales of ourcorevoice & data connectivity products to small and midsized business clients.We have a growth strategy through acquisitions in order to increase regional operations and deploy more technologies to niche & underserved markets. Unified Cloud Services, Unified Communications (UC) or Unified Communications/Collaboration (UCC) has been a topic of interest to users looking to evolve from a disorderly combination of media, voice, email and message communications to something more structured. Our goal is to target existing and new small and medium businesses (“SMBs”) to transition their older voice system businesses,expand their software collaboration offerings, and most recently build cloud service offerings.Cloud solution gives our customers the flexibility to support a myriad of mobile devices as part of their hardware strategy, whether it's launching a bring-your-own-device initiative, implementing a one-to-one program or equipping SMBs with mobile computing carts full of tablets, netbooks, or notebooks in a secured environment.

 

52

Table of Contents

Scalability and Cost Efficiency

 

Our proprietary Software Access System platform currently runs our global operations. In short, it does this by connecting our customer base with the most profitable vendor route while calculating least cost routing, analyzing route quality, and respecting “dipping” protocols. Based on the demand, we have the ability to scale to meet the needs of our customers. Comparable “off the shelf” software systems in the marketplace can cost in the hundreds of thousands of dollars just to purchase, not to mention expensive service contracts, which may continue in perpetuity after the original purchase. Our proprietary platform, in which we have invested and have developed over several years, we are ableallows us to operate a global network with better efficiency which we believe differentiates us from other competitors in the marketplace.

 

38 
Table of Contents

We believe our competitive advantages are:

TPT Global Tech and VuMe have established significant competitive advantages that position them as leaders in their respective fields within the technology industry.

TPT Global Tech:

 

·

1.

Our products

Innovative Technology Solutions: TPT Global Tech stands out for its focus on developing innovative technology solutions. With a diverse portfolio spanning telecommunications, IoT, and services are 90% readysoftware development, the company is at the forefront of technological advancements.

2.

Global Connectivity: TPT Global Tech's expertise in telecommunications, particularly in the field of international connectivity, gives it a substantial competitive advantage. The ability to launch globallyprovide seamless global connectivity solutions enhances its appeal to businesses and consumers with international operations.

·

We offer 3-15 seconds latency Cellular – 1-5 on Wi-Fi

·

3.

We offer Proprietary Optimizing / Stabilizing software

Strategic Acquisitions: TPT Global Tech's strategic approach to acquisitions has played a pivotal role in its growth. By acquiring companies with complementary technologies and capabilities, TPT Global Tech has expanded its reach and diversified its offerings, reinforcing its position as a comprehensive technology solutions provider.

·

We offer Multi-Channel LIVE

4.

Commitment to Sustainability: The company's commitment to sustainability and Video on Demand worldwideeco-friendly practices in its operations aligns with growing global awareness. This environmentally conscious approach not only contributes to social responsibility but also resonates positively with customers and partners.

VuMe:

·

1.

We offer Patent Pending real time dynamic failover

All-in-One Super App: VuMe's Super App offers a unique and comprehensive solution called Bulletproof™

·We have 57 route miles of fiber optic network meshedby combining communication, entertainment, and productivity features in one platform. This all-in-one approach provides users with a microwave canopyseamless and integrated digital experience, setting VuMe apart from single-function apps.

2.

Premium Mobile Devices: VuMe's mobile devices stand out for their premium design, cutting-edge features, and high-performance capabilities. The commitment to delivering top-tier hardware and exceptional user experiences positions VuMe Mobile as a competitive choice in Phoenix, Arizonathe smartphone market.

·

We offer our own proprietary voice switching

3.

GSM eSIM Technology: VuMe's incorporation of GSM eSIM technology in its devices addresses the evolving needs of consumers. This technology offers users the flexibility of managing multiple profiles on a single device, providing a secure and management platform running least cost routingconvenient solution for global connectivity without physical SIM cards.

4.

Ecosystem Integration: VuMe focuses on creating an ecosystem where its products synergize seamlessly. The integration of the Super App, premium mobile devices, and real time financial analyticsinnovative GSM eSIM technology forms a cohesive ecosystem, offering users a holistic and interconnected digital experience.

·

We have over 175 existing USA

5.

International Market Expansion: VuMe's strategic approach to entering international markets, including localization efforts and International Telephone companies already interconnectedtargeted marketing, positions the brand for global success. Understanding and adapting to our telecom switches. These customersdiverse cultural and vendors are ready made strategic technology distribution partners for our Telecom, Media, and Cloud Services productslinguistic preferences enhances VuMe's competitiveness in the international tech landscape.

Together, TPT Global Tech and VuMe leverage their respective strengths to create a synergistic force in the technology industry. TPT Global Tech's expertise in telecommunications and technology solutions complements VuMe's innovative approach to mobile devices and digital ecosystems, providing a comprehensive and competitive offering to a wide range of consumers and businesses.

·We offer Patent Pending Full HD Naked Eye 3D Smartphone53

Table of Contents

Our Strategy

 

Our business, marketing, and sales strategy is structured around:around:

Our comprehensive strategy is structured around a cohesive integration of business, marketing, and sales initiatives, aligning to propel our organization towards sustained growth and success.

Business Strategy: Our business strategy is founded on innovation, agility, and adaptability. We prioritize technological advancements, aiming to be at the forefront of industry trends. Strategic diversification is a key element, ensuring that our product and service portfolio remains dynamic and well-aligned with emerging market demands. Meticulous attention to customer feedback and market insights informs our decision-making processes, allowing us to tailor our offerings to evolving consumer needs. Additionally, a commitment to sustainability and ethical business practices underscores our corporate responsibility, contributing to positive brand perception and long-term value creation.

Marketing Strategy: Our marketing strategy revolves around creating a strong brand presence, fostering customer engagement, and differentiating our products in the competitive landscape. Building brand awareness is achieved through targeted digital marketing campaigns, social media initiatives, and strategic partnerships. Content marketing plays a crucial role, providing valuable insights and establishing our brand as an authority in the industry. Collaborations with influencers and thought leaders enhance our credibility and reach, while personalized and emotionally resonant storytelling connects with our audience on a deeper level. Localization efforts in international markets ensure cultural relevance and resonance with diverse audiences.

Sales Strategy: Our sales strategy is meticulously designed to drive revenue growth and maximize customer acquisition. A customer-centric approach guides our sales team, prioritizing customer needs and providing tailored solutions. Strategic pricing and bundling options are employed to create compelling value propositions, while targeted promotions and limited-time offers generate urgency and desirability. Collaborations with retail partners and e-commerce optimization ensure accessibility and convenience for customers. The integration of a robust customer relationship management (CRM) system enables personalized interactions, streamlining the sales process and fostering long-term customer loyalty.

Integration and Synergy: The integration of these strategies is where the synergy occurs. The insights gained from our business strategy inform our product development, ensuring that our offerings remain innovative and in tune with market demands. Marketing initiatives, in turn, are crafted to amplify the unique selling points of our products, creating a consistent brand narrative. Sales strategies leverage these narratives to drive revenue and customer acquisition. The continuous feedback loop ensures that all aspects of our strategy are adaptive, responsive, and aligned toward a common goal — the sustainable growth and success of our organization in the dynamic and competitive landscape of the technology industry.

In essence, our business, marketing, and sales strategies are interconnected elements of a comprehensive plan, working in harmony to propel our organization towards leadership, innovation, and customer-centric excellence.

 

·

Pursuing selective, strategic, distribution relationships combined with cash positive acquisitions to build immediate revenue streams and increase our Company’s network footprint.

 

·

Utilize the expanded network to offer our Company’s service thereby increasing marginal revenues through the low risk offering of wholesale termination and prepaid services through existing distribution channels, retail stores and E-Commerce both domestically and internationally.

 

·

Pursuing markets within countries where there is a lower concentration of communications services that will result in initial higher pricing and potential for gross profit.

 

·

Providing low cost, pricing leading VoIP/GSM value added services through our Company’s next-generation centralized software platform and network.

·

Partnering and developing joint ventures with incumbent networks or government agencies to penetrate local emerging markets in order to build and operate Intranet Network Infrastructures that would move data over a secured network servicing government buildings and agencies, including police, military, hospitals and schools.

 

·Partnering and developing joint ventures with incumbent networks or government agencies to penetrate local emerging markets in order to build and operate Intranet Network Infrastructures that would move data over a secured network servicing government buildings and agencies, including police, military, hospitals and schools.

Our Intended Network Services Marketing Plan and Product Roll Out for 4th Quarter 20172024

 

·

Satellite radio syndication simulcast with over 25 million domestic U.S. listeners

·

Connected TV partner with over 18 million viewers worldwide.worldwide

·

Airline entertainment partnership with over 12 million international viewers.viewers

·

Supported by an international public relations firm.firm

·

Comprehensive social media marketing campaign involving popular bloggers and podcasters

54

Table of Contents

 

Our sales and marketing approach to our business and consumer customers emphasizes customer-oriented sales, marketing and service. Our marketing plans include marketing our products and services primarily through direct sales representatives, inbound call centers, local retail stores, telemarketing and third parties, including retailers, satellite television providers, door to door sales agents and digital marketing firms. We support our distribution with digital marketing, direct mail, bill inserts, newspaper and television advertising, website promotions, public relations activities and sponsorship of community events and sports venues.

 

Similarly, our sales and marketing approach to our business customers includes a commitment to provide comprehensive communications and IT solutions for business, wholesale and governmental customers of all sizes, ranging from small offices to select enterprise customers. We strive to offer our business customers stable, reliable, secure and trusted solutions. Our marketing plans

39 
Table of Contents

include marketing our products and services primarily through digital advertising, direct sales representatives, inbound call centers, telemarketing and third parties, including telecommunications agents, system integrators, value-added resellers and other telecommunications firms. We support our distribution through digital advertising, events, television advertising, website promotions and public relations.

 

Marketing Designs

 

We have designed our services and products offered to be:

 

·

Portable. We offer the ability to access our network from anywhere within our coverage area without being restricted to a specific location.

·

Simple. Our services are easy to install. After connecting our modem to an ATA or computer and a power source, our wireless broadband service is immediately available and requires no software installation.

·

Fast. We offer speeds that typically exceed legacy cellular networks and are competitive with fixed broadband offerings.

·

A Good Value. We generally price our services competitively because our costs to build and operate our network are significantly lower than the networks operated by many of our competitors.

With the popularity of social media, people are demanding fast broadband connectivity on an increasingly mobile basis. We believe that our services meet this demand and will market this in our efforts to increase our subscriber growth rate.

 

ViVoware technology was developed to implement intuitive and cost-effective VoIP, WiFi, and cellular billing solutions for next generation networks. The ViVoware application software provides a seamless, all-inclusive gateway solution. ViVoware enables us and our resellers to create a flexible, strong, and potentially profitable business model.

OUR COMPANY STRENGTHS

 

We believe the following competitive strengths enable us to meet the demand for simple, reliable and portable wireless broadband connectivity:

 

·

First mover.We are the first company we are aware of to launch a Global Cyber Mobile TV and Social Media Network that incorporates functional feature of the largest Digital Media companies in the world.

·

·

High barriers to entry.Our issued and pending patents, as well as our proprietary Media platforms and Naked Eye 3D technology trade secrets give us a strong intellectual property position that we believe creates a significant barrier to entry for potential competitors.

·

·

Broad range of applications for our platform.This allows us to build a deep new product pipeline that creates multiple paths to build a large and profitable business.

·

·

Multi-billion-dollar addressable market.“Mobile U.S. digital advertising accounted for more than half (51%)revenues rose to $26.2 billion in the third quarter of 2018, solidifying 2018’s claim as the record-breaking $72.5 billion spent by advertisers last year,highest-spending first three quarters on record, according to the latest IAB Internet Advertising Revenue Report released today by the Interactive Advertising Bureau (IAB),IAB and prepared by PwC US. TheDigital spend for Q3 2018 estimates increased 20.6 percent over Q3 2017. In total, represents a marketers spent $75.8 billion during 2018’s first three quarters—22 percent increase, up from $59.6 billion in 2015. Mobile experiencedmore than they had spent during the same period a 77 percent upswing from $20.7 billion the previous year hitting $36.6 billion in 2016.” http:ago. https://www.thenewbase.com/home/media-news-events/news-detail/?no_cache=1$newsid=134110&title=mobile-iab.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/IAB_Internet-Ad-Revenue-Report-Q3-2018_2019-02-14_FINAL-1.pdf

captures-more-than-half-of-all-us-internet-advertising-revenue-for-the-first-time-ever#WaSg6caZN-U

 

·

Diverse revenue streams including Digital Media partnerships.We anticipate generating significant revenue from our Digital Media platforms. Our Linear Broadcast partners will play a large part in generating revenues from the sale of mobile and social media advertising.

40 
Table of Contents

·Strong senior leadership team.Our founders and senior leaders have experience in building, and operating several companies in our business areas. We have phone, network, content, SaaS, product development, and commercialization experience that has enabled us to establish market leadership positions for the companies where we previously were employed.

 

·

Differentiated Services. We believe our service is unique because of our combination of our Worldwide Operational Platform, Worldwide Affiliates, Cutting Edge Technology, Portability, Simplicity and Speed to Market with a competitive domestic and International Price Structure. We believe this combination of factors differentiates our subscriber’s experience when compared to broadband services provided by DSL, cable modem, wireless third-generation or 3G, networks.

·Strong Spectrum Position. We use unlicensed and licensed spectrum (in Arizona), which avoids radio frequency interference that hinders competitors using non-licensed spectrum, such as WiFi network operators. Access to spectrum is a fundamental barrier to entry for the delivery of high quality wireless communications. Through our partnerships, we believe that we have access to the second largest spectrum position in our band within the United States.

 

55

Table of Contents

·

·

Advanced, Scalable Technology.Technology. Because we intend to design our own software and equipment, we can refine our product development roadmap to meet our subscriber’s needs. We believe our NLOS, IP-based Ethernet architecture and compression technology confers competitive advantages since it simplifies both network deployment and customer use while supporting a broad range of potential premium services.

·

·

Efficient Economic Model.We believe our individual market economic model is characterized by low fixed capital and operating expenditures relative to other wireless and wire line broadband service providers. We believe our individual market model is highly scalable and replicable across our markets. As our capabilities evolve, we expect to generate incremental revenue streams from our subscriber base by developing and offering premium products and services.

·

·

Experienced Management Team.Stephen J. Thomas, our Founder, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer, has been an active entrepreneur, operator and investor in the industry for more than 17 years in VoIP and wireless communications industry. He previously served as Director of Network Optimization/Optimization/Validation for WorldxChange, Inc. and CEO and President of New Orbit Communications, Inc., which focused on International Operator Services in United States, Mexico, El Salvador and Guatemala.

 

FUTURE PLANS

 

Lion Smart Phone ProductOur VuMe Technology Plan

 

We areoffer VuMe technology for which we plan to expand marketing. We believe SaaS VuMe (VuMe) could become a leading Digital Social Media and Mobile TV technology platform in the business-to-business and business-to-consumer markets. Our proprietary software platform can reach a worldwide audience of approximately one billion mobile viewers. VuMe addresses global mobile distribution of LIVE and Video on Demand (“VOD”) content as a white label Software as a Service (“SaaS”).

VuMe OTT live streaming technology is similar to what you see with satellite TV such as Dish Network and DirecTV, as well as cable companies. Almost all currently seeking a manufacturer for our Lion Smart Phone. Our Management believes our patent pending Lion smart phoneexisting live streaming cannot do live broadcast streaming at this level and usually has anywhere from 1 minute to 10 minute delays or continuous buffering, never loading the video. With VuMe, there is the ability to have “worldwide” access for a live streaming event equal to standard television broadcasting with tens of millions of simultaneous users. We believe that VuMe is the firstFull HD Naked Eye 3Dsmart phone ever launched technology to be able to achieve this level of live streaming. In emerging countries that do not have fiber, cable and satellite TV, access to VuMe is simple and cost effective, as long as there is a cellular connection on a 3G network or higher (regardless of provider)[1]. VuMe aims to provide uninterrupted live streaming on mobile devices without buffering, crashes, pixilation, or audio and video syncing issues. One practical application of this technology is that a viewer can move from a Wi--Fi connection to a 3G connection without interruption. VuMe has a unique user interface with multi-channel access and built-in social media, and we believe it is unlike anything currently on the market. VuMe also has the capability to do a Live Linear Broadcast with VOD. VuMe’s technology has the potential to reduce web content pirating since high quality TV broadcast is now easily accessed worldwide on mobile devices.

[1] Subject to the laws and regulations of each country.

Currently, we believe we are the only company that does all the above in the United States. Lion Universe’s mobile 3Dindustry and we believe VuMe has the potential to expand our technologies and applications even further.

The hottest technology in the over the top (“OTT”) market and the biggest challenge in the OTT market is “Live Linear Channel Broadcasting” and “Live Event Broadcasting” to equal standard television broadcasting on cable and satellite TV. This type of technology is patent pending.superior to video on demand (VOD) streaming technology in both acquisition and delivery. The smart phone will be distributed through our wholly-owned subsidiary K-TEL,growth of OTT video delivery has been significant. In the past year alone, OTT has grown to $35 billion in their existing brickglobal revenue, with $17 billion coming from emerging markets source Digital TV Research. VuMe has many technology advantages including: Artificial Intelligence (“AI”); the ability to simultaneously access millions of users simultaneously with virtually no latency equivalent to standard television broadcasting; global distribution (without interruption) on cellular and mortar distribution channelWi-Fi; and a fully interactive menu user interface and worldwide advertising brokers in the Northwest expanding into other areas. It is anticipated that a national and international roll out will soon follow. TPTW is building industry leading personal cellular phones designed for a wide appeal. With a business model built on innovation and progress starting with the Lion Phone technology, we intend to produce high-quality and easy-to-use cellular phones. Our Lion Phone was designed for consumers looking for portable and affordable cutting-edge technology. Our first-generation phones come equipped with full high definition resolution screen for better viewing. We believe this Full HD Naked Eye 3D smart Phone is perfect for watching movies, playing games, even editing photos or videos.place.

 

WhetherVuMe’s content delivery network (“CDN”) can potentially reach tens of millions of mobile devices (tablets and smartphones) and has the potential to scale to one billion video streams globally. It loads content within seconds, not only for Wi-Fi, but also more importantly, on cellular networks that are 3G and higher. VuMe’s core technology is looking at photos, playing music, emailing or surfingfully developed and is able to support clients on a turnkey native mobile app in less than 60 days. We have already achieved major milestones as the web, our management believes consumers want moreworld’s largest private conduit build out for global deployment of LIVE and VOD streaming content. Our OTT live streaming technology is unique and proprietary. Here are some highlights on how VuMe can help from their phones. We believe our Lion Phone raises the bar for cellular phones. For the first time ever, cellular users can enjoy quality 3D viewing with the naked eyes no glasses required enjoying full high definition video with smooth playback.telecommunication companies to TV station broadcasters to digital film libraries.

 

Our Management believes consumers have been waiting for a way to watch their favorite movies in 3D, with the convenience of their phone and Gamers can have the leisure of playing their games without taking all head gear with them. Our Lion Universe Technology strives to give customers the best possible experience with our Full HD Naked Eye 3D smart phone in the US and Global markets.”

We intend to market this phone in 2018.

41 
56

Table of Contents

VuMe has the ability to create a “Master Network Mobile App” that can allow for a multiple channel build out, each with its own unique Pay Per View charge (optional). This means a company can have a live event channel per country with a different price per user based on the economics of that country. VuMe has unlimited channel build out (e.g. a company could have 50 channels or 1000 channels). Any telecommunications company can have professional looking displays and user interfaces for mobile with VuMe, similar to what the large telecommunications companies provide. A Master Network App also allows a network to expand into other categories by country (e.g. additional sports categories for various sports by country). Expansion can focus on audience aggregation for sports and other forms of entertainment categories. Pay-Per View is an option for these expanded categories as well. We have built-in worldwide ad brokers for pre-roll commercial ads so that revenue can be generated as soon as possible. There is also potential to upsell to existing advertisers and sponsors and it can be brand specific by country.

VuMe Distribution plan

VuMe Technology's ambitious global distribution plan represents a strategic initiative poised to significantly impact the Mobile TV broadcasting and social media industries. This comprehensive approach encompasses a range of key strategies aimed at expanding market reach, leveraging innovative technologies, and establishing pivotal partnerships.

In the realm of market expansion, VuMe is set to enter new global markets by collaborating with essential stakeholders, including telecom operators, content providers, and technology companies. Through these collaborations, the company aims to establish a robust and extensive distribution network that can effectively reach diverse audiences around the world. The emphasis on localized content delivery is a key component of this strategy, ensuring that the content provided is not only of high quality but also culturally relevant, resonating with the unique preferences of users in different regions.

Integral to VuMe's global distribution plan is the integration of cutting-edge technologies, such as augmented reality (AR) and virtual reality (VR). This technological integration is designed to elevate user experiences within the Mobile TV broadcasting and social media realms. By providing an immersive and interactive content delivery platform, VuMe seeks to redefine industry standards and offer users a novel and engaging entertainment experience.

In the context of Mobile TV broadcasting, the impact of VuMe's global distribution plan is evident in the enhancement of user experiences. The provision of high-quality content, coupled with advanced features, sets VuMe apart. The strategy not only caters to a diverse audience but also transcends geographical barriers, making on-the-go entertainment accessible to users worldwide.

The social media industry, too, experiences a transformative impact with VuMe's global distribution plan. The introduction of opportunities for content monetization, coupled with interactive engagement through AR and VR technologies, positions VuMe as a catalyst for innovation. Additionally, the seamless integration across various social media platforms fosters a cohesive and dynamic content ecosystem, reinforcing VuMe Technology's role as a trailblazer in the convergence of entertainment and technology on a global scale.

In conclusion, VuMe Technology's global distribution plan is a comprehensive and forward-thinking strategy that not only expands market reach but also redefines the standards for user experiences in both Mobile TV broadcasting and social media. Through strategic partnerships, localized content delivery, and innovative technological integrations, VuMe is poised to leave a lasting impact on the entertainment landscape, offering users a dynamic and immersive content ecosystem that transcends geographical boundaries.

Mobile Device Viewer Market Expansion

 

In general, viewers are consuming more content via mobile TV distribution, while rapidly abandoning expensive subscriptions from standard satellite TV and cable networks. The rise of high qualityhigh-quality content on low--costlow-cost platforms, such as mobile devices, continues to negatively impact the standard TV industry. The media business is being forced to evolve and adjust to massive disruptions in content distribution methods. Traditional media models are functionally broken and will continue to be disrupted by technology, which is driven by the needs of the younger generation. The future of media is dependent on new technology platforms. These platform models (e.g. smart TV, connected TV boxes, mobile TV devices) are the future of content distribution. Google, through YouTube, has changed the face of video content distribution. Amazon continues to disrupt the book industry. Apple has redefined music and application distribution. And Microsoft is continuing to change the engagement model and distribution of content through its Xbox TV game console.

 

For the first time in history, in 3Q 2014, the average time spent (per day) on mobile devices exceeded the time spent watching television – 177 minutes versus 168 minutes (source: Flurry Analytics). Because of the meaningful decrease in costs associated with capturing (and processing) video, and due to significant expansions in bandwidth and increases in Wi-Fi, Internet/cloud TV disrupted the traditional television industry. In 2012--2013, cord--cutting, or the process of canceling a cable TV or satellite subscription and watching television over the Internet, began to accelerate. Today, mobile television is becoming even more disruptive as the average mobile user reaches for his or her mobile phone 150 times a day. By June 2017, more than 180 million mobile apps had already been downloaded. (source: Apple 2016.)

We believe mobile delivery has a growing appeal to advertisers and subscribers. MobileAs brands continue to shift budgets to mobile advertising, revenue is expectedthey must reassess their approach to growcustomer acquisition to $40 billion this year (source research firm BIA/Kelsey). In July 2013, Americans viewed 19.6 billion video ads and reached 55.4%ensure they continue to reach potential customers effectively. 

57

Table of Contents

Digital ad spend grew 12% in 2020 despite hit from pandemic.  Source CNBC/IAB

The Interactive Advertising Bureau (IAB) said the top 10 companies held a 78.1% share of the total U.S. population. Mobilerevenues in 2020, with overall revenues of that group alone exceeding $109 billion. The top 10 companies accounted for a 75.9% share of revenues in 2018, rising to 76.6% in 2019. The IAB said companies ranked 11th to 25th account for just 6.2% of revenues, while smaller companies make up 15.7%. The IAB stated that spending during the third and fourth quarters of 2020 was up by 11.7% and 28.7% year-over-year, respectively.

Social media ad revenues reached $41.5 billion in 2020, the report said, making up nearly 30% of all internet ad revenue. Digital video ad-spend is projected to exceed $6 billion by the end of 2017, meaning 2017 will be a prime moment for mobile marketing to capturesaw 20.6% year-over-year growth, increasing its share of resulting media allocations. Pre--roll ads (short commercials that proceed a video) are consideredtotal internet ad revenue by 1.3% to be 2.5 times more effective than banner ads. And, for brand recall, video advertising has a 3.5 times higher recall pattern than banner advertising across all devices.reach 18.7%. Programmatic ad revenue also increased by 24.9% to reach $14.2 billion in 2020.

tptw_s1img7.jpg

Content Mining Plan

Once our planned SaaS media applications, smart phones and tablets are launched into the domestic and international markets, content analytics or marketing data will be gathered from these devices. The data generated from these applications and devices will give us an advantage insight into our subscribers viewing and buying habits. Once data has been scrubbed of personally identifying information, we plan to be able to create original or lease content from broadcast partners to service what our analytics are telling us to produce (or license), with the intent on moving us closer towards predictive analytics. Predictive analytics is being able to predict what our customer likes based on their viewing habits and then produce that content targeted to our subscriber and then “push” that new (or licensed) content to them.

 

Our Viewme Live Technology Plan

We offer VML technology for which we plan to expand marketing. We believe SaaS Viewme Live (VML) could become a leading Digital Media Mobile TV technology platform in the business-to-business and business-to-consumer markets. Our proprietary software platform can reach a worldwide audience of approximately one billion mobile viewers. VML addresses global mobile distribution of LIVE and Video on Demand (“VOD”) content as a white label Software as a Service (“SaaS”).

VML OTT live streaming technology is similar to what you see with satellite TV such as Dish Network and DirecTV, as well as cable companies. Almost all currently existing live streaming cannot do live broadcast streaming at this level and usually has anywhere from 1 minute to 10 minute delays or continuous buffering, never loading the video. With VML, there is the ability to have “worldwide” access for a live streaming event equal to standard television broadcasting with tens of millions of simultaneous users. We believe that VML is the first technology to be able to achieve this level of live streaming. In emerging countries that do not have fiber, cable and satellite TV, access to VML is simple and cost effective, as long as there is a cellular connection on a 3G network or higher (regardless of provider)[1]. VML aims to provide uninterrupted live streaming on mobile devices without buffering, crashes, pixilation, or audio and video syncing issues. One practical application of this technology is that a viewer can move from a Wi--Fi connection to a 3G connection without interruption. VML has a unique user interface with multi--channel access and built-in social media, and we believe it is unlike anything currently on the market. VML also has the capability to do a Live Linear Broadcast with VOD.VML’s technology has the potential to reduce web content pirating since high quality TV broadcast is now easily accessed worldwide on mobile devices.

[1] Subject to the laws and regulations of each country.

42 
Table of Contents

Currently, we believe we are the only company that does all the above in the industry and we believe VML has the potential to expand our technologies and applications even further.

The hottest technology in the over the top (“OTT”) market and the biggest challenge in the OTT market is “Live Linear Channel Broadcasting” and “Live Event Broadcasting” to equal standard television broadcasting on cable and satellite TV. This type of technology is superior to video on demand (VOD) streaming technology in both acquisition and delivery. The growth of OTT video delivery has been significant. In the past year alone, OTT has grown to $35 billion in global revenue, with $17 billion coming from emerging markets source Digital TV Research. Viewme Live (“VML”) has many technology advantages including: Artificial Intelligence (“AI”); the ability to simultaneously access millions of users simultaneously with virtually no latency equivalent to standard television broadcasting; global distribution (without interruption) on cellular and Wi--Fi; and a fully interactive menu user interface and worldwide advertising brokers in place.

VML’s content delivery network (“CDN”) can potentially reach tens of millions of mobile devices (tablets and smartphones) and has the potential to scale to one billion video streams globally. It loads content within seconds, not only for Wi-Fi, but also more importantly, on cellular networks that are 3G and higher. VML’s core technology is fully developed and is able to support clients on a turnkey native mobile app in less than 60 days. We have already achieved major milestones as the world’s largest private conduit build out for global deployment of LIVE and VOD streaming content. Our OTT live streaming technology is unique and proprietary. Here are some highlights on how VML can help from telecommunication companies to TV station broadcasters to digital film libraries.

VML has the ability to create a “Master Network Mobile App” that can allow for a multiple channel build out, each with its own unique Pay Per View charge (optional). This means a company can have a live event channel per country with a different price per user based on the economics of that country. VML has unlimited channel build out (e.g. a company could have 50 channels or 1000 channels). Any telecommunications company can have professional looking displays and user interfaces for mobile with VML, similar to what the large telecommunications companies provide. A Master Network App also allows a network to expand into other categories by country (e.g. additional sports categories for various sports by country). Expansion can focus on audience aggregation for sports and other forms of entertainment categories. Pay-Per View is an option for these expanded categories as well. We have built-in worldwide ad brokers for pre---roll commercial ads so that revenue can be generated as soon as possible. There is also potential to upsell to existing advertisers and sponsors and it can be brand specific by country.

Our differentiation from webstreamingweb streaming

 

We are not a website basedwebsite-based video streaming technology. VMLVuMe is strictly a native mobile app focused on video streaming technology for mobile platforms. We are not a dashboard baseddashboard-based video content company where users upload content; we are a complete turnkey SaaS application. A survey released in May 2015, sponsored by Level 3 Communications, stated, “Offering both VOD and Live Linear channels will be critical for OTT providers to entice new prospects and gain market share. This trend is a critical one. For existing OTT providers, offering a VOD service may not be enough to maintain, much less grow, market share.” The trend towards adding live linear channel content has the potential to become “table stakes” in the OTT game over the next several years, with both breaking news and live sports content leading the way in terms of interest for OTT service providers adding live linear channels.

 

58

Table of Contents

SaaS White Label

 

We plan to white label our suite of SaaS technologies for yearly licensing and monthly maintenance fees. The prospective user base for the SaaS White Label Suite is extensive as there are more than 200,000 TV broadcasters worldwide alone, and many of them are seeking to migrate to the vast mobile video streaming market space. The sizeable population of potential SaaS clients includes standard television broadcasters in every country, direct marketing companies, low-powered antenna broadcasters (such as universities and churches), IPTV broadcasters, and large content (film and TV) providers that are seeking to further monetize their properties for worldwide syndication.

 

The SaaS suite includes full app development on Apple iOS, Google Android and Roku connected boxes, user interface (menu system), advertising broker network for pre---roll commercial ads (from date of launch), 24/7 LIVE monitoring of inbound and outbound signals, data analytics, seamless updating to all platforms, Amazon web service (AWS) blade servers, and coverage up to the first 20 million streams. The white label product is offered to stand--alone.stand-alone.

 

43 
Table of Contents

User Interface

In a preprogrammed live linear broadcast application, viewers have free access via aplaylistby category and playlist by category and have the ability to“catch--upwithwhat theymayhavemissed “catch--up” with what they may have missed in the LIVEbroadcast, regardlessofthe LIVE broadcast, regardless of itsoriginal airdate.The video-on-demand (VOD) original airdate. The video-on-demand (VOD) feature provides the opportunity to access additional viewers andmonetizeadditional viewers and monetize past content. After several years in development, we believe that VMLVuMe has a significantfirst to marketadvantage and that no other companies currently have a comparable commercialized offering.

 

VML has also been developed and customized for the mobile streaming technology of Viki, a Korean Pop TV content provider. Ten months post--launch, Viki reached 50 million installed apps for mobile devices and attracted 22 million users in approximately 200 countries. This rapid scalability was one factor in Viki’s acquisition by Rakuten for $200 million.

tptw_s1img8.jpg

 

Our Plan for Strategic Partnering with Telecommunication & Media Companies

 

Currently in the world, viewers usually need to have a contract with a cable provider (e.g. AT&T, Cox, Xfinity, Spectrum, or Cablevision in the U.S.) or satellite TV provider (e.g. DirecTV andDISHNetwork DISH Network in the U.S.) andbeand be in rangeofrange of a residentialorbusinessWi-Firesidential or business Wi-Fi tobe able be able towatchover the top (OTT) watch over the top (OTT) content on a connected TV device, website or mobile access. VMLVuMe is capable of offering a nearly unlimited number of channels to mobile users virtually anywhere and everywhere, with global reach, far exceeding two U.S. satellite companies (DirecTV and DISH Network), which have 500+ channels each and are only available in the U.S.

 

We believe VMLVuMe will immediately appeal to any channel that is currently on DirecTV and DISH Network for global mobile linear broadcast participation, simply because these platforms are only available in the U.S. market.

 

VMLVuMe canprovide low--powered provide low-powered TV stations(afterfoundstations (often found in churches anduniversities)churches and universities), alongwithhigh--poweredalong with high--powered stations, the ability to reach the entire global market. Other potential users are owners of libraries of digitized content, and LIVE event venues such as music concerts, sporting events, festivals, beauty pageants, summer and winter Olympic Games, award shows, red carpet events, trade shows and conventions. Enthusiasts can produce their own show in any area and could launch their own channels for travel, food, spirits, sports, outdoor recreation, retro TV shows, children, cartoons, comedy, drama, reality, education, automobiles, health, corporations, shopping, soap opera, game shows, dating, religion, etc., providing extensive possibilities for media expansion. Content providers will not be limited by the major TV networks and film studios for distribution rights.

 

59

Table of Contents

We have targeted Telecommunication and Media Company Opportunities to offer:

·

Turn key mobile app for telecommunication and media companies for immediate distribution of TV broadcasts on terrestrial, cable and satellite for free or as subscription.

·

Turn key mobile app forfree or pay per viewlive events.

·

Turn key mobile app for digital libraries of content providers.

·

Reseller program with territorial rights.

·

Worldwide analytics on mobile TV content provided to help with target marketing for products and services.

·

Transitions to the automotive industry car play systems.

·

Option to pre---loadMasterNetworkAppon telecommunication company’smobile devices suchpre---load Master Network App on telecommunication company’s mobile devices such as smartsmart phones and tablets.

44 
Table of Contents

·

Pre-load the

Pre-load the SaaSwhite label clientson telecommunication companymobiledevices. white label clients on telecommunication company mobile devices.

 

Geo Fencing Available (The ability to offer broadcast territories by region or regional Networks)

Our Plan to Act as a Reseller with Territorial Rights

·

Value Added Reseller (VAR) to telecommunication and media companies.

·

Exclusive rights for a country or region for reselling the white label opportunity.

·

Offer to Telecommunication and media companies OTT digital content as a channel or network.

·

Offer 1 to 1000 channels by territory.

·

Approach emerging markets as capital resources permit.

 

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus immediately following this the summary.

 

Our Corporate Information

 

We are a Florida corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 501 W. Broadway, Suite 800, San Diego, CA 92101, and our telephone number is (619) 400-4996. Our website address is http://www.tptglobaltech.com. Information on or accessed through our website is not incorporated into this prospectus and is not a part of this prospectus.

 

45 
Table of Contents

Our Capital Budget for the next 12 months

CYBER RISKS

 

Like other large telecommunications companies, we are a constant target of cyber-attacks of varying degrees, which has caused us to spend increasingly more time and money to deal with increasingly sophisticated attacks. Some of the attacks may result in security breaches, and we periodically notify our customers, our employees or the public of these breaches when necessary or appropriate. None of these resulting security breaches to date have materially adversely affected our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We rely on several other communications companies to provide services or products for our offerings. We may lease a significant portion of our core fiber network from our competitors and other third parties. Many of these leases will lapse in future years. Our future ability to provide services on the terms of our current offerings will depend in part upon our ability to renew or replace these leases, agreements and arrangements on terms substantially similar to those currently in effect.

 

For additional information regarding our systems, network, cyber risks, capital expenditure requirements and reliance upon third parties, see "Risk Factors."

 

46 
Table of Contents

COMPETITION, COMPETITORS, REGULATION AND TAXATION

 

CompetitionIn the competitive landscape faced by VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology, the interplay of competition, competitors, regulation, and taxation creates a dynamic and challenging environment. The market is characterized by intense competition from a spectrum of players, including established technology giants and agile startups. These competitors offer a range of products and services, such as advanced mobile devices and integrated digital applications, that directly compete with VuMe's offerings. The varied nature of these competitors necessitates that VuMe continuously innovate in its products, marketing strategies, and customer service to maintain its competitive edge.

60

Table of Contents

VuMe, however, is competitively positioned to capture market share from its competitors due to several key factors. First, VuMe Super App offers an integrated, all-in-one solution that effectively combines communication, entertainment, and productivity features. This multifunctionality differentiates it in a market where most apps focus on single functionalities. Additionally, VuMe Mobile is designed with cutting-edge technology and premium features that appeal to tech-savvy consumers looking for high-quality and high-performance devices. The incorporation of GSM eSIM technology positions VuMe as a leader in innovative connectivity solutions, catering to the needs of global travelers and tech enthusiasts who value convenience and security.

 

Regulation and compliance are critical in the technology sector, especially concerning data privacy, security, and consumer protection. VuMe's commitment to adhering to regional and international regulations bolsters its reputation as a trustworthy and reliable brand. This adherence to regulatory standards not only ensures legal compliance but also builds customer trust, which is crucial in capturing market share.

In terms of taxation, VuMe's strategic financial planning and understanding of complex tax structures across different regions contribute to its competitive positioning. Efficient management of taxation requirements ensures financial stability and allows VuMe to offer competitive pricing, further enhancing its market appeal.

In summary, while the competitive landscape presents numerous challenges, VuMe is well-positioned to gain market share from its competitors. Its unique product offerings, commitment to innovation, adherence to regulatory standards, and strategic financial management place it at a competitive advantage. By leveraging these strengths, VuMe is poised to become a formidable player in the technology sector, differentiating itself in a market crowded with diverse competitors.

Competition

In summary, the competitive landscape facing VuMe Super App, VuMe Mobile, and GSM eSIM technology is both diverse and dynamic, marked by the presence of a wide array of competitors ranging from established tech giants to emerging startups. These competitors offer similar products and services, creating a highly competitive environment. A key characteristic of this landscape is the rapid pace of technological advancements, which necessitates continuous innovation and adaptation to stay ahead. Established brands benefit from significant market penetration and strong brand loyalty, presenting a challenge for newer entrants like VuMe to build recognition and trust. Pricing strategies vary significantly across competitors, with some focusing on premium offerings while others target cost-conscious consumers with more affordable options. Global reach and the ability to effectively localize products to meet regional preferences are crucial in achieving international market success. Furthermore, offering exceptional customer experiences and responsive service is a major differentiator in this space. Lastly, adherence to data privacy and security regulations is critically important in gaining consumer trust. VuMe's approach in this competitive scenario involves capitalizing on its unique integrations and features, such as the all-encompassing VuMe Super App, the advanced functionalities of VuMe Mobile, and the innovative aspects of GSM eSIM technology. A focus on building strong brand recognition, delivering customer-centric solutions, and maintaining a cutting-edge technological edge are central to VuMe's strategy to establish itself as a formidable player in the competitive technology market.

General

 

We compete in a rapidly evolving and highly competitive market, and we expect intense competition to continue. In addition to competition from larger national telecommunications providers, we are facing increasing competition from several other sources, including cable and satellite companies, wireless providers, technology companies, cloud companies, broadband providers, device providers, resellers, sales agents and facilities-based providers using their own networks as well as those leasing parts of our network. Technological advances and regulatory and legislative changes have increased opportunities for a wide range of alternative communications service providers, which in turn have increased competitive pressures on our business. These alternate providers often face fewer regulations and have lower cost structures than we do. In addition, the communications industry has, in recent years, experienced substantial consolidation, and some of our competitors in one or more lines of our business are generally larger, have stronger brand names, have more financial and business resources and have broader service offerings than we currently do.

 

Wireless telephone services are a significant source of competition with our legacy carrier services. It is increasingly common for customers to completely forego use of traditional wireline phone service and instead rely solely on wireless service for voice services. We anticipate this trend will continue, particularly as our older customers are replaced over time with younger customers who are less accustomed to using traditional wireline voice services. Technological and regulatory developments in wireless services, Wi-Fi, and other wired and wireless technologies have contributed to the development of alternatives to traditional landline voice services. Moreover, the growing prevalence of electronic mail, text messaging, social networking and similar digital non-voice communications services continues to reduce the demand for traditional landline voice services. These factors have led to a long-term systemic decline in the number of our wireline voice service customers.

 

61

Table of Contents

The Telecommunications Act of 1996, which obligates carriers to permit competitors to interconnect their facilities to the carrier's network and to take various other steps that are designed to promote competition, imposes several duties on a carrier if it receives a specific request from another entity which seeks to connect with or provide services using the carrier's network. In addition, each carrier is obligated to (i) negotiate interconnection agreements in good faith, (ii) provide nondiscriminatory "unbundled" access to all aspects of the carrier's network, (iii) offer resale of its telecommunications services at wholesale rates and (iv) permit competitors, on terms and conditions (including rates) that are just, reasonable and nondiscriminatory, to colocatecollocate their physical plant on the carrier's property, or provide virtual colocation if physical colocation is not practicable. Current FCC rules require carriers to lease a network element only in those situations where competing carriers genuinely would be impaired without access to such network elements, and where the unbundling would not interfere with the development of facilities-based competition.

 

As a result of these regulatory, consumer and technological developments, carriers also face competition from competitive local exchange carriers, or CLECs, particularly in densely populated areas. CLECs provide competing services through reselling a carrier’s local services, through use of a carrier's unbundled network elements or through their own facilities.

 

Technological developments have led to the development of new products and services that have reduced the demand for our traditional services, as noted above, or that compete with traditional carrier services. Technological improvements have enabled cable television companies to provide traditional circuit-switched telephone service over their cable networks, and several national cable companies have aggressively marketed these services. Similarly, companies providing VoIP services provide voice communication services over the Internet which compete with our traditional telephone service and our own VoIP services. In addition, demand for our broadband services could be adversely affected by advanced wireless data transmission technologies being deployed by wireless providers and by certain technologies permitting cable companies and other competitors to deliver faster average broadband transmission speeds than ours.

 

Similar to us, many cable, technology or other communications companies that previously offered a limited range of services are now offering diversified bundles of services, either through their own networks, reselling arrangements or joint ventures. As such, a growing number of companies are competing to serve the communications needs of the same customer base.  Such activities will continue to place downward pressure on the demand for and pricing of our services.

 

As customers increasingly demand high-speed connections for entertainment, communications and productivity, we expect the demands on our network will continue to increase over the next several years. To succeed, we must continue to invest in our networks or engage partners to ensure that they can deliver competitive services that meet these increasing bandwidth and speed requirements. In addition, network reliability and security are increasingly important competitive factors in our business.

47 
Table of Contents

 

Additional information about competitive pressures is located under the heading “Risk Factors.”

 

Competitors

 

In connection with providing strategic services to our business customers, which includes our small, medium and enterprise business, wholesale and governmental customers, we compete against other telecommunication providers, as well as other regional and national carriers, other data transport providers, cable companies, CLECs and other enterprises, some of whom are substantially larger than us. Competition is based on price, bandwidth, quality and speed of service, promotions and bundled offerings. In providing broadband services, we compete primarily with cable companies, wireless providers, technology companies and other broadband service providers. We face competition in Ethernet based services in the wholesale market from cable companies and fiber basedfiber-based providers.  In regards to our medical division, we compete with other medical testing facilities and other companies developing SaaS technologies to test and monitor medical testing activities.

 

Our competitors for providing integrated data, broadband, voice services and other data and SaaS services to our business customers range from small to mid-sized businesses. Due to the size of some of these companies, our competitors may be able to offer more inexpensive solutions to our customers. To compete, we focus on providing sophisticated, secure and performance-driven services to our business customers through our infrastructure.

 

The number of companies providing business services has grown and increased competition for these services, particularly with respect to smaller business customers. Many of our competitors for strategic services are not subject to the same regulatory requirements as we are and therefore, they are able to avoid significant regulatory costs and obligations.

 

62

Table of Contents

Government Regulation

 

Government regulations in the technology sector play a crucial role in shaping the operational landscape for companies like VuMe. These regulations typically focus on ensuring data privacy, securing consumer rights, managing competition, and upholding cybersecurity standards. Data protection laws, such as the GDPR in the European Union and various national laws in other countries, require companies to handle consumer data with utmost care, providing transparency about its use and granting users control over their personal information. This necessitates robust data management systems and regular compliance checks for companies operating internationally. Additionally, consumer protection regulations mandate that technology products meet certain safety and performance standards, often requiring rigorous testing and quality assurance processes. Antitrust laws are also significant, designed to prevent monopolistic practices and ensure fair competition in the market. These laws can affect company strategies, particularly regarding mergers, acquisitions, and market entry. Cybersecurity regulations are increasingly important, as companies are required to implement strong security measures to protect against data breaches and cyber threats. These regulations often evolve rapidly, responding to new technological developments and emerging security challenges. For companies like VuMe, navigating these government regulations is essential not only for legal compliance but also for maintaining consumer trust and a strong market reputation. Regular updates to compliance strategies and proactive engagement with regulatory developments are critical in this constantly changing regulatory landscape.

Overview

 

As discussed further below, our operations are subject to significant local, state, federal and foreign laws and regulations.

 

We are subject to the significant regulations by the FCC, which regulates interstate communications, and state utility commissions, which regulate intrastate communications. These agencies (i) issue rules to protect consumers and promote competition, (ii) set the rates that telecommunication companies charge each other for exchanging traffic, and (iii) have traditionally developed and administered support programs designed to subsidize the provision of services to high-cost rural areas. In most states, local voice service, switched and special access services and interconnection services are subject to price regulation, although the extent of regulation varies by type of service and geographic region. In addition, we are required to maintain licenses with the FCC and with state utility commissions. Laws and regulations in many states restrict the manner in which a licensed entity can interact with affiliates, transfer assets, issue debt and engage in other business activities. Many acquisitions and divestitures may require approval by the FCC and some state commissions. These agencies typically have the authority to withhold their approval, or to request or impose substantial conditions upon the transacting parties in connection with granting their approvals.

 

The following description discusses some of the major industry regulations that may affect our traditional operations, but numerous other regulations not discussed below could also impact us. Some legislation and regulations are currently the subject of judicial, legislative and administrative proceedings which could substantially change the manner in which the telecommunications industry operates and the amount of revenues we receive for our services.

Neither the outcome of these proceedings, nor their potential impact on us, can be predicted at this time. For additional information, see "Risk Factors."

 

The laws and regulations governing our affairs are quite complex and occasionally in conflict with each other. From time to time, we are fined for failing to meet applicable regulations or service requirements.

 

Federal Regulation

 

Federal regulation in the technology sector is an essential aspect that companies like VuMe must navigate meticulously. These regulations are primarily aimed at ensuring consumer protection, data privacy, cybersecurity, and fair competition. In the United States, federal bodies such as the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) play key roles in enforcing these regulations. The FCC oversees telecommunications, managing spectrum allocation and setting standards for communication devices, which is particularly relevant for companies dealing with mobile technologies and wireless communication. The FTC focuses on protecting consumer rights and preventing deceptive business practices, which includes overseeing advertising, marketing, and data privacy practices. Additionally, regulations like the Children's Online Privacy Protection Act (COPPA) and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) impose specific requirements on companies handling children's data and health-related information, respectively. Cybersecurity is another critical area, with federal mandates requiring robust security measures to protect against data breaches and cyber threats, a concern that is increasingly paramount in the tech industry. Compliance with these federal regulations is not just a legal necessity but also crucial for maintaining consumer trust and a solid market reputation. Companies like VuMe must continuously monitor and adapt to these regulatory changes, incorporating them into their business operations and strategies to ensure compliance and protect their customer base.

63

Table of Contents

General

 

We are required to comply with the Communications Act of 1934. Among other things, this law requires our local exchange carriers to offer various of our legacy services at just and reasonable rates and on non-discriminatory terms. The Telecommunications Act of 1996 materially amended the Communications Act of 1934, primarily to promote competition.

 

The FCC regulates interstate services we provide, including the special access charges we bill for wholesale network transmission and the interstate access charges that we bill to long-distance companies and other communications companies in connection with the origination and termination of interstate phone calls. Additionally, the FCC regulates a number of aspects of our business related to

48 
Table of Contents

privacy, homeland security and network infrastructure, including our access to and use of local telephone numbers and our provision of emergency 911 services. The FCC has responsibility for maintaining and administering support programs designed to expand nationwide access to communications services (which are described further below), as well as other programs supporting service to low-income households, schools and libraries, and rural health care providers. Changes in the composition of the five members of the FCC or its Chairman can have significant impacts on the regulation of our business.

 

In recent years, our operations and those of other telecommunications carriers have been further impacted by legislation and regulation imposing additional obligations on us, particularly with regards to providing voice and broadband service, bolstering homeland security, increasing disaster recovery requirements, minimizing environmental impacts and enhancing privacy. These laws include the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, and laws governing local telephone number portability and customer proprietary network information requirements. In addition, the FCC has heightened its focus on the reliability of emergency 911 services. The FCC has imposed fines on us and other companies for 911 outages and has adopted new compliance requirements for providing 911 service. We are incurring capital and operating expenses designed to comply with the FCC's new requirements and minimize future outages. All of these laws and regulations may cause us to incur additional costs and could impact our ability to compete effectively against companies not subject to the same regulations.

 

Over the past several years, the FCC has taken various actions and initiated certain proceedings designed to comprehensively evaluate the proper regulation of the provisions of data services to businesses. As part of its evaluation, the FCC has reviewed the rates, terms and conditions under which these services are provided. The FCC's proceedings remain pending, and their ultimate impact on us is currently unknown.

 

Intercarrier Compensation and Universal ServiceWe are also regulated for our medical services activities. See discussion below.

 

For decades,Telephony Services

We operate traditional telecommunications services in our Arizona subsidiary, and those services are largely governed under rules established for CLECs under the Communications Act. The Communications Act entitles our CLEC subsidiary to certain rights, but as telecommunications carriers, it also subjects them to regulation by the FCC and the states. Their designation as telecommunications carriers also results in other regulations that may affect them and the services they offer.

Interconnection and Intercarrier Compensation 

The Communications Act requires telecommunications carriers to interconnect directly or indirectly with other telecommunications carriers. Under the FCC's intercarrier compensation rules, we are entitled, in some cases, to compensation from carriers when they use our network to terminate or originate calls and in other cases are required to compensate another carrier for using its network to originate or terminate traffic. The FCC and state regulatory commissions, including those in the states in which we operate, have adopted limits on the amounts of compensation that may be charged for certain types of traffic. As noted above, the FCC has regularly considered variousdetermined that intercarrier compensation reforms, generallyfor all terminating traffic will be phased down over several years to a "bill-and-keep" regime, with a goal to create a uniform mechanism to be used by the entire telecommunications industry for paymentsno compensation between carriers for most terminating traffic by 2018 and is considering further reform that could reduce or eliminate compensation for originating terminating, or carrying telecommunications traffic.traffic as well.

Universal Service

Our CLEC subsidiary is required to contribute to the Universal Service Fund (“USF”). The amount of universal service contribution required of us is based on a percentage of revenues earned from interstate and international services provided to end users. We allocate our end user revenues and remit payments to the universal service fund in accordance with FCC rules. The FCC has also traditionally administered support programs designedruled that states may impose state universal service fees on CLEC telecommunications services.

64

Table of Contents

State Regulation

Our CLEC subsidiary telecommunications services are subject to promoteregulation by state commissions in each state where we provide services. In order to provide our services, we must seek approval from the deployment of voice and broadbandstate regulatory commission or be registered to provide services in high-cost rural areaseach state where we operate and may at times require local approval to construct facilities. Regulatory obligations vary from state to state and include some or all of the country.following requirements: filing tariffs (rates, terms and conditions); filing operational, financial, and customer service reports; seeking approval to transfer the assets or capital stock of the broadband communications company; seeking approval to issue stocks, bonds and other forms of indebtedness of the broadband communications company; reporting customer service and quality of service requirements; outage reporting; making contributions to state universal service support programs; paying regulatory and state Telecommunications Relay Service and E911 fees; geographic build-out; and other matters relating to competition.

 

Other Regulations 

Our CLEC subsidiary telecommunications services are subject to other FCC requirements, including protecting the use and disclosure of customer proprietary network information; meeting certain notice requirements in the event of service termination; compliance with disabilities access requirements; compliance with CALEA standards; outage reporting; and the payment of fees to fund local number portability administration and the North American Numbering Plan. As noted above, the FCC and states are examining whether new requirements are necessary to improve the resiliency of communications networks. Communications with our customers are also subject to FCC, FTC and state regulations on telemarketing and the sending of unsolicited commercial e-mail and fax messages, as well as additional privacy and data security requirements.

Broadband

Regulatory Classification.    Broadband Internet access services were traditionally classified by the FCC as "information services" for regulatory purposes, a type of service that is subject to a lesser degree of regulation than "telecommunications services." In October 2011,2015, the FCC reversed this determination and classified broadband Internet access services as "telecommunications services." This reclassification has subjected our broadband Internet access service to greater regulation, although the FCC did not apply all telecommunications service obligations to broadband Internet access service. The 2015 Order could have a material adverse impact on our business as it may justify additional FCC regulation or support efforts by States to justify additional regulation of broadband Internet access services. In December 2017, the FCC adopted an order that in large part reverses the Connect America2015 Order and Intercarrier Compensation Reform orderreestablishes the "information service" classification for broadband Internet access service. The 2017 Order has not yet gone into effect, however, and the 2015 Order will remain binding until the 2017 Order takes effect. The 2017 Order is expected to be subject to legal challenge that may delay its effect or overturn it.

Net Neutrality, and Current Status. The 2015 Order also established a new "Open Internet" framework that expanded disclosure requirements on Internet service providers ("ISPs") such as cable companies, prohibited blocking, throttling, and paid prioritization of Internet traffic on the 2011 order"basis of the content, and imposed a "general conduct standard" that prohibits unreasonable interference with the ability of end users and edge providers to reach each other. The FCC's 2017 Order eliminates these rules except for certain disclosure requirements (see the official release summary from the FCC below). Additionally, Congress and some states are considering legislation that may codify "network neutrality" rules.

The Federal Communications Commission has made the following official release about the Restoring Internet Freedom Order:

"The FCC's Restoring Internet Freedom Order, which took effect on June 11, (2018) provides a framework for protecting an open Internet while paving the way for better, faster and cheaper Internet access for consumers. It replaces unnecessary, heavy-handed regulations that were developed way back in 1934 with strong consumer protections, increased transparency, and common-sense rules that will promote investment and broadband deployment. The FCC's framework for protecting Internet freedom has the following key parts:

1. Consumer Protection 

The Federal Trade Commission will police and take action against Internet service providers for anticompetitive acts or unfair and deceptive practices. The FTC is the nation's premier consumer protection agency, and until the FCC stripped it of jurisdiction over Internet service providers in 2015, the FTC protected consumers consistently across the Internet economy.

65

Table of Contents

2. Transparency

A critical part of Internet openness involves Internet service providers being transparent about their business practices. That's why the FCC has imposed enhanced transparency requirements. Internet service providers must publicly disclose information regarding their network management practices, performance, and commercial terms of service. These disclosures must be made via a publicly available, easily accessible company website or through the FCC's website. This will discourage harmful practices and help regulators target any problematic conduct. These disclosures also support innovation, investment, and competition by ensuring that entrepreneurs and other small businesses have the technical information necessary to create and maintain online content, applications, services, and devices.

Internet Service Providers must clearly disclose their network management practices on their own web sites or with the FCC. For more information about these disclosures, you can visit https://www.fcc.gov/isp- disclosures.

Removes Unnecessary Regulations to Promote Broadband Investment

The Internet wasn't broken in 2015, when the previous FCC imposed 1930s-era regulations (known as "Title II") on Internet service providers. And ironically, these regulations made things worse by limiting investment in high-speed networks and slowing broadband deployment. Under Title II, broadband network investment dropped more than 5.6% -- the first time a decline has happened outside of a recession. The effect was particularly serious for smaller Internet service providers (fixed wireless companies, small-town cable operators, municipal broadband providers, electric cooperatives, and others) that don't have the resources or lawyers to navigate a thicket of complex rules...."

The items listed in this internet Order are for carriers such as Century Link, which is our contract internet provider, and we are in compliance with the areas that we are responsible for which are few. We generate the last mile of internet service, but we are actually a reseller of Century Link services as they provide the bandwidth to us.

Access for Persons with Disabilities. The FCC's rules require us to ensure that persons with disabilities have access to "advanced communications services" ("ACS"), intendedsuch as electronic messaging and interoperable video conferencing. They also require that certain pay television programming delivered via Internet Protocol include closed captioning and require entities distributing such programming to end users to pass through such captions and identify programming that should be captioned.

Other Regulation. The 2015 Order also subjected broadband providers' Internet traffic exchange rates and practices to potential FCC oversight and created a mechanism for third parties to file complaints regarding these matters. In addition, our provision of Internet services also subjects us to the limitations on use and disclosure of user communications and records contained in the Electronic Communications Privacy Act of 1986. Broadband Internet access service is also subject to other federal and state privacy laws applicable to electronic communications.

Additionally, providers of broadband Internet access services must comply with CALEA, which requires providers to make their services and facilities accessible for law enforcement intercept requests. Various other federal and state laws apply to providers of services that are accessible through broadband Internet access service, including copyright laws, telemarketing laws, prohibitions on obscenity, and a ban on unsolicited commercial e-mail, and privacy and data security laws. Online content we provide is also subject to some of these laws.

Other forms of regulation of broadband Internet access service currently being considered by the FCC, Congress or state legislatures include consumer protection requirements, cyber security requirements, consumer service standards, requirements to contribute to universal service programs and requirements to protect personally identifiable customer data from theft. Pending and future legislation in this area could adversely affect our operations as an Internet service provider and our relationship with our Internet customers.

Additionally, from time to time the FCC and Congress have considered whether to subject broadband Internet access services to the federal Universal Service Fund ("USF") contribution requirements. Any contribution requirements adopted for Internet access services would impose significant new costs on our broadband Internet service. At the same time, the FCC is changing the manner in which Universal Service funds are distributed. By focusing on broadband and wireless deployment, rather than traditional telephone service, the changes could assist some of our competitors in more effectively competing with our service offerings.

VoIP Services

        We provide telephony services using VoIP technology ("interconnected VoIP"). The FCC has adopted several regulations for interconnected VoIP services, as have several states, especially as it relates to core customer and safety issues such as e911, local number portability, disability access, outage reporting, universal service contributions, and regulatory reporting requirements. The FCC has not, however, formally classified interconnected VoIP services as either information services or telecommunications services. In this vacuum, some states have asserted more expansive rights to regulate interconnected VoIP services, while others have adopted laws that bar the state commission from regulating VoIP service.

66

Table of Contents

Universal Service. Interconnected VoIP services must contribute to the USF used to subsidize communication services provided to low income households, to customers in rural and high cost areas, and to schools, libraries, and rural health care providers. The amount of universal service contribution required of interconnected VoIP service providers is based on a percentage of revenues earned from interstate and international services provided to end users. We allocate our end user revenues and remit payments to the universal service fund in accordance with FCC rules. The FCC has ruled that states may impose state universal service fees on interconnected VoIP providers.

Local Number Portability. The FCC requires interconnected VoIP service providers and their "numbering partners" to ensure that their customers have the ability to port their telephone numbers when changing providers. We also contribute to federal funds to meet the shared costs of local number portability and the costs of North American Numbering Plan Administration.

Intercarrier Compensation. In an October 2011 reform order and subsequent clarifying orders, the existing regulatoryFCC revised the regime governing payments among providers of telephony services for the exchange of calls between and among different networks ("intercarrier compensation") to, recognize ongoing shifts to new technologies,among other things, explicitly include interconnected VoIP. In that Order, the FCC determined that intercarrier compensation for all terminating traffic, including VoIP andtraffic exchanged in TDM format, will be phased down over several years to re-direct universal service funding to foster nationwide broadband coverage.a "bill-and-keep" regime, with no compensation between carriers for most terminating traffic by 2018. The 2011 order providesFCC is considering further reform in this area, which could reduce or eliminate compensation for a multi-year transitionoriginating traffic as terminating intercarrier compensation charges are reduced, universal service funding is explicitly targeted to broadband deployment, and line charges paid by end user customers are increased. These changes have increased the pace of reductions in the amount of switched access revenues related to our wholesale services, while creating opportunities for increased federal USF support and retail revenue funding.well.

 

In late 2011, numerous parties filed a petition for reconsideration withOther Regulation. Interconnected VoIP service providers are required to provide enhanced 911 emergency services to their customers; protect customer proprietary network information from unauthorized disclosure to third parties; report to the FCC seeking numerous revisions to the 2011 order. Future judicial challenges to the 2011 order are also possible, which could alter or delay the FCC's proposed changes. In addition, based on the outcome of the FCC proceedings, various state commissions may consider changes to their universal service funds or intrastate access rates. Rulemaking designed to implement the order is not complete, and several FCC proceedings relating to the 2011 order remain pending. For theseoutages; comply with telemarketing regulations and other reasons, we cannot predict the ultimate impact of these proceedings at this time.

We have had no negative impact from the Connect Americaprivacy and Intercarrier Compensation Reform Order to date. We intend to continue to operate outside the parameters to which the Order applies.

Broadband Regulation

data security requirements; comply with disabilities access requirements and service discontinuance obligations; comply with call signaling requirements; and comply with CALEA standards. In FebruaryAugust 2015, the FCC adopted new regulations that regulate Internet services as a public utility under Title IIrules to improve the resiliency of the Communications Actcommunications network. Under the new rules, providers of 1934. In 2016,telephony services, including interconnected VoIP service providers, must make available eight hours of standby backup power for consumers to purchase at the point of sale. The rules also require that order was upheld by a court of appeals. We anticipateproviders inform new and current customers about service limitations during power outages and steps that these regulations and any related rules may be reviewed by Congress. In addition, the newly-constituted FCC may reconsider these regulations. At this time, we cannot estimate the impact this may have on our business.

In 2015, the FCC adopted a broadband standard of 25 megabits per second download speed and 3 megabits per second of upload speed. At this time, we are not aware of any regulatory mandates requiring usconsumers can take to deploy this target speed. The new target is simply a benchmark by which the FCC will evaluate broadband deployment progress in the future. However, the FCC could attempt to utilize this broadband speed target in future regulatory proceedings, and our failure to attain these speeds in certain markets could place us at a marketing disadvantage.

49 
Table of Contents

State Regulation

In recent years, most states have reduced their regulation of carriers. Nonetheless, state regulatory commissions generally continue to regulate local service rates, intrastate access charges, state universal service funds and in some cases service quality.

Other Regulations

We are subject to federal and state regulations of customer service standards related to Prism TV. The FCC adopted customer service standards that we must meet in all of our Prism TV markets. The FCC has largely delegated its enforcement powers to local franchise authorities, who have the ability to adopt more stringent standards. We are subject to penalties in many of our local franchise agreements if we fail to meet applicable customer service standards.

Certain of our telecommunications, colocation and hosting services conducted in foreign countries are or may become subject to various foreign laws. Some of the legal requirements governing our foreign operations are more restrictive than or conflict withaddress those governing our domestic operations, which raises our compliance costs and regulatory risks.

 

Various foreign, federal and state laws govern our storage, maintenance and use of customer data, including a wide range of consumer protection, data protection, privacy, intellectual property and similar laws. The application, interpretation and enforcement of these laws are often uncertain, and may be interpreted and applied inconsistently from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Various foreign, federal and state legislative or regulatory bodies have recently adopted increasingly restrictive laws or regulations governing the protection or retention of data, and others are contemplating similar actions.

For additional information about these matters, see “Risk Factors.”

LICENSES

Arizona CLEC license in Phoenix area. License #20090393 which expires 2023 and is renewable every seven years.

TITLE TO PROPERTIES

 

None.

 

TITLE TO PROPERTIES

None.

BACKLOG OF ORDERS

 

We currently have no backlogs of orders for sales, at this time.None.

 

GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS

 

We have no government contracts.

 

50 
Table of Contents

COMPANY SPONSORED RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

 

We are not conducting any research.

 

NUMBER OF PERSONS EMPLOYED

 

We have 37approximately 15 employees who work approximately 4520 hours per week. All officers and directors work approximately 6050 hours per weekweek. Directors work as directors.needed.

67

Table of Contents

WEBSITE

 

b. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTYOur corporate website address is www.tptglobaltech.com.

 

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTIES/ASSETS

 

(a)

Real Estate.

None.

(b)

Title to properties.

None.

(c)

Patents, Trade Names, Trademarks and Copyrights

See below.

 

Our executive offices are located in San Diego, California. We do not own any real property, but lease and office space consisting of approximately 27,0003,000 sq. ft. among all of our corporate and subsidiary locations. We believe that substantially all of our property and equipment is in good condition, subject to normal wear and tear, and that our facilities have sufficient capacity to meet the current needs of our business.

 

PATENTS, TRADE NAMES, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

 

Either directly or through our subsidiaries, we have rights in various patents, trade names, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property necessary to conduct our business. Our services often use the intellectual property of others, including licensed software. We also occasionally license our intellectual property to others as we deem appropriate. Please see Patent Assignment attached as Exhibit 99.2 to this Registration Statement.

 

We periodically receive offers from third parties to purchase or obtain licenses for patents and other intellectual property rights in exchange for royalties or other payments. We also periodically receive notices, or are named in lawsuits, alleging that our products or services infringe on patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties. In certain instances, these matters can potentially adversely impact our operations, operating results or financial position. For additional information, see “Risk Factors”.

c. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

We may be subjecthave been named in a lawsuit by EMA Financial, LLC (“EMA”) for failing to variouscomply with a Securities Purchase Agreement entered into in June 2019.   More specifically, EMA claims the Company failed to honor notices of conversion, failed to establish and legal actions arisingmaintain share reserves, failed to register EMA shares and by failed to assure that EMA shares were Rule 144 eligible within 6 months.  EMA has claimed in excess of $7,614,967 in relief.  The Company has filed a motion in response for which EMA has filed a motion to dismiss.   The Company does not believe at this time that any negative outcome would result in more than the $1,011,258 it has recorded on its balance sheet as of September 30, 2023.

68

Table of Contents

We have been named in a lawsuit by a collection law firm on behalf of Pinnacle Towers LLC and Crown Atlantic Company Inc., against TPT Global Tech, Inc. The claim derives from an outstanding debt by incurred by Copperhead Digital. The lawsuit is over unpaid rent that should have been paid by Copperhead Digital but was not paid. The Company believes it has several defenses to this claim and is in the ordinary courseprocess of businesscommunicating with opposing counsel for dismissal of the claims which amount to $386,030 plus interest, costs and attorney fees. The Company has accounted for approximately $600,000 in payables on its consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2023 for this subsidiary payable.

We have been named in a lawsuit by a collection law firm on behalf of American Tower and related entities, against TPT Global Tech, Inc. The claim derives from timean outstanding debt or unpaid tower lease payments. The Company believes it has several defenses to time. We believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters, whether individually orthis claim and is in the aggregate,process of communicating with opposing counsel for dismissal or negotiation of the claims which amounts to $2,891,886, including payment due for all future tower payments not yet incurred under various tower lease agreements. The Company has accounted for approximately $2,938,347, in payables and operating lease liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2023 for this liability. Management does not believe any negative outcome to this lawsuit would amount to more than this.

In total, lawsuits are being threatened or have been put forth by vendors in relation to tower lease payments in accordance with tower lease agreements that were entered into. The claims are currently being investigated or negotiated and the amount in controversy being claimed is approximately $3,827,169, which the Company has accounted for $4,533,770 in its consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2023.

We have been named in lawsuits by three merchant debt companies, Mr. Advance, CLOUDFUND and Fox Capital versus TPT SpeedConnect and TPT for non-payment under the debt agreements for which the companies received judgements in the case of Mr. Advance and CLOUDFUND or a filed lawsuit in case of Fox Capital against the TPT SpeedConnect and TPT. The judgements and filed lawsuit in case of Fox Capital totaled $595,105, including legal and other fees for which the Company had $619,531 recorded in Debt Financing Agreements of which $87,065 was remitted to Mr. Advance during the nine months ended September 30, 2023 leaving an accrued balance of $532,466 as of September 30, 2023. We are in negotiations with these companies to restructure payment and work out acceptable terms. Management believes it will not have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.to pay more than what it has recorded in accounts payable.

 

At this time,We have been named in a lawsuit by AHS Staffing, LLC against TPT MedTech, LLC claiming unpayment of $159,959 in billings for medical staffing services rendered by AHS Staffing, LLC on behalf of TPT MedTech. The Company believes it has defenses for a portion of the services rendered but has recorded a payable in accounts payable in the consolidated balance sheet of $120,967. Management does not believe that an unfavorable outcome will result in payment of more than is recorded in accounts payable.

The Company has been named in a lawsuit, Robert Serrett vs. Trucom,TruCom, Inc., by a former employee who was terminated by management in 2016. The employee was working under an employment agreement but was terminated for breach of the agreement. The former employee is suing for breach of contract and is seeking around $75,000 in back pay and benefits. We learned that Mr. Serrett received a default judgement in Texas on May 15, 2018 for $70,650 plus $3,500 in attorney fees and 5% interest and court costs. However, he has made no attempt that we are aware of to obtain a sister state judgment in Arizona, where TruCom resides, or to try and enforce the judgement and collect. Management believes it has good and meritorious defenses and does not belief the outcome of the lawsuit will have any material effect on the financial position of the Company.

 

AsWe are not currently involved in any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the dateexecutive officers of this filing,our company or any of our subsidiaries, threatened against or affecting our company, our common stock, any of our subsidiaries or of our companies or our subsidiaries’ officers or directors in their capacities as such, in which an adverse decision could have a material adverse effect. We anticipate that we (including current and any future subsidiaries) will from time to time become subject to claims and legal proceedings arising in the Company has collected $338,725 from one customer in excessordinary course of amounts due from that customer in accordance with the customer’s understanding of the appropriate billings activity. The customer has filed a written demand for repayment by the Company of these amounts. Management believes that the customer agreement allows thembusiness. It is not feasible to keep the amounts under dispute. Given the dispute, the Company has reflected the amounts in dispute as a customer liability on the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and does not believepredict the outcome of the disputeany such proceedings and we cannot assure that their ultimate disposition will not have a materialmaterially adverse effect on theour business, financial position of the Company.

51 
Table of Contents

d. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Market Information

Currently there is a limited public trading market for our stock on the OTC Pink Sheets under the symbol TPTG.

Rules Governing Low-price Stocks That May Affect Our Shareholders' Ability to Resell Shares of Our Common Stock

Our stock currently is traded on the OTC Pink Sheets under the symbol TPTG.

Quotations on the OTC Pink Sheets reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, markdown or commission and may not reflect actual transactions. Our common stock will be subject to certain rules adopted by the SEC that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in “penny stocks.” Penny stocks generally are securities with a price of less than $5.00, other than securities registered on certain national exchanges or quoted on the NASDAQ system, provided that the exchange or system provides current price and volume information with respect to transaction in such securities. The additional sales practice and disclosure requirements imposed upon broker-dealers are and may discourage broker-dealers from effecting transactions in our shares which could severely limit the market liquidity of the shares and impede the sale of shares in the secondary market.

The penny stock rules require broker-dealers, prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from the rules, to make a special suitability determination for the purchaser to receive the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to sale, to deliver standardized risk disclosure documents prepared by the SEC that provides information about penny stocks and the nature and level of risks in the penny stock market. The broker-dealer must also provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock. In addition, the penny stock regulations require the broker-dealer to deliver, prior to any transaction involving a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prepared by the SEC relating to the penny stock market, unless the broker-dealer or the transaction is otherwise exempt. A broker-dealer is also required to disclose commissions payable to the broker-dealer and the registered representative and current quotations for the securities. Finally, a broker-dealer is required to send monthly statements disclosing recent price information with respect to the penny stock held in a customer's account and information with respect to the limited market in penny stocks.

Holders

As of the filing of this prospectus, we have 410 shareholders of record of our common stock. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Under Rule 144, a person who has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least 6 months, is entitled to sell shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

As of the date of this prospectus, our shareholders hold 136,953,904 shares, 47,184,585 of which may be sold pursuant to this Registration Statement.

Dividends

As of the filing of this prospectus, we have not paid any dividends to shareholders. There are no restrictions which would limit our ability to pay dividends on common equity or that are likely to do so in the future. The Florida Revised Statutes, however, do prohibit us from declaring dividends where, after giving effect to the distribution of the dividend; we would not be able to pay our debts as they become due in the usual course of business; or our total assets would be less than the sum of the total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed to satisfy the rights of shareholders who have preferential rights superior to those receiving the distribution.

52 
Table of Contents

e. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following is a complete list of the financial statements filed as a part of this Report.

Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-1
Consolidated BalanceF-2-F-3
Consolidated Statement of OperationsF-4
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)F-5-F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsF-7
Notes to the Financial StatementsF-8-F-25

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of September 30, 2017

(Unaudited)

Condensed Consolidated Balance SheetsF-1-F-2
Condensed Consolidated Statements of OperationsF-3
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsF-4
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial StatementsF-5-F-14

53 

TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Financial Statements

As of

December 31, 2016 and 2015

TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Financial Statements

As of

December 31, 2016 and 2015

Table of Contents

Page

Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

F-3 - F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

F-5 - F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-8 - F-9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-10-F-27

F-1 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Management of TPT Global Tech, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TPT Global Tech, Inc. (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, andcondition, cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2016. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of TPT Global Tech, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and theor results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recorded net losses during recent years and does not have sufficient cash flows from operations to supporting working capital needs. These factors raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 3. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Salt Lake City, UT

August 25, 2017

F-2 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Assets

   
  As of December 31,
  2016                            2015
CURRENT ASSETS        
Cash and cash equivalents $93,286  $165,610 
Accounts receivable  84,856   89,906 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  190,248   7,638 
Total current assets $368,390  $263,154 
NON-CURRENT ASSETS        
        Property and equipment, net $2,989,559  $3,028,648 
        Customer base, net  1,212,041   1,019,074 
        Developed technology, net  1,382,217   538,884 
        Goodwill  70,995   70,995 
        Deposits and other assets  58,020   55,915 
Total non-current assets $5,712,832  $4,713,516 
         
TOTAL ASSETS $6,081,222  $4,976,670 

Liabilities and Stockholders' EQUITY

Current liabilities    
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $1,496,393  $1,089,515 
       Debt – third party  184,965   2,523,990 
       Debt – related party  2,981,990   —   
       Customer liability  249,350   —   
Capital leases  104,261   451,103 
Capital leases – related party  449,103   —   
Accrued interest related to capital leases  93,244   63,173 
Vehicle leases  8,250   9,924 
Deferred revenue  42,120   —   
       Total current liabilities $5,609,676  $4,137,705 
         
         
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES        
Long term portion:        
              Debt – third party $2,819  $—   
              Debt – related party, convertible  250,000   —   
      Vehicle leases  4,269   12,519 
       Total non-current liabilities  257,088   12,519 
 Total liabilities $5,866,764  $4,150,224 
         
Commitments and contingencies – See Note 8
  —     —   
F-3 

     Stockholders' eQUITY
 
Preferred stock, $.001 par value 100,000,000 shares authorized:
        
         
Convertible Preferred Series A - 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 $1,000  $1,000 
Convertible Preferred Series B - 2,588,693 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015  2,589   2,589 
Common stock, $.001 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 136,953,904 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015  136,954   136,954 
Subscriptions payable  7,500   7,500 
Additional paid-in capital  9,684,453   5,833,243 
Accumulated deficit  (9,618,038)  (5,154,839)
Total stockholders' equity  214,458   826,447 
         
Total liabilities and stockholders' Equity $6,081,222  $4,976,670 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   
  For the years ended December 31,
  2016 2015
     
Revenues:        
   Products $410,836  $795,266 
   Services  2,355,894   2,409,157 
Total Revenues $2,766,730  $3,204,423 
         
COST OF SALES:        
   Products $419,478  $773,042 
   Services  1,407,297   1,009,041 
Total Costs of Sales $1,826,775  $1,782,083 
Gross profit $939,955  $1,422,340 
 EXPENSES:        
Sales and marketing $153,004  $330,058 
Professional  2,906,928   3,851,269 
Payroll and related  447,457   481,813 
General and administrative  938,100   975,550 
Depreciation  162,988   145,396 
Amortization  688,518   494,995 
                Total expenses $5,296,995  $6,279,081 
         
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)        
Gain on settlement of accounts payable $29,235  $—   
Interest expense  (135,394)  (107,117)
                 Total other income (expenses) $(106,159) $(107,117)
         
Net loss before income taxes  (4,463,199)  (4,963,858)
Income taxes  —     —   
         
NET LOSS $(4,463,199) $(4,963,858)
         

 Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share $(0.03) $(0.04)
         
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:        
Basic and diluted  136,953,904   136,953,904 
         

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-5 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Consolidated Statements OF Stockholders' Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

  Series A Preferred Stock Series B Preferred Stock Common Stock Subscriptions 

Additional

Paid-in

 Accumulated  
  Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Payable Capital Deficit Total
Balance as of December 31, 2014  —    $—     —    $—     136,753,904  $136,754  $359,791  $(136,754) $(190,981) $168,810 
Common shares issued for cash  —     —     —     —     200,000   200   —     5,800   —     6,000 
                                         
Capital contribution by officer for subscriptions payable issued for cash  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     53,000   —     53,000 
                                         
Issuance of preferred shares from subscriptions  —     —     400,000   400   —     —     (259,200)  258,800   —     —   
Capital contribution by officer for subscription payable  —     —     —     —     —     —     (93,091)  93,091   —     —   
Preferred shares issued to officer for compensation  1,000,000   1,000   —     —     —     —     —     3,116,000   —     3,117,000 
Capital contribution by officer for executive compensation  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     220,000   —     220,000 
Preferred shares issued and capital contribution by officer for business acquisitions  —     —     1,988,693   1,989   —     —     —     1,295,848   —     1,297,837 
Preferred shares issued to employee for compensation  —     —     200,000   200   —     —     —     129,400   —     129,600 
Capital contribution by officer for conversion of debt  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     798,058   —     798,058 
                                         
Net loss  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —    $(4,963,858) $(4,963,858)
Balance as of December 31, 2015  1,000,000  $1,000   2,588,693  $2,589   136,953,904  $136,954  $7,500  $5,833,243  $(5,154,839) $826,447 
                                         

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-6 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Consolidated Statements OF Stockholders' Equity- Continued

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

  Series A Preferred Stock Series B Preferred Stock Common Stock Subscriptions 

Additional

Paid-in

 Acculated  
  Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Payable Capital Deficit Total
                     
Balance as of
December 31, 2015
  1,000,000  $1,000   2,588,693  $2,589   136,953,904  $136,954  $7,500  $5,833,243  $(5,154,839) $826,447 
                                         
Capital contribution by officer for acquisition of intangibles assets  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     600,390   —     600,390 
Capital contribution by officer for acquisition of businesses  —     —     —     —     —             438,760       438,760 
Capital contribution by officer for compensation and expenses  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     2,706,575   —     2,706,575 
Capital contribution by officer for settlement of accounts payable  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     105,485   —     105,485 
                                         
Net Loss  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —    $(4,463,199) $(4,463,199)
                                         
Balance as of
December 31, 2016
  1,000,000  $1,000   2,588,693  $2,589   136,953,904  $136,954  $7,500  $9,684,453  $(9,618,038) $214,458 
                                         

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  For the years ended December 31,
  2016 2015
 Cash flows from operating activities:        
Net loss $(4,463,199)  (4,963,858)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:        
 Depreciation  162,988   145,396 
           Amortization  688,518   494,995 
 Preferred stock issued for expenses  —     162,000 
Gain on settlement of accounts payable  (29,235)  —   
           Share based compensation  2,541,881   3,466,600 
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
           Decrease in accounts receivable  34,932   61,248 
           Increase (decrease) in prepaid expenses and other assets  3,246   (8,182)
           Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses  416,607   118,072 
           Increase in customer liability  249,350   —   
           Increase in deferred revenue  42,120   —   
              Net cash used in operating activities $(352,792)  (523,729)
         
Cash flows from investing activities:        
           Cash paid in acquisition $(22,500)  —   
           Cash received with acquisitions  36,425   41,863 
           Purchase of property and equipment  (3,337)  (10,044)
Net cash provided by investing activities $10,588   31,819 
         
Cash flows from financing activities:        
           Proceeds from capital contribution of officer  —     59,000 
           Increase in debt  287,010   615,258 
           Payments for debt  (7,206)  (13,000)
           Payments for property and equipment and vehicle leases  (9,924)  (9,859)
Net cash provided by financing activities $269,880   651,399 
         
Net increase (decrease) in cash $(72,324)  159,489 
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period $165,610   6,121 
         
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period $93,286   165,610 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-8 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows - Continued

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

  2016 2015
Cash used for:        
Interest expense $69,307  $69,735 
Taxes  —     —   
         

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activity:

  2016 2015
Equipment acquired through capital leases $110,044   —   
Capital contribution by officer for settlement of accounts payable $105,485   —   
Capital contribution by officer for services $385,000   —   
Capital contribution by officer and liabilities assumed in acquisition of Lion Phone $910,000   —   
Capital contribution by officer for net assets of Goodwin Global $40,400   —   
Capital contribution by officer and liabilities assumed in acquisition of SDM $852,009   —   
Capital contribution by officer for conversion of convertible debt $—     798,058 
Series B Preferred Stock issuance for subscription payable $—     259,200 
Capital contribution by officer for subscription payable $—     93,091 
Capital contribution by officer and Series B Preferred Stock issued and liabilities assumed for acquisition of Copperhead Digital $—     5,183,364 
Series B Preferred Stock issued for acquisition of Port2Port assets $—     143,601 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-9 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

The Company was originally incorporated in 1988 in the state of Florida. TPT Global, Inc., a Nevada corporation formed in June 2014, merged with Ally Pharma US, Inc., a Florida corporation, (“Ally Pharma”, formerly known as Gold Royalty Corporation) in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT Global, Inc. in exchange for all outstanding common stock of TPT global Inc. and Ally Pharma agreed to change its name to TPT Global Tech, Inc. (jointly referred to as “the Company” or “TPTG”).

The following acquisitions have resulted in entities or assets which have been consolidated into TPTG. In 2014 the Company acquired all the assets of K Telecom and Wireless LLC (“K Telecom”) and Global Telecom International LLC (“Global Telecom”). Effective January 31, 2015, TPTG completed its acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc. (“Copperhead Digital”) and Subsidiaries, TruCom, LLC (“TruCom”), Nevada Utilities, Inc. (“Nevada Utilities”) and CityNet Arizona, LLC (“CityNet”). In October 2015, the Company acquired the assets of Port2Port Inc. (“Port2Port”) and Digithrive Inc. (“Digithrive”). Effective September 30, 2016, the company acquired 100% ownership in San Diego Media Inc. (“SDM”). See Note 2.

We generate revenues primarily through operating as a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) in Arizona, as a distributor of cell phones and telecommunications equipment and as provider of ecommerce and cloud solutions in the western United States.

Principles of Consolidation

Our accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of K Telecom and Global Telecom, Copperhead Digital, Port2Port, Digithrive and SDM since September 30, 2016. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation (see Note 2).

Revenue Recognition

We primarily recognize revenue when the following four basic criteria have been met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the fee is fixed or determinable and (4) collection is reasonably assured.

Revenue generated from product sales, cell phones and telecommunications equipment, is recognized as revenue upon transfer of the title and risk of loss of the products to third-party customers, less a reserve for estimated product returns and other incentive arrangements including rebates.

Revenue generated from sales of telecommunications services are recognized as the transaction with the customer is considered closed and begins receiving and accepts the services that were the result of the transaction.

For products that include installation, if the installation meets the criteria to be considered a separate element, product revenue is recognized upon delivery, and installation revenue is recognized when the installation is complete. For sales that include customer-specified acceptance criteria, revenue is recognized after the acceptance criteria have been met. Certain of our products require specialized installation. Revenue for these products is deferred until installation is completed. Revenue from services is deferred and recognized over the contractual period, or as services are rendered and accepted by the customer. Some of our sales transactions qualify as multiple-element arrangements which require us to identify separate units of accounting within the arrangement and allocate the transaction consideration across these separate accounting units. For arrangements that include non-software elements, the transaction’s consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on its relative selling price. When applying the relative selling price method, the selling price of each deliverable is determined based upon the following hierarchy of evidence: vendor-specific objective evidence, which is generally based upon historical prices in stand-alone transactions; third-party evidence, which is generally based on market data on sales of similar products and services, if available; and management’s best estimate of selling price. Management’s best estimate of selling price is generally based upon the following considerations: stand-alone sales prices, established price lists, costs to produce and profit margins for similar products.

F-10 

For cloud based solutions, we use the relative fair value method to allocate transaction consideration to each unit of accounting, whereby the evidence used in the determination of fair value estimates are based solely on vendor specific objective evidence. To the extent that vendor specific objective evidence does not exist for delivered elements of the transaction, we apply the residual method.

Share-based Compensation

The Company is required to measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards (including stock options) made to employees and directors based on estimated fair value. Compensation expense for equity-classified awards is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as an expense in earnings over the requisite service period.

The Company records compensation expense related to non-employees that are awarded stock in conjunction with selling goods or services, and recognizes compensation expenses over the vesting period of such awards.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in our income tax provision in the period of enactment.

We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations, including taxable income in carryback periods. If we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce our income tax provision.

We account for uncertain tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” recognition threshold. We evaluate uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis and consider various factors, including, but not limited to, changes in tax law, the measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in tax returns, the effective settlement of matters subject to audit, new audit activity and changes in facts or circumstances related to a tax position.

During November 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17, ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes. ASU 2015-17 requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as non-current in a statement of financial position. We adopted ASU 2015-17 effective December 31, 2015.

It is our policy to record costs associated with interest and penalties related to tax in the selling, general and administrative line of the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The company considers all investments with a maturity date of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. There are no cash equivalents as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Accounts Receivable

We establish an allowance for potential uncollectible accounts receivable. All accounts receivable 60 days past due are considered uncollectible unless there are circumstances that support collectability. Those circumstances are documented. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable was zero.

 Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost or fair value if acquired as part of a business combination. Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method and is charged to operations over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Maintenance and

F-11 

repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The carrying amount of accumulated depreciation of assets sold or retired are removed from the accounts in the year of disposal and any resulting gain or loss in s included in results of operations. The estimated useful lives of property and equipment are telecommunications network - 20 years, telecommunications equipment - 7 to 10 years and computers and office equipment - 3 years.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill relates to amounts that arose in connection with our various business combinations and represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible net assets when accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to periodic review for impairment.

We test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives at the reporting unit level for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests, if events and circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Events that would indicate potential impairment and trigger an interim impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, current economic and market conditions, including a decline in market capitalization, a significant adverse change in legal factors, business climate or operational performance of the business and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.

In performing the annual goodwill impairment test, we utilize the two-step approach. The first step, or Step 1, requires a comparison of the carrying value of each reporting unit to its estimated fair value. To estimate the fair value of our reporting units for Step 1, we use a combination of the income approach, the market comparable approach and the market transaction approach. The income approach is based on a discounted cash flow analysis, or DCF approach, and calculates the fair value by estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable to a reporting unit and then discounting the after-tax cash flows to a present value, using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Assumptions used in the DCF approach require the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates and terminal values, growth rates and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. The forecasted cash flows are based on our most recent operating activities and assumed growth rates. We believe our assumptions are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the underlying businesses. The discount rates, which are intended to reflect the risks inherent in future cash flow projections, used in the DCF approach are based on estimates of the weighted-average cost of capital, or WACC, of market participants relative to each respective reporting unit. The market approaches consider comparable and transactional market data based on multiples of revenue or earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, based on trading multiples of selected guidelines companies and deal multiples of selected target companies.

If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, we are required to perform the second step, or Step 2, of the annual goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit and the estimated fair value of its assets and liabilities. To the extent this amount is below the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded to write down the carrying value to its implied value. Based on our impairment testing, we do not consider an impairment charge to goodwill necessary as of December 31, 2016.

Impairment charges related to goodwill, if any, have no impact on our cash balances.

Impairment of Other Long-lived Tangible and Intangible Assets

Our intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships and developed technology. The majority of our intangible assets were recorded in connection with our various business combinations. Our intangible assets are recorded at fair value at the time of their acquisition. We amortize intangible assets over their estimated useful lives.

The estimated useful lives of the individual categories of intangible assets were based on the nature of the applicable intangible asset and the expected future cash flows to be derived from the intangible asset. Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives is recognized over the shorter of the respective lives of the agreement or the period of time the intangible assets are expected to contribute to future cash flows. We amortize our finite-lived intangible assets based on patterns on which the respective economic benefits are expected to be realized. We amortize the majority of our intangible assets on a straight-line basis from three to nine years, as this methodology most closely approximates the pattern of economic benefits for these assets.

We evaluate long-lived tangible and intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment are present with respect to long-lived tangible and intangible assets used in operations and undiscounted future cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the assets’ carrying amount, additional analysis is performed as appropriate and the carrying value of the long-lived assets is reduced to the estimated fair value, if this is lower, and an impairment loss is charged to expense in the period the impairment is identified. Factors we generally consider important which could trigger an impairment review on the carrying value of other long-lived tangible and intangible assets include the following: (1) significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, (2) significant changes in the manner of our use of acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, (3) underutilization of our tangible assets,

F-12 

(4) discontinuance of product lines by ourselves or our customers, (5) significant negative industry or economic trends, (6) significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period, (7) significant decline in our market capitalization relative to net book value and (8) goodwill impairment identified during an impairment review.

Business Acquisitions

Our business acquisitions have historically been made at prices above the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, resulting in goodwill or some identifiable intangible. Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of intangible assets and in assigning their respective useful lives. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management, but are inherently uncertain.

We generally employ the income method to estimate the fair value of intangible assets, which is based on forecasts of the expected future cash flows attributable to the respective assets. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants, and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), the underlying product life cycles, economic barriers to entry, a brand’s relative market position and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.

Net assets acquired are recorded at their fair value and are subject to adjustment upon finalization of the fair value analysis.

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The Company computes net income (loss) per share in accordance with ASC 260, “Earning per Share””. ASC 260 requires presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on the face of thee income statement. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholder (numerator) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (denominator) during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method and convertible preferred stock using the if-converted method. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased from the exercise of stock options or warrants. Diluted EPS excludes all dilutive potential shares if their effect is anti-dilutive. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had shares that were potentially common stock equivalents as follows:

  2016 2015
Series A Preferred Stock  26,680,856   —   
Series B Preferred Stock  2,588,693   2,588,693 
Convertible Debt  250,000   —   
   29,519,549   2,588,693 

Concentration of Credit Risk, Off-Balance Sheet Risks and Other Risks and Uncertainties

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We invest our excess cash primarily in high quality securities and limit the amount of our credit exposure to any one financial institution. We do not require collateral or other securities to support customer receivables; however, we perform on-going credit evaluations of our customers and maintain allowances for potential credit losses.

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, no individual customer’s accounts receivable balance was more than 10% of our aggregate accounts receivable. During 2016 and 2015, one customer represented, at times, approximately 20 to 30% of monthly revenue. This customer terminated service with the Company during 2017.

Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our primary financial instruments at December 31, 2016 and 2015 consisted of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. We apply fair value measurement accounting to either record or disclose the value of our financial assets and liabilities in our financial statements. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs, where available, and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

Described below are the three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

F-13 

Level 2 Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Research and Development

Our research and development programs focus on telecommunications products and services. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Any payments received from external parties to fund our research and development activities reduce the recorded research and development expenses.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred advertising costs of $2,391 and $238 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results will differ, and could differ materially from those estimates.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Compensation — Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost, or ASU 2017-07. ASU 2017-07 improves the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost by requiring that an employer that offers to its employees defined benefit pension or other postretirement benefit plans report the service cost component in the same line item or items as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by the pertinent employees during the period. The other components of net benefit cost are required to be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside a subtotal of income from operations, if one is presented. ASU 2017-07 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted within the first interim period. The amendments should be applied using a retrospective transition method for the presentation of the service cost component and other components of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost in the income statement and prospectively, on and after the effective date, for the capitalization of the service cost component of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit in assets. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2017-07 on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Accounting for Goodwill Impairment, or ASU 2017-04. ASU 2017-04 removes the requirement to perform a hypothetical purchase price allocation to measure goodwill impairment. A goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. ASU 2017-04 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and should be applied prospectively with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2017-04 on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, or ASU 2017-01. ASU 2017-01 clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and should be applied prospectively with early adoption permitted under certain scenarios. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2017-01 on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606: Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASU 2016-20. ASU 2016-20 clarifies specific aspects of previously issued guidance in ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (discussed below). ASU 2016-20 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-20 on our consolidated financial statements.

F-14 

In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-19, Technical Corrections and Improvements, or ASU 2016-19. ASU 2016-19 provides simplification and minor improvements to Topics on insurance and troubled debt restructuring that result in editorial changes to the Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC. Most of the amendments in this ASU 2016-19 do not require transition guidance and are effective immediately. Early adoption is permitted for the amendments that require transition guidance. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-19 to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18,Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash,or ASU 2016-18. ASU 2016-18 requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. As a result, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-18 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The amendments should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-18 on our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16,Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory,or ASU 2016-16. ASU 2016-16 requires an entity to recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs and eliminates the exception for an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory. ASU 2016-16 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-16 on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15,Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments,or ASU 2016-15. ASU 2016-15 provides cash flow statement classification guidance for: (1) debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; (2) settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; (3) contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; (4) proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; (5) proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned life insurance policies; (6) distributions received from equity method investees; (7) beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and (8) separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-15 on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-12,Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients,or ASU 2016-12. ASU 2016-12: (1) clarifies the objective of the collectability criterion for applying Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, paragraph 606-10-25-7; (2) permits an entity to exclude amounts collected from customers for all sales (and other similar) taxes from the transaction price; (3) specifies that the measurement date for non-cash consideration is contract inception; (4) provides a practical expedient that permits an entity to reflect the aggregate effect of all modifications that occur before the beginning of the earliest period presented when identifying the satisfied and unsatisfied performance obligations, determining the transaction price, and allocating the transaction price to the satisfied and unsatisfied performance obligations; (5) clarifies that a completed contract for purposes of transition is a contract for which all (or substantially all) of the revenue was recognized under legacy GAAP before the date of initial application, and (6) clarifies that an entity that retrospectively applies the guidance in Topic 606 to each prior reporting period is not required to disclose the effect of the accounting change for the period of adoption. ASU 2016-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-12 on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10,Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing,or ASU 2016-10. ASU 2016-10 adds further guidance on identifying performance obligations and also to improve the operability and understandability of the licensing implementation guidance. ASU 2016-10 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-10 on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09,Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, or ASU 2016-09. ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions including income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-09 to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

F-15 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-07,Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting,or ASU 2016-07. ASU 2016-07 eliminates the requirement that when an investment qualifies for use of the equity method as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence, an investor must adjust the investment, results of operations, and retained earnings retroactively on a step-by-step basis as if the equity method had been in effect during all previous periods that the investment had been held. ASU 2016-07 requires that the equity method investor add the cost of acquiring the additional interest in the investee to the current basis of the investor’s previously held interest and adopt the equity method of accounting as of the date the investment becomes qualified for equity method accounting. Therefore, upon qualifying for the equity method of accounting, no retroactive adjustment of the investment is required. ASU 2016-07 also requires that an entity that has an available-for-sale equity security that becomes qualified for the equity method of accounting recognize through earnings the unrealized holding gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income at the date the investment becomes qualified for use of the equity method. ASU 2016-07 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and should be applied prospectively with early adoption permitted. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-07 to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02,Leases (Topic 842),or ASU 2016-02. ASU 2016-02 requires lessees to recognize for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date, a lease liability which is a lessee‘s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease measured on a discounted basis, and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and should be applied with a modified retrospective transition approach, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-02 on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11,Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, or ASU 2015-11. ASU 2015-11 requires an entity to measure in-scope inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. ASU 2015-11 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. A reporting entity should apply ASU 2015-11 prospectively with earlier application permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2015-11 to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09,Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASU 2014-09, as a new Topic, Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606. ASU 2014-09 sets forth a new revenue recognition standard that provides for a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In August 2015, the FASB finalized a one-year delay in the effective date of this standard, which will now be effective for us on January 1, 2018; however, early adoption is permitted any time after the original effective date, which for us is January 1, 2017. We have not yet selected a transition method and are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-09 on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16,Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments,or ASU 2015-16. ASU 2015-16 requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to estimated amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. ASU 2015-16 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments should be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the effective date with earlier application permitted for financial statements that have not been issued. Effective January 1, 2016, we adopted ASU 2015-16. The adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-12,Plan Accounting: Defined Benefit Pension Plans (Topic 960), Defined Contribution Pension Plans (Topic 962), and Health and Welfare Benefit Plans (Topic 965) — I. Fully Benefit-Responsive Investment Contracts, II. Plan Investment Disclosures, and III. Measurement Date Practical Expedient, or ASU 2015-12. ASU 2015-12 amendments are in 3 parts. Among other things: Part I amendments designate contract value as the only required measure for fully benefit-responsive investment contracts; Part II amendments eliminate the requirement that plans disclose: (a) individual investments that represent five percent or more of net assets available for benefits; and (b) the net appreciation or depreciation for investments by general type requirements for both participant-directed investments and nonparticipant-directed investments; Part III amendments provide a practical expedient to permit plans to measure investments and investment-related accounts (e.g., a liability for a pending trade with a broker) as of a month-end date that is closest to the plan’s fiscal year-end, when the fiscal period does not coincide with month-end. ASU 2015-12 Parts I and II are effective on a retrospective basis, and Part III is effective on a prospective basis, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. We adopted ASU 2015-12 effective January 1, 2016. The adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-06Earnings Per Share, contains guidance that addresses master limited partnerships that originated from Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 07-4 (Topic 260), “Application of the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128 to Master Limited Partnerships.” Under Topic 260, master limited partnerships apply the two-class method of calculating earnings per unit because the general partner, limited partners, and incentive distribution rights holders

F-16 

each participate differently in the distribution of available cash in accordance with the contractual rights contained in the partnership agreement. The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier application is permitted. The amendments in this Update should be applied retrospectively for all financial statements presented. Effective January 1, 2016, we adopted ASU 2015-06. The adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03,Interest — Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, or ASU 2015-03. ASU 2015-03 is intended to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. It requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. ASU 2015-03 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-15,Interest — Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30) — Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements (Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcement at June 18, 2015 EITF Meeting), or ASU 2015-15. ASU 2015-15 adds the authoritative guidance on presentation or subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements to ASU 2015-03. Effective January 1, 2016, we adopted ASU 2015-03 and ASU 2015-15. The adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15,Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern, or ASU 2014-15. ASU 2014-15 is intended to define management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organization’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. ASU 2014-15 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2016, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. Effective December 31, 2016, we adopted ASU 2014-15. The adoption of ASU 2014-15 did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12,Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718) — Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period, or ASU 2014-12. ASU 2014-12 requires that a performance target which affects vesting and which could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. ASU 2014-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Effective January 1, 2016, we adopted ASU 2014-12. The adoption of ASU 2014-12 did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITIONS

(a)Goodwin Global Acquisition of Customer Base

In July 2016, the Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement to purchase the assets of Goodwin Global Communications LLC (“the Goodwin Agreement”) for $22,500 in cash, payable in cash increments through January 2017, and up to 200,000 shares of restricted common shares of the Company given by an officer of the Company in satisfaction of shares owing. The actual number of shares given upon acquisition was 50,000 and may increase, in defined increments, up to 200,000 depending on the monthly revenue generation from the assets (the additional 150,000 common shares potentially owing is defined as follows: 50,000 common shares when the Goodwin assets generate $30,000 of revenue in a given month, 50,000 common shares when the assets generate $125,000 of revenue in a given month, and 50,000 common shares when the Goodwin assets generate $125,000 of revenue in a given month). As part of the acquisition, the Company will pay a 25% commission on the gross profit from the assets. As of December 31, 2016, there were no additional common shares owing and no commissions paid or due pursuant to the terms of the agreement stated above. Subsequent to December 31, 2016, the Goodwin Agreement was amended to cancel the potential additional 150,000 shares of common stock and to cancel the related 25% commission on the gross profits.

The company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-4 to discern whether the assets and operations of the assets purchased met the definition of a business. The company concluded there were a sufficient number of key processes that developed the inputs into outputs. Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as the acquisition of a business with the only asset being the customer base.

F-17 

The transaction was accounted for in accordance with purchase accounting of a business. The consideration transferred, assets acquired and share consideration recognized is as follows:

Consideration Given:  
Cash $22,500 
Capital contribution by officer in satisfaction of shares owing  40,400 
Total consideration value $62,900 
     
Consideration received:    
Intangibles-customer base $62,900 

In December 2016, after performing an impairment test, the Company impaired the customer base and amortized any remaining balance in the statement of operations for 2016.

(b)San Diego Media Acquisition

Effective September 30, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of SDM for 750,000 shares of restricted Common Stock of the Company contributed by an officer, assumption of debt of approximately $163,259, and a convertible promissory note of $250,000. 

The company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-4 to discern whether the assets and operations of the assets purchased met the definition of a business. The company concluded there were a sufficient number of key processes that developed the inputs into outputs. Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as the acquisition of a business.

The transaction was accounted for in accordance with purchase accounting of a business. The consideration transferred, assets acquired and share consideration recognized is as follows:

Consideration given:  
Capital contribution by officer in satisfaction of shares owing $438,750 
Convertible note  250,000 
Liabilities assumed  163,259 
Total consideration given $852,009 
     
Consideration received:    
Intangibles-customer base $751,918 
Assets-current and long-term  100,091 
Total consideration received $852,009 

(c)Lion Phone Technology Acquisition

In December 2016, TPTG acquired the Lion Phone Technology from four former interest holders. The Lion Phone technology agreement allows for the technology and intellectual property and technology of the Lion Phone to be acquired for 2,100,000 shares of restricted Common Stock of the Company contributed by an officer, and $350,000 in cash. The sellers will also have a right to a royalty of $5.00 for each phone sold. As of December 31, 2016, no sales have taken place and no royalties have been paid.

The Company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-4 to discern whether the assets and operations of the assets purchased met the definition of a business. The company concluded there were not a sufficient number of key processes that developed the inputs into outputs. Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as an asset acquisition as follows.

Consideration given:  
Cash payable $350,000 
Capital contribution by officer in satisfaction of shares owing  560,000 
Total consideration given $910,000 
     
Consideration received:    
Intangibles-developed technology $910,000 

(d) Digithrive Acquisition of Assets

Effective September 30, 2015, TPTG acquired the assets of Digithrive, a web technology company for 250,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company. All shares issued are restrictive shares and are convertible into common shares according to the Certificate of Designation of the Series B Preferred Shares. The shares were valued at $.648 per share or $162,000.The Company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-4 to discern whether the assets and operations of the assets purchased met the definition of a business. The Company concluded there was not sufficient number of key processes that developed the inputs into outputs. Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as a technology expense and is recorded in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations for 2015.

(e)Port2Port Acquisition of Assets

Effective September 30, 2015, TPTG acquired the assets of Port2Port, a wholesale telecommunications carrier for 200,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company, and $10,000 in cash. An additional 200,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock valued at $.648 per share were issued to a former employee of Port2Port as incentive to work for the Company. These shares were expensed in professional expenses in the consolidated statement of operations for 2015 in the amount of $129,600. All shares issued are restrictive shares and are convertible into common shares according to the Certificate of Designation of the Series B Preferred Shares.

The Company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-4 to discern whether the assets and operations of the assets purchased met the definition of a business. The Company concluded there were a sufficient number of key processes that developed the inputs into outputs. Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as the acquisition of a business.

The transaction was accounted for in accordance with purchase accounting of a business. The consideration transferred, assets acquired and share consideration recognized is as follows:

Consideration given:  
Cash $10,000 
Series B share value  129,600 
Liabilities assumed  4,001 
Total consideration value $143,601 
     
Consideration received:    
Intangible-customer base $139,753 
Current assets  3,848 
Total consideration received $143,601 

(f)Copperhead Digital Acquisition

Effective January 31, 2015, TPTG completed its acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of Copperhead Digital and its subsidiaries, TruCom, Nevada Utilities and CityNet. As part of the agreement, TPTG issued 1,538,693 of Series B Preferred Stock valued at $.648 per share and committed to issue 679,310 shares of Common Stock valued at $.011 per share, and assumed all assets and liabilities of CDH. All shares are restricted shares.

The company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-4 to discern whether the assets and operations of CDH met the definition of a business. The Company concluded there were a sufficient number of key processes that developed the inputs into outputs. Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as the acquisition of a business.

The transaction was accounted for in accordance with purchase accounting of a business. The consideration transferred, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and share consideration recognized is as follows:

Consideration given:  
Series B Preferred Stock value $997,073 
Capital contribution by officer in satisfaction of shares owing  7,472 
Current liabilities, net of financing arrangements  941,020 
Financing arrangements  2,717,790 
Capital leases  520,029 
Total consideration given $5,183,384 
     
Consideration received:    
Goodwill $70,995 
Intangibles-developed technology  600,000 
Intangibles-customer base  1,100,000 
Current assets  196,358 
Property and equipment  3,164,000 
Other assets  51,851 
Total consideration received $5,183,384 

(g)Share Exchange Agreement and Reverse Merger

In August 2014, TPTG Global, Inc. merged with Ally Pharma in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT Global, Inc. in exchange for all outstanding common stock of TPT Global Inc. and Ally Pharma agreed to change its name to TPT Global Tech, Inc. Because of this change in control of Ally Pharma, the transaction is accounted for as a non-monetary transaction (specifically referred to as a reverse recapitalization) wherein the operations of the accounting Acquirer are re-casted in terms of the accounting Acquiree’s (legal acquirer, TPTG fka Ally Pharma) common stock. 110,000,000 shares of common stock were issued equaling 80% of the 136,753,685 post-merger common shares outstanding.

(h)K Telecom and Global Telecommunications Acquisitions

Concurrent with the merger with Ally Pharma, TPTG acquired the assets of KTel and GTel, from CJ Singh for 400,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company. All shares issued are restrictive shares and are convertible into common shares according to the Certificate of Designation of the Series B Preferred Shares at $2.00 per share. The Company recorded a subscription payable of $259,200 as of December 31, 2014 and then issued the Series B Preferred Shares in 2015.

The company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-4 to discern whether the assets and operations of the assets purchased met the definition of a business. The company concluded there were a sufficient number of key processes that developed the inputs into outputs. Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as the acquisition of a business.

The transaction was accounted for in accordance with purchase accounting of a business. The consideration transferred, assets acquired and share consideration recognized is as follows:

Consideration Given:  
Series B Preferred Share value $259,200 
Subscription payable $259,200 
     
Consideration received:    
Intangibles-customer base $259,200 
Current assets  7,947 
Total  267,147 
Less gain on bargain purchase  (7,947)
Total consideration received $259,200 

F-20 

Pro Forma Information (Unaudited)

The following unaudited supplemental pro forma information (presented for informational purposes only) assumes the 2016 and 2015 acquisitions referred to above had been completed as of January 1, 2015 and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved had the transactions been consummated on such date or of results that might be achieved in the future.

             2016             2015
Revenues  3,292,000   4,710,000 
Gross profit  1,261,000   2,012,000 
Net loss  (4,371,000)  (4,784,000)
Net loss per shares  (0.03)  (0.03)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  136,953,904   136,953,904 

NOTE 3 – GOING CONCERN

Cash flows generated from operating activities were not enough to support all working capital requirements for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Financing activities described below, have helped with working capital and other capital requirements. We incurred $4,463,199 and $4,963,858, respectively, in losses, and we used $352,792 and $523,729, respectively, in cash for operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Cash flows from financing activities were $269,880 and $651,399 for the same periods.

Subsequent to December 31, 2016, shareholders extended loans to the Company in the amount of approximately $250,000 under the same terms and conditions of existing debt from shareholders which is secured by assets of the company. See Note 5. In addition, the Company entered into a short-term cash arrangement for $70,500 for which the terms require in a weekly payment of $3,682, equal to a 15% interest rate, until completely paid back with interest.

In June 2016, the Company entered into a Factoring Agreement with a company controlled by one of its shareholders. The Factoring Agreement is such that the Company will pay a discount of 2% per each 30-day period for each advance received against accounts receivable or future billings. The Company was advanced funds under the Factoring Agreement for which $152,810, including accrued interest, remained outstanding as of December 31, 2016. See Note 5.

In 2016, shareholders extended cash to TPTG of $134,200 through the Line of credit-related party for $100,000 and business loans and advances for $34,200 which was used for working capital. See Note 5.

In conjunction with the acquisition of Copperhead Digital, some of the previous controlling shareholders of Copperhead Digital agreed to certain financing arrangements as part of the acquisition which amounted to $796,377 in convertible debt being contributed to the Company. See Note 5. In 2015, these financing arrangements were exchanged for Common Stock.

In order for us to continue as a going concern, we will need to obtain additional debt or equity financing, and look for companies with cash flow positive operations that we can acquire. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional debt or equity financing, that we will be able to acquire cash flow positive operations, or that, if we are successful in any of those actions, those actions will produce adequate cash flow to enable us to meet all our future obligations. Most of our existing financing arrangements are short-term. If we are unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing, we may be required to significantly reduce or cease operations.

F-21 

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment and related accumulated depreciation as of December 31st are as follows:

             2016             2015
Property and equipment  3,297,943   3,174,044 
Accumulated depreciation  (308,384)  (145,396)
Property and equipment, net  2,989,559   3,028,648 

Depreciation expense was $162,988 and 145,396 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

NOTE 5 – FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

Financing arrangements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

             2016            2015
Business loans and advances (1) $34,974   26,200 
Line of credit, secured by assets (2)  —     2,497,790 
Factoring agreements (3)  152,810   —   
Debt – third party $187,784   2,523,990 
         
Line of credit, related party secured by assets (2) $2,597,790   —   
Debt– other related party (4)  384,200   —   
Convertible debt – related party (5)  250,000   —   
Debt – related party $3,231,990     
         
Total financing arrangements $3,419,774   2,523,990 
         
Less current portion:        
   Debt – third party $(184,965)  (2,523,990)
   Debt – related party  (2,981,990)  —   
   (3,166,955)  (2,523,990)
Total long term debt $252,819   —   

(1)The Business Loans and Advances are amounts advanced to the Company of which most do not bear interest and are being paid to the lenders as cash is available. Other amounts included herein, are amounts under credit card financing lines of credit and are being used for working capital purposes.

(2)The Line of Credit originated with a bank and was secured by the personal assets of certain shareholders of Copperhead Digital. During 2016, the Line of Credit was assigned to the Copperhead Digital shareholders, who subsequent to the Copperhead Digital acquisition by TPTG became shareholders of TPTG, and the secured personal assets were used to pay off the bank. See Note 2(f). The Line of Credit bears a variable interest rate based on the 1 Month LIBOR plus 2.0% for amounts up to and including $1,250,000 or plus 3.5% for amounts above $1,250,000, is payable monthly, and is secured by the assets of the Company. The Company has an agreement, entered into with the acquisition of Copperhead Digital, with the applicable shareholders whereby the Company will raise funds through debt or equity, and pay off the Line of Credit. 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company have been reserved to accomplish raising the funds. Prior to the Line of Credit being assigned to certain shareholders, it was increased by $100,000 and funded to the Company in 2016 to allow for additional operating funds. Subsequent to December 31, 2016, other shareholders extended approximately $250,000 of working capital at the same terms as the outstanding line of credit balance.

(3)The Factoring Agreement was established in June 2016 with a company that is controlled by a shareholder. The Factoring Agreement is such that the Company pays a discount of 2% per each 30-day period for each advance received against accounts receivable or future billings. The Company was advanced funds from the Factoring Agreement for which $152,810 remained unpaid as of December 31, 2016.

(4)$34,200 represents funds given to TPTG or subsidiaries as working capital. There are no written terms of repayment or interest that is being accrued to these amounts and they will only be paid back, according to management, if cash flows support it. $350,000 represents cash due to the prior owners of the technology acquired from the owner of the Lion Phone. See Note 2.
F-22 

(5)Debt – related party represents a note payable to the former principals of SDM which is in the form of a convertible promissory note, due September 30, 2018 and convertible at any time into restricted Common Shares at $1.00 per share.

NOTE 6 - INCOME TAXES

The following table sets forth the components of the Company’s income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

Current: 2016 2015
Federal State and local $—     —   
Total Current $—     —   
Deferred:        
Federal State and local benefit $(1,785,272)  (1,985,543)
Net operating loss  (44,865)  (23,511)
Meals and entertainment  11,724   6,130 
Stock based expenses  17,370   —   
Other  4,370     
Allowance  1,796,702   2,002,924 
Total Benefit $—     —   

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the Company’s income tax expense (benefit) as the federal statutory rate to recorded income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

  2016 2015
Statutory rate  40%  40%
Change in valuation allowance  (9%)  (8%)
Stock based compensation  (24%)  (28%)
Intangibles  (6%)  (4%)
Other  (1%)  —   
Total $—     —   

The following table sets forth the components of the Company’s deferred income taxes as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities): 2016 2015
Valuation allowance $—     —   
Total current deferred tax asset (liability) $—     —   
         
Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities):        
Intangible assets $492,125   187,918 
Net operating loss carry forwards  897,290   470,226 
Stock base compensation  2,452,070   1,386,640 
Less; Valuation allowance  (3,841,485)  (2,044,784)
Total noncurrent deferred tax asset (liability) $—     —   
         
Total deferred tax asset (liability) $—     —   

The Company has approximately $2,243,225 and 1,175,564 of net operating loss carry forwards as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which expire in varying amounts, if unused. Because of the change in ownership of more than 50% of the Company in accordance with Section 382 of the IRS Code, these net operating loss carry forwards may be significantly limited to use in future periods. The federal and state tax returns for the Company have not been filed for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

F-23 

NOTE 7 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had authorized 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, of which certain shares had been designated as Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

In February 2015, the Company designated 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock.

The Series A Preferred Stock was designated in February 2015, has a par value of $.001, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined, and of an amount equal to $100 per share. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall, collectively have the right to convert all of their Series A Preferred Stock when conversion is elected into that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company, determined by the following formula: 60% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares as computed immediately after the transaction for conversion. For further clarification, the 60% of the issued and outstanding common shares includes what the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock may already hold in common shares at the time of conversion. The Series A Preferred Stock, collectively, shall have the right to vote as if converted prior to the vote to an amount of shares equal to 60% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company.

In February 2015, the Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of the Company, valued at $3,117,000 for compensation expense.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

In February 2015, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series B Preferred Stock.

The Series B Preferred Stock was designated in February 2015, has a par value of $.001, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series B Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any part of the Series B Preferred Shares and will receive and equal amount of common shares at the conversion price of $2.00 per share. The Series B Preferred Stock holders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one to one basis.

Issuances Related to Acquisitions

In 2015, 1,538,693 of Series B Preferred Stock valued at $997,073 were issued in conjunction with the acquisition of Copperhead Digital. See Note 2(f) for details of the acquisition and other consideration given.

In October 2015, the Company acquired the assets of Port2Port, a wholesale telecommunications company, for 200,000 shares, as amended, of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock valued at $129,600. An additional 200,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock valued at $129,600 were issued to a former employee of Port2Port as incentive to work the assets for the Company. See Note 2(e) for details of the acquisition and other consideration given.

In October 2015, the Company acquired the assets of Digithrive Inc., a California company, for 250,000 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock valued at $162,000. See Note 2(d) for details of the acquisition.

In 2014 the Company acquired all the assets of K Telecom and Global Telecom for 400,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock valued at $259,200. The Company recorded a subscription payable as of December 31, 2014 and then issued the shares in 2015. See Note 2(h) for details of the acquisition and other consideration given.

Common Stock and Capital Contributions

As of December 31, 2016, we had authorized 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock.

F-24 

Capital Contributions Related to Acquisitions

In July 2016, the Company acquired the customer base of Goodwin Global for 50,000 shares of Common Stock from a capital contribution of an officer of the Company valued at $40,400. See Note 2(a) for details of the acquisition and other consideration given.

Effective September 30, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of SDM for 750,000 shares of Common Stock as a capital contribution from an officer of the Company valued at $438,750. See Note 2(b) for details of the acquisition and other consideration.

In December 2016, the Company acquired the Lion Phone technology for 2,100,000 shares of Common Stock as a contribution of capital from an officer of the Company valued at $560,000. See Note 2(c) for details of the acquisition and other consideration given.

In 2015 the company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Copperhead Digital and TruCom, a subsidiary. In conjunction with this acquisition, the Company used 679,310 shares of Common Stock from a capital contribution from an officer of the Company as partial consideration. See Note 2(f) for details of the acquisition and other consideration given.

Capital Contributions Related to Expenses and Liabilities

In December 2016, a subsidiaries landlord agreed to terminate a facilities lease for 150,000 shares of Common Stock valued at $43,350 from a capital contribution of an officer of the Company. Subsequent to the agreement, the landlord requested more shares against the Company’s agreement. As such, $40,404 remains in liabilities payable to the landlord and the $43,350 was expensed as rent expense in 2016.

In December 2016, the Company settled accounts payable to multiple vendors of $134,720 for 365,000 shares of restricted Common Stock valued at $105,485 from a capital contribution of an officer of the Company. A gain on settlement of $29,235 was recognized.

In December 2016, the Company used for compensation expense 9,175,000 restricted shares of Common Stock valued at $2,663,575 received from a capital contribution from an officer of the Company.

Capital Contributions Related to Debt Conversions

In conjunction with the acquisition of Copperhead Digital, the former shareholders of Copperhead Digital agreed to bring accounts payable current for which they would receive promissory notes. As such, they funded a total of $220,000 of Commercial Promissory Notes. The Commercial Promissory Notes did not bear interest, except under default which then would be at the lessor of 12% per annum or the maximum allowable rate under applicable law. Due dates were from December 16, 2016 to January 28, 2017. The Commercial Promissory Notes were convertible at $0.50 per share and were unsecured. In October 2015, all Commercial Promissory Notes were exchanged for a contribution of capital from an officer of the Company, including 440,000 Common Shares.

Previously Convertible Promissory Notes of $250,000 were due to a shareholder, were due three years from the date of issuance, between March 16, 2018 and April 28, 2018, bear interest at 8% per annum, except under default which then would be at the lessor of 12% per annum or the maximum allowable rate under applicable law, and were convertible at $0.50 per share. The Convertible Promissory Notes were unsecured. In October 2015, all Convertible Promissory Notes were exchanged for a contribution of capital from an officer of the Company, including 500,000 Common Shares.

In July and August 2015, the Company through a private offering issued Unsecured Commercial Promissory Notes to the former shareholders of Copperhead Digital for $326,377. The Unsecured Commercial Promissory Notes were due as the holder designated in writing, did not bear an interest rate, except under default which then would be at the lessor of 12% per annum or the maximum allowable rate under applicable law. The Unsecured Commercial Promissory Notes were convertible at $0.20 to $0.25 per share. In October 2015, all Unsecured Commercial Promissory Notes were exchanged for a contribution of capital from an officer of the Company, including 1,496,899 Common Shares.

Capital Contributions related to stock subscriptions

During 2015, 600,000 shares of Common Stock were provided to an investor for $53,000, which stock was contributed by an officer of the Company as a capital contribution.

F-25 

Cash from Subscriptions

In January 2015, 200,000 shares of Common Stock were issued for $6,000. In 2017, the Company committed to issue another 50,000 shares to a certain shareholder for which a subscription was received in 2014 for $7,500. This balance is recorded as a subscription payable as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. See also 400,000 of Preferred Series B stock subscribed for $259,200 described above.

Stock Options and Warrants

We do not have any warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2016.

Subsequent to December 31, 2016, shareholders extended loans to the Company in the amount of approximately $250,000 under the same terms and conditions of existing debt from shareholders which is secured by assets of the company. Terms of the loans included issuing options to purchase approximately 41,000 shares of common stock of the Company at prices ranging from $0.046 to $0.265 per share. See Note 5.

Common Stock Reservations

The Company has reserved 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company for the purpose of raising funds to be used to pay off debt described in Note 5.

We have reserved 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company to grant to certain employee and consultants as consideration for services rendered and that will be rendered to the Company.

NOTE 8 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Obligations

Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

Obligation Delinquent (1) 2017 2018 2019 Total
Telecom Equipment Finance (2) $542,347   —     —     —    $542,347 
New Equipment Lease (3)      44,424   44,424   37,020   125,868 
Vehicles Leases                  12,518 
Total $542,347   56,942   44,424   37,020  $680,733 

(1) In December 2016, a subsidiary’s landlord agreed to terminate a facility lease for 150,000 shares of Common Stock. See Note 7.

(2) The Telecom Equipment Lease is with an entity owned and controlled by shareholders of the Company and is in default. The Company is in the process of negotiating revised lease terms.

(3) The New Equipment Lease requires payments of $3,702 per month for 36 months beginning in November 2016. The lease is currently in default for nonpayment.

Other Commitments and Contingencies

There are other debt, accounts payable or accrued liabilities that the Company assumed in conjunction with the acquisitions during 2015 and 2016. All of these have been accounted for on the books and records of the Company as of December 31, 2016. See Note 2.

The Company has employment agreements with certain employees of SDM and K Telecom. The agreements are such that SDM and K Telecom, on a standalone basis in each case, must provide sufficient cash flow to financially support the financial obligations within the employment agreements.

The Company has been named in a lawsuit by a former employee who was terminated by management in 2016. The employee was working under an employment agreement but was terminated for breach of the agreement. The former employee is

F-26 

suing for breach of contract and is seeking around $75,000 in back pay and benefits. Management believes it has good and meritorious defenses and does not belief the outcome of the lawsuit will have any material effect on the financial position of the Company.

As of December 31, 2016, the company has collected $249,350 from one customer in excess of amounts due from that customer in accordance with the customer’s understanding of the appropriate billings activity. The customer has filed a written demand for repayment by the Company of amounts owed which, including subsequent payments, currently amounts to approximately $370,000. Management believes that the customer agreement allows them to keep the amounts under dispute. Given the dispute, the Company has reflected the amounts in dispute as a customer liability on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 and does not believe the outcome of the dispute will have a material effect on the financial position of the Company.

NOTE 9 – RELATED PARTY ACTIVITY

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company paid Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of the Company, approximately $50,000 in rent and utility payments related to corporate office space.

There are shares issuances and capital contributions from an officer of the Company. See Note 7. Also, there are debt and lease balances outstanding due to shareholders of the Company. See Notes 5 and 8.

NOTE 10 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill and intangible assets are comprised of the following:

December 31, 2016

  Gross carrying amount Accumulated Amortization Net Book Value Useful Life
Customer Base $2,303,771   (1,091,730)  1,212,041   3 
Developed Technology $1,510,000   (127,783)  1,382,217   9 
Goodwill $70,995   —     70,995   —   

December 31, 2015

  Gross carrying amount Accumulated Amortization Net Book Value Useful Life
Customer Base $1,488,953   (469,879)  1,019,074   3 
Developed Technology $600,000   (61,116)  538,884   9 
Goodwill $70,995   —     70,995   —   

NOTE 11 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent to December 31, 2016, shareholders extended loans to the Company in the amount of approximately $250,000 under the same terms and conditions of existing debt from shareholders which is secured by assets of the company. In addition, the Company entered into a short-term cash arrangement for $70,500 for which the terms require a weekly payment of $3,682, equal to a 15% interest rate, until paid back with interest.

The Company has entered into a non-binding Letter of Intent Agreement with Blue Collar Inc. (“Blue Collar”), a Media Production and California Corporation and its shareholders to acquire 100% of the outstanding ownership of Blue Collar for 6,500,000 shares of restricted Series C Preferred Stock, designation yet to be done, convertible at $1.00 per share into common stock of the Company when trading is over $2.00 per share, $1,000,000 in cash and a loan of $600,000. The acquisition is pending securing financing and may not occur.

The Company has also entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement with Hollywood Riviera LLC and HRS Mobile LLC and their members who share common ownership to acquire 100% ownership interest in both of these companies for 3,465,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, designation yet to be done, convertible at $1.00 per share into common stock of the Company when trading is over $2.00 per share, and $3,325,000 in cash to be used to retire debt and pay for ownership interests. These acquisitions are pending securing financing and may not occur.

TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of

September 30, 2017

TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of

September 30, 2017

Table of Contents

Page

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

F-29 - F-30

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

F-31

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-32

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

F-33 -F-45

F-28

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

Assets

   
   
  September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
CURRENT ASSETS (unaudited)  
Cash and cash equivalents $15,577  $93,286 
Accounts receivable  115,498   84,856 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  10,959   190,248 
Total current assets $142,034  $368,390 
NON-CURRENT ASSETS        
        Property and equipment, net $2,857,940  $2,989,559 
        Customer base, net  651,821   1,212,041 
        Developed technology, net  1,256,382   1,382,217 
        Goodwill  70,995   70,995 
        Deposits and other assets  58,049   58,020 
Total non-current assets $4,895,187  $5,712,832 
         
TOTAL ASSETS $5,037,221  $6,081,222 

Liabilities and Stockholders' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Current liabilities    
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $2,020,293  $1,496,393 
       Current portion of debt – third party  216,435   184,965 
       Current portion of debt – related party  3,332,490   2,981,990 
       Derivative liability  53,859     
       Customer liability  338,725   249,350 
Capital leases  101,348   104,261 
Capital leases – related party  449,103   449,103 
Accrued interest related to capital leases  123,798   93,244 
Current portion of vehicle leases  7,044   8,250 
Deferred revenue  9,594   42,120 
       Total current liabilities $6,652,689  $5,609,676 
         
         
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES        
Long term portion:        
              Debt – third party, net of current portion $2,897  $2,819 
              Debt – related party, convertible, net of current portion  258,975   250,000 
      Vehicle leases, net of current portion  —     4,269 
       Total non-current liabilities  261,872   257,088 
 Total liabilities $6,914,561  $5,866,764 
         
Commitments and contingencies – See Note 7
  —     —   
F-29 

     Stockholders' eQUITy (DEFICIT)
 
Preferred stock, $.001 par value 100,000,000 shares authorized:
        
         
Convertible Preferred Series A - 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 $1,000  $1,000 
Convertible Preferred Series B - 2,588,693 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016  2,589   2,589 
Common stock, $.001 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 136,953,904 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016  136,954   136,954 
Subscriptions payable  —     7,500 
Additional paid-in capital  9,730,717   9,684,453 
Accumulated deficit  (11,748,600)  (9,618,038)
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)  (1,877,340)  214,458 
         
Total liabilities and stockholders' Equity (DEFICIT) $5,037,221  $6,081,222 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-30 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

  For the three months ended September 30, For the nine months ended September 30,
  2017 2016 2017 2016
  (unaudited) (unaudited) (unaudited) (unaudited)
Revenues:        
   Products $130,051   169,184   404,126   314,018 
   Services  347,133   652,802   1,378,596   1,838,826 
Total Revenues $477,184   821,986   1,782,722   2,152,844 
                 
COST OF SALES:                
   Products $128,181   108,112   393,296   283,211 
   Services  224,804   390,989   938,426   1,187,335 
Total Costs of Sales $352,985   499,101   1,331,722   1,470,546 
Gross profit $124,199   322,885   451,000   682,298 
 EXPENSES:                
Sales and marketing $18,981   150,907   32,302   240,096 
Professional  162,509   161,295   609,920   345,156 
Payroll and related  84,424   104,502   364,777   309,477 
General and administrative  186,847   226,666   626,842   717,018 
Depreciation  43,873   38,844   131,619   119,900 
Amortization  228,685   140,740   686,055   422,219 
                Total expenses $725,319   822,954   2,451,515   2,153,866 
                 
OTHER EXPENSE:                
Derivative expense  (7,912)  —     (7,912)  —   
Interest expense  (44,465)  (38,494)  (122,135)  (91,142)
                 Total other expense $(52,377)  (38,494)  (130,047)  (91,142)
                 
Net loss before income taxes  (653,497)  (538,563)  (2,130,562)  (1,562,710)
Income taxes  —     —     —     —   
                 
NET LOSS $(653,497)  (538,563)  (2,130,562)  (1,562,710)
                 

 Basic and diluted loss per common share $(0.00)  (0.01)  (0.02)  (0.01)
                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                
Basic and diluted  136,953,904   136,953,904   136,953,904   136,953,904 
                 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

F-31 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

CONDENSED Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  For the nine months ended September 30,
  2017 2016
  (unaudited) (unaudited)
 Cash flows from operating activities:        
Net loss $(2,130,562)  (1,562,710)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:        
 Depreciation  131,619   119,900 
           Amortization  686,055   422,219 
           Accretion of interest  3,104   —   
           Derivative expense  7,912   —   
           Share based expenses  3,764   123,500 
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
           Increase in accounts receivable  (30,642)  (29,776)
           Increase (decrease) in prepaid expenses and other assets  179,258   (3,852)
           Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses  515,191   491,070 
           Increase in customer liability  89,375   186,990 
           Increase in other liabilities  6,779   8,500 
              Net cash used in operating activities $(538,187)  (244,159)
         
Cash flows from investing activities:        
           Cash paid in acquisition $—     (15,000)
           Purchase of property and equipment  —     (6,616)
Net cash used in investing activities $—     (21,616)
         
Cash flows from financing activities:        
           Proceeds from stock sales $35,000   —   
           Increase in debt – third party  94,933   158,590 
           Increase in debt – related party  400,500   100,000 
           Payments for debt  (61,567)  (5,600)
           Payments for property and equipment and vehicle leases  (8,388)  (8,155)
Net cash provided by financing activities $460,478   244,835 
         
Net change in cash $(77,709)  (20,940)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period $93,286   165,610 
         
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period $15,577   144,670 
         

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

Cash used for interest is $15,147 and $60,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. There has been no cash used for taxes in either period.

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

  2017 2016
Recognition of derivative liability $46,805     
Capital contribution by officer for net assets of Goodwin Global $—     40,500 
Capital contribution by officer for services $—     385,000 
Capital contribution by officer and liabilities assumed in acquisition of SDM $—     853,138 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

F-32 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

September 30, 2017

(unaudited)

NOTE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

The Company was originally incorporated in 1988 in the state of Florida. TPT Global, Inc., a Nevada corporation formed in June 2014, merged with Ally Pharma US, Inc., a Florida corporation, (“Ally Pharma”, formerly known as Gold Royalty Corporation) in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT Global, Inc. in exchange for all outstanding common stock of TPT global Inc. and Ally Pharma agreed to change its name to TPT Global Tech, Inc. (jointly referred to as “the Company” or “TPTG”).

The following acquisitions have resulted in entities or assets which have been consolidated into TPTG. In 2014 the Company acquired all the assets of K Telecom and Wireless LLC (“K Telecom”) and Global Telecom International LLC (“Global Telecom”). Effective January 31, 2015, TPTG completed its acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc. (“Copperhead Digital”) and Subsidiaries, TruCom, LLC (“TruCom”), Nevada Utilities, Inc. (“Nevada Utilities”) and CityNet Arizona, LLC (“CityNet”). In October 2015, the Company acquired the assets of both Port2Port Inc. (“Port2Port”) and Digithrive Inc. (“Digithrive”). Effective September 30, 2016, the company acquired 100% ownership in San Diego Media Inc. (“SDM”). See Note 2.

We generate revenues primarily through operating as a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) in Arizona, as a distributor of cell phones and telecommunications equipment and as provider of ecommerce and cloud solutions in the western United States.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared according to the instructions to Form 10-Q and Section 210.8-03(b) of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and, therefore, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) have been omitted.

In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2017.

These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 included in the Company’s Form S-1. The condensed consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2016, has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements at that date, but does not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP.

Our condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of K Telecom and Global Telecom, Copperhead Digital and SDM. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation (see Note 2).

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The Company computes net income (loss) per share in accordance with ASC 260, “Earning per Share””. ASC 260 requires presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on the face of thee income

F-33 

statement. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholder (numerator) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (denominator) during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method and convertible preferred stock using the if-converted method. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased from the exercise of stock options or warrants. Diluted EPS excludes all dilutive potential shares if their effect is anti-dilutive. As of September 30, 2017, the Company had shares that were potentially common stock equivalents as follows:

2017
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock59,108,809
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock2,588,693
Stock Options30,400
Convertible Debt703,507
Total common stock equivalents63,431,133

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments, as defined in ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities”, consist of financial instruments or other contracts that contain a notional amount and one or more underlying (e.g. interest rate, security price or other variable), require no initial net investment and permit net settlement. Derivative financial instruments may be free-standing or embedded in other financial instruments. Further, derivative financial instruments are initially, and subsequently, measured at fair value and recorded as liabilities or, in rare instances, assets.

The Company does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash-flow, market or foreign-currency risks. However, the Company has issued financial instruments including convertible promissory notes payable with features as of September 30, 2017 that are either (i) not afforded equity classification, (ii) embody risks not clearly and closely related to host contracts, or (iii) may be net-cash settled by the counterparty. As required by ASC 815, in certain instances, these instruments are required to be carried as derivative liabilities, at fair value, in our financial statements.

The Company estimates the fair values of derivative financial instruments using the Black-Scholes option valuation technique. Estimating fair values of derivative financial instruments requires the development of significant and subjective estimates (such as volatility, estimated life and interest rates) that may, and are likely to, change over the duration of the instrument with related changes in internal and external market factors. In addition, option-based techniques are highly volatile and sensitive to changes in the trading market price of our common stock, which has a high-historical volatility. Since derivative financial instruments are initially and subsequently carried at fair values, the Company’s operating results will reflect the volatility in these estimate and assumption changes.

The Company recorded derivative liability of $53,859 as of September 30, 2017 and a derivative expense of $7,912 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. There were no derivative instruments in the prior period.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results will differ, and could differ materially from those estimates.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Management has reviewed recent recently issued accounting pronouncements and have determined there are not any that would have a material impact on the condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-34 

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITIONS

(a)Goodwin Global Acquisition of Customer Base

In July 2016, the Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement to purchase the assets of Goodwin Global Communications LLC (“the Goodwin Agreement”) for $22,500 in cash, payable in cash increments through January 2017, and up to 200,000 shares of restricted common shares of the Company given by an officer of the Company in satisfaction of shares owing. The actual number of shares given upon acquisition was 50,000 and may increase, in defined increments, up to 200,000 depending on the monthly revenue generation from the assets (the additional 150,000 common shares potentially owing is defined as follows: 50,000 common shares when the Goodwin assets generate $30,000 of revenue in a given month, 50,000 common shares when the assets generate $125,000 of revenue in a given month, and 50,000 common shares when the Goodwin assets generate $125,000 of revenue in a given month). As part of the acquisition, the Company will pay a 25% commission on the gross profit from the assets. As of December 31, 2016, there were no additional common shares owing and no commissions paid or due pursuant to the terms of the agreement stated above. During 2017, the Goodwin Agreement was amended to cancel the potential additional 150,000 shares of common stock and to cancel the related 25% commission on the gross profits.

The transaction was accounted for in accordance with purchase accounting of a business. The consideration transferred, assets acquired and share consideration recognized is as follows:

Consideration Given:  
Cash $22,500 
Capital contribution by officer in satisfaction of shares owing  40,400 
Total consideration value $62,900 
     
Consideration received:    
Intangibles-customer base $62,900 

(b)     San Diego Media Acquisition

Effective September 30, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of SDM for 750,000 shares of restricted Common Stock of the Company contributed by an officer, assumption of debt of approximately $163,259, and a convertible promissory note of $250,000.

The transaction was accounted for in accordance with purchase accounting of a business. The consideration transferred, assets acquired and share consideration recognized is as follows:

Consideration given:  
Capital contribution by officer in satisfaction of shares owing $438,750 
Convertible note  250,000 
Liabilities assumed  163,259 
Total consideration given $852,009 
     
Consideration received:    
Intangibles-customer base $751,918 
Assets-current and long-term  100,091 
Total consideration received $852,009 

(c)Lion Phone Technology Acquisition

In December 2016, TPTG acquired the Lion Phone Technology from four former interest holders. The Lion Phone technology agreement allows for the technology and intellectual property and technology of the Lion Phone to be

F-35 

acquired for 2,100,000 shares of restricted Common Stock of the Company contributed by an officer, and $350,000 in cash. The sellers will also have a right to a royalty of $5.00 for each phone sold. As of December 31, 2016, no sales have taken place and no royalties have been paid.

The Company accounted for this transaction as an asset acquisition as follows.

Consideration given:  
Cash payable $350,000 
Capital contribution by officer in satisfaction of shares owing  560,000 
Total consideration given $910,000 
     
Consideration received:    
Intangibles-developed technology $910,000 
     

(d)  Digithrive Acquisition of Assets

Effective September 30, 2015, TPTG acquired the assets of Digithrive, a web technology company for 250,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company. All shares issued are restrictive shares and are convertible into common shares according to the Certificate of Designation of the Series B Preferred Shares. The shares were valued at $.648 per share or $162,000.The Company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-4 to discern whether the assets and operations of the assets purchased met the definition of a business. The Company concluded there was not sufficient number of key processes that developed the inputs into outputs. Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as a technology expense and is recorded in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations for 2015. 

(e)  Port2Port Acquisition of Assets

Effective September 30, 2015, TPTG acquired the assets of Port2Port, a wholesale telecommunications carrier for 200,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company, and $10,000 in cash. An additional 200,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock valued at $.648 per share were issued to a former employee of Port2Port as incentive to work for the Company. These shares were expensed in professional expenses in the consolidated statement of operations for 2015 in the amount of $129,600. All shares issued are restrictive shares and are convertible into common shares according to the Certificate of Designation of the Series B Preferred Shares.

The transaction was accounted for in accordance with purchase accounting of a business. The consideration transferred, assets acquired and share consideration recognized is as follows:

Consideration given:  
Cash $10,000 
Series B share value  129,600 
Liabilities assumed  4,001 
Total consideration value $143,601 
     
Consideration received:    
Intangible-customer base $139,753 
Current assets  3,848 
Total consideration received $143,601 
(f)Copperhead Digital Acquisition

Effective January 31, 2015, TPTG completed its acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of Copperhead Digital and its subsidiaries, TruCom, Nevada Utilities and CityNet. As part of the agreement, TPTG issued 1,538,693 of Series B Preferred Stock valued at $.648 per share and committed to issue 679,310 shares of Common Stock valued at $.011 per share, and assumed all assets and liabilities of CDH. All shares are restricted shares. 

The transaction was accounted for in accordance with purchase accounting of a business. The consideration transferred, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and share consideration recognized is as follows:

Consideration given:  
Series B Preferred Stock value $997,073 
Capital contribution by officer in satisfaction of shares owing  7,472 
Current liabilities, net of financing arrangements  941,020 
Financing arrangements  2,717,790 
Capital leases  520,029 
Total consideration given $5,183,384 
     
Consideration received:    
Goodwill $70,995 
Intangibles-developed technology  600,000 
Intangibles-customer base  1,100,000 
Current assets  196,358 
Property and equipment  3,164,000 
Other assets  51,851 
Total consideration received $5,183,384 

(g)   Share Exchange Agreement and Reverse Merger

In August 2014, TPTG Global, Inc. merged with Ally Pharma in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT Global, Inc. in exchange for all outstanding common stock of TPT Global Inc. and Ally Pharma agreed to change its name to TPT Global Tech, Inc. Because of this change in control of Ally Pharma, the transaction is accounted for as a non-monetary transaction (specifically referred to as a reverse recapitalization) wherein the operations of the accounting Acquirer are re-casted in terms of the accounting Acquiree’s (legal acquirer, TPTG fka Ally Pharma) common stock. 110,000,000 shares of common stock were issued equaling 80% of the 136,753,685 post-merger common shares outstanding.

(h)K Telecom and Global Telecommunications Acquisitions

Concurrent with the merger with Ally Pharma, TPTG acquired the assets of KTel and GTel, from CJ Singh for 400,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company. All shares issued are restrictive shares and are convertible into common shares according to the Certificate of Designation of the Series B Preferred Shares at $2.00 per share

F-37 

The transaction was accounted for in accordance with purchase accounting of a business. The consideration transferred, assets acquired and share consideration recognized is as follows:

Consideration Given:  
Series B Preferred Share value $259,200 
Subscription payable $259,200 
     
Consideration received:    
Intangibles-customer base $259,200 
Current assets�� 7,947 
Total  267,147 
Less gain on bargain purchase  (7,947)
Total consideration received $259,200 

NOTE 3 – GOING CONCERN

Cash flows generated from operating activities were not enough to support all working capital requirements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. Financing activities described below, have helped with working capital and other capital requirements. We incurred $2,130,562 and $1,562,710, respectively, in losses, and we used $538,187 and $244,159, respectively, in cash for operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. Cash flows from financing activities were $460,478 and $244,835 for the same periods.

These factors raise substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the date these financial statements were issued. These financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. In order for us to continue as a going concern, we will need to obtain additional debt or equity financing, and look for companies with cash flow positive operations that we can acquire. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional debt or equity financing, that we will be able to acquire cash flow positive operations, or that, if we are successful in any of those actions, those actions will produce adequate cash flow to enable us to meet all our future obligations. Most of our existing financing arrangements are short-term. If we are unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing, we may be required to significantly reduce or cease operations.

During 2017 and through the date of this report, existing shareholders extended loans to the Company in the amount of approximately $624,600, $435,500 of which was outstanding as of September 30, 2017. Of the $624,600, $400,600 is under similar terms and conditions of existing debt from shareholders which is secured by assets of the company. $157,000 was advanced from officers and related parties of officers of the Company and have no documented terms. $67,000 was funded under convertible debt instruments. In addition, the Company entered into a short-term cash arrangement for $70,500 of which $25,725 remained outstanding as of September 30, 2017. See Note 5.

F-38 

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment and related accumulated depreciation as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 are as follows:

             2017             2016
Property and equipment $3,297,943   3,297,943 
Accumulated depreciation  (440,003)  (308,384)
Property and equipment, net $2,857,940   2,989,559 

Depreciation expense was $131,619 and $119,900 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

NOTE 5 – FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

Financing arrangements, excluding convertible promissory notes for which the conversion features have been classified as derivative instruments, as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 are as follows:

             2017            2016
Business loans and advances (1) $82,670  $34,974 
Factoring agreements (2)  136,584   152,810 
Debt – third party $219,254  $187,784 
         
Line of credit, related party secured by assets (3) $2,855,790  $2,597,790 
Debt – other related party (4)  126,700   384,200 
Debt – acquisition related party (5)  350,000     
Convertible debt – related party, (6)  250,000   250,000 
Debt – related party $3,582,490  $3,231,990 
         
Total financing arrangements $3,801,744  $3,419,774 
         
Less current portion:        
   Debt – third party $(216,435) $(184,965)
   Debt – related party  (3,332,490)  (2,981,990)
  $(3,548,925) $(3,166,955)
Total long-term debt, net of current portion $252,819  $252,819 

(3)The Company entered into a short-term cash arrangement during 2017 for $70,500 for which the terms require a weekly payment of $3,682, equal to a 15% interest rate, until completely paid with interest. This balance as of September 30, 2017 for this is $25,725. $30,000 of this balance bears interest at adjustable rates, 2.75% as of September 30, 2017, and is under similar terms and conditions of existing debt from shareholders which is secured by assets of the Company. The remaining balances generally bear interest at approximately 10% and are unsecured.

(4)The Factoring Agreement was established in June 2016 with a company that is controlled by a shareholder. The Factoring Agreement is such that the Company pays a discount of 2% per each 30-day period for each advance received against accounts receivable or future billings. The Company was advanced funds from the Factoring Agreement for which $136,584 remained unpaid as of September 30, 2017.

F-39 
(5)The Line of Credit originated with a bank and was secured by the personal assets of certain shareholders of Copperhead Digital. During 2016, the Line of Credit was assigned to the Copperhead Digital shareholders, who subsequent to the Copperhead Digital acquisition by TPTG became shareholders of TPTG, and the secured personal assets were used to pay off the bank. See Note 2(f). The Line of Credit bears a variable interest rate based on the 1 Month LIBOR plus 2.0% for amounts up to and including $1,250,000 or plus 3.5% for amounts above $1,250,000, is payable monthly, and is secured by the assets of the Company. The Company has an agreement, entered into with the acquisition of Copperhead Digital, with the applicable shareholders whereby the Company will raise funds through debt or equity, and pay off the Line of Credit. 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company have been reserved to accomplish raising the funds. Prior to the Line of Credit being assigned to certain shareholders, it was increased by $100,000 and funded to the Company in 2016 to allow for additional operating funds. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, shareholders extended approximately $258,000 of working capital at the same terms as the outstanding line of credit balance. In conjunction with this debt issuance, 53,600 options to acquire common shares of the Company’s stock were issued.

(6)$126,700 represents funds given to TPTG or subsidiaries by officers and managers of the Company as working capital. There are no written terms of repayment or interest that is being accrued to these amounts and they will only be paid back, according to management, if cash flows support it. They are classified as current in the balance sheets.

(7)$350,000 represents cash due to the prior owners of the technology acquired from the owner of the Lion Phone which is due to be paid as agreed by TPTG and the former owners of the Lion Phone technology and has not been determined.

(8)Convertible Debt – related party represents a note payable to the former principals of SDM, now managers of SDM, which is in the form of a convertible promissory note, due September 30, 2018, unsecured with no stated interest rate and convertible at any time into restricted Common Shares at $1.00 per share.

Derivative Financial Instruments as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

  2017 2016
Convertible promissory notes (1) $5,000  $—   
Convertible promissory notes – related party (1)  50,000   —   
Total convertible promissory notes $55,000  $—   
Discount  (45,947)  —   
Convertible promissory notes, net $9,053  $—   

The Company recognized $45,947 in debt discounts in connection with the convertible promissory notes.

(1)During September 2017, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount of $55,000 (comprised of two $25,000 notes to two related parties and one $5,000 note to a former officer of CDH), all which are due May 1, 2020 and bear 6% annual interest and are convertible into common stock of the Company at 60% of the average closing market share price for the prior 10-trading days. Subsequent to September 30, 2017, the Company issued an additional $12,000 of the same convertible promissory notes with the same conversion features. In addition, in November 2017, all convertible promissory notes included as derivative financial instruments were amended such that the conversion price became fixed at $0.25 per share.

The Company values its derivative financial instruments upon initial recognition at fair value and revalues its derivative financial instruments at the end of each reporting period or in the case of any conversion or modification of terms, at the date of any such modification or conversion. Any change in fair value is charged to earnings of the period where the derivative financial instrument is modified or converted. During the

F-40 

current fiscal year, with the issuance of convertible promissory notes, that have a conversion price 60% of the average closing market share price, these derivative financial instruments was determined using the Black Scholes method.

The ranges of inputs (or assumptions) the Company used to value the derivative liabilities at issuance, conversion dates, and as of September 30, 2017 were as follows:

(1)Dividend yield of 0%
(2)expected annual volatility of 353% - 357%
(3)risk-free interest rate of 1.42% - 1.55%
(4)expected life of 2.54 to 2.64 years, and
(5)estimated fair value of the Company’s common $.10 to .14 per share.

NOTE 6 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Preferred Stock

As of September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, we had authorized 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, of which certain shares had been designated as Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

In February 2015, the Company designated 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock.

The Series A Preferred Stock was designated in February 2015, has a par value of $.001, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined, and of an amount equal to $100 per share. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall, collectively have the right to convert all of their Series A Preferred Stock when conversion is elected into that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company, determined by the following formula: 60% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares as computed immediately after the transaction for conversion. For further clarification, the 60% of the issued and outstanding common shares includes what the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock may already hold in common shares at the time of conversion. The Series A Preferred Stock, collectively, shall have the right to vote as if converted prior to the vote to a number of shares equal to 60% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company.

There were no shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issued during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

In February 2015, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series B Preferred Stock.

The Series B Preferred Stock was designated in February 2015, has a par value of $.001, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series B Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any part of the Series B Preferred Shares and will receive and equal number of common shares at the conversion price of $2.00 per share. The Series B

F-41 

Preferred Stock holders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one to one basis.

There were no shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issued during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

Common Stock and Capital Contributions

As of September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, we had authorized 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock with a par value of $.001.

Stock Issuances

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, the Company received $35,000 in cash from a relative of an officer of the Company for 350,000 shares of restricted common stock. The shares were a capital contribution from an officer of the Company wherein 350,000 common shares were returned to the Company and issued to the relative.

Effective September 30, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of SDM for 750,000 shares of Common Stock as a capital contribution from an officer of the Company valued at $438,750.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, the Company issued 500,000 shares of restricted common stock for services valued at $385,000 related to marketing efforts.

In July 2016, the Company acquired the customer base of Goodwin Global for 50,000 shares of Common Stock from a capital contribution of an officer of the Company valued at $40,400.

Subscriptions Payable

In 2017, the Company committed to issue another 50,000 shares to a relative of an officer of the Company for which a subscription was received in 2014 for $7,500. This balance is recorded as a subscription payable as of December 31, 2016 and reclassified during 2017 as the shares were issued during November 2017.

Stock Options and Warrants

We do not have any warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, shareholders extended short term nonconvertible loans to the Company in the amount of approximately $258,000 under similar terms and conditions of existing debt from shareholders which is secured by assets of the company, except that these loans included issuing unattached options to purchase approximately 53,600 shares of common stock of the Company at exercise prices ranging from $0.05 to $0.22 per share and expire December 31, 2019. We used the Black Scholes method to value the stock options and expensed them in the nine months ended September 30, 2017 in the amount of $3,764. Inputs for this calculation included dividend yield of 0%, expected annual volatility of 355% to 363%, risk-free interest rate of 1.5%, expected life of 2.3 to 2.7 years, and estimated fair value if the Company’s common stock of $0.06 to $0.22. See Note 5.

Common Stock Reservations

The Company has reserved 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company for the purpose of raising funds to be used to pay off debt described in Note 5.

We have reserved 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company to grant to certain employee and

F-42 

consultants under the 2017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option And Award Incentive Plan, adopted by the Board of Directors and Shareholders in October 2017, as consideration for services rendered and that will be rendered to the Company. The Plan includes terms such as the life of stock options shall not be greater than 10 years, the exercise price of options granted shall be at 100% of Market Value in relation to Incentive Stock Options and any others will be at the discretion of the Administrator, vesting for non-officers or directors or consultants over three years, otherwise, the administrator sets the vesting period.

NOTE 7 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Obligations

Future minimum lease payments as of September 30, 2017 are as follows:

Obligation Delinquent (1) 2017 2018 2019 Total
Telecom Equipment Finance (2) $—     —     449,103   —    $449,103 
New Equipment Lease (3)  101,348   —     —     —     101,348 
Vehicles Leases      2,598   4,446   —     7,044 
Total $101,348   2,598   553,549   —    $557,495 

(1) In December 2016, a subsidiary’s landlord agreed to terminate a facility lease for 150,000 shares of Common Stock.

(2) The Telecom Equipment Lease is with an entity owned and controlled by shareholders of the Company and is due April 30, 2018, as amended in October 2017.

(3) The New Equipment Lease requires payments of $3,702 per month for 36 months beginning in November 2016. The lease is currently in default for nonpayment and classified as delinquent.

Other Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has employment agreements with certain employees of SDM and K Telecom. The agreements are such that SDM and K Telecom, on a standalone basis in each case, must provide sufficient cash flow to financially support the financial obligations within the employment agreements.

The company has been named in a lawsuit by a former employee who was terminated by management in 2016. The employee was working under an employment agreement but was terminated for breach of the agreement. The former employee is suing for breach of contract and is seeking around $75,000 in back pay and benefits. Management believes it has good and meritorious defenses and does not believe the outcome of the lawsuit will have any material effect on the financial position of the Company.

As of September 30, 2017, the company has collected $338,725 from one customer in excess of amounts due from that customer in accordance with the customer’s understanding of the appropriate billings activity. The customer has filed a written demand for repayment by the Company of these amounts. Management believes that the customer agreement allows them to keep the amounts under dispute. Given the dispute, the Company has reflected the amounts in dispute as a customer liability on the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and does not believe the outcome of the dispute will have a material effect on the financial position of the Company.

NOTE 8 – RELATED PARTY ACTIVITY

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company paid Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of the Company, approximately $30,000 for each period in rent and utility payments related to corporate office space. See note 5 for additional related party debt activity and Note 6 for shares issued to related party.

F-43 

NOTE 9 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill and intangible assets are comprised of the following:

September 30, 2017

  Gross carrying amount Accumulated Amortization Net Book Value Useful Life
Customer Base $2,303,771  $(1,651,950) $651,821   3 
Developed Technology $1,510,000  $(253,618) $1,256,382   9 
Goodwill $70,995  $—    $70,995   —   

December 31, 2016

  Gross carrying amount Accumulated Amortization Net Book Value Useful Life
Customer Base $2,303,771  $(1,091,730) $1,212,041   3 
Developed Technology $1,510,000  $(127,783) $1,382,217   9 
Goodwill $70,995  $—    $70,995   —   

Amortization expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was $686,055 and $422,219, respectively.

NOTE 10 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent to September 30, 2017, shareholders extended loans to the Company in the amount of approximately $112,600, most of which is under the same or similar terms and conditions of existing debt from shareholders which is secured by assets of the company, and included 22,520 options to purchase common stock at share prices of $0.12 to $0.22 per share. In addition, Officers and related parties to officers of the Company advanced $64,500 due on demand and non-interest bearing. Also an affiliate of the Company loaned $12,000 to the Company under terms of a convertible promissory note with an interest rate of 6%, a maturity date of May 1, 2020, and a strike price of 60% of the stock price which causes it to be included as derivative financial instruments. See Note 5.

The Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement dated November 3, 2017 with Blue Collar Inc. (“Blue Collar”), a Media Production and California Corporation and its shareholders to acquire 100% of the outstanding ownership of Blue Collar, including equipment, furniture and other assets, for 6,500,000 shares of restricted Common Stock and $1,600,000 in a Seller loan that is to be paid within eighteen months. The previous owners retain a right to 100% ownership reversal if TPT declares bankruptcy or has not become fully eligible to be traded on a listed US stock market within twelve months. For nine months ended September 30, 2017, Blue Collar generated $1.9 million in revenue and approximately $450,000 in pretax income.

The Company has also entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement dated November 1, 2017 with Hollywood Riviera LLC and HRS Mobile LLC (“HRS”) and their members who share common ownership to acquire 100% ownership interest in both of these companies for 3,265,000 restricted shares of Common Stock and $3,250,000, paid by way of assumed liabilities primarily. Any amounts not paid by assumed liabilities will be distributed to their members after the assumed liabilities have been paid off. HRS generated $3.2 million in revenue and approximately $164,000 in pretax income for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

The Company has also entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement dated October 31, 2017 between the Company and Matrixsites Inc. (“Matrix”) and its owners for the acquisition of the assets of Matrix related to Viewme Live, including all intellectual property and backend code and technology for Mobile TV Broadcast Network and Social Media Platform for 4,000,000 restricted shares of the Company and a promissory note for $4,000,000, terms of which will be agreed to by the Company and Matrix. The Company also entered into

F-44 

an employment agreement with the principal owner for $10,000 per month for five years. There were no revenues being generated from these assets prior to the acquisition.

F-45 

f. SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Not applicable.

g. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Not applicable.

h. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and notes thereto included herein. In connection with, and because we desire to take advantage of, the "safe harbor" provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, we caution readers regarding certain forward-looking statements in the following discussion and elsewhere in this report and in any other statement made by, or on our behalf, whether or not in future filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Forward-looking statements are statements not based on historical information and which relate to future operations, strategies, financial results or other developments. Forward looking statements are necessarily based upon estimates and assumptions that are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control and many of which, with respect to future business decisions, are subject to change. These uncertainties and contingencies can affect actual results and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by, or on our behalf. We disclaim any obligation to update forward-looking statements.

Based on our financial history since inception, our auditor has expressed substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern. As reflected in the accompanying financial statements, as of September 30, 2023, we had an accumulated deficit totaling $109,549,957. This raises substantial doubts about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

We generate revenues primarily through operating as a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) in Arizona as a distributor of cell phonestelecommunications and telecommunications equipmentInternet services and as a provider of ecommerce and cloud solutions in the western United States.

 

Our operating divisions historically have been those that sale telecommunications services and those that sale telecommunications products. Cloud based services were acquired in 2016 and will be more of a contributing factor to revenues in 2017 and forward.

Our primary revenues in 2016 and 2017 are primarily from telecommunications services and products.

Our plan of operations for the next 12 months is as follows:

 

MILESTONESEstimate of Liquidity and Capital Resource Needs

 

Product and technology engineering and development

 

$5,000,000

 

Equipment purchases

 

 

5,000,000

 

Repayment of short-term debt and other financing arrangements

 

 

9,000,000

 

Business development and business acquisitions

 

 

10,000,000

 

General working capital, investor relations, internal controls, and other human capital and other corporate purposes

 

 

17,000,000

 

Brokerage commissions and expenses

 

 

4,000,000

 

 

 

$50,000,000

 

4th Quarter 2017Expand Sales of products and services organically and through acquisitions.
Raise additional capital through offering of common stock or loans to support sales growth strategy
 
1st Quarter 2018Sales expansion through Media, Telecom, SaaS, and Content Product Releases69

2nd Quarter 2018Expansion of national and international sales
3rd Quarter 2018Additional acquisitions and development costs marketing capital to launch our mobile banking division

54
Table of Contents

Results

Although the items set forth above indicate management’s present estimate of Operationsour liquidity and capital resource needs, we may have difference needs or utilize corporate liquidity and capital resources for other corporate purposes. Our actual use of liquidity and capital resources may vary from these estimates because of a number of factors, including whether we are successful in completing future acquisitions, whether we obtain additional funding, what other obligations have been incurred by us, the operating results of our initial acquisition activities, and whether we are able to operate profitably. If our need for liquidity and capital resources increases, we may seek additional funds through any financing opportunity available to us. There are no current commitments for any such financing opportunity, and there can be no assurance that these funds may be obtained in the future if the need arises.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

For the Three Months Ended September 30, 20172023 Compared to the Three Months Ended September 30, 2016

2022

 

During the three months ended September 30, 2017,2023, we recognized total revenues of $477,184$923,251 compared to the prior period of $821,986. We incurred a$2,052,817. The decrease is largely attributable to the decrease in revenues for Copperhead Digital during 2017internet customers from aattrition and the discontinuance of unprofitable operating locations, and from the decrease in customers compared to the prior period offset by an increase in revenuesBlue Collar’s revenue from the acquisition of SDM during the fourth quarter of 2016.writers and actor’s strike.

Gross profit for the three months ended September 30, 20172023 was $124,199$183,738 compared to $322,885$361,278 for the prior period. The decrease is largely attributable to decreases in revenue. Gross profit (loss) percentage is 20% in the current period is comparable to the 18% in the prior period. There is no amortization in the current period from operating lease assets because of $198,686 pertained primarily to decrease in Copperhead Digital revenue.prior year write offs. 

During the three months ended September 30, 2017,2023, we recognized $725,319incurred $1,418,430 in operating expenses compared to $822,954$1,626,737 for the prior period. The changedecrease was in large part attributable to no depreciation and amortization in the current period as a result of impairments taken at the end of 2022.  There were also decreases in payroll and professional fees from Blue Collar’s decreased activity from the writers and actor’s strike and fewer employees for TPT SpeedConnect offset by a provision for bad debt on TPT SpeedConnect receivables provided of approximately $370,000.

Derivative gains of $1,015,764 and $102,903 result from the accounting for derivative financial instruments during the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The gain on debt extinguishment of $133,850 for the current period and $397,008 from the prior period results from an increasethe conversion of convertible debt to common stock and exchanges in amortizationthe prior year of intangibles relatedaccounts payable, financing arrangements and lease agreement balances for Series E Preferred Stock.

Interest expense decreased for the three months ended September 30, 2023 compared to customer bases acquired in 2016 offsetthe prior period by decreases in various general expenses$13,530. The two periods are comparable.

IST has been disclosed as discontinued operations.  The $126,101 and $107,639 represent the gain on disposal of discontinued operations and the net gain from the discontinued operations for 2017.the quarter ended September 30, 2023 of IST.

During the three months ended September 30, 2017,2023, we recognized a net loss of $653,497 compared to $538,563$491,288 from continuing operations versus $1,245,019 for the prior period. The increasedifference mainly is activity in the net loss of $114,934 was a result of the decreaseprior period related to depreciation and amortization and decreases in gross profits from a decrease in revenues from Copperhead Digital.margin and operating expenses explained above.

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 20172023 Compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 20162022

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017,2023, we recognized total revenues of $1,782,722$3,007,866 compared to the prior period of $2,152,844. We incurred a$6,145,465. The decrease is largely attributable to the decrease in revenues for Copperhead Digital during 2017 compared tointernet customers from attrition and the prior period offset by an increase in revenuesdiscontinuance of unprofitable operating locations, and from the acquisition of SDM duringdecrease in Blue Collar’s revenue for the fourth quarter of 2016.writers and actor’s strike.

 

Gross profit for the nine months ended September 30, 20172023 was $451,000$1,224,523 compared to $682,298$1,651,536 for the prior period.  The decrease of $231,298 pertained primarilyis largely attributable to decreases in Copperhead Digital revenue.revenues for TPT SpeedConnect, TPT MedTech and Air Fitness. Gross profit percentage for the current period is 41% versus 27% for the prior period. There is no amortization in the current period from operating lease assets because of prior period write offs which helps improve margin percentage.

70

Table of Contents

During the nine months ended September 30, 2023, we recognized $4,318,017 in operating expenses compared to $6,767,816 for the prior period. The decrease was in large part attributable to the research and development expense of $1,750,000 in the prior period from the acquisition of a software developed by a third party and decreases in depreciation and amortization resulting from impairments taken in the prior period offset by a provision for bad debt on TPT SpeedConnect receivables provided of approximately $370,000.

Derivative gains of $367,881 and $491,301 result from the accounting for derivative financial instruments during the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The gain of $466,380 for the period ended September 30, 2023 and the loss on debt extinguishment of $1,970,030 for the prior period ended September 30, 2022 result from the exchange of accounts payable, financing arrangements and lease agreement balances for Series E Preferred Stock.

Interest expense decreased for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 compared to the prior period by $3,365,136. The decrease comes largely from the amortization of debt discounts and default provisions on the Company’s derivative securities in the prior period.

IST has been disclosed as discontinued operations.  The $126,101 and $(557) represent the gain on disposition of IST and the loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 from those operations.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017,2023, we recognized $2,451,535 in expensesincurred a net loss of $3,219,152 from continuing operations compared to $2,153,866$11,352,944 for the prior period. The increasedifference was largely from the loss on extinguishment of $297,669 was primarily a result of an increase in professional fees of $264,764accounts payable, financing arrangements and lease agreement balances, interest expense from increased expenses for outside contractors including accounting, legal and auditing fees and an increase in amortization of intangibles related to customer bases acquireddebt discounts and default accounting for derivative securities and depreciation and amortization in second half of 2016.the prior year versus the current period.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we recognized a net loss of $2,130,562 compared to $1,562,710 for the prior period. The increase in net loss of $567,852 was a result of the decrease in gross profits in addition to the increases in expenses discussed in the preceding paragraphs.LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Cash flows generated from operating activities were not enough to support all working capital requirements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. Financing activities described below, have helped with working capital and other capital requirements. We incurred $2,130,562$3,093,608 and $1,562,710,$11,352,944, respectively, in losses, and we used $538,187$442,135 and $244,159,$263,313, respectively, in cash for operations for the nine months ended September 30, 20172023 and 2016. 2022. We calculate the net cash used by operating activities by decreasing, or increasing in case of gain, our let loss by those items that do not require the use of cash such as depreciation, amortization, research and development, derivative expense or gain, gain on extinguishment of debt and share-based compensation which totaled to a net $343,636 for 2023 and $7,704,624 for 2022. 

In addition, we report increases and reductions in liabilities as uses of cash and decreases assets and increases in liabilities as sources of cash, together referred to as changes in operating assets and liabilities.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, we had a net change in our assets and liabilities of $2,303,246 primarily from an increase in accounts payable from lag of payments for accounts payable for cash flow considerations and increase in prepaid expenses.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2022 we had a net increase to our assets and liabilities of $3,385,007 for similar reasons.

Cash flows from financing activities were $460,478$382,505 and $244,835$(175,057) for the same periods.

nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.  For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015

During the yearnine months ended December 31, 2016, we recognized total revenuesSeptember 30, 2023, these cash flows were generated from proceeds from convertible notes of $2,766,730 compared to the prior period$358,500 and other notes receivable - related parties of $3,204,423. Acquisition activity added to revenues 2016 compared to the prior period. 2016 included a full year of revenues from the Port2Port customer base acquired during 2015 and revenues from SDM from the 3rd quarter 2016 acquisition. These acquisitions added approximately $716,000 in revenues in 2016 compared to 2015. These increases in revenues were more than$139,931 offset by decreasespayment on convertible loans, advances and factoring agreements of $32,705 in revenuescash used in discontinued operations.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, cash flows were generated from K Telecomproceeds from convertible notes, loans and advances of $384,431 and from Copperhead Digital of $849,745.

55
Table of Contents

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $939,955 compared to $1,422,340 for the prior period. The decrease of $482,385 pertained primarily to net decreases in revenue discussed in the preceding paragraph.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we recognized $5,296,995 in expenses compared to $6,279,081 for the prior period. The decrease of $982,086 was primarily a result of a difference in professional fees of $944,341 primarily from $2,541,881 in share based compensation in 2016 versus $3,466,000 in 2015,$1,256,187 offset by an increasepayment on convertible loans, advances and factoring agreements of $193,523 in amortization$1,391,580 and payments on amounts payable – related parties of intangibles related to customer bases and developed technology acquired in acquisitions.$39,664.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we recognized a net loss of $4,463,199 compared to $4,963,858 for the prior period. The decrease in the loss of $500,659 was a result of the decrease in gross profits in addition to the increases in expenses discussed in the preceding paragraphs.

Cash flows generated from operatingused in investing activities were not enough to support all working capital requirements$0 and $16,297, respectively, for the yearsnine months ended December 31, 2016September 30, 2023 and 2015. Financing activities described below, have helped with working capital2022 primarily related to the acquisition of property and other capital requirements. We incurred $4,463,199equipment for 2022 and $4,963,858, respectively, in losses, and we used $352,792 and $523,729, respectively, in cash fordiscontinued operations for 2023.

These factors raise substantial doubt about the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Cash flows from financing activities were $269,880 and $651,399 for the same periods.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

During 2017 and through the date of this report, existing shareholders extended loans to the Company in the amount of approximately $624,000, $435,500 of which was outstanding as of September 30, 2017. Of the $624,000, $400,600 is under similar terms and conditions of existing debt from shareholders which is secured by assets of the company. $157,000 was advanced from officers and related parties of officersability of the Company and have no documented terms. $67,000 was funded under convertible debt instruments. In addition,to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the Company entered into a short-term cash arrangement for $70,500issuance of which $25,725 remained outstanding asthese financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of September 30, 2017.this uncertainty.

 

In order for us to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the issuance of these financial statements, we will need to obtain additional debt or equity financing and look for companies with cash flow positive operations that we can acquire. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional debt or equity financing, that we will be able to acquire cash flow positive operations, or that, if we are successful in any of those actions, those actions will produce adequate cash flow to enable us to meet all our future obligations. Most of our existing financing arrangements are short-term. If we are unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing, we may be required to significantly reduce or cease operations.

 

71

Table of Contents

Our

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2022 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2021

During the year ended December 31, 2022, we recognized total revenues of $7,309,997 compared to the prior period of $10,029,579. The decrease is largely attributable to the decrease in internet customers from attrition and the discontinuance of unprofitable operating locations. Decreases in MedTech revenue also occurred compared to the prior year from a decrease in operations.

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $1,511,965 compared to $2,227,404 for the prior period. Gross margin percentage decreased from 22% to 20% largely as a result of the decrease in internet customers.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, we recognized $15,441,592 in operating expenses compared to $8,905,220 for the prior period. The increase was in large part attributable to the research and development expense of $1,750,000 in the current period from the acquisition of a software developed by a third party and impairments in the current period for goodwill and long-lived assets of $7,283,276.

Derivative expense the current period was $650,071 compared to $3,536,901 for the prior. This results from the accounting for derivative financial instruments and is largely dependent on the company’s common stock trading price.

The loss on debt extinguishment of $2,248,092 for the current period results from the exchange of accounts payable, financing arrangements and lease agreement balances for Series E Preferred Stock and shares of common stock, as well as, losses on conversions of derivative debt for common shares.

Interest expense increased for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior period by $2,118,253. The increase comes largely from the amortization of debt discounts and default provisions on the Company’s derivative securities.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, we recognized a net loss of $21,749,920 compared to $4,095,507 for the prior period. The difference was loss on debt conversions, increase on interest expense from debt discounts and default provisions, impairments in the current year slightly offset by the decrease in derivative expense.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company amended its series A Preferred Stock which resulted in a deemed dividend of $39,866,742 due to an increase in fair value of the Preferred A stock.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Cash flows generated from operating activities were not enough to support all working capital requirements for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. Financing activities described below have helped with working capital and other capital requirements.

We incurred $21,749,920 and $4,095,507, respectively, in losses, and we used $226,493 and $995,093, respectively, in cash for operations for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. We calculate the net cash used by operating activities by decreasing, or increasing in case of gain, our let loss by those items that do not require the use of cash such as depreciation, amortization, promissory note issued for research and development, note payable issued for legal fees, derivative expense or gain, gain on extinguishment of debt, loss on conversion of notes payable, impairment of goodwill and long-loved assts and share-based compensation which totaled to a net $16,746,502 for 2022 and $(1,170,451) for 2021. 

72

Table of Contents

In addition, we report increases in assets and reductions in liabilities as uses of cash and deceases in assets and increases in liabilities as sources of capital arecash, together referred to as changes in operating assets and liabilities.  For the year ended December 31, 2022, we had a net increase in our assets and liabilities of $4,776,925 primarily from an increase in accounts payable from lag of payments for accounts payable for cash flow considerations and an increase in the balances from our operating lease liabilities.  For the year ended December 31, 2021 we had a net increase to our assets and liabilities of $4,270,865 for similar reasons.

Cash flows from financing activities were $(180,525) and $1,169,810 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.  For the year ended December 30, 2022, these cash flows were generated from proceeds from convertible notes, loans and salesadvances of $1,256,187 offset by payment on convertible loans, advances and factoring agreements of $1,391,580 and payments on convertible notes and amounts payable – related parties of $45,132.  For the year ended December 31, 2021, these cash flows were generated from the sale of Series D Preferred Stock, common stock subscriptions of $610,502, proceeds from convertible notes, loans and advances of $3,900,400 offset by payment on convertible loans, advances and factoring agreements of $3,502,592 and payments on convertible notes and amounts payable – related parties of $64,480.  

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities were $(22,747) and $324,040, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 primarily related to the acquisition of property and equipment and the purchase of IST.

These factors raise substantial doubt about the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the issuance of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

In December 2019, COVID-19 emerged and has subsequently spread worldwide. The World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 a pandemic resulting in federal, state and local governments and private entities mandating various restrictions, including travel restrictions, restrictions on public gatherings, stay at home orders and advisories and quarantining of people who may have been exposed to the virus. After close monitoring and responses and guidance from federal, state and local governments, in an effort to mitigate the spread of COVID-19, for a period of time, the Company closed certain offices, all of which have be subsequently reopened. The Company continues to monitor developments, including government requirements and recommendations at the national, state, and local level to evaluate possible extensions to all or part of such closures.

The Company has taken advantage of the stimulus offerings and received $1,402,700 in PPP loans. All of these PPP loans were forgiven in the year ended December 31, 2021. The Company is also in the process of trying to raise debt and equity financing, some of which may have to be used for working capital shortfalls if revenues continue to decline. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company entered into convertible promissory notes for a total of $744,260. Subsequent to December 31, 2022, the Company entered into convertible promissory notes for $81,675 and $330,000.

In order for us to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from common or preferred stock. We have no commitments for loansthe issuance of these financial statements, we will need to obtain additional debt or equity sales at this date.financing and look for companies with cash flow positive operations that we can acquire. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional debt or equity financing, that we will be able to acquire cash flow positive operations, or that, if we are successful in any of those actions, those actions will produce adequate cash flow to enable us to meet all our future obligations. Most of our existing financing arrangements are short-term. If we are unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing, we may be required to significantly reduce or cease operations.

 

A summary of material terms of our financing arrangements as of September 30, 2023 is as follows:

73

Table of Contents

 

 

Balance

 

 

Rate

 

 

Due Date

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Conversion

 

Secured

 

Third party debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances

 

$470,092

 

 

3.76-14%

 

 

May 2020 to October  2023

 

 

$470,092

 

 

None

 

Company assets

 

Convertible Notes Payable

 

 

3,424,556

 

 

6-24%

 

 

 

(1)

 

$2,824,043

 

 

Convertible at various rates

 

Company stock

 

Factoring Agreements

 

 

532,467

 

 

30-43%

 

 

February 2020 to October 2021

 

 

$532,467

 

 

None

 

Receivables

 

Total third party debt

 

$4,427,115

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Related party debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line of Credit

 

$2,742,929

 

 

1 Mo Libor plus 2.0%

 

 

 

(2)

 

$2,742,929

 

 

None

 

Trucom assets

 

Debt (Matrixsites)

 

 

1,550,000

 

 

 

0%

 

 

(3)

 

None

 

 

None

 

VuMe Live assets

 

Debt (Lion Phone)

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

0%

 

None

 

 

None

 

 

None

 

None

 

Debt (Air Fitness)(4)

 

 

115,500

 

 

 

12%

 

February 1, 2021(4)

 

 

 

115,500

 

 

None

 

Air Fitness assets

 

Convertible Debt

 

 

553,100

 

 

4-6%

 

 

Various in 2020 and 2021

 

 

$553,100

 

 

Convertible at $0.15 to $1.00 per share

 

Company assets

 

Shareholder Debt

 

 

144,081

 

 

 

0%

 

None

 

 

None

 

 

None

 

None

 

Total related party debt

 

$5,455,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financing arrangements

 

$9,882,725

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__________

(1)

Various dates from December 2019 to February 2024. Most convertible at a percentage discount to the market.

(2)

Subsequently amended to August 31, 2020. Agreement in place to convert 100% of balance to Series E Preferred Shares upon Company uplisting to major exchange.

(3)

Payable $550,000 first proceeds raised by company. Remainder as agreed.

(4)

Air Fitness debt was payable six months from origination (August 1, 2020) or as agreed up by the Company and the former owners (currently non-controlling interest holders) of Air Fitness has a security interest in the assets that were acquired. This Note Payable became delinquent in 2021.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Revenue Recognition

We primarily recognizeuse the following criteria described below in more detail for each business unit:

Identify the contract with the customer.

Identify the performance obligations in the contract.

Determine the transaction price.

Allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract.

Recognize revenue when or as we satisfy a performance obligation. lo

Reserves are recorded as a reduction in net sales and are not considered material to our consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022. In addition, we invoice our customers for taxes assessed by governmental authorities such as sales tax and value added taxes, where applicable. We present these taxes on a net basis.

74

Table of Contents

The Company’s revenue generation for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 came from the following four basic criteria have been met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred orsources disaggregated by services have been rendered, (3)and products, which sources are explained in detail below. 

 

 

For the three

months ended  

September 30,

2023

 

 

For the three

months ended

September 30,

2022

 

 

For the nine

months ended

September 30,

2023

 

 

For the nine

months ended

September 30,

2022 

 

TPT SpeedConnect

 

$843,451

 

 

$1,357,611

 

 

$2,760,055

 

 

$4,403,345

 

Blue Collar

 

 

79,063

 

 

 

692,486

 

 

 

243,592

 

 

 

1,386,970

 

TPT MedTech

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

89,755

 

Other (1)

 

 

737

 

 

 

2,720

 

 

 

4,219

 

 

 

183,395

 

Total Services Revenues

 

$923,251

 

 

$2,052,817

 

 

$3,007,866

 

 

$6,063,465

 

Air Fitness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82,000

 

Total Product Revenues

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$82,000

 

Total Revenue

 

$923,251

 

 

$2,052,817

 

 

$3,007,866

 

 

$6,145,465

 

  __________

(1)

Includes international sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 of $0 and $172,781 related to TPT Asia.

TPT SpeedConnect: ISP and Telecom Revenue

TPT SpeedConnect is a rural Internet provider operating in 5 Midwestern States under the feetrade name SpeedConnect. TPT SC’s primary business model is fixed or determinablesubscription based, pre-paid monthly reoccurring revenues, from wireless delivered, high-speed internet connections. In addition, the company resells third-party satellite and (4) collection is reasonably assured.

Revenue generated from product sales, cell phonesDSL internet and telecommunications equipment, is recognized as revenue upon transfer of the title and risk of loss of the products to third-party customers, less a reserve for estimated product returns and other incentive arrangements including rebates.

IP telephony services. Revenue generated from sales of telecommunications services areis recognized as the transaction with the customer is considered closed and begins receivingthe customer receives and accepts the services that were the result of the transaction.

There are no financing terms or variable transaction prices. Due date is detailed on monthly invoices distributed to customer. Services billed monthly in advance are deferred to the proper period as needed. Deferred revenue are contract liabilities for cash received before performance obligations for monthly services are satisfied. Deferred revenue for TPT SpeedConnect as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 are $146,351 and $75,556, respectively. Certain of our products require specialized installation and equipment. For telecom products that include installation, if the installation meets the criteria to be considered a separate element, product revenue is recognized upon delivery, and installation revenue is recognized when the installation is

56
Table of Contents

complete. For sales that include customer-specified acceptance criteria, revenueThe Installation Technician collects the signed quote containing terms and conditions when installing the site equipment at customer premises.

Revenue for installation services and equipment is billed separately from recurring ISP and telecom services and is recognized after the acceptance criteria have been met. Certain of our products require specialized installation. Revenue for these productswhen equipment is deferred untildelivered and installation is completed. Revenue from ISP and telecom services is deferred and recognized monthly over the contractual period, or as services are rendered and accepted by the customer. Some

The overwhelming majority of our salesrevenue continues to be recognized when transactions qualify as multiple-element arrangements which require usoccur. Since installation fees are generally small relative to identifythe size of the overall contract and because most contracts are for two years or less, the impact of not recognizing installation fees over the contract is immaterial.

Blue Collar: Media Production Services

Blue Collar creates original live action and animated content productions and has produced hundreds of hours of material for the television, theatrical, home entertainment and new media markets. Blue Collar designs branding and marketing campaigns and has had agreements with some of the world’s largest companies including PepsiCo, Intel, HP, WalMart and many other Fortune 500 companies. Additionally, they create motion picture, television and home entertainment marketing campaigns for studios including Sony, DreamWorks, Twentieth Century Fox, Universal Studios, Paramount Studios, and Warner Brothers. With regard to revenue recognition, Blue Collar receives an agreement from each client to perform defined work. Some agreements are written, some are verbal. Work may include creation of marketing materials and/or content creation. Some work may be short term and take weeks to create and some work may be longer and take months to create. There are instances where customer agreements segregate identifiable obligations (like filming on site vs. film editing and final production) with separate units of accounting within the arrangement and allocate the transaction consideration across these separate accounting units. For arrangements that include non-software elements, the transaction’s consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on its relative selling price. When applying the relative selling price method, the selling price of each deliverable is determined based upon the following hierarchy of evidence: vendor-specific objective evidence, whichpricing. The performance obligation is generally basedsatisfied upon historical pricesdelivery of such film or production products, at which time revenue is recognized. There are no financing terms or variable transaction prices.

75

Table of Contents

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in stand-alone transactions; third-party evidence, which isconformity with United States generally based on market data on salesaccepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of similar productsassets and services, if available;liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and management’s best estimate of selling price. Management’s best estimate of selling price is generally based uponliabilities at the following considerations: stand-alone sales prices, established price lists, costs to produce and profit margins for similar products.

For cloud based solutions, we use the relative fair value method to allocate transaction consideration to each unit of accounting, whereby the evidence used in the determination of fair value estimates are based solely on vendor specific objective evidence. To the extent that vendor specific objective evidence does not exist for delivered elementsdate of the transaction, we applyfinancial statements and the residual method.reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. The Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that management believes are necessary for the fair presentation of their financial condition and results of operations for the periods presented. 

 

Share-based Compensation

 

We are required to measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards (including stock options) made to employees and directors based on estimated fair value. Compensation expense for equity-classified awards is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as an expense in earnings over the requisite service period.

 

We record compensation expense related to non-employees that are awarded stock in conjunction with selling goods or services and recognizesrecognize compensation expenses over the vesting period of such awards.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which amends ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation. This ASU requires that most of the guidance related to stock compensation granted to employees be followed for non-employees, including the measurement date, valuation approach, and performance conditions. The expense is recognized in the same period as though cash were paid for the good or service. The effective date is the first quarter of fiscal year 2020, with early adoption permitted, including in interim periods. The ASU has been adopted using a modified-retrospective transition approach. The adoption was not considered to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in our income tax provision in the period of enactment.

We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations, including taxable income in carryback periods. If we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce our income tax provision.

We account for uncertain tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” recognition threshold. We evaluate uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis and consider various factors, including, but not limited to, changes in tax law, the measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in tax returns, the effective settlement of matters subject to audit, new audit activity and changes in facts or circumstances related to a tax position.

During November 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17, ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes. ASU 2015-17 requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as non-current in a statement of financial position. We adopted ASU 2015-17 effective December 31, 2015.

It is our policy to record costs associated with interest and penalties related to tax in the selling, general and administrative line of the consolidated statements of operations.

57
Table of Contents

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill relates to amounts that arose in connection with our various business combinations and represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible net assets when accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but it is subject to periodic review for impairment.

We test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives at the reporting unit levelbalances for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests, if events and circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair valueas of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Events that would indicate potentialDecember 31st or whenever impairment and trigger an interim impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, current economic and market conditions, including a decline in market capitalization, a significant adverse change in legal factors, business climate or operational performance of the business and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.

In performing the annual goodwill impairment test, weindicators arise. We utilize the two-step approach. The first step, or Step 1, requires a comparison of the carrying value of each reporting unit to its estimated fair value. To estimate the fair value of ourseveral reporting units in evaluating goodwill for Step 1, we useimpairment using a quantitative assessment, which uses a combination of the incomea guideline public company market-based approach the market comparable approach and the market transaction approach. The income approach is based on a discounted cash flow analysis, or DCF approach, and calculates the fair value by estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable to a reporting unit and then discounting the after-tax cash flows to a present value, using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Assumptions used in the DCF approach require the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates and terminal values, growth rates and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows.income-based approach. The forecasted cash flows are based on our most recent operating activities and assumed growth rates. We believe our assumptions are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the underlying businesses. The discount rates, which are intended to reflect the risks inherent in future cash flow projections, used in the DCF approach are based on estimates of the weighted-average cost of capital, or WACC, of market participants relative to each respective reporting unit. The market approaches consider comparable and transactional market data based on multiples of revenue or earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, based on trading multiples of selected guidelines companies and deal multiples of selected target companies.

Ifquantitative assessment considers whether the carrying valueamount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, we are required to perform the second step, or Step 2, of the annual goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit and the estimated fair value of its assets and liabilities. To the extent this amount is below the carrying value of goodwill,in which case an impairment charge is recorded to write down the extent the reporting unit’s carrying value toexceeds its impliedfair value. Based on our impairment testing, we do not consider an impairment charge to goodwill necessary as of December 31, 2016.

Impairment charges related to goodwill, if any, have no impact on our cash balances.

76

Table of Contents

Impairment of Other Long-lived Tangible and Intangible Assets

Our intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships, developed technology, favorable leases, trademarks and developed technology.the film library. The majority of our intangible assets were recorded in connection with our various business combinations. Our intangible assets are recorded at fair value at the time of their acquisition.  We amortize intangibleIntangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives.

The estimatedlife on a straight-line basis. Estimated useful lives of the individual categories of intangible assets were based on the nature of the applicable intangible asset and the expected future cash flows to be derived from the intangible asset. Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives is recognized over the shorter of the respective lives of the agreement orare determined considering the period of time the intangible assets are expected to contribute to future cash flows. We amortize our finite-lived intangible assets based on patterns on whichevaluate the respective economic benefits are expected to be realized. We amortize the majorityrecoverability of our intangible assets on a straight-line basis from three to nine years, as this methodology most closely approximates the pattern of economic benefits for these assets.

We evaluate long-lived tangibleperiodically and intangible assets whenevertake into account events or changes in circumstances that warrant revised estimates of useful lives or that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment are present with respect to long-lived tangible and intangible assets used in operations and undiscounted future cash flows are not expected to be

58
Table of Contents

sufficient to recover the assets’ carrying amount, additional analysis is performed as appropriate and the carrying value of the long-lived assets is reduced to the estimated fair value, if this is lower, and an impairment loss is charged to expense in the period the impairment is identified. Factors we generally consider important which could trigger an impairment review on the carrying value of other long-lived tangible and intangible assets include the following: (1) significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, (2) significant changes in the manner of our use of acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, (3) underutilization of our tangible assets, (4) discontinuance of product lines by ourselves or our customers, (5) significant negative industry or economic trends, (6) significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period, (7) significant decline in our market capitalization relative to net book value and (8) goodwill impairment identified during an impairment review.exists. 

Business Acquisitions

Our business acquisitions have historically been made at prices above the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, resulting in goodwill or some identifiable intangible.intangible asset. Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of intangible assets and in assigning their respective useful lives. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management but are inherently uncertain.

We generally employ the income method to estimate the fair value of intangible assets, which is based on forecasts of the expected future cash flows attributable to the respective assets. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), the underlying product life cycles, economic barriers to entry, a brand’s relative market position and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.

Net assets acquired are recorded at their fair value and are subject to adjustment upon finalization of the fair value analysis.  

 

Long-Lived Assets

We periodically review the carrying amount of our depreciable long-lived assets for impairment which include property and equipment, intangible assets and right of use assets. An asset is considered impaired when estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset. In the event the carrying amount of such asset is not considered recoverable, the asset is adjusted to its fair value. Fair value is generally determined based on discounted future cash flow. 

Leases

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and subsequent amendments to the initial guidance: ASU 2017-13, ASU 2018-10, ASU 2018-11, ASU 2018-20 and ASU 2019-01 (collectively, Topic 842). Topic 842 requires lessees to classify leases as either finance or operating leases and to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term greater than 12 months regardless of the lease classification. We adopted Topic 842 using the effective date, January 2019, as the date of our initial application of the standard. Consequently, financial information for the comparative periods has been updated. Our finance and operating lease commitments are subject to the new standard, and we recognize as finance and operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets. 

Research and Development

Our research and development programs focus on telecommunications products and services. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Any payments received from external parties to fund our research and development activities reduce the recorded research and development expenses.

 

59
77

Table of Contents

i. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Share

 

Not applicable.The Company computes net income (loss) per share in accordance with ASC 260, “Earning per Share”. ASC 260 requires presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on the face of the income statement. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholder (numerator) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (denominator) during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method for options and warrants and using the if-converted method for preferred stock and convertible notes. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased from the exercise of stock options or warrants. Diluted EPS excludes all dilutive potential shares if their effect is anti-dilutive. As of September 30, 2023, the Company had shares that were potentially common stock equivalents as follows: 

Convertible Promissory Notes

6,750,885,442

Series A Preferred Stock (1)

28,788,595,385

Series B Preferred Stock

2,588,693

Series D Preferred Stock (2)

235,601,010

Series E Preferred Stock (3)

10,320,742,424

Stock Options and Warrants

129,116,666

46,227,529,620

___________

(1)

Holder of the Series A Preferred Stock which is Stephen J. Thomas, is guaranteed 60% of outstanding common stock upon conversion. The Company would have to authorize additional shares for this to occur as only 4,500,000,000 shares were authorized as of September 30, 2023. 15,000,000,000 are authorized as of January 17, 2024.

(2)

Holders of the Series D Preferred Stock may decide after 12 months to convert to common stock @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00. There is also an automatic conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock without consent of holders upon any national exchange listing approval and the registration effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The automatic conversion to common from Series D Preferred shall be @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00.

(3)

Holders of the Series E Preferred Stock may decide after 12 months to convert to common stock @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00. There is also an automatic conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock without consent of holders upon any national exchange listing approval and the registration effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The automatic conversion to common from Series E Preferred shall be @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00.

In the event of default under some of the notes, the conversion rates change significantly, allowing certain noteholders to convert at a greater discount to the market, which results in amounts of issuable shares which cannot be determined at this time.  An estimate of the issuable shares is reflected below.

 

j. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKDerivative Financial Instruments

 

Not applicable.Derivative financial instruments, as defined in ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities”, consist of financial instruments or other contracts that contain a notional amount and one or more underlying (e.g. interest rate, security price or other variable), require no initial net investment and permit net settlement. Derivative financial instruments may be free-standing or embedded in other financial instruments. Further, derivative financial instruments are initially, and subsequently, measured at fair value and recorded as liabilities or, in rare instances, assets.

 

k. DIRECTORSThe Company does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash-flow, market or foreign-currency risks. However, the Company had issued financial instruments including convertible promissory notes payable with features during 2019 that were either (i) not afforded equity classification, (ii) embody risks not clearly and EXECUTIVE OFFICERSclosely related to host contracts, or (iii) may be net-cash settled by the counterparty. As required by ASC 815, in certain instances, these instruments are required to be carried as derivative liabilities, at fair value, in our financial statements. 

The Company estimates the fair values of derivative financial instruments using the Monte Carlo model. Estimating fair values of derivative financial instruments requires the development of significant and subjective estimates (such as volatility, estimated life and interest rates) that may, and are likely to, change over the duration of the instrument with related changes in internal and external market factors. In addition, option-based techniques are highly volatile and sensitive to changes in the trading market price of our common stock, which has a high-historical volatility. Since derivative financial instruments are initially and subsequently carried at fair values, the Company’s operating results will reflect the volatility in these estimate and assumption changes.

The Company issued convertible promissory notes which are convertible into common stock, at holders’ option, at a discount to the market price of the Company’s common stock. The Company has identified the embedded derivatives related to these notes relating to certain anti-dilutive (reset) provisions. These embedded derivatives included certain conversion features. The accounting treatment of derivative financial instruments requires that the Company record fair value of the derivatives as of the inception date of debenture and to fair value as of each subsequent reporting date.

As of September 30, 2023, the Company marked to market the fair value of the debt derivatives and determined a fair value of $4,203,7882 ($4,093,369 from the convertible notes and $110,419 from warrants) in Note 5 (2) above. The Company recorded an expense from change in fair value of debt derivatives of $367,881 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The fair value of the embedded derivatives was determined using Monte Carlo simulation method based on the following assumptions: (1) dividend yield of 0%, (2) expected volatility of 133.5% to 191.5%, (3) weighted average risk-free interest rate of 4.80% to 5.50% (4) expected life of 0.50 to 3.58 years, and (5) the quoted market price of $0.001 for the Company’s common stock.

 

NameAgePositionTerm
78

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information as to persons who currently serve as our directors or executive officers, including their ages as of January 24, 2024.

Name

Age

Position

Term

Stephen J. Thomas, III

53

60

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Annual

Richard Eberhardt

60

66

Executive Vice-President

Chief Operating Officer and Director

Annual

Arkady Shkolnik

60

Director

Annual

Reginald Thomas

59

Director

Annual

John F. Wharton

66

Director

Annual

Gary Cook

59

65

Chief Financial Officer

Annual

Stacie Stricker45Corporate Secretary and ControllerAnnual

Our officers are elected by the board of directors at the first meeting after each annual meeting of our stockholders and hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified under our bylaws.

The directors named above will serve until the next annual meeting of our stockholders. Thereafter, directors will be elected for one-year terms at the annual stockholders' meeting. Officers will hold their positions at the pleasure of the board of directors absent any employment agreement. There is no arrangement or understanding between our directors and officers and any other person pursuant to which any director or officer was or is to be selected as a director or officer.

BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION

Stephen J. Thomas, III – President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

 

Mr. Thomas was appointedis President, CEO and Chairman of the Board of TPT Global Tech, Inc. onsince August 11, 2014. On March 24, 2023, he was appointed Chief Executive Officer and Director of Asberry 22 Holdings, Inc. Previously, Mr. Thomas was Manager of TPT Group, LLC (2015-2017) and Director of TPT Group, Inc. (2011-2014). Mr. Thomas was founder, CEO and CEODirector of Trans Pacific Telecom, Group, Inc. from 2000-2011 and prior to that was president and CEO of New Orbit Communications (1999-2001). In 2002, as CEO of Trans Pacific Telecom Group, Mr. Thomas was featured on CBS MarketWatch for winning “Product of the Year Award for 2002” VIVOware at the Internet Telephony Conference and Expo an event focused on voice, video, fax and data convergence. During his employment with New Orbit, Mr. Thomas worked extensively throughout Latin America, gaining extensive expertise and resources in the international telecom marketplace. Mr. Thomas has also served as Director of Network Optimization/Validation for WorldxChange Communications, one of the largest privately held facilities-based telecommunications company with headquarters in San Diego, California and international operations all over the globe. His responsibilities included Cost Assurance for expenses. As a matter of disclosure, in 2005 Mr. Thomas was an ISP equipment provider to Access Point Africa (“APA”). APA allowed its license to expire in Sierra Leone, and as a result APA and several individuals were alleged to have violated the Sierra Leone Telecommunications Act by operating an unlicensed internet access point. Mr. Thomas was charged as well as for the offense which bears a fine of up to $3,000 but the charge is unresolved at this time, but he intends to resolve it in the next several months.

 

Mr. Thomas attended Northeastern University majoring in Finance and Management (1984 to 1987).

 

Richard Eberhardt- Executive Vice- PresidentChief Operating Officer and Director

Mr. Eberhardt was appointed Executive Vice-Presidentis Chief Operating Officer and Director of TPT Global Tech, Inc. onsince October 10, 2014. Mr. Eberhardt resigned as Executive Vice-President on December 15, 2020 and was simultaneously appointed as Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Eberhardt also serves as Chief OperatingExecutive Officer of Copperhead Digital Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of TPT Global, Inc. On March 24, 2023, he was appointed Secretary and Director of Asberry 22 Holdings, Inc. Previously, Mr. Eberhardt served CEO/COO of Pacific Bio Medical, a Durable Medical Equipment provider, located in Phoenix, Arizona (2008-2012). From 2012-2015, Mr. Eberhardt served as Consultant and Sales Director for two telecommunications companies, Fathom Voice and Ipitomy located in Indiana and Florida, respectively. Founding member of a telecommunications firm, WorldxChange, located in San Diego, CA. (1989-2001) With WorldxChange, he researched, designed, and implemented start-up business sales and marketing models resulting in wholesale, commercial, and consumer revenue channels. He opened and operated offices in approximately 23 countries. He created and managed channels with 25K+ agents and $15M in monthly revenue.

79

Table of Contents

 

We believe his management experience is valuable to our company because he is an experienced sales and business development executive with strong business acumen and more than thirty years of experience leading sales and marketing operations. He has managed growth and revenue expansion through effective management of accounts and consultative sales approach that aligns the interests of all parties.

 

He has sought, and negotiated, partnerships and asset management agreements across multiple channels, including wholesale telecom providers (AT&T, Verizon, Global Crossing, and Worldcom). He has managed structured methodologies that combined strengths of marketing, sales, and operations to reduce redundancies, improve order-processing times, and streamline business flow. He has experience in reviving product lines with rebranding and repackaging, as well as created communications bundles, and incentive programs to maximize existing client penetration and drive vertical growth.

Arkady Shkolnik – Director

Mr. Shkolnik was appointed a Director of TPT Global Tech, Inc. on August 15, 2018. Mr. Shkolnik has over 25 years of senior-level management experience in the Semiconductor, Wireless and Telecommunications industry. He is currently VP EMEA of Sales with Qualcomm (2010 – present). In addition to being a leader at Qualcom, Mr. Shkolnik served on the Board of Advisors at Zeevo Technology, Inc, (2009 to 2012) leading up to their acquisition by Broadcom and brings extensive experience in global business development, sales, marketing, product management and strategic account management to TPT Global’s already diverse board. From 2006 until 2010, Mr. Shkolnik was Vice President, EMEA Sales & Business Development of PacketVideo Corporation. Previous experience includes Executive Vice President, Sales & Business Development of Quorum Systems (2005-2006), Vice President, Sales & Business Development of Broadcom (acquired by Widcomm) from 2000-2005, and Director of Sales, North America Wireless ASIC Business Unit at Philips Semiconductors/VLSI Technology from 1991-2000.

Mr. Shkolnik has developed and managed strategic OEM and semiconductor relationships globally. Aligning sales and marketing functions with corporate objectives, he has negotiated and secured over ~100 License, Technology and CSA agreements with customers such as Samsung, LG, Sony, Panasonic, HTC, BlackBerry, Microsoft, IBM, HP, Dell, Compaq, Logitech, TDK, Acer, TI, Philips, STM, Broadcom, CSR, Toyota, Panasonic, ZTE, and others.

Mr. Shkolnik attended Temple University where he received a Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc.), Electrical and Electronics Engineering Skills & Endorsements (1984).

Reginald Thomas – Director

Mr. Thomas was appointed a Director of TPT Global Tech, Inc. on August 15, 2018. He has over 20 years of experience working for technology companies where he is an accomplished business leader driving world class customer and partner experiences though the delivery of innovative software products and solutions for leading global companies.  Specific results include:

Cisco: (July 2018 - present) As Partner Delivery Executive he supports 3 of Cisco’s largest Multi-National Partners- IBM US IBM Canada, and Presidio. He aligned these Partners go to market strategy with Cisco’s shifting business strategy to influence more than $15M in services sales in the last 14 months.

Cisco: (2007 - 2017) As the Sr. Product Manager he owned Cisco’s Services Portal strategy, the UX Strategy, the build, and adoption of Cisco’s Services Portal. Under his direction it grew from 2 to 24 integrated service offers delivering a seamless customer and partner experience.

Openwave: (2001 - 2007) IT Director of Program Management- through his leadership he designed the foundation for the Program Management Office that managed the upgrades to mission critical databases requiring the management of highly technical resources; multiple applications delivery from concept to development, companywide roll outs for ERP systems, and Merger & Acquisition consolidation.

Lucent /Avaya: (1997 - 2001) E- Commerce Product and Strategy Lead where he had global responsibility for Lucent’s online Partner Portal. He e- enabled Lucent to transition $10M of Distributor order revenue to a seamless online experience realizing significant savings in the cost per order.

60
80

Table of Contents

 

Mr. Thomas graduated from the University of Connecticut in 1988 with a BS in Business.

John F. Wharton -Director

Effective August 31, 2021, the Board of Directors of the Company appointed Major General John F. Wharton (“Mr. Wharton”), former Commanding General of U.S Army Research, Development and Engineering Command who has been leading the Company’s Global Defense Division, as a director of the Company. Concurrently, Mr. Wharton was appointed as Chairman of the Company’s subsidiary, TPT Global Defense Systems, LLC.

Mr. Wharton has served the Nation for more than three decades and has extensive experience in leadership, technology, acquisition, and logistics. He retired from active military duty on September 30, 2016. He is currently a public and private sector advisor to numerous industries, universities, and governments.  In his last military assignment, he was responsible for 75% ($6.2 billion) of the Army's annual R&D budget and led more than 13,000 scientists, engineers and support personnel.

Mr. Wharton has been providing guidance and expertise for TPT’s Global Defense Division and has already been actively helping the Company across internal industry verticals in his capacity as a member of the Global Tech Advisory Board. His work with the Company’s telecoms, satellite, 5G and radar technologies units as well as his proactive involvement and contacts have resulted in expanded opportunities for domestic and international government contracts across geographies ranging from Europe, the Middle East, India, Africa and the Caribbean posturing TPT for future growth. 

Mr. Wharton graduated from the United States Military Academy in West Point, New York in 1981. In addition, his education includes the Quartermaster Basic and Advanced Courses, the Inspector General's Course, the Command and General Staff College. He also holds a Master of Science degree in national security and strategic studies from the Naval War College.

Gary Cook – Chief Financial Officer (Contract Services)

Mr. Cook was appointed Chief Financial Officer of TPT Global Tech, Inc. on November 1, 2017. Mr. Cook has served as chief financial officer, secretaryChief Financial Officer, Secretary or treasurerTreasurer for several small to medium size public and private companies in various industries for over 25 years including providing Chief Financial Officer services for several companies on a contract basis (2008-2017), in addition to full time employment with eVision USA.com, Inc. (1996-2002), Cognigen Networks, Inc. (2003-2008), eVision USA.com, Inc. (1996-2002) and SolaRover, Inc. (2009-2015). He has assisted with contract CFO services prior to this. Prior to this, Mr. Cook worked in the auditing department for KPMG in both the New Orleans, LA and Denver, CO offices for 12 years. 


His experience includes companies from start-ups to multimillion dollarmultimillion-dollar international operating companies in the internet marketing, software development, medical device, alternative energy, telecommunications, securities broker/dealer, private equity and manufacturing industries. While working with KPMG, Mr. Cook worked in other industries such as oil & gas, oil & gas services, cable, theatre exhibition, mining, banking, construction and not-for-profit. 

Mr. Cookhas a broad experience in accounting, finance, human resources, legal, insurance, contracts, banking relations, shareholder relations, internal controls, SEC matters, financial reporting and other corporate administrative and governance matters for both private and public companies. Mr. Cook has held Series 7, 24, 27 and 63 licenses from FINRA, successor to the NASD. 

 

Mr. Cook attended and graduated from Brigham Young University between 1979 and 1982. He is a certified public accountant and licensed with the State of Colorado.

81

Stacie Stricker – Corporate Secretary and Controller

Ms. Stricker was appointed Corporate Secretary and Controller of TPT Global Tech, Inc. on October 10, 2014.

Table of Contents

 

For nearly twenty years, Ms. Stricker has served as a senior-level financial operations leader and business partner in the telecommunications industry with companies such as Star Telecommunications, Telstra USA, and Acceris Communications. To make the best use of her significant experience in internal Corporate Controller roles, Ms. Stricker launched 2S Accounting Services in 2012. At 2S, Ms. Stricker and her team built strong relationships with specially selected clients, and develop adaptable and efficient solutions to their business and accounting challenges.

In addition to being a passionate and decisive organizational leader with experience transforming business units to deliver profitability and value, Ms. Stricker is experienced in accounting and all facets of financial operations, system and staff development, process development and internal control maintenance, strategy development and high performance team management. She is also a long-standing member of the National Association of Credit Manager’s Telecom Industry Group.

Ms. Stricker completed her undergraduate work at the University of California, Santa Barbara in 1994 and received her MBA from Pepperdine University in 2008. Additionally, in 2010, Ms. Stricker completed the Certificate of Public Accounting program at the University of California, Santa Barbara.

KEY EMPLOYEES OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

Steve Caudle - CEO Cloud Services

Steve Caudle has been in the technology field for 31 years and brings significant operations and technology development experiences to TPT Global Tech, Inc. Mr. Caudle began his career at the IBM “Think Tank” and Fairchild/National Semiconductor located in Silicon Valley California. Steve then moved on to work for the Department of Defense for eighteen years and specialized in code writing and software applications. Steve moved to the private sector and was the Chief Information Officer (CIO) at North Face Corporation and then moved to become the Executive VP of ZDTV (renamed TechTV) and then became C-NET now owned by CBS.

 

61
Table of Contents

Robert Haas, CEO of Levi Strauss, contracted Mr. Caudle as an executive consultant where he was placed in charge of relocating their data center from San Francisco, California to Dallas, Texas (1988).

Subsequently, Mr. Caudle joined ESST, where he was the CIO. ESST was a public company. Steve Caudle then joined Mr. Fred Chan, CEO of ESST in starting a new company called Vialta, Inc. Mr. Caudle was again the CIO and the number two person in charge of Vialta. Vialta designed DVD laser decoder chips that were used in many DVD players in the world. Vialta grew the company from 3 employees to over 4,000 in just five months and over $1.2 billion in revenue while he was there.

Upon leaving Vialta, Mr. Caudle started his own software development company called Matrixsites. Matrixsites has developed software and applications for a variety of companies such as Federal Express, Wells Fargo Bank, Bank of America, Apple, Pixar, ITV Guide and China Mobile.

Mr. Caudle received his BachelorsBachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering from San Jose State University in 1977 and holds one U.S. Patent.

 

Mark Rowen- CEO Media Division

Mark Rowen is a seasoned executive with over 25 years in the film and television business. In 2000, Mr. Rowen founded Blue Collar Productions, Inc., our subsidiary,an entity with which we entered into an acquisition agreement in November 2017 and amended in February 2018, where he remains President today. Blue Collar is a leader in the creation of original live action and animated content and has produced hundreds of hours of material for the television, theatrical, home entertainment and new media markets. Mr. Rowen works closely with all of the major television networks, cable channels and film studios to produce home entertainment products.

 

Mr. Rowen also works with a wide array of notable filmmakers including Steven Spielberg, Ron Howard, Brett Ratner and James Cameron to name a few. Mr. Rowen also has very close working relationships with actors including Tom Hanks, Brad Pitt, Julia Roberts, Robert Downey, Jr., Denzel Washington, Ryan Gosling, Sofia Vergara, Mariska Hargitay and many others.

 

Prior to starting Blue Collar Productions, Mr. Rowen functioned as the head of home entertainment production for DreamWorks SKG from 1997 to 2000. He also serves as the President of Long Leash Entertainment, an aggregator of entertainment based intellectual property and creator of high endhigh-end entertainment content.

Mr. Rowen is a graduate of the University of California, Los Angeles. He is also actively involved in charitable organizations includingStand Up 2 Cancer,The Joyful Heart Foundation,Save The Children, and other philanthropic endeavors in the arts.

 

Rolando Nichols- CEO Studio Services

Rolando Nichols has 20 years of experience in Broadcast Media as executive, producer, and on-air talent. Rolando is currently the CEO and Manager of Hollywood Riviera Studios (“HRS”). Under his vision and direction HRS has grown into a full blown media production company serving the major networks in the US and Latin America. Mr. Nichols expanded the company into eSports productions in 2015 and has become a producer in the video game industry. Through his relationships HRS has also expanded into the mobile production arena and HRS owns a 40ft. HD expando mobile production truck.

From 2009 through 2011 he was the voice in Spanish for the Los Angeles Angels of Anaheim on ESPN Deportes Radio and has also worked for Fox Deportes as their play-by-play announcer for Major League Baseball Games during the regular and post-season. Before becoming a Major League Broadcaster he spent 12 years working for Univision as a newscaster.

As a journalist, in 2005 Rolando received the highest recognition in broadcast media, the prestigious Peabody

62
Table of Contents

Award for a special series titled “15% of the population in the United States” an in-depth look at the past, present and future of the Hispanic community in the U.S.

Mr. Nichols has won the Edward R. Murrow Award for excellence in media, an Emmy, a Gabriel Award among others for his journalistic work.

Mr. Nichols holds a Bachelor of Arts in Broadcast Journalism from The Walter Cronkite School of Journalism at Arizona State University in 1999.

Conflicts of Interest – General.

 

Our directors and officers are, or may become, in their individual capacities, officers, directors, controlling shareholders and/or partners of other entities engaged in a variety of non-profit and for-profit organizations. Thus, there exist potential conflicts of interest including, among other things, time, efforts and corporation opportunity, involved in participation with such other business entities.

 

82

Table of Contents

Conflicts of Interest – Corporate Opportunities

 

Presently no requirement contained in our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, or minutes which requires our officers and directors to disclose business opportunities which come to their attention. Our officers and directors do, however, have a fiduciary duty of loyalty to us to disclose to us any business opportunities which come to their attention, in their capacity as an officer and/or director or otherwise. Excluded from this duty would be opportunities which the person learns about through his involvement as an officer and director of another company. We have no intention of merging with or acquiring an affiliate, associate person or business opportunity from any affiliate or any client of any such person.

 

l. EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTORS COMPENSATIONInvolvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

None of our directors and executive officers has been involved in any of the following events during the past ten years:

(a)

any petition under the federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency laws filed by or against, or an appointment of a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer by a court for the business or property of such person, or any partnership in which such person was a general partner at or within two years before the time of such filing, or any corporation or business association of which such person was an executive officer at or within two years before the time of such filing;

(b)

any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offences);

(c)

being subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining such person from, or otherwise limiting, the following activities: (i) acting as a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, floor broker, leverage transaction merchant, any other person regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or an associated person of any of the foregoing, or as an investment adviser, underwriter, broker or dealer in securities, or as an affiliated person, director or employee of any investment company, bank, savings and loan association or insurance company, or engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with such activity; engaging in any type of business practice; or (iii) engaging in any activity in connection with the purchase or sale of any security or commodity or in connection with any violation of federal or state securities laws or federal commodities laws;

(d)

being the subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any federal or state authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting for more than 60 days the right of such person to engage in any activity described in paragraph (c)(i) above, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

(e)

being found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the Securities and Exchange Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the Securities and Exchange Commission has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;

(f)

Being found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated any federal commodities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated;

(g)

being the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of: (i) any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation; or (ii) any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease- and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order; or (iii) any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

(h)

being the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

83

Table of Contents

Family Relationships

Stephen J. Thomas, III, President, CEO and Chairman of the Board and Reginald Thomas, Director, are brothers.

Director Attendance at Meetings

Our board of directors conducts its business through meetings, both in person and telephonic, and by actions taken by written consent in lieu of meetings. During the year ended December 31, 2023, our board of directors held no meetings and acted through unanimous written consents 8 times. Our board of directors encourages all directors to attend our future annual meetings of stockholders unless it is not reasonably practicable for a director to do so.

Corporate Governance

Our business, property and affairs are managed by, or under the direction of, our Board, in accordance with the Florida Business Corporation Law and our by-laws. Members of the Board are kept informed of our business through discussions with the Chief Executive Officer and other key members of management, by reviewing materials provided to them by management.

We continue to review our corporate governance policies and practices by comparing our policies and practices with those suggested by various groups or authorities active in evaluating or setting best practices for corporate governance of public companies. Based on this review, we have adopted, and will continue to adopt, changes that the Board believes are the appropriate corporate governance policies and practices for our Company. We have adopted changes and will continue to adopt changes, as appropriate, to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and subsequent rule changes made by the SEC, and the listing rules of the NASDAQ Capital Market and any applicable securities exchange.

Director Qualifications and Diversity

The board seeks independent directors who represent a diversity of backgrounds and experiences that will enhance the quality of the board’s deliberations and decisions. Candidates shall have substantial experience with one or more publicly traded companies or shall have achieved a high level of distinction in their chosen fields. The board is particularly interested in maintaining a mix that includes individuals who are active or retired executive officers and senior executives, particularly those with experience in the finance and capital market industries.

In evaluating nominations to the board of directors, our board also looks for certain personal attributes, such as integrity, ability and willingness to apply sound and independent business judgment, comprehensive understanding of a director’s role in corporate governance, availability for meetings and consultation on Company matters, and the willingness to assume and carry out fiduciary responsibilities. Qualified candidates for membership on the board will be considered without regard to race, color, religion, sex, ancestry, national origin or disability.

Oversight of Risk Management

Risk is inherent with every business, and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. We face a number of risks, including economic risks, financial risks, legal and regulatory risks and others, such as the impact of competition. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of the risks that we face, while our board, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, our board of directors is responsible for satisfying itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed. Our board of directors assesses major risks facing our Company and options for their mitigation in order to promote our stockholders’ interests in the long-term health of our Company and our overall success and financial strength. A fundamental part of risk management is not only understanding the risks a company faces and what steps management is taking to manage those risks, but also understanding what level of risk is appropriate for us. The involvement of our full board of directors in the risk oversight process allows our board of directors to assess management’s appetite for risk and also determine what constitutes an appropriate level of risk for our Company. Our board of directors regularly includes agenda items at its meetings relating to its risk oversight role and meets with various members of management on a range of topics, including corporate governance and regulatory obligations, operations and significant transactions, risk management, insurance, pending and threatened litigation and significant commercial disputes.

84

Table of Contents

While our board of directors is ultimately responsible for risk oversight, we plan to establish various committees of our board of directors to oversee risk management in their respective areas and regularly report on their activities to our entire board of directors. In particular, the Audit Committee will have the primary responsibility for the oversight of financial risks facing our Company. The Audit Committee’s charter will provide that it will discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps we have taken to monitor and control such exposures. Our board of directors will also delegate primary responsibility for the oversight of all executive compensation and our employee benefit programs to the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will strive to create incentives that encourage a level of risk-taking behavior consistent with our business strategy.

We believe the division of risk management responsibilities described above is an effective approach for addressing the risks facing our Company and that our board’s leadership structure provides appropriate checks and balances against undue risk taking.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of ethical conduct that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and senior financial management. This code of ethical conduct is embodied within our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to all persons associated with our Company, including our directors, officers and employees (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller). In order to satisfy our disclosure requirements under the Exchange Act, we will disclose amendments to, or waivers of, certain provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics relating to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, controller or persons performing similar functions on our website promptly following the adoption of any such amendment or waiver. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics provides that any waivers of, or changes to, the code that apply to the Company’s executive officers or directors may be made only by the Audit Committee. In addition, the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics includes updated procedures for non-executive officer employees to seek waivers of the code.

Board Leadership Structure

In accordance with the Company's by-laws, the Chairman of the Board presides at all meetings of the board. Currently, the Chief Executive Officer is held by a person who is the Chairman. The Company has no fixed policy with respect to the separation of these titles.

Committees of our board of directors

Our board of directors has established and will delegate certain responsibilities to its Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, effective at the time that the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part becomes effective.

Audit Committee

We will have established a separately designated Audit Committee in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act, which will take effect at the time that the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part becomes effective. The Audit Committee’s primary duties and responsibilities include monitoring the integrity of our financial statements, monitoring the independence and performance of our external auditors, and monitoring our compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The functions of the Audit Committee also include reviewing periodically with our independent registered public accounting firm the performance of the services for which they are engaged, including reviewing the scope of the annual audit and its results, reviewing with management and the auditors the adequacy of our internal accounting controls, reviewing with management and the auditors the financial results prior to the filing of quarterly and annual reports, reviewing fees charged by our independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing any transactions between our Company and related parties. Our independent registered public accounting firm reports directly and is accountable solely to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee has the sole authority to hire and fire the independent registered public accounting firm and is responsible for the oversight of the performance of their duties, including ensuring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves in advance the retention of, and all fees to be paid to, the independent registered public accounting firm. The rendering of any auditing services and all non-auditing services by the independent registered public accounting firm is subject to prior approval of the Audit Committee.

85

Table of Contents

The Audit Committee will operate under a written charter. The Audit Committee is required to be composed of directors who are independent under the rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The SEC’s independence requirement provides that members of the Audit Committee may not accept directly or indirectly any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from us or any of our subsidiaries other than their directors’ compensation. In addition, under SEC rules, an Audit Committee member who is an affiliate of the issuer (other than through service as a director) cannot be deemed to be independent.

The members of the Audit Committee, who will take office at the time that the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part becomes effective, are  [●], the Chairperson of the Audit Committee, [●] and [●], [●] and [●] have been determined by the board of directors to be independent under the NASDAQ listing standards and rules adopted by the SEC applicable to audit committee members when they become directors. The board of directors has determined that Mr. [●] qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under the rules adopted by the SEC and the Sarbanes Oxley Act. The term “Financial Expert” is defined under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as a person who has the following attributes: an understanding of generally accepted accounting principles and financial statements; has the ability to assess the general application of such principles in connection with the accounting for estimates, accruals and reserves; experience preparing, auditing, analyzing or evaluating financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by the company’s financial statements, or experience actively supervising one or more persons engaged in such activities; an understanding of internal controls and procedures for financial reporting; and an understanding of audit committee functions.

Compensation Committee

We will have established a separately designated Compensation Committee, which will take effect at the time that the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part becomes effective. The primary duties and responsibilities of the Compensation Committee are to review, modify and approve the overall compensation policies for the Company, including the compensation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and other senior management; establish and assess the adequacy of director compensation; and approve the adoption, amendment and termination of the Company’s stock option plans, pension and profit-sharing plans, bonus plans and similar programs. The Compensation Committee may delegate to one or more officers the authority to make grants of options and restricted stock to eligible individuals other than officers and directors, subject to certain limitations. Additionally, the Compensation Committee will have the authority to form subcommittees and to delegate authority to any such subcommittee. The Compensation Committee will also have the authority, in its sole discretion, to select, retain and obtain, at the expense of the Company, advice and assistance from internal or external legal, accounting or other advisors and consultants. Moreover, the Compensation Committee will have the sole authority to retain and terminate any compensation consultant to assist in the evaluation of director, Chief Executive Officer or senior executive compensation, including sole authority to approve such consultant’s reasonable fees and other retention terms, all at the Company’s expense.

The Compensation Committee will operate under a written charter. All members of the Compensation Committee must satisfy the independence requirements of NASDAQ applicable to Compensation Committee members. In determining the independence of members of the Compensation Committee, NASDAQ listing standards require our board of directors to consider certain factors, including, but not limited to:

·

the source of compensation of the director, including any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee paid by us to the director; and

·

whether the director is affiliated with us, one of our subsidiaries or an affiliate of one of our subsidiaries.

Under our planned Compensation Committee Charter, members of the Compensation Committee also must qualify as “outside directors” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and as “non-employee directors” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

The Compensation Committee will consist of [●], [●] and [●], who will take office at the time that the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part becomes effective. Mr. [●] is the Chairperson of the Compensation Committee. Each of the Compensation Committee members has been determined by the board of directors to be independent under NASDAQ listing standards applicable to compensation committee members, outside directors under the Internal Revenue Code, and non-employee directors under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

86

Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

We will have established a separately designated Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which will take effect at the time that the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part becomes effective. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee identifies, reviews and evaluates candidates to serve on the Board; reviews and assesses the performance of the board of directors and the committees of the Board; and assesses the independence of our directors. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is also responsible for reviewing the composition of the Board’s committees and making recommendations to the entire board of directors regarding the chairpersonship and membership of each committee. In addition, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for developing corporate governance principles and periodically reviewing and assessing such principles, as well as periodically reviewing the Company’s policy statements to determine their adherence to the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will operate under a written charter that identifies the procedures whereby Board of Director candidates are identified primarily through suggestions made by directors, management and stockholders of the Company. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider director nominees recommended by stockholders that are submitted in writing to the Company’s Corporate Secretary in a timely manner and which provide necessary biographical and business experience information regarding the nominee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does not intend to alter the manner in which it evaluates candidates, including the criteria considered by the Nominating Committee, based on whether or not the candidate was recommended by a stockholder. The board of directors does not prescribe any minimum qualifications for director candidates, and all candidates for director will be evaluated based on their qualifications, diversity, age, skill and such other factors as deemed appropriate by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee given the current needs of the board of directors, the committees of the board of directors and the Company. Although the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does not have a specific policy on diversity, it considers the criteria noted above in selecting nominees for directors, including members from diverse backgrounds who combine a broad spectrum of experience and expertise. Absent other factors which may be material to its evaluation of a candidate, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee expects to recommend to the board of directors for selection incumbent directors who express an interest in continuing to serve on the Board. Following its evaluation of a proposed director’s candidacy, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will make a recommendation as to whether the board of directors should nominate the proposed director candidate for election by the stockholders of the Company.

No member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may be an employee of the Company, and each member must satisfy the independence requirements of NASDAQ and the SEC, except that the committee may have one member who does not meet the Nasdaq independent standards if that committee member is not a current executive officer or employee of the Company or a family member of any current executive officer of the Company, and the Board determines, under exceptional and limited circumstances, that the director’s membership on the Committee is in the best interests of the Company and its Shareholders.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consist of [●], who is the Chairperson of the committee,  [●] and [●] who will take office at the time that the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part becomes effective. Messrs. [●], [●] and [●] have been determined by the board of directors to be independent under NASDAQ listing standards.

87

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The following table sets forth the compensation paid to our officers and board members duringfor the fiscal years ended December 31, 20162023, 2022, 2021, and 2015. The table sets forth this information for TPT Global Tech, Inc. including salary, bonus, and certain other compensation to the Board members and named executive officers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.2020.

 

63
Table of Contents

SUMMARY EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLE

In Dollars

 

Name & Position Year Salary
($)
 Bonus
($)
 

 

 

Stock awards 

($)

 Option awards
($)
 Non-equity incentive plan compensation
($)
 Non-qualified deferred compen-sation earnings
($)
 All other compen-sation
($)
 Total
($)

 

Year

 

Salary

($)

 

 

Bonus

($)

 

 

Stock awards

($)

 

 

Option awards

($)

 

 

Non-equity incentive plan compensation

($)

 

 

Non-qualified deferred compensation earnings

($)

 

 

All other compensation

($)

 

 

Total

($) (2)

 

                  
Stephen J. Thomas, III CEO and President  2016   79,571   —     —     —     —     —     50,000   129,571 

 

2023

 

83,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

 

83,333

(2)

  2015   81,028   —     3,117,000   —     —     —     50,000   3,248,028 

 

2022

 

166,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

166,667

(2)

                                    

 

2021

 

270,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

270,000

(2)

Richard Eberhardt, Executive Vice-President  2016   77,722   —     220,000   —     —     —     16,000   313,722 

 

2020

 

262,083

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

262,083

(2)

Richard Eberhardt, COO

 

2023

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,704

(3)

 

60,704

(2)

 

2022

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,704

(3)

 

110,704

(2)

  2015   48,900   —     —     —     —     —     16,000   64,900 

 

2021

 

170,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,704

(3)

 

180,704

(2)

                                    

 

2020

 

169,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

169,250

(2)

Gary Cook, CFO   2016   35,500   —     1,650,000   —     —     —     —     1,685,500 

 

2023

 

125,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125,000

(2)

  2015   17,322   —     —     —     —     —     —     17,322 

 

2022

 

133,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

133,333

(2)

                                    

 

2021

 

200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200,000

(2)

Stacie Stricker, Secretary and Controller  2016   30,500   —     145,000   —     —     —     —     175,500 
  2015   28,000   —     —     —     —     —     —     28,000 

 

2020

 

219,167

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

219,167

(2)

Stacie Stricker, Secretary and Controller (4)

 

2021

 

35,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,000

(2)

 

2020

 

135,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

135,000

(2)

(1)

The Company entered into a lease for living space which is occupied by Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of the Company. Mr. Thomas lives in the space and uses it as his corporate office. The Company has paid approximately $22,500, $30,000, $30,000 and $30,000 in rent and utility payments for the years ended December 31, 2023 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. No portion of the payments on this lease have been included in amounts shown in compensation to Mr. Stephen Thomas and has approximated $30,000 to $40,000 a year in 2015-2019.

(2)

These amounts do not include compensation that has been accrued on the books of the Company in accordance with employment agreements and other previous contract work performed but has not been paid because of the lack of cash flows. Accrued but unpaid compensation as of December 31, 2023 is as follows: Stephen J. Thomas, III - $107,757; Richard Eberhardt - $113,470; and Gary Cook - $133,283.

(3)

Represents a monthly car allowance paid by the Company.

(4)

Ms. Stricker resigned as an employee of the Company in March 2021.

   

OPTION/WARRANT GRANTS IN THE LAST FISCAL YEAR

 

On October 14, 2017, the Board of Directors and majority stockholders of TPT approved the 2017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option and Award Incentive Plan (“the 2017 Plan.”) There are 20,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved under the 2017 Plan.

 

As of September 30, 2023, there were no options outstanding to purchase shares of common stock of the Company.

During the period ended September 30, 2023, there were no warrants issued to purchase shares of common stock.

88

Table of Contents

Option/Warrant Grants In The Last Interim and Fiscal Year

On October 14, 2017, the Board of Directors and majority stockholders of TPT approved the 2017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option and Award Incentive Plan (“the 2017 Plan.”) There are 20,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved under the 2017 Plan.

On February 1, 2024, by unanimous written consent, the Board of Directors and Majority Shareholder of TPT Global Tech, Inc. (the “Company”) approved and adopted an amendment and restatement of the 2024 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option, Compensation, and Award Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to increase the maximum number of common shares, with a par value of $0.001 (“Common Shares”), available for grant to participants under the Plan to 3,500,000,000 Common Shares. In addition, the Plan was amended to define “Eligible Person” as an Employee, Consultant (Person or Professional Services Company) or Director of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary. A company other than a Professional Services Company is NOT eligible and “Issuance for Compensation for Services” shall mean the issuance for valuable and adequate consideration determined by the Board as determined by performance pursuant to an agreement. This Plan amends and supersedes any and all prior Plans.

As of September 30, 2023, there were 129,116,666 warrants outstanding that expire in five years or in the years ended December 31, 2024 -2027.  As part of the Convertible Promissory Notes payable – third party issuance in Note 5, the Company issued 1,000,000 warrants to purchase 1,000,000 common shares of the Company at 70% of the current market price.  Current market price means the average of the three lowest trading prices for our common stock during the ten-trading day period ending on the latest complete trading day prior to the date of the respective exercise notice.  However, if a required registration statement, registering the underlying shares of the Convertible Promissory Notes, is declared effective on or before June 11, 2019 to September 11, 2019, then, while such Registration Statement is effective, the current market price shall mean the lowest volume weighted average price for our common stock during the ten-trading day period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date.  

On January 31, 2022, TPT Global Tech, Inc. issued warrants in conjunction with the issuance of certain debt, options exercisable for 76,120Talos and Blue Lake Note Agreements.  Warrants to purchase 18,116,666 shares were issued outsideof common stock at $0.015 per share provided, however, that if the Company consummates an uplist offering on or before July 6, 2022 then the exercise price shall be 110% of the 2017 Plan 53,600offering price at which the uplist offering is made.

The warrants issued under these convertible promissory notes were considered derivative liabilities valued at $110,419 of which we issuedthe total $4,203,788 derivative liabilities as of September 30, 2017. The number2023. See Note 5.

Current market price means the average of options, exercise price and expirationthe three lowest trading prices for our common stock during the ten-trading day period ending on the latest complete trading day prior to the date of these options are as follows:

Stock Option Share Expire
Granted Price Date
     
 6,000  $0.063   12/31/2019 
 2,000  $0.046   12/31/2019 
 21,200  $0.22   12/31/2019 
 6,400  $0.135   12/31/2019 
 5,500  $0.12   12/31/2019 
 8,300  $0.22   12/31/2019 
 8,720  $0.72   12/31/2019 
 4,000  $0.066   12/31/2019 
 2,000  $0.063   12/31/2019 
 4,000  $0.052   12/31/2019 
 2,000  $0.22   12/31/2019 
 4,000  $0.062   12/31/2019 
 2,000  $0.064   12/31/2019 
 76,120         
64
Table of Contents

the respective exercise notice. 

 

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR ENDThe exercise of the options, warrants, convertible promissory notes and Series A, B, C, D, and E Series Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock could have a dilutive effect to the holdings of our existing shareholders.

Outstanding Equity Awards At Interim and Fiscal Year End

 

The following table sets forth certain information concerning outstanding equity awards held by our appointed executive officers for the fiscal yearperiod ended September 30, 2023 and December 31, 20162023 and 2022 (the "Named Executive Officers"):

 

Option AwardsStock awards
           Name

 

Option Awards

 

 

Stock awards

 

Name

 

Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) exercisable

 

 

Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) unexercisable

 

 

Equity incentive plan awards: Number of securities underlying unexercised unearned options

(#)

 

 

Option exercise price

($)

 

Option expira-tion date

 

Option expiration date

 

 

Number of shares or units of stock that have not vested

(#)

 

 

Market value of shares of units of stock that have not vested

($)

 

 

Equity incentive plan awards: Number of unearned shares, units or other rights that have not vested (#)

Equity incentive plan awards: Market or payout value of unearned shares, units or othersother rights that have not vested

($)

Stephen J. Thomas, III, CEO and Chairman (1)

Richard Eberhardt, COO

Gary Cook, CFO

_____________

(1)

Does not contemplate the Series A Preferred Stock held 100% by Stephen J. Thomas, III which guarantees the holder to 60% of the outstanding common stock in shares when converted and 60% of any vote prior to or after conversion. As of September 30, 2023, approximately 28,788,595,385 additional common shares would be issued if Mr. Thomas were to convert his Series A Preferred Stock holdings to common stock. The Company would have to authorize more shares as there are only 15,000,000,000 shares authorized currently.

 
89
Richard Eberhardt, Executive VP—  —  —  —  —  —  —  —  —  

Gary Cook, CFO—  —  —  —  —  —  —  —  —  
Stacie Stricker, Secretary and Controller—  —  —  —  —  —  —  —  —  

65
Table of Contents

DIRECTOR

BOARD OF DIRECTORS COMPENSATION

 

All of our officers and/or directors will continue to be active in other companies. All officers and directors have retained the right to conduct their own independent business interests.

 

WeThe term of office for each Director is one (1) year, or until his/her successor is elected at our annual meeting and qualified. The term of office for each of our Officers is at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors has no nominating, auditing committee or a compensation committee. Therefore, the selection of person or election to the Board of Directors was neither independently made nor negotiated at arm's length.

At this time, our Directors do not pay anyreceive cash compensation for serving as members of our Board of Directors.

Only our outside Directors feesreceive cash compensation for meeting attendance.serving as members of our Board of Directors.

 

The following table sets forth certain information concerning compensation paid to our directors for services as directors, but not including compensation for services as officers reported in the "Summary Executives’ Compensation Table" during the yearnine months ended September 30, 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2016:2022, 2021, and 2020:

Name

 

Year

 

Fees earned or paid in cash

($)

 

 

Stock awards ($)

 

 

Option awards ($)

 

 

Non-equity incentive plan compensation ($)

 

 

Non-qualified deferred compensation earnings

($)

 

 

All other compensation ($)

 

 

Total

($)

 

Stephen J. Thomas, III (1)

 

2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Eberhardt (2)

 

2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arkady Shkolnik (3)

 

2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

201,979

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

301,979

 

Reginald Thomas (3)

 

2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

35,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

John F. Wharton (4)

 

2023

 

 

 

 

 

14,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,200

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

21,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,300

 

 

 

2021

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

8,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,875

 

_______________

    Name

 

Fees earned or paid in cash

($)(1)

Stock awards ($)

Option awards ($)

Non-equity incentive plan compensation ($)

Non-qualified deferred compensation earnings

($)

All other compensation ($)

Total

($)

��
Stephen  J. Thomas, III (1)—  —  —  —  —  —  —  
Richard Eberhardt (2)—  —  —  —  —  —  —  

(1)Mr. Thomas is also an officer and as such he receives the compensation as disclosed in the Executive Compensation Table.

(2)

Mr. Eberhardt is also an officer and as such he receives the compensation as disclosed in the Executive Compensation TableTable.

(3)

In August 2018, a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Company voted through a consent resolution to support a consent resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company to add two new directors to the Board. As such, Arkady Shkolnik and Reginald Thomas were added as members of the Board of Directors. The total members of the Board of Directors after this addition is four. In accordance with agreements with the Company for his services as a director, Mr. Shkolnik is to receive $25,000 per quarter and 5,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately $687,500 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly cash payments of $25,000 will be paid in unrestricted common shares if the Company has not been funded adequately to make such payments. Mr. Thomas is to receive $10,000 per quarter and 1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately $119,000 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly payment of $10,000 may be suspended by the Company if the Company has not been adequately funded.  Both the 5,000,000 and 1,000,000 shares granted were issued during the year ended December 31, 2020. 

(4)

Mr. Wharton was appointed a Director effective August 1, 2021. In accordance with an agreement with Mr. Wharton, the Company is to pay Mr. Wharton $8,000 per month for months one and two, $10,000 per months for months three and four and $15,000 per month thereafter starting August 1, 2021 for a term of three years with mutual agreement of additional years.  Either Mr. Wharton or the Company can terminate the agreement upon notice of three months by either party.  In addition, Mr. Wharton is to receive 15,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company vested over two years, fully vested, as defined, for a major contract or funding event that he generates.

90

Table of Contents

 

Employment Agreements with Officers and Directors of TPT Global Tech, Inc.

 

We have employment/consultant agreements with our key officers, as listed below. Described below are the compensation packages our Board approvedThe initial term for our three executive officers.employees employment agreements have expired and they are now working under an extended period which primarily calls for a 30-day notice for any changes or termination.  The compensationBoard is working to revise the executive employment agreements.  Below is a summary of current terms for our three executives which is, for the most part, an extension of their prior employment agreements, as well as those consulting agreements for the outside directors. The prior employment agreements were approved by our board based upon recommendations conducted by the board.

 

Name Position Annual Compensation

 

Position

 

Annual Compensation

 

Stephen J. Thomas, III (1) Chief Executive Officer $150,000 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

$250,000

 

      

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Eberhardt (2) Executive Vice President $150,000 

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

$150,000

 

      

 

 

 

 

 

Gary Cook (3) Chief Financial Officer $150,000 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

$200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arkady Shkolnik (4)

 

Director

 

$100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reginald Thomas (5)

 

Director

 

$40,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

John F. Wharton (6)

 

Director

 

$180,000

 

 _____________________________

(1)

Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, and now is in an extended period, Mr. Thomas receives a base salary of $250,000 per year. In addition to the base salary, Mr. Thomas is eligible to receive performance bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The agreement had a three-year term that ended on October 31, 2020 and now is in an extended period.

 

(1) Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, Mr. Thomas receives a base salary of $150,000 per year. In addition to the base salary, Mr. Thomas is eligible to receive performance bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The agreement has a three-year term and expires on October 31, 2020.

66
Table of Contents

Upon an affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the Board of Directors, the employment may be terminated without further liability on the part of our Company. Cause is considered to be an act or acts of serious dishonesty, fraud, or material and deliberate injury related to our business, including personal enrichment at the expense of our Company. If there is a termination for cause the benefits of any bonus for the period preceding termination would be forfeit.

 

In addition, the agreement provides for Mr. Thomas to be able to terminate the agreement for Good Reason. Good Reason is considered to be (1) an adverse change in his status or position as CEO, (2) a reduction in base salary, or (3) action by us that adversely affected his participation in the benefits.

 

(2)

Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, and now is in an extended period, Mr. Eberhardt receives a base salary of $150,000 per year. In addition to the base salary, Mr. Eberhardt is eligible to receive performance bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The agreement had a three-year term that ended on October 31, 2020 and now is in an extended period.

(2) Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, Mr. Eberhardt receives a base salary of $150,000 per year. In addition to the base salary, Mr. Eberhardt is eligible to receive performance bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The agreement has a three-year term and expires on October 31, 2020.

Upon an affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the Board of Directors, the employment may be terminated without further liability on the part of our Company. Cause is considered to be an act or acts of serious dishonesty, fraud, or material and deliberate injury related to our business, including personal enrichment at the expense of our Company. If there is a termination for cause the benefits of any bonus for the period preceding termination would be forfeit.

 

91

Table of Contents

In addition, the agreement provides for Mr. Eberhardt to be able to terminate the agreement for Good Reason. Good Reason is considered to be (1) an adverse change in his status or position as CEO, (2) a reduction in base salary, or (3) action by us that adversely affected his participation in the benefits.

 

(3) Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, Mr. Cook receives a base salary of $150,000 per year for which currently he devotes no less than 60% of his full-time. In addition to the base salary, Mr. Cook is eligible to receive performance bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The agreement has a three-year term and expires on October 31, 2020.

Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, and now is in an extended period, Mr. Cook receives a base salary of $200,000 per year for which currently he devotes no less than 60% of his full-time. In addition to the base salary, Mr. Cook is eligible to receive performance bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The agreement had a three-year term that ended on October 31, 2020 and now is in an extended period.

 

Upon an affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the Board of Directors, the employment may be terminated without further liability on the part of our Company. Cause is considered to be an act or acts of serious dishonesty, fraud, or material and deliberate injury related to our business, including personal enrichment at the expense of our Company. If there is a termination for cause the benefits of any bonus for the period preceding termination would be forfeit.

 

In addition, the agreement provides for Mr. Cook to be able to terminate the agreement for Good Reason. Good Reason is considered to be (1) an adverse change in his status or position as CEO, (2) a reduction in base salary, or (3) action by us that adversely affected his participation in the benefits.

 

(4)

In accordance with an Independent Director Agreement with the Company for his services as a director, Mr. Shkolnik is to receive $25,000 per quarter and 5,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately $687,500 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly cash payments of $25,000 will be paid in unrestricted common shares if the Company has not been funded adequately to make such payments.

(5)

In accordance with an Independent Director Agreement with the Company for his services as director, Mr. Thomas is to receive $10,000 per quarter and 1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately $119,000 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly payment of $10,000 may be suspended by the Company if the Company has not been adequately funded.

(6)

In accordance with an agreement with Mr. Wharton, the Company is to pay Mr. Wharton $8,000 per month for months one and two, $10,000 per months for months three and four and $15,000 per month thereafter starting August 1, 2021 for a term of three years with mutual agreement of additional years. Either Mr. Wharton or the Company can terminate the agreement upon notice of three months by either party. In addition, Mr. Wharton is to receive 15,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company vested over two years, fully vested, as defined, for a major contract or funding event that he generates.

m.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our board of directors in our entirety acts as the compensation committee for TPT Global Tech, Inc.

92

Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AS OF DECEMBER 1, 2017AND STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The following table sets forth information with respectthe number of shares of and percent of the Company’s common stock beneficially owned as of January 31, 2024, by all directors, our named executive officers, our directors and executive officers as a group, and persons or groups known by us to the beneficial ownershipown beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding common stock, by:

·each person who is known by TPT to be the beneficial owner of five percent (5%) or more of TPT common stock;
·Our Chief Executive Officer, our other executive officers, and each director as identified in the “Management — Executive Compensation” section; and
·all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance withimmediately prior to this Offering, and immediately after the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Shares of common stock and options, warrants and convertible securities that are currently exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the dateclosing of this document intooffering, as adjusted to reflect the assumed sale of units (which includes shares of our common stock are deemedand immediately exercisable warrants to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person

67
Table of Contents

holding the options, warrants or convertible securities for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of the person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

The information below is based on the number ofpurchase shares of our common stock) in this Offering and the exercise of the Representative’s over-allotment option and commission in full to purchase additional units consisting of shares of common stock that we believe was beneficially owned by each person or entity asand warrants to purchase shares of December 1, 2017.common stock, but assumes the warrants forming part of the units and over-allotment option are not exercised.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial OwnerAmount and Nature of Beneficial OwnerPercent of Class Pre-Offering (1)Percent of Class Post-Offering (2)
Stephen J. Thomas, III, Chairman, President and CEO *42,493,07331.03%

29.57% 

    
Richard Eberhardt, Director, Executive Vice- President *19,000,00013.87%12.41%
    
Gary Cook, CFO *6,500,0004.75%3.29%
    
Stacie Stricker, Corporate Secretary and Controller *500,0000.37%0%
    
All Directors and Executive Officers as a group68,493,07350.01%45.27%
    

5%+ Shareholders
    
Stephen J. Thomas, III, Chairman, President and CEO *42,493,07331.03%           

 

29.57%

 

    
Richard Eberhardt, Director, Executive Vice- President *19,000,00013.87%12.41%
    

Jack Najjur

PO Box 692211

Orlando, FL 32869

8,095,0005.91%4.45%
    

Russell Williams

3980 Texas Street #3

San Diego, CA 92104

7,500,0005.48%4.02%

*The Address forUnless otherwise noted, the above individuals and entitiesbusiness address of each of the beneficial owners listed below is c/o 501 West Broadway, Suite 800, San Diego, CA 92101.TPT Global Tech, Inc. at the address set forth herein.

 

(1)Based upon 136,953,904 shares issued and outstanding. Does not contemplate the Series A Preferred Stock held 100% by Stephen J. Thomas, III which guarantees the holder to 60% of the outstanding common stock in shares when converted and 60% of any vote prior to or after conversion. At this time, approximately 105,000,000 additional common shares would be issued if Mr. Thomas were to convert his Series A Preferred Stock holdings to common stock.

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Amount

and

Nature of Beneficial Ownership

 

 

Pre-

Closing Percentage of Class

(1)

 

 

Post-

Closing Amount

and

Nature of Beneficial Ownership

 

 

Post-

Closing Percentage of Class

(1)(5)

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen J. Thomas, III (2)

 

 

13,890,573

 

 

 

.517%

 

 

13,890,573

 

 

[●]

%

Richard Eberhardt

 

 

17,000,000

 

 

 

.633%

 

 

17,000,000

 

 

[●]

%

Arkady Shkolnik (3)

 

 

5,000,000

 

 

 

.186%

 

 

5,000,000

 

 

[●]

%

Reginald Thomas (3)

 

 

1,165,000

 

 

 

.043%

 

 

1,165,000

 

 

[●]

%

John F. Wharton

 

 

3,000,000

 

 

 

.112%

 

 

3,000,000

 

 

[●]

%

Gary Cook

 

 

5,006,281

 

 

 

.186%

 

 

5,006,281

 

 

[●]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All directors and officers as a group (six persons) (4)

 

 

45,061,854

 

 

 

.677%

 

 

45,061,854

 

 

[●]

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greater than 5% Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen J. Thomas, III (2)

 

 

13,890,573

 

 

 

.517%

 

 

13,890,573

 

 

[●]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total of Greater than 5% Shareholders

 

 

13,890,573

 

 

 

.517%

 

 

13,890,573

 

 

[●]

%

 

(2)       Based upon 136,953,904 shares issued and outstanding and assumes sales of all shares registered hereby. Does not contemplate the Series A Preferred Stock held 100% by Stephen J. Thomas, III which guarantees the holder to 60% of the outstanding common stock in shares when converted and 60% of any vote prior to or after conversion. At this time, approximately 105,000,000 additional common shares would be issued if Mr. Thomas

68

(1)

The pre-closing percentages in the table have been calculated on the basis of treating as outstanding for a particular person, all shares of our capital stock outstanding on January 31, 2024. The post-closing percentages in the table have been calculated on the basis of treating as outstanding for a particular person, all shares of our capital stock outstanding on January 31, 2024, plus the assumed sale of 7,692,308 shares in this Offering and the exercise of the Representative’s over-allotment option in full to purchase 769,231 shares of common stock. On January 31, 2024, there were 2,687,746,022 shares of our common stock outstanding. To calculate a stockholder’s percentage of beneficial ownership, we include in the numerator and denominator the common stock outstanding and all shares of our common stock issuable to that person in the event of the exercise of outstanding warrants and other derivative securities owned by that person which are exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2024. Common stock warrants and derivative securities held by other stockholders are disregarded in this calculation. Therefore, the denominator used in calculating beneficial ownership among our stockholders may differ. Unless we have indicated otherwise, each person named in the table has sole voting power and sole investment power for the shares listed opposite such person’s name.

(2)

Based upon 2,687,746,022 shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2024. Does not contemplate the Series A Preferred Stock held 100% by Stephen J. Thomas, III which guarantees the holder to 60% of the outstanding common stock in shares when converted and 60% of any vote prior to or after conversion. As of September 30, 2023, approximately 28,788,595,385 additional common shares would be issued if Mr. Thomas were to convert his Series A Preferred Stock holdings to common stock.  The Company would have to authorize more shares as there are only 15,000,000,000 shares authorized currently.

(3)

In August 2018, the Company added two new directors to the Board. Arkady Shkolnik and Reginald Thomas were added as members of the Board of Directors. The total members of the Board of Directors after this addition is four.  In accordance with agreements with the Company for his services as a director, Mr. Shkolnik received 5,000,000 shares of restricted common stock and Mr. Thomas received 1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock. Effective August 1, 2021, the Company added another director to the Board, John Wharton who is to receive 15,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company vested over two years.

(4)

Includes [●] common shares on a pro forma pre reverse stock split basis.

(5)

Calculated using voting shares from all classes of common and preferred voting shares.

93

Table of Contents

were to convert his Series A Preferred Stock holdings to common stock.

 

Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 governs the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. That rule provides that a beneficial owner of a security includes any person who directly or indirectly has or shares voting power and/or investment power with respect to such security. Rule 13d-3 also provides that a beneficial owner of a security includes any person who has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of such security within sixty days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or conversion of a security. Any securities not outstanding which are subject to such options, warrants or conversion privileges are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of outstanding securities of the class owned by such person. Those securities are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the class owned by any other person.

 

n. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONSBENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF EACH CLASS OF VOTING SECURITIES

 

The following table reflects the beneficial ownership of each class of voting securities as of September 30, 2023.

 

 

Equivalent Voting Shares

 

 

Equivalent Voting Percentage

 

 

Voting Rights

 

Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

28,788,595,385

(1)

 

 

60.00%

 

Shall have the right to vote as if converted prior to any vote at 60%.

 

Series B Preferred Stock

 

 

2,588,693

(2)

 

 

0.00%

 

Shall have the right to vote equal to the number of common shares on a one-to-one basis.

 

Series C Preferred Stock

 

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

Shall have the right to vote equal to the number of common shares on a one-to-one basis.

 

Series D Preferred Stock

 

 

235,601,010

(4)

 

 

0.006%

 

Shall have the right to vote on an as-converted basis.

 

Series E Preferred Stock

 

 

10,320,742,424

(5)

 

 

0.281

 

 

Shall have the right to vote on an as-converted basis.

 

Common Stock

 

 

1,882,579,354

 

 

 

0.018%

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,230,106,866

 

 

 

100.00%

 

 

 

______________

(1)

Series A Preferred Stock will convert upon NASDAQ listing to 28,788,595,385 common shares. *

(2)

Series B Preferred Stock will convert upon NASDAQ listing to approximately 2,588,693 common shares. *

(3)

Series C Preferred Stock will convert upon NASDAQ listing to no common shares. *

(4)

Series D Preferred Stock will convert upon NASDAQ listing to approximately 235,601,010 common shares. *

(5)

Series E Preferred Stock will convert upon NASDAQ listing to approximately 10,320,742,424 common shares. *

* Assuming a conversion price of [●] pursuant to the conversion ratio.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Other than the stock transactions discussed below,herein, we have not entered into any transaction in past two years, nor are there any proposed transactions in which any of theour founders, directors, executive officers, shareholdersstockholders or any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing had or isare to have a direct or indirect material interest.interest except as follows:

IssuanceAccounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

There are amounts outstanding due to related parties of Equitythe Company of $1,186,459 and $831,502, respectively, as of September 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022 related to amounts due to employees, management and members of the Board of Directors according to verbal and written agreements that have not been paid as of period end which are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the balance sheet. See Note 8.

94

Table of Contents

Leases

See Note 8 for office lease used by CEO.

Note Payable and Commitments

On March 25, 2022, the Company entered into a Software Development agreement with Mr. and Mrs. Caudle for which a new note payable was created and employment agreements for Mrs. Caudle and her daughter were modified. See Notes 5 and 8.

Amounts Receivable – Related Party

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, there are amounts due from management/shareholders of $0 and $265,273, respectively, included in amounts receivable – related party, receivable from Mark Rowen of Blue Collar.

Other Agreements

On April 17, 2018, the CEO of the Company, Stephen Thomas, signed an agreement with New Orbit Technologies, S.A.P.I. de C.V., a Mexican corporation, (“New Orbit”), majority owned and controlled by Stephen Thomas, related to a license agreement for the distribution of TPT licensed products, software and services related to Lion Phone and VuMe within Mexico and Latin America (“License Agreement”). The License Agreement provides for New Orbit to receive a fully paid-up, royalty-free, non-transferable license for perpetuity with termination only under situations such as bankruptcy, insolvency or material breach by either party and provides for New Orbit to pay the Company fees equal to 50% of net income generated from the applicable activities. The transaction was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors in June 2018. There has been no activity on this agreement.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The securities being registered and/or offered by this Prospectus are common shares.

Common Stock

We are presently authorized to issue fifteen billion (15,000,000,000) shares of our $0.001 par value common stock. A total of Two Billion, Six Hundred Eighty-Seven Million, Seven Hundred Forty-Six Thousand, Twenty-Two (2,687,746,022) common shares are issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2024.

Common Shares

All common shares are equal to each other with respect to voting, liquidation, and dividend rights. Special shareholders' meetings may be called by the officers or director, or upon the request of holders of at least one-tenth (1/10th) of the outstanding shares. Holders of shares are entitled to one vote at any shareholders' meeting for each share they own as of the record date fixed by the board of directors. There is no quorum requirement for shareholders' meetings. Therefore, a vote of the majority of the shares represented at a meeting will govern even if this is substantially less than a majority of the shares outstanding. Holders of shares are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefore, and upon liquidation are entitled to participate pro rata in a distribution of assets available for such a distribution to shareholders. There are no conversion, pre-emptive or other subscription rights or privileges with respect to any shares. Reference is made to our Articles of Incorporation and our By-Laws as well as to the applicable statutes of the State of Florida for a more complete description of the rights and liabilities of holders of shares. It should be noted that the board of directors without notice to the shareholders may amend the By-Laws. Our shares do not have cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares voting for election of directors may elect all the directors if they choose to do so. In such event, the holders of the remaining shares aggregating less than fifty percent (50%) of the shares voting for election of directors may not be able to elect any director.

95

Table of Contents

Preferred shares

As of January 31, 2024, we had authorized one hundred million (100,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, of which certain shares had been designated as Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company designated 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock.  In February 2015, the Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of the Company, valued at $3,117,000 for compensation expense. These shares are outstanding as of January 31, 2024.

The Series A Preferred Stock has a par value of $.001, is redeemable at the Company’s option at $100 per share, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and amended, of an amount equal to amounts payable owing, including contingency amounts where Holders of the Series A have personally guaranteed obligations of the Company.

As of January 31, 2024, by amendment,  holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall, collectively have the right to convert all of their Series A Preferred Stock when conversion is elected into that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company, as amended and restated July 5, 2022 by the Board of Directors and a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Company, determined by the following formula: 60% of the common shares computed to include all projected conversions of all convertible debt and any other classes of Preferred Stock as if the conversions had taken place at the stated conversion price per share (i.e. for the avoidance of doubt – “fully diluted” as if such conversion had occurred prior to the Series A conversion.) The Company determined that due to the significance of the amendment, it should be accounted for as an extinguishment and fair valued the amended Series A Preferred Stock at $42,983,742, creating a deemed dividend of $39,866,742. The valuation of the amended Series A Preferred Stock was done by a qualified independent third party.

The record Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall  have the right to vote as if converted prior to the vote to an amount of shares equal to 60% of the common shares computed to include all projected conversions of all convertible debt and any other classes of Preferred Stock as if the conversions had taken place at the stated conversion price per share (i.e. for the avoidance of doubt – “fully diluted” as if such conversion had occurred prior to the Series A conversion) on any matter with holders of Common Stock for any vote required to approve any action, which Florida law provides may or must be approved by vote or consent of the holders of other series of voting shares and the holders of Common Stock or the holders of other securities entitled to vote, if any.

The Series A Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

In 2014, February 2015, the Company designated 15,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

The Series B Preferred Stock was designated in February 2015, has a par value of $.001, is not redeemable, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series B Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any part of the Series B Preferred Shares and will receive and equal number of common shares at the conversion price of $2.00 per share. The Series B Preferred Stockholders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one to one basis.

There are 2,588,693 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of January 31, 2024.

The Series B Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

In August 2014, TPTGMay 2018, the Company designated 15,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock.  

The Series C Preferred Stock was designated in May 2018, has a par value of $.001, is not redeemable, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series C Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A and B Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series C Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any part of the Series C Preferred Shares and will receive an equal number of common shares at the conversion price of $0.15 per share. The Series C Preferred Stockholders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one to one basis.

96

Table of Contents

There are no shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of January 31, 2024. There are approximately $553,100 in convertible notes payable convertible into Series C Convertible Preferred Stock which compromise some of the common stock equivalents calculated in the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

The Series C Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

In 2019, the Company previously authorized (20,000,000) Series D 8% Cumulative Dividend Convertible Preferred Stock for which no shares were issued. On July 6, 2020, September 15, 2021, and March 20, 2020, the Company authorized amendments to the Certificate of Designation whereby the authorized amount is ten million (10,000,000) Series D 6% Cumulative Dividend Convertible Preferred Stock which has the following features:

(i) 6% Cumulative Annual Dividends payable on the purchase value in cash or common stock of the Company at the discretion of the Board and payment is also at the discretion of the Board, which may decide to cumulate to future years; (ii) Any time after 12 months from issuance an option to convert to common stock at the election of the holder @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00; (iii) Automatic conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock shall occur without consent of holders upon any national exchange listing approval and the registration effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The automatic conversion to common from Series D Preferred shall be @75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00, which shall be post-reverse split as may be necessary for any Exchange listing; (iv) Registration Rights – the Company has granted Piggyback Registration Rights for common stock underlying conversion rights in the event it files any other Registration Statement (other than an S-1 that the Company may file  for certain conversion common shares for the convertible note financing that was arranged and funded in 2019). Further, the Company will file and pursue to effectiveness a Registration Statement or offering statement for common stock underlying the Automatic Conversion event triggered by an exchange listing; and (v) Liquidation Rights - $5.00 per share plus any accrued unpaid dividends – subordinate to Series A, B, and C Preferred Stock receiving full liquidation under the terms of such series.  The Company has redemption rights for the first year following the Issuance Date to redeem all or part of the principal amount of the Series D Preferred Stock at between 115% and 140%.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, 46,649 shares of Series D Preferred Stock were purchased for $233,244 of which Stephen Thomas, CEO of the Company, acquired 36,649 for $183,244. The remainder of the shares purchased as of June 30, 2021 were purchased by a third party.   As such, as of January 31, 2024, there are 46,649 shares of Series D Preferred Shares outstanding.

The Series D Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

Series E Convertible Preferred Stock

On November 10, 2021, the Company designated 10,000,000 shares of the authorized 100,000,000 shares of the Company’s $0.001 par value preferred stock as the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (“the Series E Preferred Shares”).

Series E Preferred shares have the following features: (i) 6% Cumulative Annual Dividends payable on the purchase value in cash or common stock of the Company at the discretion of the Board and payment is also at the discretion of the Board, which may decide to cumulate to future years; (ii) Any time after 12 months from issuance an option to convert to common stock at the election of the holder @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00; (iii) Automatic conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock shall occur without consent of holders upon any national exchange listing approval and the registration effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The automatic conversion to common from Series E Preferred shall be @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00, which shall be post-reverse split as may be necessary for any Exchange listing; (iv) Registration Rights – the Company has granted Piggyback Registration Rights for common stock underlying conversion rights in the event it files any other Registration Statement (other than an S-1 that the Company may file for certain conversion common shares for the convertible note financing that was arranged and funded in 2019). Further, the Company will file, and pursue to effectiveness, a Registration Statement or offering statement for common stock underlying the Automatic Conversion event triggered by an exchange listing; and (v) Liquidation Rights - $5.00 per share plus any accrued unpaid dividends – subordinate to Series A, B, C and D Preferred Stock receiving full liquidation under the terms of such series. The Company has redemption rights for the first year following the Issuance Date to redeem all or part of the principal amount of the Series E Preferred Stock at between 115% and 140%.

As of January 31, 2024, there are 2,043,507 Series E Preferred shares outstanding as a result of exchanges of accounts payable, financing arrangements and lease agreements.  The Series E Preferred shares were given a recent fair value by a third-party valuation of $6.13 $6.53 per share for which they were recorded as of September 30, 2023.  The difference between the valuation per share and  the amount of accounts payable, financing arrangements and lease agreement balances was recorded as a loss on debt extinguishment.

The Series E Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

Options & Warrants

Effective October 14, 2017, we adopted the 2017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option and Award Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). We have adapted an updated Plan on January 31, 2024 which broadened the Plan to include Consulting Services. The Plan provides for grants of nonqualified stock options and other stock awards, including warrants, to designated employees, officers, directors, advisors and independent contractors. A maximum of 20,000,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for options and other stock awards under the Plan. We have the ability to issue either options or warrants under the Plan.

97

Table of Contents

Stock Options

As of January 31, 2024, there are no stock options outstanding.

Warrants

As of January 31, 2024, there were 129,116,666 warrants outstanding that expire in five years or in the years ended December 31, 2024 -2027.  As part of the Convertible Promissory Notes payable – third party issuance in Note 5, the Company issued 1,000,000 warrants to purchase 1,000,000 common shares of the Company at 70% of the current market price.  Current market price means the average of the three lowest trading prices for our common stock during the ten-trading day period ending on the latest complete trading day prior to the date of the respective exercise notice.  However, if a required registration statement, registering the underlying shares of the Convertible Promissory Notes, is declared effective on or before June 11, 2019 to September 11, 2019, then, while such Registration Statement is effective, the current market price shall mean the lowest volume weighted average price for our common stock during the ten-trading day period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date.  

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued warrants in conjunction with the issuance of the FirstFire Note, the Cavalry Investment Note and the Cavalry Fund I Note agreements.  Warrants to purchase 110,000,000 shares of common stock at 110% of the opening price on the first day the Company trades on the Nasdaq exchange were issued to these note holders.

On January 31, 2022, TPT Global Tech, Inc. issued warrants in conjunction with the issuance of Talos and Blue Lake Note Agreements.  Warrants to purchase 18,116,666 shares of common stock at $0.015 per share provided, however, that if the Company consummates an uplist offering on or before July 6, 2022 then the exercise price shall be 110% of the offering price at which the uplist offering is made.

The warrants issued under these convertible promissory notes were considered derivative liabilities valued at $187,745 of the total $4,822,398 derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2022. See Note 5.

Effective October 14, 2017, we adopted the 2017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option and Award Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan provides for grants of nonqualified stock options and other stock awards, including warrants, to designated employees, officers, directors, advisors and independent contractors. A maximum of 20,000,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for options and other stock awards under the Plan. We have the ability to issue either options or warrants under the Plan.

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent for our securities is Clear Trust, with offices at 16540 Pointe Village Dr., Suite 210, Lutz, Florida 33558, Phone (813) 235-4490.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval, except as may be required under the listing rules of any stock exchange on which our Common Stock is then listed. We may use additional shares for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Penny Stock Considerations

Our shares will be “penny stocks” as that term is generally defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to mean equity securities with a price of less than $5.00 per share. Thus, our shares will be subject to rules that impose sales practice and disclosure requirements on broker-dealers who engage in certain transactions involving a penny stock. Under the penny stock regulations, a broker-dealer selling a penny stock to anyone other than an established customer must make a special suitability determination regarding the purchaser and must receive the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to the sale, unless the broker-dealer is otherwise exempt.

In addition, under the penny stock regulations, the broker-dealer is required to:

·

Deliver, prior to any transaction involving a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the penny stock market, unless the broker-dealer or the transaction is otherwise exempt;

·

Disclose commissions payable to the broker-dealer and our registered representatives and current bid and offer quotations for the securities;

·

Send monthly statements disclosing recent price information pertaining to the penny stock held in a customer’s account, the account’s value, and information regarding the limited market in penny stocks; and

·

Make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction, prior to conducting any penny stock transaction in the customer’s account.

Because of these regulations, broker-dealers may encounter difficulties in their attempt to sell shares of our common stock, which may affect the ability of selling shareholders or other holders to sell their shares in the secondary market and have the effect of reducing the level of trading activity in the secondary market. These additional sales practice and disclosure requirements could impede the sale of our securities, if our securities become publicly traded. In addition, the liquidity for our securities may be decreased, with a corresponding decrease in the price of our securities. Our shares in all probability will be subject to such penny stock rules and our shareholders will, in all likelihood, find it difficult to sell their securities.

98

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the placement agreement between us and the underwriters named below, for which [●]  is acting as the representative (the “representative”), we have entered into a  Letter of Intent for an underwritten offering, subject to market conditions by which, upon the completion of review by the SEC of this registration Statement, immediately prior to requesting effectiveness, and subject to the then prevailing market conditions, we shall enter into a firm  Underwriting Agreement with [●] under which we will agree to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, the number of shares listed next to its name in the following table:

Underwriter

Number of Shares

______________________, Inc.

7,692,308 @ $6.50/share

Overallotment

769,231 @ $6.50/share

Total

8,461,539

Under the terms of the agreement, the underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares offered by this prospectus if the underwriters buy any of such shares. The underwriters’ obligation to purchase the shares is subject to satisfaction of certain conditions, including, among others, the continued accuracy of representations and warranties made by us in the placement agreement, delivery of legal opinions and the absence of any material changes in our assets, business or prospects after the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters initially propose to offer our shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at such offering price less a concession not to exceed $[●] per share. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of units made outside the United States may be made by affiliates of certain of the underwriters.

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable one time in whole or in part, not later than 45 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase from us up to an (i) additional 769.231 shares of common stock at a price of $6.50 per share (10% of the shares of common stock and warrants included in the shares sold in this offering), in each case, less the placement discounts and commissions set forth on the cover of this prospectus in any combination thereof to cover over-allotments, if any. To the extent that the Representative exercises this option, each of the underwriters will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of these additional shares of common stock and/or warrants as the number of shares to be purchased by it in the above table bears to the total number of shares offered by this prospectus. We will be obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell these additional shares of common stock to the underwriters to the extent the option is exercised. If any additional shares of common stock and/or warrants are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares of common stock and/or warrants on the same terms as those on which the other shares are being offered hereunder. If this option is exercised in full, the total offering price to the public will be $[●] and the total net proceeds, before expenses and after the credit to the underwriting commissions described below, to us will be $[●].

Discounts and Commissions

The following table shows the per share and total placement discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the over-allotment option we granted to the underwriters.

 

 

Per Share

 

Public offering price (2)

 

$6.50

 

Underwriting discounts, non-accountable expenses and commissions (1)

 

$0.52

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$5.98

 

(1)

Represents a blended placement discount for all shares. The underwriters will receive a 6% placement discount in this offering plus another 2% non-accountable expenses.

(2)

Using $6.50 per share.

99

Table of Contents

We have also agreed to reimburse the representative for accountable legal expenses incurred by the representative in connection with the offering, in an estimated amount of up to approximately $150,000, less the Retainer (as defined below). We have paid an expense deposit of $[●], to the representative, which will be applied against the actual accountable expenses that will be payable by us to the representative in connection with this offering.

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding placement discounts and commissions, will be approximately $250,000.

Underwriter Warrants

We anticipate issuing [●] warrants (the “Underwriter Warrants”) to purchase up to a total of 769,230 shares of common stock (10% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering) (excluding the exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters) . The Underwriter Warrants are exercisable 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part at $8.25 per share (110% of the estimated ave4rage public offering price per unit), but may not be transferred at any time prior to the date which is 180 days beginning on the date of commencement of sales of securities in connection with this offering and expiring on a date which is no more than five (5) years from the commencement of sales of the public offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1)(A). The Underwriter Warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e). [●] (or its respective permitted assignees under Rule 5110(e)(2)(B)) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the Underwriter Warrants or the securities underlying such warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days following the date of commencement of sales pursuant to the offering. In addition, the Underwriter Warrants provide for “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to the shares underlying such warrants, exercisable in certain cases for a period of no more than seven (7) years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(D). We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities issuable on exercise of the Underwriter Warrants other than underwriting commissions incurred and payable by the holders thereof. The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the exercise price of the Underwriter Warrants or the underlying shares of such warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of shares of common stock at a price below such warrants’ exercise price.

Stabilization

In accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock, including short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short positions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making.

·

Short positions involve sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market.

·

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security as long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specific maximum price.

·

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of our common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, thereby creating a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

·

Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

·

In passive market making, market makers in our common stock who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchase shares of our common stock until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

100

Table of Contents

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock and warrants may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq Capital Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock and warrants. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representative will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Indemnification

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of such liabilities.

Discretionary Accounts

The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to make sales to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority in excess of 5% of the units being offered in this offering.

Determination of the Public Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has been an active public market for our common stock as a penny stock and there has been no public market for our warrants. The public offering price of the units will be as determined through negotiations between us and the representative. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors considered in determining the public offering price included the following:

·

the information included in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representative;

·

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representative believes to be comparable to us;

·

our financial information;

·

our prospects and the history and the prospectus of the industry in which we compete;

·

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

·

the present state of our development; and

·

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

101

Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

Lock up agreements will be obtained by our effective date.  We intend to have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the closing of this offering, we and any of our successors will not, without the prior written consent of the representative, which may be withheld or delayed in the representative’s sole discretion:

·

offer, issue, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly;

·

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another entity, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of our common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our capital stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; or

·

file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The foregoing restrictions will not apply to (1) the shares of common stock to be sold under this Prospectus, (2) the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of options or warrants or the conversion of outstanding preferred stock or other outstanding convertible securities disclosed as outstanding in the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, and the Final Prospectus, (3) the issuance of employee stock options not exercisable during the Lock-Up Period and the grant of restricted stock awards or restricted stock units or shares of Common Stock pursuant to equity incentive plans described in the Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto), or the time of sale disclosure package and final prospectus, (4) the filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-8 or any successor form thereto, (5) the issuance of unregistered securities issued pursuant to acquisitions or strategic transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company, but shall not include a transaction in which the Company is issuing securities primarily for the purpose of raising more than $500,000 in capital or to an entity whose primary business is investing in securities, and (6) the issuance of unregistered securities in payment or settlement of trade payables, contractor fees, or legal proceedings.

Each of our directors, executive officers and substantially all holders of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock as of the effective date of this registration statement, have entered into lock-up agreements with the representative prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities has agreed that, for a period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to the Leak-Out Provisions, as applicable), none of them will, without the prior written consent of the representative (which may be withheld or delayed in the representative’s sole discretion):

·

Offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file (or participate in the filing of) a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect of, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock (including without limitation, shares of Common Stock which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant);

·

Enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the shares of, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise;

·

Make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock;

·

Publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified above.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and contained in the lock-up agreements do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to the following:

·

Transfers as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees agree to be bound in writing by the above restrictions;

·

Transfers to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the locked-up person or the immediate family of the locked-up person, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the above restrictions, and provided further that any such transfer will not involve a disposition for value;

·

The acquisition or exercise of any stock option issued pursuant to the Company’s existing stock option plan, including any exercise effected by the delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company held by the locked-up person, or (c) the purchase or sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to a plan, contract or instruction that satisfies all of the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B) of the Exchange Act.

102

Table of Contents

Other Relationships

The representative and its affiliates may provide various advisory, investment and commercial banking and other services to us in the ordinary course of business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. The representative has acted as our as our placement agent in connection with our bridge financing private placement in September 2021, for which it received compensation.

The representative may in the future provide us and our affiliates with investment banking and financial advisory services for which it may in the future receive customary fees. The representative may release, or authorize us to release, as the case may be, the Lock-Up Securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The representative may allocate a number of shares to the underwriters and selling group members, if any, for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Any such allocations for online distributions will be made by the representative on the same basis as other allocations.

Selling Restrictions

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45 106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31 103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus supplement (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory.

The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33 105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33 105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33 105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

·

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

·

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

·

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

103

Table of Contents

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

·

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

·

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. Accordingly, no public distribution, offering or advertising, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, and no distribution to any non-qualified investor, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, shall be undertaken in or from Switzerland, and the investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the securities covered by the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part has been passed upon for us by Christen Lambert, Attorney at Law. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the representative by [●].

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements for the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been audited by Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC, an independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent and for the periods set forth in our report and are incorporated herein in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The legality of the shares offered under this registration statement will be passed upon by Christen Lambert, Attorney at Law.

104

Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the SEC’s regional offices located at the Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and 233 Broadway, New York, New York 10279. You can obtain copies of these materials from the Public Reference Section of the SEC upon payment of fees prescribed by the SEC. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC’s website contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is http://www.sec.gov.

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the securities offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, which is filed as part of a registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some portions of which have been omitted in accordance with the SEC’s rules and regulations. Statements made in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to each such contract, agreement or other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. The registration statement may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, and copies of such materials can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at prescribed rates. You may obtain additional information regarding our Company on our website, located at www.tptglobatech.com.

TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES

The following is a complete list of the financial statements attached hereto:

(a)

Unaudited Financial Statements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022.

(b)

Audited Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.

105

Table of Contents

TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES

Table of Contents

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

F-2

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

F-4

CONDENSED CONSLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

F-5

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

F-6

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-8

F-1

Table of Contents

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

 

 

September 30

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

 

 

$59,630

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

61,055

 

 

 

5,808

 

Accounts receivable – related party

 

 

 

 

 

265,273

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

18,570

 

 

 

20,813

 

Assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

616,263

 

Total current assets

 

 

79,625

 

 

 

967,787

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,226,000

 

 

 

2,455

 

Deposits and other assets

 

 

53,195

 

 

 

60,998

 

Total non-current assets

 

 

1,279,195

 

 

 

63,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$1,358,820

 

 

$1,031,240

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$11,798,925

 

 

$10,084,058

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

146,351

 

 

 

75,556

 

Customer liability

 

 

338,725

 

 

 

338,725

 

Current portion of loans, advances and factoring agreements

 

 

1,002,559

 

 

 

902,809

 

Convertible notes payable, net of discounts

 

 

3,424,556

 

 

 

3,054,869

 

Notes payable - related parties, net of discounts

 

 

4,902,510

 

 

 

4,762,579

 

Convertible notes payable – related parties, net of discounts

 

 

553,100

 

 

 

553,100

 

Derivative liabilities

 

 

4,203,788

 

 

 

4,822,398

 

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

 

 

7,353,988

 

 

 

5,897,274

 

Financing lease liabilities – related party

 

 

731,830

 

 

 

710,776

 

Liabilities held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

717,414

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

34,456,332

 

 

 

31,919,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, advances and factoring agreements, net of current portion and discounts

 

 

 

 

 

144,460

 

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

 

 

787,313

 

 

 

1,932,599

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

787,313

 

 

 

2,077,059

 

Total liabilities

 

 

35,243,645

 

 

 

33,996,617

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-2

Table of Contents

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - CONTINUED
 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MEZZANINE EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible Preferred Series A, 1,00c0,000 designated - 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022

 

 

42,983,742

 

 

 

42,983,742

 

Convertible Preferred Series B – 3,000,000 shares designated, 2,588,693 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022

 

 

1,677,473

 

 

 

1,677,473

 

Convertible Preferred Series C – 3,000,000 shares designated, zero shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible Preferred Series D, 10,000,000 designated – 46,649 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022

 

 

244,592

 

 

 

244,592

 

Convertible Preferred Series E, 10,000,000 designated – 2,243,507 and 2,043,507 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively

 

 

14,570,101

 

 

 

13,344,101

 

Total mezzanine equity

 

 

59,475,908

 

 

 

58,249,908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $.001 par value, 4,500,000,000 shares authorized, 1,882,579,354 and 1,256,900,534 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively

 

 

1,882,579

 

 

 

1,256,901

 

Subscriptions payable

 

 

40,435

 

 

 

26,910

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

14,946,692

 

 

 

13,966,895

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(109,549,957)

 

 

(106,418,722)

Total TPT Global Tech, Inc. stockholders' deficit

 

 

(92,680,251)

 

 

(91,168,016)

Non-controlling interests

 

 

(680,482)

 

 

(47,269)

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(93,360,733)

 

 

(91,215,285)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

 

$1,358,820

 

 

$1,031,240

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-3

Table of Contents

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)  

 

 

For the three months ended

September 30,

 

 

For the nine months ended

September 30,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

REVENUES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$82,000

 

Services

 

 

923,251

 

 

 

2,052,817

 

 

 

3,007,866

 

 

 

6,063,465

 

Total Revenues

 

 

923,251

 

 

 

2,052,817

 

 

 

3,007,866

 

 

 

6,145,465

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COST OF SALES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Productss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,882

 

Servicess

 

 

739,513

 

 

 

1,691,539

 

 

 

1,783,343

 

 

 

4,466,047

 

Total Costs of Sales

 

 

739,513

 

 

 

1,691,539

 

 

 

1,783,343

 

 

 

4,493,929

 

Gross profit (loss)

 

 

183,738

 

 

 

361,278

 

 

 

1,224,523

 

 

 

1,651,536

 

EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Professional

 

 

375,536

 

 

 

249,989

 

 

 

1,419,199

 

 

 

894,615

 

Payroll and related

 

 

455,063

 

 

 

572,574

 

 

 

1,478,320

 

 

 

1,823,527

 

General and administrative

 

 

587,831

 

 

 

489,663

 

 

 

1,418,044

 

 

 

1,358,560

 

Research and development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,750,000

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

150,454

 

 

 

2,454

 

 

 

448,943

 

Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

164,057

 

 

 

 

 

 

492,171

 

Total expenses

 

 

1,418,430

 

 

 

1,626,737

 

 

 

4,318,017

 

 

 

6,767,816

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(1,234,692)

 

 

(1,265,459)

 

 

(3,093,494)

 

 

(5,116,280)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative gain (expense)

 

 

1,015,764

 

 

 

102,903

 

 

 

367,881

 

 

 

491,301

 

Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment

 

 

133,850

 

 

 

397,008

 

 

 

466,380

 

 

 

(1,970,030)

Interest expense

 

 

(412,735)

 

 

(426,265)

 

 

(1,340,412)

 

 

(4,705,548)

Other income (expense)

 

 

6,525

 

 

 

(53,206)

 

 

380,493

 

 

 

(52,387)

Total other income (expenses)

 

 

743,404

 

 

 

20,440

 

 

 

(125,658)

 

 

(6,236,664)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

 

 

(491,288)

 

 

(1,245,019)

 

 

(3,219,152)

 

 

(11,352,944)

Income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

 

(491,288)

 

 

(1,245,019)

 

 

(3,219,152)

 

 

(11,352,944)

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

107,639

 

 

 

 

 

 

(557)

 

 

 

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

 

 

126,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

126,101

 

 

 

 

Net income from discontinued operations

 

 

233,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

125,544

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS BEFORE NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

 

 

(257,548)

 

 

(1,245,019)

 

 

(3,093,608)

 

 

(11,352,944

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET (LOSS) INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

 

 

84,632

 

 

 

(16,156)

 

 

37,627

 

 

 

(6,633)

DEEMED DIVIDEND RELATED TO MODIFICATION OF SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK

 

 

 

 

 

(39,866,742)

 

 

 

 

 

(39,866,742)

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC. SHAREHOLDERS

 

$(342,180)

 

$(41,095,605)

 

$(3,131,235)

 

$(51,213,053)

Loss per common share- Basic and diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$(0.00)

 

$(0.04)

 

$(0.00)

 

$(0.06)

Discontinued operations

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

Loss per common share- Basic and diluted

 

$(0.00)

 

$(0.04)

 

$(0.00)

 

$(0.06)

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - Basic and diluted

 

 

1,810,916,794

 

 

 

950,225,974

 

 

 

1,681,251,378

 

 

 

932,094,683

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

(Unaudited)

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Subscriptions

 

 

Additional Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Non-Controlling

 

 

Total Stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Payable

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

 Interest

 

 

 Deficit

 

Balance as of  June 30, 2023

 

 

1,723,749,021

 

 

$1,723,749

 

 

$37,560

 

 

$14,907,994

 

 

$(109,207,777)

 

$(761,908)

 

$(93,300,382)

Issuance of shares for services

 

 

53,830,333

 

 

 

53,830

 

 

 

1,100

 

 

 

30,698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

85,628

 

Subscription payable for services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,775

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,775

 

Disposition of IST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,206)

 

 

(3,206)

Issuance of shares for exchange of debt

 

 

105,000,000

 

 

 

105,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113,000

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(342,180)

 

 

84,632

 

 

 

(257,548)

Balance as of September 30, 2023

 

 

1,882,579,354

 

 

$1,882,579

 

 

$40,435

 

 

$14,946,692

 

 

$(109,549,957)

 

$(680,482)

 

$(93,360,733)

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Subscriptions

 

 

Additional Paid-in 

 

 

Accumulated  

 

 

Non-Controlling 

 

 

Total Stockholders’  

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Payable

 

 

 Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Interest

 

 

Deficit

 

Balance as of December 31, 2022

 

 

1,256,900,534

 

 

$1,256,901

 

 

$26,910

 

 

$13,966,895

 

 

$(106,418,722)

 

$(47,269)

 

$(91,215,285)

Issuance of shares for services

 

 

53,830,333

 

 

 

53,830

 

 

 

1,100

 

 

 

30,698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

85,628

 

Subscription payable for services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,425

 

Disposition of IST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,206)

 

 

(3,206)

Issuance of shares for exchange for debt

 

 

571,848,487

 

 

 

571,848

 

 

 

 

 

 

345,240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

917,088

 

Acquisition of Asberry 22 Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

603,859

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(667,634)

 

 

(63,775)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,131,235)

 

 

37,627

 

 

 

(3,093,608)

Balance as of September 30, 2023

 

 

1,882,579,354

 

 

$1,882,579

 

 

$40,435

 

 

$14,946,692

 

 

$(109,549,957)

 

$(680,482)

 

$(93,360,733)

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Subscriptions Payable

 

 

Additional Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Non-Controlling

 

 

Total Stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

(Receivable)

 

 

 Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Interest

 

 

Deficit

 

Balance as of June 30, 2022

 

 

923,029,038

 

 

$923,029

 

 

$16,260

 

 

$12,860,873

 

 

$(55,039,285)

 

$78,825

 

 

$(41,160,298)

Common stock issued for services or subscription payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,325

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,325

 

Debt conversion to common stock

 

 

105,149,600

 

 

 

105,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

425,719

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

530,869

 

Modification of Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,866,742)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,866,742)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,228,863)

 

 

(16,156)

 

 

(1,245,019)

Balance as of September 30, 2022

 

 

1,028,178,638

 

 

$1,028,179

 

 

$21,585

 

 

$13,286,592

 

 

$(96,134,890)

 

$62,669

 

 

$(81,735,865)

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Subscriptions Payable

 

 

Additional Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Non-Controlling

 

 

Total Stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

(Receivable)

 

 

 Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Interest

 

 

Deficit

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

 

 

923,029,038

 

 

$923,029

 

 

$5,610

 

 

$12,860,873

 

 

$(44,921,837)

 

$69,302

 

 

$(31,063,023)

Common stock issued for services or subscription payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,975

 

Debt conversion to common stock

 

 

105,149,600

 

 

 

105,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

425,719

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

530,869

 

Modification of Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,866,742)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,866,742)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,346,311)

 

 

(6,633)

 

 

(11,352,944)

Balance as of September 30, 2022

 

 

1,028,178,638

 

 

$1,028,179

 

 

$21,585

 

 

$13,286,592

 

 

$(96,134,890)

 

$62,669

 

 

$(81,735,865)

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited) 

 

 

For the nine months ended September 30,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$(3,093,608)

 

$(11,352,944)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income from discontinued operations

 

 

125,544

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

2,454

 

 

 

448,943

 

Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

492,171

 

Amortization of debt discounts

 

 

694,938

 

 

 

3,593,957

 

Convertible Note payable issued for Asberry Series A Stock

 

 

508,553

 

 

 

 

Note payable issued for research and development

 

 

 

 

 

1,550,000

 

Derivative expense (gain)

 

 

(367,881)

 

 

(491,301)

Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt

 

 

(466,380)

 

 

1,970,030

 

Loss on disposition of property and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

124,849

 

Share-based compensation: Common stock

 

 

98,053

 

 

 

15,975

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(55,247)

 

 

(193,973)

Accounts receivable – related party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

271,766

 

 

 

(81,881)

Deposits and other assets

 

 

7,804

 

 

 

186,198

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

1,696,700

 

 

 

1,633,792

 

Net change in operating lease right of use assets and liabilities

 

 

311,428

 

 

 

2,218,444

 

Other liabilities

 

 

70,795

 

 

 

(377,573)

Net cash used in operating activities from continuing operations

 

 

(446,169)

 

 

(263,313)

Net cash provided by operating activities from discontinued operations

 

 

4,034

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(442,135)

 

 

(263,313)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of equipment

 

 

 

 

 

(16,297)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

(16,297)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from convertible notes, loans and advances

 

 

358,500

 

 

 

1,256,187

 

Payment on convertible loans, advances and factoring agreements

 

 

(83,221)

 

 

(1,391,580)

Proceeds from notes payable – related parties

 

 

139,931

 

 

 

 

Payments on convertible notes and amounts payable – related parties

 

 

 

 

 

(39,664)

Net cash provided by financing activities from continuing operations

 

 

415,210

 

 

 

(175,057)

       Net cash used in financing activities from discontinued operations

 

 

 (32,705)

 

 

 

 —

 

       Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

 382,505

 

 

 

  —

 

Net change in cash

 

 

(59,630)

 

 

(454,667)

Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period

 

 

59,630

 

 

 

518,066

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents - end of period

 

$

 

 

$59,630

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - CONTINUED 

(Unaudited)

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

Cash paid for:  

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Interest

 

$49,762

 

 

$8,384

 

Taxes

 

$

 

 

$

 

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities: 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Debt discount on factoring agreement

 

$489,089

 

 

 

1,070,591

 

Series E Preferred Stock issued in exchange for debt and payables

 

$

 

 

$13,344,101

 

Common Stock issued for conversion of notes payable

 

$917,088

 

 

$530,869

 

Series E Stock issued for property acquisition

 

$1,226,000

 

 

 

 

Deemed dividend related to modification of Series A Preferred Stock

 

$

 

 

 

39,866,742

 

Acquisition of net liabilities of Asberry 22 Holdings, Inc.

 

$63,775

 

 

$

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Table of Contents

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

September 30, 2023

NOTE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

The Company was originally incorporated in 1988 in the state of Florida. TPT Global, Inc., a Nevada corporation formed in June 2014, merged with Ally Pharma US, Inc., a Florida corporation, (“Ally Pharma”, formerly known as Gold Royalty Corporation) in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT Global, Inc. in exchange for all outstanding common stock of TPT Global Inc. and Ally Pharma agreed to change its name to TPT Global Tech, Inc. Because(jointly referred to as “the Company” or “TPTG”).

The following acquisitions have resulted in entities which have been consolidated into TPTG since the reverse merger in 2014.

Name

 

Herein referred to as

 

Acquisition or

Incorporation Date

 

Ownership

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

 

Company or TPTG

 

 

1988

 

 

 

100

%

Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc.

 

Copperhead Digital or CDH

 

 

2015

 

 

 

100

%

TruCom, LLC

 

TruCom

 

 

2015

 

 

 

100

%

CityNet Arizona, LLC

 

CityNet

 

 

2015

 

 

 

100

%

San Diego Media Inc.

 

SDM

 

 

2016

 

 

 

100

%

Blue Collar Production, Inc.

 

Blue Collar

 

 

2018

 

 

 

100

%

TPT SpeedConnect, LLC

 

TPT SpeedConnect (2)

 

 

2019

 

 

 

86

%

TPT Federal, LLC

 

TPT Federal

 

 

2020

 

 

 

100

%

TPT MedTech, LLC

 

TPT MedTech

 

 

2020

 

 

 

100

%

TPT Strategic, Inc.

 

TPT Strategic

 

 

2020

 

 

 

0

%

QuikLab 1 LLC

 

Quiklab 1

 

 

2020

 

 

 

80

%

QuikLAB 2, LLC

 

QuikLAB 2

 

 

2020

 

 

 

80

%

QuikLAB 3, LLC

 

QuikLAB 3

 

 

2020

 

 

 

80

%

The Fitness Container, LLC

 

Air Fitness

 

 

2020

 

 

 

75

%

TPT Global Tech Asia Limited

 

TPT Asia

 

 

2020

 

 

 

78

%

TPT MedTech UK LTD

 

TPT MedTech UK

 

 

2020

 

 

 

100

%

TPT Global Defense Systems, Inc.

 

TPT Global Defense

 

 

2021

 

 

 

100

%

TPT Innovations Technology, Inc.

 

TPT Innovations

 

 

2021

 

 

 

100

%

TPT Global Caribbean Inc.

 

TPT Caribbean

 

 

2021

 

 

 

100

%

TPT Media and Entertainment, LLC

 

TPT Media and Entertainment

 

 

2021

 

 

 

100

%

VuMe Live, LLC

 

VuMe Live

 

 

2021

 

 

 

100

%

Digithrive, LLC

 

Digithrive

 

 

2021

 

 

 

100

%

Information Security and Training, LLC

 

IST (1)

 

 

2022

 

 

 

0

%

Asberry 22 Holdings, Inc.

 

Asberry or ASHI

 

 

2023

 

 

 

   86

%

(1)

On September 11, 2023, Everett Lanier and the Company agreed to a Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release (“Settlement Agreement”). See Note 11.

(2)

Through the acquisition of Asberry, TPT’s ownership was decreased to 86% from 100% through Asberry.

We are based in San Diego, California, and operate as a technology-based company with divisions providing telecommunications, medical technology and product distribution, media content for domestic and international syndication as well as technology solutions. We operate on our own proprietary Global Digital Media TV and Telecommunications infrastructure platform and also provide technology solutions to businesses domestically and worldwide. We offer Software as a Service (SaaS), Technology Platform as a Service (PAAS), Cloud-based Unified Communication as a Service (UCaaS) and carrier-grade performance and support for businesses over our private IP MPLS fiber and wireless network in the United States. Our cloud-based UCaaS services allow businesses of this changeany size to enjoy all the latest voice, data, media and collaboration features in controltoday's global technology markets. We also operate as a Master Distributor for Nationwide Mobile Virtual Network Operators (MVNO) and Independent Sales Organization (ISO) as a Master Distributor for Pre-Paid Cellphone services, Mobile phones, Cellphone Accessories and Global Roaming Cellphones.

F-8

Table of Contents

Significant Accounting Policies

Please refer to Note 1 of Ally Pharma,the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company's most recent Form 10-K for all significant accounting policies of the Company, with the exception of those discussed below.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared according to the instructions to Form 10-Q and Section 210.8-03(b) of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and, therefore, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) have been omitted.

In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the three months ended September 30, 2023, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2023.

These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022. The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2023, has been derived from the consolidated financial statements at that date, but does not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP.

Our condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of those entities outlined in Nature of Operations giving consideration to the non-controlling interests where appropriate. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts presented in previously issued financial statements have been reclassified in these financial statements. As of December 31, 2022, advances to employees of $23,200 were previously classified as prepaid assets and other current assets versus the current classification of offsetting accrued payroll liabilities in accounts payable.

Revenue Recognition

We use the following criteria described below in more detail for each business unit:

Identify the contract with the customer.

Identify the performance obligations in the contract.

Determine the transaction price.

Allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract.

Recognize revenue when or as we satisfy a performance obligation. lo

Reserves are recorded as a reduction in net sales and are not considered material to our consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022. In addition, we invoice our customers for taxes assessed by governmental authorities such as sales tax and value added taxes, where applicable. We present these taxes on a net basis.

F-9

Table of Contents

The Company’s revenue generation for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 came from the following sources disaggregated by services and products, which sources are explained in detail below. 

 

 

For the three

months ended  

September 30, 2023

 

 

For the three

months ended

September 30, 2022

 

 

For the nine

months ended

September 30, 2023

 

 

For the nine

months ended

September 30, 2022 

 

TPT SpeedConnect

 

$843,451

 

 

$1,357,611

 

 

$2,760,055

 

 

$4,403,345

 

Blue Collar

 

 

79,063

 

 

 

692,486

 

 

 

243,592

 

 

 

1,386,970

 

TPT MedTech

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

89,755

 

Other (1)

 

 

737

 

 

 

2,720

 

 

 

4,219

 

 

 

183,395

 

Total Services Revenues

 

$923,251

 

 

$2,052,817

 

 

$3,007,866

 

 

$6,063,465

 

Air Fitness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82,000

 

Total Product Revenues

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$82,000

 

Total Revenue

 

$923,251

 

 

$2,052,817

 

 

$3,007,866

 

 

$6,145,465

 

__________

(1)

Includes international sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 of $0 and $172,781 related to TPT Asia.

TPT SpeedConnect: ISP and Telecom Revenue

TPT SpeedConnect is a rural Internet provider operating in 5 Midwestern States under the trade name SpeedConnect. TPT SC’s primary business model is subscription based, pre-paid monthly reoccurring revenues, from wireless delivered, high-speed internet connections. In addition, the company resells third-party satellite and DSL internet and IP telephony services. Revenue generated from sales of telecommunications services is recognized as the transaction with the customer is considered closed and the customer receives and accepts the services that were the result of the transaction. There are no financing terms or variable transaction prices. Due date is detailed on monthly invoices distributed to customer. Services billed monthly in advance are deferred to the proper period as needed. Deferred revenue are contract liabilities for cash received before performance obligations for monthly services are satisfied. Deferred revenue for TPT SpeedConnect as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 are $146,351 and $75,556, respectively. Certain of our products require specialized installation and equipment. For telecom products that include installation, if the installation meets the criteria to be considered a separate element, product revenue is recognized upon delivery, and installation revenue is recognized when the installation is complete. The Installation Technician collects the signed quote containing terms and conditions when installing the site equipment at customer premises.

Revenue for installation services and equipment is billed separately from recurring ISP and telecom services and is recognized when equipment is delivered and installation is completed. Revenue from ISP and telecom services is recognized monthly over the contractual period, or as services are rendered and accepted by the customer.

The overwhelming majority of our revenue continues to be recognized when transactions occur. Since installation fees are generally small relative to the size of the overall contract and because most contracts are for two years or less, the impact of not recognizing installation fees over the contract is immaterial.

Blue Collar: Media Production Services

Blue Collar creates original live action and animated content productions and has produced hundreds of hours of material for the television, theatrical, home entertainment and new media markets. Blue Collar designs branding and marketing campaigns and has had agreements with some of the world’s largest companies including PepsiCo, Intel, HP, WalMart and many other Fortune 500 companies. Additionally, they create motion picture, television and home entertainment marketing campaigns for studios including Sony, DreamWorks, Twentieth Century Fox, Universal Studios, Paramount Studios, and Warner Brothers. With regard to revenue recognition, Blue Collar receives an agreement from each client to perform defined work. Some agreements are written, some are verbal. Work may include creation of marketing materials and/or content creation. Some work may be short term and take weeks to create and some work may be longer and take months to create. There are instances where customer agreements segregate identifiable obligations (like filming on site vs. film editing and final production) with separate transaction pricing. The performance obligation is generally satisfied upon delivery of such film or production products, at which time revenue is recognized. There are no financing terms or variable transaction prices.

F-10

Table of Contents

IST: Revenue and Cost Recognition

The Company recognizes construction contract revenue over time, as performance obligations are satisfied, due to the continuous transfer of control to the customer. Construction contracts are accounted for as a non-monetary transaction (specifically referredsingle unit of account (single performance obligation) and are not segmented between types of services. The Company recognizes revenue using the percentage-of-completion method, progress toward completion of the Company’s contracts is measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to estimate total costs for each contract. The percentage-of-completion method (an input method) is the most faithful depiction of the Company’s performance because it directly measures the value of the services transferred to the customer.

Provisions are recognized in the statements of income for the full amount of estimated losses on uncompleted contracts whenever evidence indicates that the estimated cost of a contract exceeds its estimated total revenue. Changes in job performance, job conditions, and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. Profit incentives are included in revenues when their realization is reasonably assured. An amount equal to contract cost attributable to claims is included in revenues when realization is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs, and depreciation costs. Selling, general, and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred.

The accuracy of revenue and profit recognition in a given period depends on the accuracy of estimates of the cost to complete each project. Cost estimates for all significant projects use a detailed “bottom up” approach, and management believes that their experience allows them to create materially reliable estimates. There are a number of factors that can contribute to changes in estimates of contract cost and profitability. The most significant of these include:

·

the completeness and accuracy of the original bid;

·

costs associated with scope changes;

·

costs of labor and/or materials;

·

extended overhead and other costs due to owner, weather, and other delays;

·

subcontractor performance issues;

·

changes in productivity expectations;

·

site conditions that differ from those assumed in the original bid (to the extend contract remedies are unavailable);

·

the availability and skill level of workers in the geographic location of the project;

·

a change in the availability and proximity of equipment and materials; and

·

the ability to fully and promptly recover on claims for additional contract costs.

The foregoing factors, as well as the stage of completion of contracts in process and the mix of contracts at different margins, may cause fluctuations in gross profit between periods. Significant changes in cost estimates, particularly in larger, more complex projects have had, and can in future periods have, a significant effect on profitability.

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, represent unbilled amounts earned and reimbursable under contracts. These amounts become billable according to the contract terms, which usually consider the passage of time, achievement of milestones or completion of the project. Generally, such unbilled amounts will be billed and collected over the next twelve months. Based on historical experience, management generally considers the collection risk related to these amounts to be low. When events or conditions indicate that the amounts outstanding may become uncollectible, an allowance is estimated and recorded.

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings, is comprised of cash collected from customers and billings to customers on contracts in advance of work performed, including advance payments negotiated as a reverse recapitalization) whereincontract condition. Generally, unearned project-related costs will be earned over the operationsnext twelve months.

TPT MedTech: Medical Testing Revenue

TPT MedTech operates in the Point of Care Testing (“POCT”) market by primarily offering mobile medical testing facilities and software equipped for mobile devices to monitor and manage personalized healthcare.  Services used from our mobile medical testing facilities are billing through credit cards at the time of service.  Revenue is generated from our software platform as users sign up for our mobile healthcare monitor and management application and tests are performed.  If medical testing is in one our own owned facility, the usage of the accounting Acquirersoftware application is included in the testing fees.  If the testing is in a non-owned outside contracted facility, fees are re-casted in termsgenerated from the usage of the software application on a per test basis and billed monthly.

F-11

Table of Contents

TPT MedTech also offers various products.  One is to build and sell its mobile testing facilities called QuikLABs designed for mobile testing.  This is used by TPT MedTech for its own testing services.  Another is to build customized mobile gyms for exercising.  This is sold to third parties.  Another is medical equipment, one of which is a sanitizing unit called SANIQuik which is used as a safe and flexible way to sanitize providing an additional routine to hand washing and facial coverings.  The SANIQuik has not yet been approved for sale in the United States but has in some parts of the European community.  Revenues from these products are recognized when a product is delivered, the sales transaction considered closed and accepted by a customer.  When deposits are received for which a product has not been delivered, it is recognized as deferred revenue.  Deferred revenue as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was $0 and $0, respectively. There are no financing terms or variable transaction prices for either of these products.

SDM: Ecommerce, Email Marketing and Web Design Services

SDM generates revenue by providing ecommerce, email marketing and web design solutions to small and large commercial businesses, complete with monthly software support, updates and maintenance. Services are billed monthly. There are no financing terms or variable transaction prices. Platform infrastructure support is a prepaid service billed in monthly recurring increments. The services are billed a month in advance and due prior to services being rendered. The revenue is deferred when invoiced and booked in the month the service is provided. There is no deferred revenue as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022. Software support services (including software upgrades) are billed in real time, on the first of the month. Web design service revenues are recognized upon completion of specific projects. Revenue is booked in the month the services are rendered and payments are due on the final day of the month. There are usually no contract revenues that are deferred until services are performed.

K Telecom: Prepaid Phones and SIM Cards Revenue

K Telecom generates revenue from reselling prepaid phones, SIM cards, and rechargeable minute traffic for prepaid phones to its customers (primarily retail outlets). Product sales occur at the customer’s locations, at which time delivery occurs and cash or check payment is received. The Company recognizes the revenue when they receive payment at the time of delivery. There are no financing terms or variable transaction prices.

Copperhead Digital: ISP and Telecom Revenue

Copperhead Digital operated as a regional internet and telecom services provider operating in Arizona under the trade name Trucom.  Although there are currently no customers and it will take capital to reopen this revenue stream, Copperhead Digital operated as a wireless telecommunications Internet Service Provider (“ISP”) facilitating both residential and commercial accounts. Copperhead Digital’s primary business model was subscription based, pre-paid monthly reoccurring revenues, from wireless delivered, high-speed internet connections. In addition, the company resold third-party satellite and DSL internet and IP telephony services. Revenue generated from sales of telecommunications services was recognized as the transaction with the customer is considered closed and the customer received and accepted the services that were the result of the transaction. There are no financing terms or variable transaction prices. Due date was detailed on monthly invoices distributed to customer. Services billed monthly in advance were deferred to the proper period as needed. Deferred revenue was contract liabilities for cash received before performance obligations for monthly services are satisfied. Certain of its products required specialized installation and equipment. For telecom products that included installation, if the installation met the criteria to be considered a separate element, product revenue was recognized upon delivery, and installation revenue was recognized when the installation was complete. The Installation Technician collected the signed quote containing terms and conditions when installing the site equipment at customer premises.

Revenue for installation services and equipment was billed separately from recurring ISP and telecom services and was recognized when equipment was delivered, and installation was completed. Revenue from ISP and telecom services was recognized monthly over the contractual period, or as services were rendered and accepted by the customer.

The overwhelming majority of revenue was recognized when transactions occurred. Since installation fees were generally small relative to the size of the overall contract and because most contracts were for a year or less, the impact of not recognizing installation fees over the contract was immaterial.

Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Share

The Company computes net income (loss) per share in accordance with ASC 260, “Earning per Share”. ASC 260 requires presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on the face of the income statement. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholder (numerator) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (denominator) during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method for options and warrants and using the if-converted method for preferred stock and convertible notes. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased from the exercise of stock options or warrants. Diluted EPS excludes all dilutive potential shares if their effect is anti-dilutive. As of September 30, 2023, the Company had shares that were potentially common stock equivalents as follows:

F-12

Table of Contents

Convertible Promissory Notes

6,750,885,442

Series A Preferred Stock (1)

28,788,595,385

Series B Preferred Stock

2,588,693

Series D Preferred Stock (2)

235,601,010

Series E Preferred Stock (3)

10,320,742,424

Stock Options and Warrants

129,116,666

46,227,529,620

___________

(1)

Holder of the Series A Preferred Stock which is Stephen J. Thomas, is guaranteed 60% of outstanding common stock upon conversion. The Company would have to authorize additional shares for this to occur as only 4,500,000,000 shares are currently authorized.

(2)

Holders of the Series D Preferred Stock may decide after 12 months to convert to common stock @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00. There is also an automatic conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock without consent of holders upon any national exchange listing approval and the registration effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The automatic conversion to common from Series D Preferred shall be @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00.

(3)

Holders of the Series E Preferred Stock may decide after 12 months to convert to common stock @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00. There is also an automatic conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock without consent of holders upon any national exchange listing approval and the registration effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The automatic conversion to common from Series E Preferred shall be @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00.

Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our primary financial instruments at September 30, 2023 consisted of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. We apply fair value measurement accounting Acquiree’s (legal acquirer, TPTG fka Ally Pharma) common stock. 110,000,000to either record or disclose the value of our financial assets and liabilities in our financial statements. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs, where available, and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

Described below are the three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

We consider our derivative financial instruments as Level 3. The balances for our derivative financial instruments as of September 30, 2023 are the following:

Derivative Instrument

 

Fair Value

 

Convertible Promissory Notes

 

$4,093,369

 

Fair value of Warrants issued with the derivative instruments

 

 

110,419

 

 

 

$4,203,788

 

Recently Issued Financial Accounting Standards

Management has reviewed recently issued accounting pronouncements and has determined there are not any that would have a material impact on the condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-13

Table of Contents

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITIONS

Agreement and Plan of Merger

An Agreement and Plan of Merger ("Agreement") was made and entered into as of March 24, 2023 by and among TPT SpeedConnect LLC, a Colorado Limited Liability Company (wholly-owned subsidiary of TPT Global Tech, Inc.) ("SPC"), and Asberry 22 Holdings, Inc., a Delaware Corporation ("ASHI"), and SPC Acquisition, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of ASHI, domiciled in Colorado ("Acquisition Sub") primarily for the opportunities of capital raising. SPC then converted to a Corporate entity and Acquisition Submerged with and into SPC (the "Merger"). The separate corporate existence of Acquisition Sub ceased and SPC continues as the surviving corporation in the Merger and as wholly-owned subsidiary of ASHI. All of the properties, rights and privileges, and power of SPC, vest in the Subsidiary, and all debts, liabilities and duties of SPC are the debts, liabilities and duties of the Subsidiary. The shares of common stock wereof Acquisition Sub issued equaling 80%and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time is converted into and exchange for 1,000 validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of the 136,753,685 post-mergerSubsidiary's common stock.

TPT Global Tech, Inc. was issued a total of 4,658,318 common shares outstanding. Stephen Thomas,of ASHI (the "ASHI Common Stock"), as he becamea result of the merger, constituting 86% of the then issued and outstanding common stock. TPT Global Tech, Inc. also has purchased all of the 500,000 Series A Super Majority Voting Preferred Shares of ASHI for a convertible note payable of $500,000 due in 180 days which bears interest at 6.0% per annum and is convertible to shares of the Company’s common stock at 85% of the volume weighted average price for the preceding 5 market trading days.

ASHI shall file a Form S-1 Registration Statement with the Securities Exchange Commission within 120 days after closing, to register for resale: a) the common shares of ASHI, issued at closing, b) conversion shares for the Series A Supermajority Preferred Stock and c) those outstanding shares of the shareholders of ASHI existing as of the day prior to closing, and shall pursue such S-1 filing diligently to effectiveness.

The Officers of ASHI shall resign effective upon the appointment of the new Officers, as designated by SPC. The Current Directors of ASHI shall remain as directors until the Series A Preferred Stock (500,000 shares) of ASHI shall have been redeemed or converted. SPC shall have designated two new directors for appointment effective at closing, and may then appoint new Officers, and the current officers shall resign at closing.

The Company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-4 to discern whether the assets and operations of the assets purchased met the definition of a business. The company concluded that there were not processes and sufficient inputs into outputs.  Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as an officerasset acquisition and directorallocated the purchase price as follows: 

Consideration given at fair value:

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$68,025

 

 

 

$68,025

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets acquired at fair value:

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

$4,250

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

63,775

 

 

 

$68,025

 

There was nothing accounted for in the Statement of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  On a proforma basis any adjustments would not be significant.

TPT Strategic Merger with Information Security and Training LLC and Subsequent Settlement Agreement

Dated as of June 29, 2022, for synergies and the opportunity at other revenue streams, TPT Strategic entered into a definitive agreement for the acquisition of the assets and  Information Security and Training LLC (“IST LLC” or “IST”) (www.istincs.com)  a  Construction and Information Technology Services company based in Huntsville Alabama with branch offices in Nashville TN, Birmingham Al, Jackson MS, Fort Campbell KY, New Orleans LA, and Joint Base Lewis-McChord.  The TPT Strategic and IST, LLC agreement, which closed October 20, 2022, for the acquisition is a stock transaction where the founder and sole interest holder, Everett Lanier received 500,000 Preferred Series B shares of TPT Strategic that will convert to a 10% ownership of TPT Strategic under certain conditions. The acquisition includes the assumption of all assets and certain liabilities.  Everett Lanier was to remain as the President and become a Board Member of TPT Strategic.

F-14

Table of Contents

Originally, the Company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-4 to discern whether the assets and operations of the assets purchased met the definition of a business. The company concluded that there are processes and sufficient inputs into outputs.  Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as a business combination and allocated the purchase price as follows: 

Consideration given at fair value:

 

 

 

Note payable, net of discount

 

$374,018

 

Credit cards assumed

 

 

48,452

 

Preferred shares of TPT Strategic

 

 

3,206

 

 

 

$425,676

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets acquired at fair value:

 

 

 

 

Working capital

 

$143,122

 

Property and equipment

 

 

2,170

 

Note receivable – related party

 

 

271,179

 

Other assets

 

 

9,205

 

 

 

$425,676

 

On September 11, 2023, Everett Lanier and the Company agreed to a Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release (“Settlement Agreement”). See Note 11. 

F-15

Table of Contents

NOTE 3 – GOING CONCERN

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern.

We incurred $3,093,608 and $11,352,944, respectively, in losses, and we used $442,135 and $263,313, respectively, in cash for operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022. We calculate the net cash used by operating activities by decreasing, or increasing in case of gain, our let loss by those items that do not require the use of cash such as depreciation, amortization, research and development, derivative expense or gain, gain on extinguishment of debt and share-based compensation which totaled to a net $343,636 for 2023 and $7,704,624 for 2022. 

In addition, we report increases and reductions in liabilities as uses of cash and decreases assets and increases in liabilities as sources of cash, together referred to as changes in operating assets and liabilities.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, we had a net change in our assets and liabilities of $2,303,246 primarily from an increase in accounts payable from lag of payments for accounts payable for cash flow considerations and increase in prepaid expenses.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2022 we had a net increase to our assets and liabilities of $3,385,007 for similar reasons.

Cash flows from financing activities were $382,505 and $(175,057) for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, these cash flows were generated from proceeds from convertible notes of $358,500 and other notes receivable - related parties of $139,931 offset by payment on convertible loans, advances and factoring agreements of $83,221 and $32,705 in cash used in discontinued operations. For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, cash flows were generated from proceeds from convertible notes, loans and advances of $1,256,187 offset by payment on convertible loans, advances and factoring agreements of $1,391,580 and payments on amounts payable – related parties of $39,664.

Cash flows used in investing activities were $0 and $16,297, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 primarily related to the acquisition of property and equipment for 2022 and discontinued operations for 2023.

These factors raise substantial doubt about the ability of the Company received 110,000,000to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the issuance of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

In order for us to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the issuance of these financial statements, we will need to obtain additional debt or equity financing and look for companies with cash flow positive operations that we can acquire. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional debt or equity financing, that we will be able to acquire cash flow positive operations, or that, if we are successful in any of those actions, those actions will produce adequate cash flow to enable us to meet all our future obligations. Most of our existing financing arrangements are short-term. If we are unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing, we may be required to significantly reduce or cease operations.

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment and related accumulated depreciation as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 are as follows: 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Property and equipment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$1,226,000

 

 

 

 

Office furniture and equipment

 

 

77,859

 

 

 

77,859

 

Total land, property and equipment

 

 

1,303,859

 

 

 

77,859

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(77,859)

 

 

(75,404)

Property and equipment, net

 

$1,226,000

 

 

$2,455

 

Depreciation expense was $2,454 and $448,943 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

F-16

Table of Contents

NOTE 5 – DEBT FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

Financing arrangements as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 are as follows: 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Loans and advances (1)

 

$470,092

 

 

$470,092

 

Convertible notes payable (2)

 

 

3,424,556

 

 

 

3,054,869

 

Factoring agreements (3)

 

 

532,467

 

 

 

577,177

 

Debt – third party

 

$4,427,115

 

 

$4,102,138

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line of credit, related party secured by assets (4)

 

$2,742,929

 

 

$2,742,929

 

Debt– other related party, net of discounts (5)

 

 

2,015,500

 

 

 

2,015,500

 

Convertible debt – related party (6)

 

 

553,100

 

 

 

553,100

 

Shareholder debt (7)

 

 

144,081

 

 

 

4,150

 

Debt – related party

 

$5,455,610

 

 

$5,315,679

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financing arrangements

 

$9,882,725

 

 

$9,417,817

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less current portion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, advances and factoring agreements – third party

 

$(1,002,559)

 

$(902,809)

Convertible notes payable third party

 

 

(3,424,556)

 

 

(3,054,869)

Debt – related party, net of discount

 

 

(4,902,510)

 

 

(4,762,579)

Convertible notes payable– related party

 

 

(553,100)

 

 

(553,100)

 

 

 

(9,882,725)

 

 

(9,273,357)

Total long term debt

 

$

 

 

$144,460

 

__________  

(1)

The terms of $40,000 of this balance are similar to that of the Line of Credit which bears interest at adjustable rates, 1 month LIBOR plus 2%, 7.44% as of September 30, 2022, and is secured by assets of the Company, was due August 31, 2020, as amended.

$360,000 is a bank loan dated May 28, 2019 which bears interest at Prime plus 6%, 14.0% as of September 30, 2023 and, as amended, is interest only through October 1, 2023 at which time the monthly payment of principal and interest of $40,000 is required until the due date of May 1, 2024. The bank loan is collateralized by assets of the Company.  This loan may be considered in default as the Company did not make its payment of principal and interest on October 1, 2023.  The Company is in discussions with the bank to restructure this bank loan.

On June 4, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase Agreement with Odyssey Capital Funding, LLC. (“Odyssey”) for the purchase of a $525,000 Convertible Promissory Note (“Odyssey Convertible Promissory Note”). The Odyssey Convertible Promissory Note was due June 3, 2020, paid interest at the rate of 12% (24% default) per annum and gave the holder the right from time to time, and at any time during the period beginning six months from the issuance date to convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock of the Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. The conversion price was 55% multiplied by the average of the two lowest trading prices for the common stock during the previous 20 trading days prior to the applicable conversion date. The Odyssey Convertible Promissory Note could be prepaid in full at 125% to 145% up to 180 days from origination. Through June 3, 2020, Odyssey converted $49,150 of principal and $4,116 of accrued interest into 52,961,921 shares of common stock at that time.

Related Party Employment Agreements

Pursuantof the Company. On June 8, 2020, Odyssey agreed to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, Stephen Thomas, CEO, director,convert the remaining principal and majority shareholder, receivesaccrued interest balance on the Odyssey Convertible Promissory Note of $475,850 and $135,000, respectively, to a base salaryterm loan payable in six months in the form of $150,000 per year. In addition toa balloon payment, earlier if the base salary, Mr. Thomas is eligible to receive performance bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The agreementCompany has a three-year termfunding event, bearing simple interest on the unpaid balance of 0% for the first three months and expires on Octoberthen 10% per annum thereafter.   The loan was in default as of March 31, 2020.

Pursuant2022.  During April 2022, Odyssey accepted to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, Richard Eberhardt, Executive Vice-President, directorexchange all of its outstanding principal and affiliate shareholder, receives a base salaryinterest as of $150,000 per year. In addition to the base salary, Mr. Eberhardt is eligible to receive performance bonuses as to be determined by our BoardMarch 31, 2022 of Directors. The agreement has a three-year term and expires on October 31, 2020.

Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, Gary Cook, CFO, receives a base salary$685,682 into 137,136 of $150,000 per year for which currently he devotes no less than 60% of his full-time. In addition to the base salary, Mr. Cook is eligible to receive performance bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The agreement has a three-year term and expires on October 31, 2020.

Capital Contributions by Officer, Director, Principal Shareholder

During 2015, 600,000 shares of common stock were issued to an investor for $53,000, which amount of stock was surrendered for cancellation by Stephen Thomas, an officer and director, to the Company to reduce dilution.

During 2015, the Company acquired 100% of Copperhead Digital and its subsidiaries. As part of this acquisition, the Company issued 679,310 restricted common shares of the Company valued at $7,472. 679,310 shares of common stock were surrendered for cancellation by Stephen Thomas, an officer and director, to the Company to reduce dilution.

69
Table of Contents

In July 2016, the Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement to purchase the assets of Goodwin Global Communications LLC for $22,500 in cash, payable in cash increments through January 2017. The actual number of shares given upon acquisition was 50,000, as amended, valued at $40,400. Stephen Thomas, an officer and Director, surrendered 50,000 shares to treasury to reduce dilution.TPT Series E Preferred Shares.  

 

Effective September 30, 2016,2020, we entered into a Purchase Agreement by which we agreed to purchase the Company acquired 100%500,000 outstanding Series A Preferred shares of TPT Strategic, Inc., our majority owned subsidiary, in an agreed amount of $350,000 in cash or common stock, if not paid in cash, at the five day average price preceding the date of the outstanding stockrequest for effectiveness after the filing of San Diego Media by issuing 750,000a registration statement on Form S-1. This was modified December 28 and 29, 2020, to provide for registration of 7,500,000 common shares of restricted common stockfor resale at the market price. Any balance due on notes was to be calculated after an accounting for the net sales proceeds from sale of the Company valued at $438,750. Stephen Thomas, an officerstock by February 28, 2021 and director, surrendered 750,000 for cancellation to treasury to reduce dilution.

In December 2016, TPTG acquired the Lion Phone Technology from four former interest holders. The Lion Phone technology agreement allows for the technology and intellectual property and technology of the Lion Phonewas to be acquired for 2,100,000paid in cash or stock thereafter. The Series A Preferred shares of restricted common stock issued bywere purchased from the Company valued at $560,000. 2,100,000 shares of common stock were surrendered by an officer, Stephen Thomas, for cancellation to reduce dilution.

Michael A. Littman, Atty. Defined Benefit Plan.     The $350,000 is recorded as a Note Payable.  During the year ended December 31, 2016,2021, it was determined that there was a deficiency of approximately $185,000 from net sales proceeds which is accounted for in accounts payable.

F-17

Table of Contents

The Company purchased all of the 500,000 Series A Super Majority Voting Preferred Shares of ASHI for a convertible note payable of $500,000 due in 180 days which bears interest at 6.0% per annum and is convertible to shares of the Company’s common stock at 85% of the volume weighted average price for the preceding 5 market trading days.  The ASHI convertible note payable was valued at $508,553 upon acquisition.

The remaining balances generally bear interest at approximately 10%, have maturity dates that are due on demand or are past due, are unsecured and are classified as current in the balance sheets.

(2) During 2017, the Company paid Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEOissued convertible promissory notes in the amount of $67,000 (comprised of $62,000 from two related parties and President$5,000 from a former officer of CDH), all which were due May 1, 2020 and bear 6% annual interest (12% default interest rate). The convertible promissory notes are convertible, as amended, at $0.25 per share. These convertible promissory notes were not repaid May 1, 2020 and are delinquent.  The Company is working to renegotiate these promissory notes.

On June 11, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase Agreement with EMA Financial, LLC. (“EMA”) for the purchase of a $250,000 Convertible Promissory Note (“EMA Convertible Promissory Note”). The EMA Convertible Promissory Note is due June 11, 2020, pays interest at the rate of 12% (principal amount increases 200% and interest rate increases to 24% under default) per annum and gives the holder the right from time to time to convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock of the Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. The conversion price is 55% multiplied by the lowest traded price for the common stock during the previous 25 trading days prior to the applicable conversion date. The EMA Convertible Promissory Note may be prepaid in full at 135% to 150% up to 180 days from origination. Prior to December 31, 2020, EMA converted $35,366 of principal into 147,700,000 shares of common stock of the Company. As such, the principal and accrued interest balances owning to EMA at September 30, 2023 is $503,771 and $507,487, respectively. 1,000,000 warrants were issued in conjunction with the issuance of this debt. See Note 8.  See below regarding derivative securities in default.

On October 6, 2021, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and FirstFire Global Opportunities Fund, LLC. entered into a convertible promissory note totaling $1,087,000 and a securities purchase agreement (“FirstFire Note”). The FirstFire Note has an original issue discount of 8% and bears interest at 10%, with a default rate of 24%, and is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock.  There is a mandatory conversion in the event a Nasdaq Listing prior to nine months from funding for which the Holder’s principal and interest balances will be converted at a price equal to 25% discount to the opening price on the first day the Company trades on Nasdaq. There is also a voluntary conversion of all principal and accrued interest at the discretion of the Holder at the lower of (1) 75% of the two lowest trade prices during the fifteen consecutive trading day period ending on the trading day immediately prior to the applicable conversion date or (2) discount to market based on subsequent financings with other investors. Subsequent debt issuances have lowered this price to $0.025 per share, adjusted to $.0075 during the three months ended March 31, 2022. The Holder was given registration rights. The FirstFire Note may be prepaid in whole or in part of the outstanding balances at 115% prior to maturity. 225,000,000 common shares of the Company have been reserved with the transfer agent for possible conversion and exercise of warrants. Warrants to purchase 55,000,000 shares of common stock at 110% of the opening price on the first day the Company trades on the Nasdaq exchange were issued to the Holder. Through September 30, 2023, the Company has exercised its right to convert $558,660 of principal into 377,000,000 shares of common shares leaving a principal and accrued interest balance at September 30, 2023 of $800,090 in principal and $618,560 in accrued interest.  See below regarding derivative securities in default.

On October 13, 2021, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Cavalry Investment Fund LP entered into a convertible promissory note totaling $271,250 and a securities purchase agreement (“Cavalry Investment Note”). The Cavalry Investment Note has an original issue discount of 8% and bears interest at 10%, with a default rate of 24%, and is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock.  There is a mandatory conversion in the event a Nasdaq Listing prior to nine months from funding for which the Holder’s principal and interest balances will be converted at a price equal to 25% discount to the opening price on the first day the Company trades on Nasdaq. There is also a voluntary conversion of all principal and accrued interest at the discretion of the Holder at the lower of (1) 75% of the two lowest trade prices during the fifteen consecutive trading day period ending on the trading day immediately prior to the applicable conversion date or (2) discount to market based on subsequent financings with other investors. Subsequent debt issuances have lowered this price to $0.025 per share, adjusted to $.0075. The Holder was given registration rights. The Cavalry Investment Note may be prepaid in whole or in part of the outstanding balances at 115% prior to maturity. 56,250,000 common shares of the Company have been reserved with the transfer agent for possible conversion and exercise of warrants.  Warrants to purchase 13,750,000 shares of common stock at 110% of the opening price on the first day the Company trades on the Nasdaq exchange were issued to the Holder.  Through September 30, 2023, the Company has exercised its right to convert $67,000 of principal into 55,833,334 shares of common stock leaving a principal and accrued interest balance at September 30, 2023 of $272,688 and $121,234, respectively.  See below regarding derivative securities in default.

F-18

Table of Contents

On October 13, 2021, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Cavalry Fund I, LP entered into a convertible promissory note totaling $815,250 and a securities purchase agreement (“Cavalry Fund I Note”). The Cavalry Fund I Note has an original issue discount of 8% and bears interest at 10%, with a default rate of 24%, and is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock.  There is a mandatory conversion in the event a Nasdaq Listing prior to nine months from funding for which the Holder’s principal and interest balances will be converted at a price equal to 25% discount to the opening price on the first day the Company trades on Nasdaq. There is also a voluntary conversion of all principal and accrued interest at the discretion of the Holder at the lower of (1) 75% of the two lowest trade prices during the fifteen consecutive trading day period ending on the trading day immediately prior to the applicable conversion date or (2) discount to market based on subsequent financings with other investors. Subsequent debt issuances have lowered this price to $0.0075 per share. The Holder was given registration rights. The Cavalry Fund I Note may be prepaid in whole or in part of the outstanding balances at 115% prior to maturity. 168,750,000 common shares of the Company have been reserved with the transfer agent for possible conversion and exercise of warrants. Warrants to purchase 41,250,000 shares of common stock at $110% of the opening price on the first day the Company trades on the Nasdaq exchange were issued to the Holder. Through September 30, 2023, the Company exercised its right to convert $192,230 of principal and penalties into 168,750,000 shares of common stock leaving a principal and accrued interest balance at September 30, 2023 of $826,833 and $364,810, respectively.  See below regarding derivative securities in default.

On January 31, 2022, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Blue Lake Partners, LLC entered into a convertible promissory note totaling $271,750 and a securities purchase agreement (“Blue Lake Note”). The Blue Lake Note is due twelve months from funding, has an original issue discount of 8% and interest rate at 10% per annum (default, as defined, at 16%). There is an optional conversion in the event a Nasdaq Listing prior to nine months from funding for which the Holder’s principal and interest balances will be converted at a price equal to 25% discount to the opening price on the first day the Company trades on Nasdaq. There is also a voluntary conversion of all principal prepaid in whole or in part of the outstanding balances at 100% prior to maturity unless the Holder chose to convert their balances into common stock which they have three days to do so. 73,372,499 common shares of the Company have been reserved with the transfer agent for possible conversion and exercise of warrants. Warrants, expiring five years from issuance, were issued to exercise up to 9,058,333 warrants to purchase 9,058,333 common shares at $0.015, provided, however, that if the Company consummates an Uplist Offering on or before July 6, 2022 then the exercise price shall equal 110% of the offering price at which the Uplist Offering is made. The Company and the holder executed the securities purchase agreement in accordance with and in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration for offers and sales to accredited investors afforded, inter alia, by Rule 506 under Regulation D as promulgated by the SEC under the 1933 Act, and/or Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act.  Through September 30, 2023, Blue Lake exercised its right to convert $360,447 of principal, interest and penalties into 48,059,600 of common shares leaving a balance of $8,165 in principal and $0 of accrued interest as of September 30, 2023.  See below regarding derivative securities in default.

On June 13, 2022, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and 1800 Diagonal Lending LLC entered into a $200,760 promissory note agreement (1800 Diagonal Note”). The 1800 Diagonal Note has an original issue discount of 12%, or $21,510, and bears interest at 22%, and is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock only under default, as defined.  10 payments of $22,485 beginning on July 30, 2022 are to be made each month totaling $224,851. At any time following default, as defined, conversion rights exist at a discount rate of 25% of the lowest trading price for the Company’s common stock during the previous 10 trading days prior to conversion. 194,676,363 common shares of the Company have been reserved with the transfer agent for possible conversion under a default. Through September 30, 2023, 1800 Diagonal exercised its right to convert $236,094 of principal and interest into 190,987,049 of common shares leaving a balance of $0 in principal and accrued interest as of September 30, 2023.  See below regarding derivative securities in default.

On February 8, 2023, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and 1800 Diagonal Lending LLC entered into a $81,675 promissory note agreement (1800 Diagonal Note #2”). The 1800 Diagonal Note #2 has an original issue discount of 9%, or $7,425, and bears interest at 9%, 22% upon default, and is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock only under default, as defined.  Total of $81,675 plus and accrued interest is due February 8, 2024. A penalty on the principal balance has been accrued of $40,838 because of defaults of covenants on other financing arrangements. At any time following default, as defined, conversion rights exist at a discount rate of 25% of the lowest trading price for the Company’s common stock during the previous 10 trading days prior to conversion. 150,000,000 common shares of the Company have been reserved with the transfer agent for possible conversion under a default. Through September 30, 2023, 1800 Diagonal Lending LLC has exercised its right to convert $17,000 in principal or interest into 25,000,000 common shares leaving a balance of $105,513 in principal and $17,827 in accrued interest as of September 30, 2023.  See below regarding derivative securities in default.

On February 9, 2023, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and FirstFire Global Opportunities Fund, LLC (“First Fire”) entered into a $330,000 promissory note agreement (Firstfire Note #2”). The FirstFire Note #2 has an original issue discount of 9%, or $30,000, and bears interest at 10%, 20% upon default, and is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock only under default, as defined.  $33,000 of interest is considered earned at the issue date.  Total of $330,000 plus accrued interest is due February 8, 2024. A penalty on the principal balance has been accrued of $165,000 because of defaults of covenants on other financing arrangements. Conversion rights exist that at any time after issuance, the FirstFire Note #2 can be exchanged for shares of common stock at $.0012 per share. 350,000,000 common shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved with the transfer agent for possible conversion. Through September 30, 2023, First Fire has exercised its right to convert $96,000 of principal or interest into 80,000,000 of common shares leaving a balance of $495,000 in principal and $74,250 in accrued interest as of September 30, 2023.

F-19

Table of Contents

The Company entered into a convertible note payable March 27, 2023 with Michael Littman, Atty Defined Benefit Plan for the acquisition of 500,000 Series A Super Majority Voting Preferred Shares of ASHI due in 180 days, bearing interest at 6.0% per annum (12% default rate) and is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at 85% of the volume weighted average price for the preceding five market trading days.

The Company is in default under all of its derivative financial instruments and has accounted for these defaults under each agreements default provisions. In February 2022, the Company defaulted on its FirstFire, Cavalry Investment, and Cavalry Fund I Notes for failure to uplist within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the Notes. Talos, Blue Lake and 1800 Diagonal are in default from cross default provisions. In total, $916,895 was recorded as interest expense representing additional principal and interest because of default. Notice of default was received from EMA for not reserving enough shares for conversion and for not having filed a Form S-1 Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission. It was the intent of the Company to pay back all derivative securities prior to the due dates but that has not occurred in case of EMA. As such, the Company is currently in negotiations with EMA and relative to extending the due date and changing terms on the Note.  The Company has been named in a lawsuit by EMA for failing to comply with a Securities Purchase Agreement entered into in June 2019.  See Note 9 Other Commitments and Contingencies. 

(3) On April 1, 2022, the Company entered into a Future Receivable Sale and Purchase Agreement (“Mr. Advance Agreement”) with Mr. Advance LLC (”Mr. Advance”). The balance to be purchased and sold is $411,000 for which the Company received $270,715, net of fees. Under the Mr. Advance Agreement, the Company is to pay $8,935 per week for 46 weeks at an effective interest rate of approximately $50,00036% annually.   The Company is in rentdefault with this Agreement for non-payment and utilityis working to restructure its terms. The balance outstanding as of September 30, 2023 is $214,484, net of discounts and payments relatedmade.

On April 1, 2022, the Company entered into a Future Receipts Sale and Purchase Agreement (“CLOUDFUND Agreement”) with CLOUDFUND LLC (”CLOUDFUND”). The balance to corporate office space.be purchased and sold is $411,000 for which the Company received $272,954, net of fees. Under the CLOUDFUND Agreement, the Company is to pay $8,935 per week for 46 weeks at an effective interest rate of approximately 36% annually.  The Company is in default with this Agreement for non-payment and is working to restructure its terms.  The balance outstanding as of September 30, 2023 is $244,670, net of discounts.

On April 27, 2022, the Company entered into a Future Receivables Sale and Purchase Agreement (“Fox Capital Agreement”) with Fox Capital Group, Inc. (”Fox Capital”). The balance to be purchased and sold is $138,000 for which the Company received $90,000, net of fees. Under the Fox Capital Agreement, the Company is to pay $4,313 per week for 32 weeks at an effective interest rate of approximately 36% annually.  The Company is in default with this Agreement for non-payment and is working to restructure its terms.  The balance outstanding as of September 30, 2023 is $73,313, net of discounts.

(4) The Line of Credit originated with a bank and was secured by the personal assets of certain shareholders of Copperhead Digital. During 2016, the Line of Credit was assigned to the Copperhead Digital shareholders, who subsequent to the Copperhead Digital acquisition by TPTG became shareholders of TPTG, and the secured personal assets were used to pay off the bank. The Line of Credit bears a variable interest rate based on the 1 Month LIBOR plus 2.0%, 7.44% as of September 30, 2023, is payable monthly, and is secured by the assets of the Company. 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company have been reserved internally to accomplish raising the funds to pay off the Line of Credit. Since assignment of the Line of Credit to certain shareholders, which balance on the date of assignment was $2,597,790, those shareholders have loaned the Company $445,600 under the similar terms and conditions as the line of credit but most of which were also given stock options totaling $85,120 which expired as of December 31, 2019 (see Note 8) and was due, as amended, August 31, 2020.  $300,461 of the principal balance was exchanged for 60,092 shares of Series E Preferred Stock in April 2022.  See Note 8.  The Company is in negotiations to refinance this Line of Credit.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, those same shareholders and one other have loaned the Company money in the form of convertible loans of $136,400 and $537,200, respectively, described in (2) and (6).

(5) $350,000 represents cash due to the prior owners of the technology acquired in December 2016 from the owner of the Lion Phone which is due to be paid as agreed by the Company and the former owners of the Lion Phone technology and has not been determined.

$4,000,000 represents a promissory note included as part of the consideration of VuMe, formerly ViewMe Live technology acquired in 2017, later agreed to as being due and payable in full, with no interest with $2,000,000 from debt proceeds and the remainder from proceeds from a second Company public offering.

$1,000,000 represents a promissory note which was entered into on May 6, 2020 for the acquisition of Media Live One Platform from Steve and Yuanbing Caudle for the further development of software. This was expensed as research and development in the year ended December 31, 2016,2020. This $1,000,000 promissory note is non-interest bearing, due after funding has been received by the Company issued 500,000 shares of restricted common stock for services valued at $385,000. Stephen Thomas, an officerfrom its various investors and director ofother sources. Mr. Caudle is a principal with the Company, surrendered 500,000 shares of common stock to reduce dilution.Company’s VuMe technology.

 

During

F-20

Table of Contents

Both the nine months ended September 30, 2017, the Company received $35,000 in cash from a relative of an officer of the Company for issuance of 350,000 shares of restricted common stock. Stephen Thomas, an officer$4,000,000 and director of the Company, surrendered 350,000 common shares$1,000,000 promissory notes related to the Company to reduce dilution.

In December 2016, a subsidiaries landlord agreed to terminate a facilities lease for 150,000 shares of Common Stock valued at $43,350. Stephen Thomas, an officerVuMe technology and director of the Company surrendered 150,000 shares of common stock for this transaction to reduce dilution.

In December 2016, the Company settled accounts payable to multiple vendors of $134,720 for 365,000 shares of restricted Common Stock valued at $105,485. Stephen Thomas, an officer of the Company, contributed 365,000 shares of common stock to the Company to reduce dilution.

In December 2016, the Company used for compensation expense 9,175,000 restricted shares of Common Stock valued at $2,663,575. Stephen Thomas, an officer and director of the Company, surrendered 9,175,000 shares of common stock for this transaction to reduce dilution.

In conjunction with the acquisition of Copperhead Digital, the former shareholders of Copperhead Digital funded a total of $220,000 of Commercial Promissory Notes. In October 2015, all Commercial Promissory NotesMedia Live One Platform were exchanged through a Software Acquisition Agreement dated as of March 25, 2022 for 440,000 common shares of the Company. Stephen Thomas, an officer and director ofCompany’s Series E Preferred Stock.  See Note 8.  In this same agreement, the Company surrendered 440,000 shares of common stockagreed to pay Mr. and Mrs. Caudle $1,750,000 for this transaction to reduce dilution.

In October 2015, Convertible Promissory Notes inadditional developed software that will be used with the amount of $250,000 were exchanged for 500,000 common shares of the Company. Stephen Thomas, an officerVuMe technology which was expensed as research and director of the Company, surrendered 500,000 shares of common stock for this transaction to reduce dilution.

In July and August 2015, the Company through a private offering issued Unsecured Commercial Promissory Notes to the former shareholders of Copperhead Digital for $326,377. In October 2015, all Unsecured Commercial Promissory Notes were exchanged for 1,496,899 common shares of the Company. Stephen Thomas, an officer and director of the Company, surrendered 1,496,899 shares of common stock for this transaction to reduce dilution.

Duringdevelopment during the year ended December 31, 20162022.  $200,000 had been paid and was accounted for as a deposit as of December 31, 2021.  Subsequently, this was used against the purchase price and the remainder was setup as a note payable. $550,000 to be paid from first proceeds raised by the Company and $1,000,000 as agreed by the Company and Mr. and Mrs. Caudle.

$115,500 represents part of a $500,000 Note Payable related to the acquisition of 75% of Air Fitness, payable six months from the date of this report, approximately $157,000the note or as agreed by the Company out of future capital raising efforts.  During 2022, $384,500 of the Note Payable and $49,985 of accrued interest were exchanged for 104,961 Series E Preferred Shares.

(6) During 2018, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount of $537,200 to related parties and $10,000 to a non-related party which bear interest at 6% (11% default interest rate), are due 30 months from issuance and are convertible into Series C Preferred Stock at $1.00 per share.  $106,000 of these notes were exchanged for 21,200 shares of Series E Preferred Stock in April 2022 and $19,400 were repaid prior to December 31, 2021.

(7) The shareholder debt represents funds have been providedgiven to the CompanyTPTG or subsidiaries by officers and family tomanagers of the officers, Stephen Thomas and Richard Eberhardt, for

70
Table of Contents

Company as working capital purposes.capital. There are no written terms of repayment or interest that is being accrued to these amounts and they will only be paid back, according to management, if cash flows support it. They are classified as current in the balance sheets.

 

Director IndependenceSee Lease financing arrangement in Note 8.

 

Our board of directors undertook our annual review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director had a material relationship with us or our management that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, the board of directors affirmatively determined that none of our directors are “independent” as such term is used under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

NOTE 6 -DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

ITEM 11A. MATERIAL CHANGESThe Company previously adopted the provisions of ASC subtopic 825-10, Financial Instruments (“ASC 825-10”). ASC 825-10 defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of nonperformance. ASC 825-10 establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

 

During 2017, existing shareholders extended loans to the CompanyThe derivative liability as of September 30, 2023, in the amount of approximately $624,600, $435,500$4,203,788 has a level 3 classification under ASC 825-10.

The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities as of September 30, 2023.

Debt Derivative

Liabilities

Balance, December 31, 2021

$4,042,910

Change in derivative liabilities from new notes payable

622,518

Change in derivative liabilities from conversion of notes payable

(493,101)

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities at end of period – derivative expense

650,071

Balance, December 31, 2022

$4,822,398

Change in derivative liabilities from new notes payable

477,414

Change in derivative liabilities from conversion of notes payable

(728,143)

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities at end of period – derivative expense (gain)

(367,881)

Balance, September 30, 2023

$4,203,788

Convertible notes payable and warrant derivatives – The Company issued convertible promissory notes which are convertible into common stock, at holders’ option, at a discount to the market price of the Company’s common stock. The Company has identified the embedded derivatives related to these notes relating to certain anti-dilutive (reset) provisions. These embedded derivatives included certain conversion features. The accounting treatment of derivative financial instruments requires that the Company record fair value of the derivatives as of the inception date of debenture and to fair value as of each subsequent reporting date.

As of September 30, 2023, the Company marked to market the fair value of the debt derivatives and determined a fair value of $42,037,882 ($4,093,369 from the convertible notes and $110,419 from warrants) in Note 5 (2) above. The Company recorded an expense from change in fair value of debt derivatives of $367,881 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The fair value of the embedded derivatives was determined using Monte Carlo simulation method based on the following assumptions: (1) dividend yield of 0%, (2) expected volatility of 133.5% to 191.5%, (3) weighted average risk-free interest rate of 4.80% to 5.50% (4) expected life of 0.50 to 3.58 years, and (5) the quoted market price of $0.001 for the Company’s common stock.

F-21

Table of Contents

NOTE 7 - STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

Preferred Stock

As of September 30, 2023, we had authorized 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, of which wascertain shares had been designated as Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.

All Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company designated 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock. In February 2015, the Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of the Company, valued at $3,117,000 for compensation expense. These shares are outstanding as of September 30, 2017. Of this2023.

The Series A Preferred Stock has a par value of $.001, is redeemable at the Company’s option at $100 per share, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and amended, of an amount $400,600 is under similar terms and conditions of existing debt from shareholders which is secured by assetsequal to amounts payable owing, including contingency amounts where Holders of the companySeries A have personally guaranteed obligations of the Company.

As of September 30, 2023, by amendment, holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall, collectively have the right to convert all of their Series A Preferred Stock when conversion is elected into that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company, as amended and includes optionsrestated July 5, 2022 by the Board of Directors and a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Company, determined by the following formula: 60% of the common shares computed to include all projected conversions of all convertible debt and any other classes of Preferred Stock as if the conversions had taken place at the stated conversion price per share (i.e. for the avoidance of doubt – “fully diluted” as if such conversion had occurred prior to the Series A conversion.) The Company determined that were issueddue to the significance of the amendment, it should be accounted for as an extinguishment and fair valued the amended Series A Preferred Stock at $42,983,742, creating a deemed dividend of $39,866,742. The valuation of the amended Series A Preferred Stock was done by a qualified independent third party.

The record Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right to vote as if converted prior to the vote to an amount of shares equal to 60% of the common shares computed to include all projected conversions of all convertible debt and any other classes of Preferred Stock as if the conversions had taken place at the stated conversion price per share (i.e. for the avoidance of doubt – “fully diluted” as if such conversion had occurred prior to the Series A conversion) on any matter with holders of Common Stock for any vote required to approve any action, which Florida law provides may or must be approved by vote or consent of the debtholders of other series of voting shares and the holders of Common Stock or the holders of other securities entitled to purchase 76,120vote, if any.

The Series A Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

In February 2015, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. 

The Series B Preferred Stock was designated in February 2015, has a par value of $.001, is not redeemable, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series B Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any part of the Series B Preferred Shares and will receive and equal number of common shares at share pricesthe conversion price of between $0.04$2.00 per share. The Series B Preferred Stockholders have a right to $0.22 until December 31, 2019. $157,000vote on any matter with holders of the approximately $624,000 was advanced from officers or familyCommon Stock and shall have a number of officersvotes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one-to-one basis.

There are 2,588,693 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of September 30, 2023.

The Series B Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company and have no documented terms. $67,000 was funded under convertible debt instruments that were later amendednot having enough authorized common shares to be convertible at $0.25able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

F-22

Table of Contents

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

In May 2018, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock.  

The Series C Preferred Stock has a par value of $.001, is not redeemable, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series C Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A and B Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series C Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any part of the Series C Preferred Shares and will receive an equal number of common shares at the conversion price of $0.15 per share. The Series C Preferred Stockholders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one-to-one basis.

There are no shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of September 30, 2023.  There are approximately $553,100 in convertible notes payable convertible into Series C Convertible Preferred Stock which compromise some of the common stock equivalents calculated in Note 1. 

The Series C Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

On July 6, 2020, September 15, 2021 and March 20, 2022, the Company amended its Series D Designation from January 14, 2020. These Amendments changed the number of shares to 10,000,000 shares of the authorized 100,000,000 shares of the Company's $0.001 par value preferred stock as the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock ("the Series D Preferred Shares.") 

Series D Preferred shares have the following features: (i) 6% Cumulative Annual Dividends payable on the purchase value in cash or common stock of the Company at the discretion of the Board and payment is also at the discretion of the Board, which may decide to cumulate to future years; (ii) Any time after 12 months from issuance an option to convert to common stock at the election of the holder @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00. ; (iii) Automatic conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock shall occur without consent of holders upon any national exchange listing approval and the registration effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The automatic conversion to common from Series D Preferred shall be @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00, which shall be post-reverse split as may be necessary for any Exchange listing (iv) Registration Rights – the Company has granted Piggyback Registration Rights for common stock underlying conversion rights in the event it files any other Registration Statement (other than an S-1 that the Company may file for certain conversion common shares for the convertible note financing that was arranged and funded in 2019). Further, the Company will file, and pursue to effectiveness, a Registration Statement or offering statement for common stock underlying the Automatic Conversion event triggered by an exchange listing. (v) Liquidation Rights - $5.00 per share plus any accrued unpaid dividends – subordinate to Series A, B, and C Preferred Stock receiving full liquidation under the terms of such series. The Company has redemption rights for the first year following the Issuance Date to redeem all or part of the principal amount of the Series D Preferred Stock at between 115% and 140%.

As of September 30, 2023, there are 46,649 Series D Preferred shares outstanding.

The Series D Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

Series E Convertible Preferred Stock

On March 20, 2022, the Company amended its Series E Designation from November 10, 2021.  As amended, the Company designated 10,000,000 shares of the authorized 100,000,000 shares of the Company's $0.001 par value preferred stock as the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock ("the Series E Preferred Shares").

Series E Preferred shares have the following features: (i) 6% Cumulative Annual Dividends payable on the purchase value in cash or common stock of the Company at the discretion of the Board and payment is also at the discretion of the Board, which may decide to cumulate to future years; (ii) Any time after 12 months from issuance an option to convert to common stock at the election of the holder @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00. ; (iii) Automatic conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock shall occur without consent of holders upon any national exchange listing approval and the registration effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The automatic conversion to common from Series E Preferred shall be @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00, which shall be post-reverse split as may be necessary for any Exchange listing (iv) Registration Rights – the Company has granted Piggyback Registration Rights for common stock underlying conversion rights in the event it files any other Registration Statement (other than an S-1 that the Company may file for certain conversion common shares for the convertible note financing that was arranged and funded in 2019). Further, the Company will file, and pursue to effectiveness, a Registration Statement or offering statement for common stock underlying the Automatic Conversion event triggered by an exchange listing. (v) Liquidation Rights - $5.00 per share plus any accrued unpaid dividends – subordinate to Series A, B, C and D Preferred Stock receiving full liquidation under the terms of such series. The Company has redemption rights for the first year following the Issuance Date to redeem all or part of the principal amount of the Series E Preferred Stock at between 115% and 140%.

F-23

Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2023, there are 2,243,507 Series E Preferred shares outstanding.  2,043,507 were a result of exchanges of accounts payable, financing arrangements and lease agreements in 2022.  200,000 were as a result of the acquisition of land in 2023. The 200,000 Series E Preferred shares were given a fair value by a third-party valuation of $6.13 per share, for which they were recorded as of September 30, 2023.  In the prior year, the valuation of the Series E Shares was $6.53.  In this case, the difference between the amount of accounts payable, financing arrangements and lease agreement balances of $10,987,307 or $2,356,794 was recorded as a loss on debt extinguishment for 2022.

The Series E Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

Common Stock

As of September 30, 2023, we had authorized 4,500,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 1,882,579,354 common shares are issued and outstanding.

Common Stock Issued for Conversion of Debt

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company issued 333,871,496 common shares valued at $1,439,894 for $1,076,782 of principal, interest, penalties and fees and recorded a loss on extinguishment of $363,112.  During the nine months ended September 30, 2023, the Company issued 571,848,487 common shares valued at $917,088 for $655,324 of principal, interest, penalties and fees and recorded a gain on extinguishment of $466,380. In addition, $728,143 of derivative liabilities were eliminated with these conversions.

Common Stock Issued for Services

On August 6, 2023, the Board granted 1,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company to a consultant for his consulting services rendered to the Company. The shares are to be considered fully vested upon grant and represent partial payment for past services rendered.  These shares were recorded to expense at $1,100 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.

On September 8, 2023, the Board of Directors granted 52,830,333 shares of common stock to Edward Cabrera, Eduardo Cabrera and Mawe Capital Management, LLC for a $75,000 fee in relation to raising capital. The shares are to be considered fully vested upon grant. The share numbers have been calculated based on the average 5-day price per share of TPTW common stock of $0.00144 to get 52,830,333 shares. The common shares will have piggyback rights and shall be registered in any filed registration form. If the average closing price during the five prior to Friday, September 30, 2023 is more than 50% of the five days prior to the signing of this agreement, then the cash difference from the $75,000 may be applied to reduce any Network 1 advisory fee (if there are any) for the NASDAQ listing process.  These shares were recorded as expense at $85,628 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.

Subscription Payable

As of September 30, 2023, the Company has recorded $40,435 in stock subscription payable, which equates to the fair value on the date of commitment, of the Company’s commitment to issue the following common shares:

Unissued shares for TPT consulting agreements

3,000,000

Shares receivable under terminated acquisition agreement

(3,096,181)

Net commitment

(96,181)

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company agreed to a consulting agreement with one of its newest directors, John Wharton, which Agreement was for the issuance of 3,000,000 shares of common stock to vest over two years starting July 30, 2021. These shares were valued at $42,600 and are being expenses at $1,775 per month. As of September 30, 2023, 3,000,000 common shares have vested and $42,600 expensed.

F-24

Table of Contents

Effective November 1, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire Hollywood Rivera, LLC and HRS Mobile LLC (“HRS”). In March 2018, the HRS acquisition was rescinded and 3,096,181 shares of common stock which were issued as consideration are being returned by the recipients. As such, as of September 30, 2023 and 2022 the shares for the HRS transaction are reflected as subscriptions receivable based on their par value.

Warrants Issued with Convertible Promissory Notes

As of September 30, 2023, there were 129,116,666 warrants outstanding that expire in five years or in the years ended December 31, 2024 -2027.  As part of the Convertible Promissory Notes payable – third party issuance in Note 5, the Company issued 1,000,000 warrants to purchase 1,000,000 common shares of the Company at 70% of the current market price.  Current market price means the average of the three lowest trading prices for our common stock during the ten-trading day period ending on the latest complete trading day prior to the date of the respective exercise notice.  However, if a required registration statement, registering the underlying shares of the Convertible Promissory Notes, is declared effective on or before June 11, 2019 to September 11, 2019, then, while such Registration Statement is effective, the current market price shall mean the lowest volume weighted average price for our common stock during the ten-trading day period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date.  

On January 31, 2022, TPT Global Tech, Inc. issued warrants in conjunction with the issuance of Talos and Blue Lake Note Agreements.  Warrants to purchase 18,116,666 shares of common stock at $0.015 per share provided, however, that if the Company consummates an uplist offering on or before July 6, 2022 then the exercise price shall be 110% of the offering price at which the uplist offering is made.

The warrants issued under these convertible promissory notes were considered derivative liabilities valued at $110,419 of the total $4,203,788 derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2022. See Note 5.

Common Stock Reservations

The Company has reserved internally 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company for the purpose of raising funds to be used to pay off debt described in Note 5.

We have reserved 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company to grant to certain employees and consultants as consideration for services rendered and that will be rendered to the Company.

Agreement to Convert Debt

On July 31, 2023, the Company and Michael Murphy, shareholder and debt holder, entered into a Conversion Shares Purchase Agreement by which Mr. Murphy has agreed to an automatic conversion of his outstanding principal debt, as well as related accrued interest if elected by Mr. Murphy, into shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock or an equity stock that subsequent to the agreement the Company may have issued to any party that has favorable terms to the Series E Preferred Stock, upon the Company’s intended uplist to a major exchange in conjunction with its capital raise through the capital markets.  This principal amount is $2,397,329 as of September 30, 2023.

Non-Controlling Interests

QuikLAB Mobile Laboratories

In July and August 2020, the Company formed Quiklab 1 LLC, QuikLAB 2, LLC, QuikLAB 3, LLC and QuikLAB 4, LLC.  QuikLAB 4, LLC was subsequently dissolved.  It was the intent to use these entities as vehicles into which third parties would invest and participate in owning QuikLAB Mobile Laboratories.  As of September 30, 2023, Quiklab 1 LLC, QuikLAB 2, LLC and QuikLAB 3, LLC have received an investment of $470,000, of which Stephen Thomas and Rick Eberhardt, CEO and COO of the Company, have invested $100,000 in QuikLAB 2, LLC.  During the year ended December 31, 2021, one investor entered into an agreement at their request, to have their investment returned.  $10,000 of this investment was returned with the remaining $60,000 being reclassified to accounts payable in the balance sheet as of September 30, 2023.

The third party investors and Mr. Thomas and Mr. Eberhart, will benefit from owning 20% of QuikLAB Mobile Laboratories specific to their investments.  The Company owns the other 80% ownership in the QuickLAB Mobile Laboratories.  The net loss attributed to the non-controlling interests from the QuikLAB Mobile Laboratories included in the statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 and is $12 and $13,925, respectively.

F-25

Table of Contents

Other Non-Controlling Interests

TPT Strategic, Air Fitness and TPT Asia are other non-controlling interests in which the Company owns 0%, 75%, and 78%, respectively.  There is little activity in any of these entities.  The net loss attributed to these non-controlling interests included in the statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 is $9,376 and $5,380, respectively.

As a result of the Agreement and Plan of Merger among TPT SpeedConnect and Asberry 22 Holdings, net income of 14% or $47,015 was accounting for as a noncontrolling interest in the statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. 

NOTE 8 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable:

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Related parties (1)

 

$1,186,459

 

 

$831,502

 

General operating

 

 

5,511,334

 

 

 

5,395,422

 

Accrued interest on debt (2)

 

 

2,732,093

 

 

 

2,095,955

 

Credit card balances

 

 

152,217

 

 

 

167,517

 

Accrued payroll and other expenses

 

 

1,574,182

 

 

 

951,022

 

Taxes and fees payable

 

 

642,640

 

 

 

642,640

 

Total

 

$11,798,925

 

 

$10,084,058

 

 _______________

(1)

Relates to amounts due to management and members of the Board of Directors according to verbal and written agreements that have not been paid as of period end. 

(2)

Portion relating to related parties is $990,494 and $842,340 September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

Operating lease obligations

The Company adopted Topic 842 on January 1, 2019. The Company elected to adopt this standard using the optional modified retrospective transition method and recognized a cumulative-effect adjustment to the consolidated balance sheet on the date of adoption. Comparative periods have not been restated. With the adoption of Topic 842, the Company’s consolidated balance sheet now contains the following line items: Operating lease right-of-use assets, Current portion of operating lease liabilities and Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion.

As all the existing leases subject to the new lease standard were previously classified as operating leases by the Company, they were similarly classified as operating leases under the new standard. The Company has determined that the identified operating leases did not contain non-lease components and require no further allocation of the total lease cost. Additionally, the agreements in place did not contain information to determine the rate implicit in the leases, so we used our estimated incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. Our weighted average discount rate is 10.0% and the weighted average lease term of 2.35 years.

We have various non-cancelable lease agreements for certain of our tower locations with original lease periods expiring between 2023 and 2044. Our lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain we will exercise that option. Certain of the arrangements contain escalating rent payment provisions. An equipment lease described below and leases with an initial term of twelve months have not been recorded on the consolidated balance sheets. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, operating lease right-of-use assets arising from operating leases were $0 and $0, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2023, cash paid for amounts included for the measurement of lease liabilities was $327,574 and the Company recorded lease expense in the amount of $617,916 in cost of sales.

The Company entered an operating agreement to lease colocation space for 5 years.  This operating agreement starts October 1, 2020 for $7,140 per month.  In addition, the Company entered into office space for Blue Collar which started April 2021 and runs for 3 years beginning at an average of $4,150 for the first six months, $8,300 for twelve months, $8,549 for the next twelve months and $8,805 for the following twelve months.  All other lease agreements for office space are under lease agreements for one year or less.

F-26

Table of Contents

The following is a short-term cash arrangement for $70,500schedule showing the future minimum lease payments under operating leases by years and the present value of which $25,725 remained outstandingthe minimum payments as of September 30, 2017. See Note 5 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.2023. 

2023

 

$6,974,583

 

2024

 

 

797,193

 

2025

 

 

497,261

 

2026

 

 

147,486

 

2027

 

 

7,032

 

Thereafter

 

 

66,000

 

Total operating lease liabilities

 

 

8,489,555

 

Amount representing interest

 

 

(348,254)

 

 

 

 8,141,301

 

                                                                                                                                                                               

ITEM 12. INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCEOffice lease used by CEO

The Company entered into a lease of 12 months or less for living space which is occupied by Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of the Company. Mr. Thomas lives in the space and uses it as his corporate office. The Company has paid $15,000 and $15,000 in rent and utility payments for this space for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Financing lease obligations

Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

2022

 

$731,830

 

2023

 

 

 

2024

 

 

 

2025

 

 

 

2026

 

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

Total financing lease liabilities

 

 

731,830

 

Amount representing interest

 

 

 

Total future payments (1)

 

$731,830

 

 ____________________

(1)

Included is a Telecom Equipment Lease is with an entity owned and controlled by shareholders of the Company and was due August 31, 2020, as amended.

Other Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATIONEmployment Agreements

The Company had employment agreements with certain employees of SDM, K Telecom and Air Fitness. The agreements are such that SDM, K Telecom and Air Fitness, on a standalone basis in each case, must provide sufficient cash flow to financially support the financial obligations within the employment agreements.  The employment agreements for SDM and Aire Fitness were terminated with the exchange of debt for Series E Preferred Stock.  See Note 7.

On May 6, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to employ Ms. Bing Caudle as Vice President of Product Development of the Media One Live platform for an annual salary of $250,000 for five years, including customary employee benefits. The payment was guaranteed for five years whether or not Ms. Caudle is dismissed with cause.  This employment agreement was effectively modified with the Software Acquisition Agreement described in Note 5 such that the Company is required to make payroll payments of $250,000 per year for five years to Ms. Caudle and payroll payments totaling $150,000 over three years to her daughter.

Litigation

 

We have been named in a lawsuit by EMA Financial, LLC (“EMA”) for failing to comply with a Securities Purchase Agreement entered into in June 2019.   More specifically, EMA claims the Company failed to honor notices of conversion, failed to establish and maintain share reserves, failed to register EMA shares and by failed to assure that EMA shares were Rule 144 eligible within 6 months.  EMA has claimed in excess of $7,614,967 in relief.  The Company has filed a motion in response for which EMA has filed a motion to dismiss.   The Company does not believe at this time that any negative outcome would result in more than the $1,011,258 it has recorded on its balance sheet as of September 30, 2023.

F-27

Table of Contents

We have been named in a lawsuit by a collection law firm on behalf of Pinnacle Towers LLC and Crown Atlantic Company Inc., against TPT Global Tech, Inc.  The claim derives from an outstanding debt by incurred by Copperhead Digital.  The lawsuit is over unpaid rent that should have been paid by Copperhead Digital but was not paid.  The Company believes it has several defenses to this claim and is in the process of communicating with opposing counsel for dismissal of the SECclaims which amount to $386,030 plus interest, costs and attorney fees.  The Company has accounted for approximately $600,000 in payables on its consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2023 for this subsidiary payable.

We have been named in a registration statementlawsuit by a collection law firm on Form S-1behalf of American Tower and related entities, against TPT Global Tech, Inc.  The claim derives from an outstanding debt or unpaid tower lease payments. The Company believes it has several defenses to this claim and is in the process of communicating with opposing counsel for dismissal or negotiation of the claims which amounts to $2,891,886, including payment due for all future tower payments not yet incurred under various tower lease agreements.  The Company has accounted for approximately $2,938,347 in payables and operating lease liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2023 for this liability. Management does not believe any negative outcome to this lawsuit would amount to more than this.

In total, lawsuits are being threatened or have been put forth by vendors in relation to tower lease payments in accordance with tower lease agreements that were entered into.  The claims are currently being investigated or negotiated and the amount in controversy being claimed is approximately $3,827,169, which the Company has accounted for $4,533,770 in its consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2023.

We have been named in lawsuits by three merchant debt companies, Mr. Advance, CLOUDFUND and Fox Capital versus TPT SpeedConnect and TPT for non-payment under the Securities Actdebt agreements for which the companies received judgements in the case of 1933Mr. Advance and CLOUDFUND or a filed lawsuit in case of Fox Capital against the TPT SpeedConnect and TPT.  The judgements and filed lawsuit in case of Fox Capital totaled $595,105, including legal and other fees for which the Company had $619,531 recorded in Debt Financing Agreements of which $87,065 was remitted to Mr. Advance during the nine months ended September 30, 2023 leaving an accrued balance of $532,466 as of September 30, 2023.  We are in negotiations with respectthese companies to restructure payment and work out acceptable terms.  Management believes it will not have to pay more than what it has recorded in accounts payable.

We have been named in a lawsuit by AHS Staffing, LLC against TPT MedTech, LLC claiming unpayment of $159,959 in billings for medical staffing services rendered by AHS Staffing, LLC on behalf of TPT MedTech. The Company believes it has defenses for a portion of the securities offered by this prospectus. This prospectusservices rendered but has recorded a payable in accounts payable in the consolidated balance sheet of $120,967. Management does not contain allbelieve that an unfavorable outcome will result in payment of more than is recorded in accounts payable.

The Company has been named in a lawsuit, Robert Serrett vs. TruCom, Inc., by a former employee who was terminated by management in 2016. The employee was working under an employment agreement but was terminated for breach of the information includedagreement. The former employee is suing for breach of contract and is seeking around $75,000 in back pay and benefits. We learned that Mr. Serrett received a default judgement in Texas on May 15, 2018 for $70,650 plus $3,500 in attorney fees and 5% interest and court costs.  However, he has made no attempt that we are aware of to obtain a sister state judgment in Arizona, where TruCom resides, or to try and enforce the registration statement. For further information pertaining to usjudgement and our common stock, you should refer tocollect.  Management believes it has good and meritorious defenses and does not belief the registration statement and the exhibits filed with the registration statement. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copiesoutcome of the actual contract, agreement or other document.lawsuit will have any material effect on the financial position of the Company.  

 

We are not currently involved in any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the executive officers of our company or any of our subsidiaries, threatened against or affecting our company, our common stock, any of our subsidiaries or of our companies or our subsidiaries’ officers or directors in their capacities as such, in which an adverse decision could have a material adverse effect. We anticipate that we (including current and any future subsidiaries) will from time to time become subject to claims and legal proceedings arising in the informational requirementsordinary course of business. It is not feasible to predict the Securities Exchange Actoutcome of 1934any such proceedings and file reports and other information with the SEC. You can readwe cannot assure that their ultimate disposition will not have a materially adverse effect on our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the internet at the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its Public Reference Room at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Additionally, you can obtain copiesbusiness, financial condition, cash flows or results of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of its Public Reference Room.operations.

 

EXPERTSCustomer Contingencies

 

The Company has collected $338,725 from one customer in excess of amounts due from that customer in accordance with the customer’s understanding of the appropriate billings activity. The customer has filed a written demand for repayment by the Company of these amounts. Management believes that the customer agreement allows them to keep the amounts under dispute. Given the dispute, the Company has reflected the amounts in dispute as a customer liability on the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

F-28

Table of Contents

Stock Contingencies

The Company has convertible debt, preferred stock, options and warrants outstanding for which common shares would be required to be issued upon exercise by the holders.  As of September 30, 2023, the following shares would be issued:

Convertible Promissory Notes

6,750,885,442

Series A Preferred Stock (1)

28,788,595,385

Series B Preferred Stock

2,588,693

Series D Preferred Stock (2)

235,601,010

Series E Preferred Stock (3)

10,320,742,424

Stock Options and Warrants

129,116,666

46,227,529,620

___________

(1)

Holder of the Series A Preferred Stock which is Stephen J. Thomas, is guaranteed 60% of the then outstanding common stock upon conversion. The Company would have to authorize additional shares for this to occur as only 4,500,000,000 shares were authorized as of September 30, 2023.

(2)

Holders of the Series D Preferred Stock may decide after 12 months to convert to common stock @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00. There is also an automatic conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock without consent of holders upon any national exchange listing approval and the registration effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The automatic conversion to common from Series D Preferred shall be @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00.

(3)

Holders of the Series E Preferred Stock may decide after 12 months to convert to common stock @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00. There is also an automatic conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock without consent of holders upon any national exchange listing approval and the registration effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The automatic conversion to common from Series E Preferred shall be @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00.

Part of the consideration in the acquisition of Aire Fitness was the issuance of 500,000 restricted common shares of the Company vesting and issuable after the common stock reaches at least a $1.00 per share closing price in trading.  To date, this has not occurred but may happen in the future upon which the Company will issue 500,000 common shares to the non-controlling interest owners of Aire Fitness.

NOTE 9 – RELATED PARTY ACTIVITY

Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

There are amounts outstanding due to related parties of the Company of $1,186,459 and $831,502, respectively, as of September 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022 related to amounts due to employees, management and members of the Board of Directors according to verbal and written agreements that have not been paid as of period end which are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the balance sheet. See Note 8.

Leases

See Note 8 for office lease used by CEO.

Note Payable and Commitments

On March 25, 2022, the Company entered into a Software Development agreement with Mr. and Mrs. Caudle for which a new note payable was created and employment agreements for Mrs. Caudle and her daughter were modified. See Notes 5 and 8.

Amounts Receivable – Related Party

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, there are amounts due from management/shareholders of $0 and $265,273, respectively, included in amounts receivable – related party, receivable from Mark Rowen of Blue Collar. 

Other Agreements

On April 17, 2018, the CEO of the Company, Stephen Thomas, signed an agreement with New Orbit Technologies, S.A.P.I. de C.V., a Mexican corporation, (“New Orbit”), majority owned and controlled by Stephen Thomas, related to a license agreement for the distribution of TPT licensed products, software and services related to Lion Phone and VuMe within Mexico and Latin America (“License Agreement”). The License Agreement provides for New Orbit to receive a fully paid-up, royalty-free, non-transferable license for perpetuity with termination only under situations such as bankruptcy, insolvency or material breach by either party and provides for New Orbit to pay the Company fees equal to 50% of net income generated from the applicable activities. The transaction was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors in June 2018. There has been no activity on this agreement.

F-29

Table of Contents

NOTE 10 – SEGMENT REPORTING

ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company's internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and major customers in financial statements for details on the Company's business segments.

The Company's chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the CEO who reviews the financial information of separate operating segments when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the group. Based on management's assessment, the Company considers its most significant segments are those in which it is providing Broadband Internet through TPT SpeedConnect and Media Production services through Blue Collar Medical Testing services through TPT MedTech and QuikLABs.

The following tables present summary information by segment for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively:

2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TPT

SpeedConnect

 

 

Blue Collar

 

 

TPT MedTech

and

QuikLabs

 

 

Corporate

and other

 

 

Total

 

Revenue

 

$800,617

 

 

 

79,063

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,571

 

 

$923,251

 

Cost of revenue

 

$(698,781)

 

 

(3,642)

 

 

 

 

 

(37,090)

 

$(739,513)

Net income (loss)

 

$(372,794)

 

 

(72,359)

 

 

(20)

 

 

(187,625)

 

$(257,548)

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative gain (expense)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,015,764)

 

$1,015,764

 

Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

133,850

 

 

 

133,850

 

Interest expense

 

$

 

 

 

(2,592)

 

 

 

 

 

(410,143)

 

$(412,735)

Total assets

 

$23,968

 

 

 

89,486

 

 

 

3,816

 

 

 

1,241,550

 

 

$1,358,820

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TPT

SpeedConnect

 

 

Blue Collar

 

 

TPT MedTech

and

QuikLABS

 

 

Corporate

and other

 

 

Total

 

Revenue

 

$1,357,611

 

 

 

692,486

 

 

 

(560)

 

 

2,720

 

 

$2,052,817

 

Cost of revenue

 

$(1,303,856)

 

 

(305,301)

 

 

 

 

 

(82,382)

 

$(1,691,539)

Net income (loss)

 

$(486,747)

 

 

82,809

 

 

 

(123,798)

 

 

(717,284)

 

$(1,245,019)

Deemed dividend related to modification of Series A Preferred Stock

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,866,742)

 

$(39,866,742)

Depreciation and amortization

 

$(133,391)

 

 

(1,705)

 

 

(14,931)

 

 

(164,483)

 

$(314,511)

Derivative gain

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

102,903

 

 

$102,903

 

Gain on debt extinguishment

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

397,008

 

 

$301,224

 

Interest expense

 

$(98,159)

 

 

(36,926)

 

 

 

 

 

(291,181)

 

$(426,265)

Total assets

 

$5,234,872

 

 

 

1,787,540

 

 

 

2,942

 

 

 

1,521,797

 

 

$8,547,151

 

F-30

Table of Contents

The following tables present summary information by segment for the nine  months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively:

2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TPT

SpeedConnect

 

 

Blue Collar

 

 

TPT MedTech

and

QuikLABS

 

 

Corporate

and other

 

 

Total

 

Revenue

 

$2,717,230

 

 

 

243,592

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,044

 

 

$3,007,866

 

Cost of sales

 

$(1,640,456)

 

 

(82,281)

 

 

 

 

 

(60,606)

 

$(1,783,343)

Net income (loss)

 

$335,823

 

 

 

(334,081)

 

 

(1,625)

 

 

(3,093,725)

 

$(3,093,608)

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,454)

 

$(2,454)

Derivative gain

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

367,881

 

 

$367,881

 

Gain on debt extinguishment

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

466,380

 

 

$466,380

 

Interest expense

 

$(42,355)

 

 

(9,920)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,288,137)

 

$(1,340,412)

Total assets

 

$23,968

 

 

 

89,486

 

 

 

3,816

 

 

 

1,241,550

 

 

$1,358,820

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TPT

SpeedConnect

 

 

Blue Collar

 

 

TPT MedTech

and

QuikLABS

 

 

Corporate

and other

 

 

Total

 

Revenue

 

$4,403,345

 

 

 

1,386,970

 

 

 

89,755

 

 

 

265,395

 

 

$6,145,465

 

Cost of sales

 

$(3,470,536)

 

 

(758,462)

 

 

 

 

 

(264,930)

 

$(4,493,929)

Net loss

 

$(909,938)

 

 

(24,354)

 

 

(213,720)

 

 

(10,204,935)

 

$(11,352,944)

Deemed dividend related to modification of Series A Preferred Stock

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,866,742)

 

$(39,866,742)

Depreciation and amortization

 

$(397,187)

 

 

(5,683)

 

 

(44,793)

 

 

(493,450)

 

$(956,045)

Derivative gain

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

491,301

 

 

$491,301

 

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,970,030)

 

$(2,065,814)

Interest expense

 

$(476,840)

 

 

(42,466)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,186,243)

 

$(4,705,548)

Total assets

 

$5,234,872

 

 

 

1,787,540

 

 

 

9,585

 

 

 

1,521,797

 

 

$8,547,151

 

NOTE 11 – DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

On September 11, 2023, Everett Lanier and the Company agreed to a Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release (“Settlement Agreement”).  The Settlement Agreement compromises, settles, and otherwise resolves all claims, compensation claims, benefit claims, or allowances, ownership of TPT Strategic Series B Preferred Stock, and all other potential claims between the Company or its officers, directors, shareholders, or representatives and Mr. Lanier arising from or relating to Second Parties’ activities during the period from approximately the acquisition date of IST to September 11, 2023.  The Company and Mr. Lanier reached a settlement of certain matters, any payables to or from the Company from or to outside parties of TPT Strategic which would be a claim, and certain stock ownership of TPT Strategic under the terms of the Settlement Agreement.

Revenue and income (net loss) contributed by IST for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2023 were $288,795 and $107,639 and $1,090,047 and $(557), respectively.   As a result of the Settlement Agreement, revenues and expenses are disclosed net in the statement of operations as net loss from discontinued operations of $557.  The Company also calculated the effects of the Settlement Agreement on recorded numbers and have recorded $126,101 in gains from disposal of discontinued operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.

Included in the calculation of net liabilities of discontinued operations and recorded as gain from disposal of discontinued operations for IST for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 are the following:

Assets of IST

 

$633,095

 

Liabilities of IST

 

 

759,196

 

Net liabilities of IST recognized as gain on disposal of discontinued operations

 

$126,101

 

F-31

Table of Contents

Asset and liabilities included in net liabilities of discontinued operations at December 31, 2022 are the following:

Assets of IST

 

$616,263

 

Liabilities of IST

 

$717,414

 

Net cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, for discontinued operations is the following.

Net loss

 

$(557)

   Depreciation

 

 

91

 

Change in current assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

   Accounts receivable

 

 

(23,362)

   Prepaid expenses and other

 

 

(27,519)

   Accounts payable

 

 

55,381

 

Net cash flows from operating activities of discontinued operations

 

 

4,034

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities of discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

   Proceeds from notes receivable

 

 

8,455

 

   Proceeds from bank overdraft

 

 

 7,367

 

   Advances on notes receivable – related party

 

 

(31,722)

   Payments on notes payable

 

 

(16,805)

Net cash used for financing activities of discontinued operations

 

 

(32,705)

Net change in cash of discontinued operations:

 

 

(28,671)

Beginning cash balance

 

 

28,671

 

Ending cash balance

 

 

0

 

NOTE 12 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Consulting Agreement

Effective October 1, 2023, but consummated on October 26, 2023, the Company entered into an Advisory Services Agreement to provide information technology advisory services with a focus on Machine Learning and Artificial Intelligence with the objective of enhancing the Company’s various platforms.  The term of the agreement is 360 days, if no default by either party, and can be renewed by written notice of at least 20 days prior to the end of each renewal term.  Compensation under the agreement is such that on or before October 15, 2023, the Company shall pay $12,500 in cash or in registered Stock (free trading and unrestricted common stock, registered on Form S-1 or S-8). Subsequently, thereafter on November 15, 2023 equal to $288,000 and on December 15, 2023 equal to $100,000 with the final payment equal to $100,000 due on or before January 15, 2024 (the “Due Date”) for a total payment equal to five hundred thousand dollars, in cash or in S-8 Stock, in the form at the discretion of the Company. If the Company elects to pay the Consultant in form of S-8 Stock, it will be paid and calculated based on the lowest traded bid price for the common stock during the previous 25 trading days prior to the applicable Due Date. In no event, the value of the payment for Services made by Company will be less than USD $500,000.  The Company plans to use current fundraising activities to fund the agreement or may choose to pay in common stock of the Company.  The Company has agreed to reserve 325,000,000 shares of common stock with it’s transfer agent for this agreement.  Besides customary initiation fees of around $16,000 and late fees of $20,000 for any installment payment or common shares not being properly reserved with the transfer agent.

Acquisitions

Broadband

On July 28, 2023, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Broadband Infrastructure, Inc. (“Broadband”) and Braddock Cunningham, owner, for the purchase of 100% of the ownership of Broadband for 600,000 shares of its Series E Convertible Preferred Shares Preferred Stock at a stated price of $5.00 per share or $3,000,000 and a promissory note for $6,000,000. The Series E Preferred Stock is convertible into common stock of TPT Global Tech, Inc. at a 25% discount to market with an automatic conversion upon the Company uplisting to a major U.S. Stock Exchange.  The promissory note will be paid from proceeds raised from the Company’s Reg A capital raise or its proposed Form S-1 filing in conjunction with a capital raise and listing on a major US Stock Exchange. Closing to occur after consideration given and conditions met which primarily relate to standard representation of compliances, consents, and completion of Broadband’s audit.

Tekmovil

On September 18, 2023, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (“Tekmovil SPA”) to acquire control of Tekmovil Holdings LLC (“Tekmovil”), a company that helps smartphone and other consumer electronics brands enter, gain, and maintain share in the Latin American and North American market. OCR Ventures, LLC, Soleil AW Investment and Holdings LLC, LuCob2020, LLC and JMDG Ventures, LLC (“Sellers”) severally (and not jointly) agreed to sell 60% of the outstanding membership interests of Tekmovil in the respective amounts set forth the Tekmovil SPA for the aggregate purchase price of $40,000,000.

The acquisition for 60% ownership includes two payments totaling $40,000,000. The initial payment (“First Payment”), up to $20,000,000, can be settled either in cash (a minimum of $10,000,000) or through TPT Series E Convertible Preferred Shares at a stated price of $5.00 per share paid by October 31, 2023, unless extended by Tekmovil shareholders. Any remaining balance from the first installment will result in issuing a secured promissory note (“First Payment Note”) for the remaining balance of the First Payment bearing interest at 6% per annum and a maturity date of the earlier of (i) March 31, 2024, and (ii) a filing by TPT of a Form S-1 registration statement.

For the second portion of the purchase price (“Second Payment Note”), TPT can issue a secured convertible promissory note for $20,000,000, bearing interest at 6% per annum and a maturity date of the earlier of (i) March 31, 2024, and (ii) a filing by TPT of an Uplisting Registration Statement in connection with a primary offering of TPT’s securities and listing of TPT’s common stock on NYSE, NASDAQ or other major US stock exchange. In lieu of payment of Second Payment Note in cash, at Sellers’ sole option, the Second Payment Note may be converted into additional shares of TPT Series E Convertible Preferred Stock with a stated price of $5.00 USD per share.

F-32

Table of Contents

It is understood by TPT and Sellers that the $40,000,000 purchase price for Transferred Interests is based upon an agreed valuation based on EBITDA of $13,000,000 for Tekmovil’s operations. TPT and Sellers further agreed that if, for the twelve (12) month period following Closing, the EBITDA calculation for the Surviving Corporation is less or more than $13,000,000, the aggregate amount of the $40,000,000 paid to Sellers shall be adjusted proportionally downward or upwards, as the case may be, by a maximum of 20% pro rata to the actual EBITDA increase or decrease. In the event the EBITDA calculation is less than $13,000,000, the Sellers shall refund such amount to TPT within 30 days following receipt of notice of the EBITDA calculation. In the event the EBITDA calculation is more than $13,000,000, TPT shall pay such amount to Buyers within 30 days following receipt of notice of the EBITDA calculation.

Furthermore, a provision allocates up to $80 million of funds raised from TPT's public offering to facilitate the restructuring of Tekmovil's senior debt through loans encompassing a 5-year term with provisions for expedited repayment to TPT.

TPT’s obligations under the First Payment Note and Second Payment Note shall be subject to a Security and Pledge Agreement, in the form attached to the SPA as Exhibit G, which includes a first priority security interest in TPT’s shares in the Surviving Corporation.

The Closing of the transactions contemplated by the SPA (the “Closing”) shall occur no later than the second business day after the fulfillment or waiver of all conditions which primarily relate to consideration given and to standard representations of compliance, consents, and completion of Tekmovil’s audit of the Tekmovil SPA (no later than March 31, 2024). The transaction is subject to the delivery of PCAOB and GAAP compliant audits through the required two years ended prior to date of closure by Tekmovil.

Following the completion of the audit which is also a condition precedent to Closing, then as soon as practicable following the Closing, the parties agree that Tekmovil will be merged with and into an agreed Shell Company which company is defined in the Tekmovil SPA as the Surviving Corporation.

TPT does not have committed financing for the transaction at this time and is seeking equity and debt through its existing Reg A capital raise, debt financing or a proposed public offering.

GeoKall

On October 31, 2023, the Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement with Geokall UK Ltd. (“Geokall”), a UK Limited Company, and its owners (“Sellers”) (altogether, the “Parties”) for all of the assets, liabilities, intellectual property, and technology of Geokall in exchange for 200,000 shares of TPT Series E Convertible Preferred Stock with a stated price of $5.00 per share. In addition, TPT agrees that upon a successful fund-raising event, TPT will provide Geokall with working capital in the amount up to $500,000. An audit based on SEC Standards of Geokall UK Ltd financial statements, including footnotes, must be obtained and the Parties agree that the purchase price may be subject to change based on the results of the audit. The closing may occur prior to the audit being completed if Parties agree.

Common Stock Issuances

Subsequent to September 30, 2023, FirstFire and 1800 Diagonal exercised their rights to convert $151,530 of principal amounts into 271,833,333 of shares of common stock.

Subsequent events were reviewed through the date the financial statements were issued.

F-33

Table of Contents

TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (PCAOB ID: 3627)

F-35 – F-37

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

F-38

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

F-40

CONSLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

F-41

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

F-42

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-44 – F-73

F-34

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of TPT Global Tech, Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TPT Global Tech, Inc. (“the Company”) as of December 31, 20162022 and 20152021, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 20162022 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Explanatory Paragraph Regarding Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been so includedprepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in relianceNote 3 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the report of Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC, an independent registeredCompany’s financial statements based on our audits.  We are a public accounting firm given onregistered with the authority of that firm as experts in accountingPublic Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and auditing.

71
Table of Contents

INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” into this prospectus information we have filed with it. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus and is consideredare required to be part of this prospectus. We incorporate by reference the documents listed as exhibitsindependent with respect to the documentCompany in Item 16.

ITEM 12A. DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION OF INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES

The Florida Statutes requires us to indemnify officersaccordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and directors for any expenses incurred by any officer or director in connection with any actions or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, brought against such officer or director because of his or her status as an officer or director, to the extent that the director or officer has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of the action or proceeding. The Florida Statutes permits a corporation to indemnify an officer or director, even in the absence of an agreement to do so, for expenses incurred in connection with any action or proceeding if such officer or director acted in good faithapplicable rules and in a manner in which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of us and such indemnification is authorized by the stockholders, by a quorum of disinterested directors, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion authorized by a majority vote of a quorum of directors consisting of disinterested directors, or by independent legal counsel in a written opinion if a quorum of disinterested directors cannot be obtained.

The Florida Statutes prohibits indemnification of a director or officer if a final adjudication establishes that the officer's or director's acts or omissions involved intentional misconduct, fraud, or a knowing violation of the law and were material to the cause of action. Despite the foregoing limitations on indemnification, the Florida Statutes may permit an officer or director to apply to the court for approval of indemnification even if the officer or director is adjudged to have committed intentional misconduct, fraud, or a knowing violation of the law.

The Florida Statutes also provides that indemnification of directors is not permitted for the unlawful payment of distributions, except for those directors registering their dissent to the payment of the distribution.

According to our bylaws, we are authorized to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent authorized under Florida Law subject to certain specified limitations.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, we are advised that, in the opinionregulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such indemnification is against public policy as expressedopinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.  Such procedures included examining on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the Actfinancial statements.  Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and is, therefore, unenforceable.significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) related to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgements. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Determination and Valuation of Derivative Liabilities

Critical Audit Matter Description

As described further in Note 6 of the consolidated financial statements, during the year ended December 31, 2022 and in prior periods, the Company issued convertible notes and warrants that required management to assess whether the conversion features of the convertible notes required bifurcation and separate valuation as a derivative liability and whether the warrants required accounting as derivative liabilities. The Company determined that the conversion features of certain of its convertible notes and certain warrants issued in financing arrangements required to be accounted for as derivative liabilities due to: (1) certain conversion features did not contain an explicit limit on the number of shares to be delivered in share settlement; and (2) the fact the Company could not assert it had sufficient authorized but unissued shares available to settle certain instruments considering all other stock-based commitments. The derivative liabilities were recorded at fair value when issued and subsequently re-measured to fair value upon settlement or at the end of each reporting period.  The Company utilized valuation models to determine the fair value of the derivative liabilities depending on the features embedded in the instruments.  These models use certain assumptions related to exercise price, term, expected volatility, and risk-free interest rate.

F-35

Table of Contents

We identified auditing the determination and valuation of the derivative liabilities as a critical audit matter due to the significant judgements used by the Company in determining whether the embedded conversion features and warrants required derivative accounting treatment and the significant judgements used in determining the fair value of the derivative liabilities. Auditing the determination and valuation of the derivative liabilities involved a high degree of auditor judgement, and specialized skills and knowledge were needed.

How the Critical Audit Matter was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the following:

·

We inspected and reviewed debt agreements, warrant agreements, conversion notices, and settlement agreements to evaluate the Company’s determination of whether derivative accounting was required, including assessing and evaluating management’s application of relevant accounting standards to such transactions.

·

We evaluated the reasonableness and appropriateness of the choice of valuation model used for each specific derivative instrument.

·

We tested the reasonableness of the assumptions used by the Company in the valuation models, including exercise price, term, expected volatility, and risk-free interest rate.

·

We tested the accuracy and completeness of data used by the Company in developing the assumptions used in the valuation models.

·

We developed an independent expectation for comparison to the Company’s estimate, which included developing our own valuation model and assumptions.

·

Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were utilized by the Firm to assist in the evaluation of the valuation models deployed by management.

Modification of Series A Preferred Stock

Critical Audit Matter Description

As described further in Note 8 of the consolidated financial statements, during the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company modified previously issued 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock.  The modification consisted of amending the conversion feature so that the 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible into 60% of the Company’s common shares including presumed hypothetical of conversion of all convertible debt and any other classes of preferred stock outstanding at such time of conversion. In addition, the voting rights of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be determined using the same formula. The Company accounted for this modification as an extinguishment, determined the fair value of the Series A Preferred Stock was $42,983,742 and recognized a deemed dividend of $39,866,742. The Company utilized a Monte Carlo based valuation model to determine the fair value of the Series A Preferred Stock. 

We identified auditing the determination of the appropriate accounting and valuation of the modified Series A Preferred Stock as a critical audit matter due to the significant judgements used by the Company in determining the appropriate accounting and fair value. Auditing the accounting determination and valuation involved a high degree of auditor judgement, and specialized skills and knowledge were needed.

F-36

Table of Contents

How the Critical Audit Matter was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the following:

·

We inspected and reviewed the Series A Preferred Stock amendment to evaluate the Company’s determination of whether extinguishment accounting was required, including assessing and evaluating the application of relevant accounting standards to such transactions.

·

We evaluated the reasonableness and appropriateness of the choice of valuation model used for this instrument.

·

We tested the reasonableness of the assumptions used by the Company in the valuation model, including, but not limited to, exercise price, term, expected volatility, and risk-free interest rate.

·

We tested the accuracy and completeness of data used by the Company in developing the assumptions used in the valuation models, including the accuracy and completeness of outstanding convertible debt and preferred stock instruments.

·

We developed an independent expectation for comparison to the Company’s estimate, which included developing our own valuation model and assumptions.

·

Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were utilized by the Firm to assist in the evaluation of the valuation models deployed by management.

Valuation of Series E Preferred Stock

Critical Audit Matter Description

As described further in Note 8 of the consolidated financial statements, during the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company issued Series E Preferred Stock to settle certain liabilities.  The Company recognized the Series E Preferred Stock at its fair value of $13,344,101 which resulted in a loss on extinguishment of liabilities of $10,987,307. The Company utilized a Monte Carlo based valuation model to determine the fair value of the Series E Preferred Stock.

We identified auditing the valuation of the modified Series E Preferred Stock as a critical audit matter due to the significant judgements used by the Company in determining the fair value of the instrument. Auditing the accounting determination and valuation involved a high degree of auditor judgement, and specialized skills and knowledge were needed.

How the Critical Audit Matter was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the following:

·

We inspected and reviewed the Series E Preferred Stock certificate of designation to evaluate the Company’s determination of accounting for the instrument, including assessing and evaluating the application of relevant accounting standards to such transactions.

·

We evaluated the reasonableness and appropriateness of the choice of valuation model used for this instrument.

·

We tested the reasonableness of the assumptions used by the Company in the valuation model, including, but not limited to, exercise price, term, expected volatility, and risk-free interest rate.

·

We tested the accuracy and completeness of data used by the Company in developing the assumptions used in the valuation model.

·

We developed an independent expectation for comparison to the Company’s estimate, which included developing our own valuation model and assumptions.

·

Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were utilized by the Firm to assist in the evaluation of the valuation models deployed by management.

/s/ Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

Draper, UT

May 16, 2023 (February 13, 2024 as to the effects of discontinued operations described in Note 13)

F-37

Table of Contents

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$88,301

 

 

$518,066

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

193,917

 

 

 

101,935

 

Accounts receivable – related party

 

 

518,871

 

 

 

75,094

 

Notes receivable, net

 

 

64,393

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

119,908

 

 

 

47,334

 

Total current assets

 

 

985,390

 

 

 

742,429

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

4,564

 

 

 

1,649,022

 

Operating lease right of use assets

 

 

 

 

 

4,259,758

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

 

 

 

3,656,241

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

104,657

 

Deposits and other assets

 

 

64,486

 

 

 

265,318

 

Total non-current assets

 

 

69,050

 

 

 

9,934,996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$1,054,440

 

 

$10,677,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$10,450,711

 

 

$9,653,093

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

75,556

 

 

 

462,643

 

Customer liability

 

 

338,725

 

 

 

338,725

 

Current portion of loans, advances and factoring agreements

 

 

1,276,770

 

 

 

1,446,571

 

Current portion of convertible notes payable, net of discounts

 

 

3,054,869

 

 

 

1,162,606

 

Notes payable – related parties, net of discounts

 

 

4,762,579

 

 

 

10,542,842

 

Current portion of convertible notes payable – related party, net of discounts

 

 

553,100

 

 

 

902,781

 

Derivative liabilities

 

 

4,822,398

 

 

 

4,042,910

 

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

 

 

5,897,274

 

 

 

3,987,405

 

Financing lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

284,055

 

Financing lease liability – related party

 

 

710,776

 

 

 

682,704

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

31,942,758

 

 

 

33,506,335

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long term portion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, advances and factoring agreements, net of current portion and discounts

 

 

144,460

 

 

 

218,425

 

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

 

 

1,932,599

 

 

 

2,976,623

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

2,077,059

 

 

 

3,195,048

 

Total liabilities

 

$34,019,817

 

 

$36,701,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

72
F-38

Table of Contents

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - CONTINUED

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

MEZZANINE EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible Preferred Series A, 1,000,000 designated - 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

$42,983,742

 

 

$3,117,000

 

Convertible Preferred Series B, 3,000,000 designated - 2,588,693 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

 

1,677,473

 

 

 

1,677,473

 

Convertible Preferred Series C – 3,000,000 shares designated, zero shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible Preferred Series D – 10,000,000 shares designated, 46,649 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

 

244,592

 

 

 

244,592

 

Convertible Preferred Series E – 10,000,000 shares designated,  2,043,507 and zero shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively

 

 

13,344,101

 

 

 

 

Total mezzanine equity

 

$58,249,908

 

 

$5,039,065

 

STOCKHOLDER’S DEFICIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 2,500,000,000 shares authorized, 1,256,900,534 and 923,029,038 as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively

 

$1,256,901

 

 

$923,029

 

Subscriptions payable

 

 

26,910

 

 

 

5,610

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

13,966,895

 

 

 

12,860,873

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(106,418,722)

 

 

(44,921,837)

Total TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(91,168,016)

 

 

(31,132,325)

Non-controlling interests

 

 

(47,269

 

 

69,302

 

Total stockholders' deficit

 

 

(91,215,285)

 

 

(31,063,023)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

 

$1,054,440

 

 

$10,677,425

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
F-39

Table of Contents

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

For the years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

$82,000

 

 

$569,179

 

Services

 

 

7,754,579

 

 

 

9,460,400

 

Total Revenues

 

 

7,836,579

 

 

 

10,029,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COST OF SALES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

 

27,882

 

 

 

437,958

 

Services

 

 

6,198,814

 

 

 

7,364,217

 

Total Costs of Sales

 

 

6,226,696

 

 

 

7,802,175

 

Gross profit

 

 

1,609,883

 

 

 

2,227,404

 

OPERATING EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

 

 

 

20,281

 

Professional

 

 

1,258,521

 

 

 

1,493,467

 

Payroll and related

 

 

2,423,497

 

 

 

2,624,667

 

General and administrative

 

 

1,682,212

 

 

 

2,362,560

 

Research and development

 

 

1,750,000

 

 

 

 

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

 

 

7,283,276

 

 

 

993,942

 

Depreciation

 

 

583,968

 

 

 

682,111

 

Amortization

 

 

656,228

 

 

 

728,192

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

15,637,702

 

 

 

8,905,220

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(14,027,819)

 

 

(6,677,816)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative expense

 

 

(650,071)

 

 

(3,536,901)

(Loss) gain on debt extinguishment

 

 

(2,248,092

 

 

8,470,939

 

Interest expense

 

 

(4,761,551)

 

 

(2,637,132)

Other income (loss), net

 

 

(62,387)

 

 

285,403

 

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(7,722,101)

 

 

2,582,309

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

 

 

(21,749,920)

 

 

(4,095,507)

Income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before non-controlling interests

 

 

(21,749,920)

 

 

(4,095,507)

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

119,777

 

 

 

76,614

 

Net loss after non-controlling interests

 

 

(21,630,143

 

 

(4,018,893

Deemed dividend related to modification of series A Preferred Stock

 

 

(39,866,742)

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to TPT Global Tech, Inc. Shareholders

 

$(61,496,885)

 

$(4,018,893)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per common share-basic and diluted

 

$(0.06)

 

$(0.00)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding-basic and diluted

 

 

980,582,964

 

 

 

889,406,311

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-40

Table of Contents

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Subscriptions

 

 

Additional

Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Non-

Controlling

 

 

Total Stockholders'

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Payable

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Interest

 

 

Deficit

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

 

865,564,371

 

 

$865,565

 

 

$125,052

 

 

$11,462,940

 

 

$(40,902,944)

 

$(61,142)

 

$(28,510,529)

Common stock issued for services

 

 

5,964,667

 

 

 

5,965

 

 

 

(119,442)

 

 

336,188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

222,711

 

Equity interest in QuikLABS issued for cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

10,000

 

Refund of equity interest in QuikLABS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(56,000)

 

 

 

 

 

(14,000)

 

 

(70,000)

Common shares issued in exchange for debt

 

 

22,500,000

 

 

 

22,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

747,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

769,800

 

Common shares issued for cash

 

 

29,000,000

 

 

 

28,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

581,503

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

610,502

 

TPT Strategic license cancellation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(219,058)

 

 

 

 

 

219,058

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,018,893)

 

 

(76,614)

 

 

(4,095,507)

Balance as of December 31, 2021

 

 

923,029,038

 

 

$923,029

 

 

$5,610

 

 

$12,860,873

 

 

$(44,921,837)

 

$69,302

 

 

$(31,063,023)

Common stock subscribed for services or subscription payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,300

 

Acquisition of IST

 

 

---

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,206

 

 

 

3,206

 

Common shares issued in exchange for debt

 

 

333,871,496

 

 

 

333,872

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,106,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,439,894

 

Modification of Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,866,742)

 

 

 

 

 

(39,866,742)

Net Loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21,630,143)

 

 

(119,777)

 

 

(21,749,920)

Balance as of December 31, 2022

 

 

1,256,900,534

 

 

$1,256,901

 

 

$26,910

 

 

$13,966,895

 

 

$(106,418,722)

 

$(47,269

)

 

$(91,215,285)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-41

Table of Contents

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

For the years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$(21,749,920)

 

$(4,095,507)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

 

(104,358)

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

583,897

 

 

 

682,111

 

Amortization

 

 

656,228

 

 

 

728,192

 

Debt discount amortization and other financing costs

 

 

3,628,718

 

 

 

1,622,035

 

Promissory note issued for research and development

 

 

1,550,000

 

 

 

 

Loss (gain) on debt extinguishment

 

 

2,248,092

 

 

 

(8,470,939)

Gain on disposition of assets

 

 

 

 

 

(485,404)

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

124,849

 

 

 

 

Derivative expense

 

 

650,071

 

 

 

3,536,901

 

Loss on impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

 

 

7,283,276

 

 

 

993,942

 

Common stock subscribed for services

 

 

21,300

 

 

 

222,711

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

96,127

 

 

 

62,883

 

Accounts receivable – related party

 

 

(190,179)

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

230,841

 

 

 

(139,069)

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

2,986,643

 

 

 

2,345,145

 

Other liabilities

 

 

(387,087)

 

 

120,851

 

Net change in operating lease assets and liabilities

 

 

1,901,116

 

 

 

1,881,055

 

Net cash used in operating activities from continuing operations

 

 

(261,670)

 

 

(995,093)

Cash provided by discontinued operations

 

 

35,117

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used in) operating activities

 

 

(226,493)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of property and equipment, net of sales

 

 

(16,297)

 

 

(223,419)

Insurance proceeds from property and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

547,459

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities from continuing operations

 

 

(16,297)

 

 

324,040

 

Net cash used in investing activities from discontinued operations

 

 

(6,450)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22,747)

 

 

324,040

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of non-controlling interests in QuikLABS, net

 

 

 

 

 

10,000

 

Proceeds from sales of Series D Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

233,244

 

Proceeds from sale of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

610,502

 

Proceeds from convertible notes payable, loans and advances and factoring agreements

 

 

1,256,187

 

 

 

3,900,400

 

Payments on convertible notes payable, loans, advances and factoring agreements

 

 

(1,391,523)

 

 

(3,502,592)

Payments on convertible notes and amounts payable – related parties

 

 

(45,132)

 

 

(64,480)

Payments on financing lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

(17,264)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities from continuing operations

 

 

(180,468)

 

 

1,169,810

 

Net cash flows used in financing activities of discontinued operations

 

 

(57)

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(180,525)

 

 

1,169,810

 

Net change in cash

 

 

(429,765)

 

 

498,757

 

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period

 

 

518,066

 

 

 

19,309

 

Cash and cash equivalents – end of period

 

$59,630

 

 

$518,066

 

Cash and cash equivalents- end of period from discontinued operations

 

$28,671

 

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents – end of period

 

$88,301

 

 

$518,066

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-42

Table of Contents

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

OF CASH FLOWS - CONTINUED 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

Cash used for:

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Interest expense

 

$

 

 

$

 

Taxes

 

$

 

 

$

 

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activity:

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Debt discount on convertible promissory notes

 

$1,070,591

 

 

$2,174,000

 

Common stock issued for conversion of convertible notes

 

$1,439,894

 

 

$769,800

 

InnovaQor Merger- non controlling interest

 

$

 

 

$(219,058)

Series E Preferred ‘stock issued in exchange for debt and payables

 

$13,344,101

 

 

$

 

Deemed dividend related to modification of Series A Preferred Stock

 

$39,866,742

 

 

$

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-43

Table of Contents

TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.

NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022
 

NOTE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

The Company was originally incorporated in 1988 in the state of Florida. TPT Global, Inc., a Nevada corporation formed in June 2014, merged with Ally Pharma US, Inc., a Florida corporation, (“Ally Pharma”, formerly known as Gold Royalty Corporation) in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT Global, Inc. in exchange for all outstanding common stock of TPT Global Inc. and Ally Pharma agreed to change its name to TPT Global Tech, Inc. (jointly referred to as “the Company” or “TPTG”).

The following acquisitions have resulted in entities which have been consolidated into TPTG since the reverse merger in 2014.

Name

 

Herein referred to as

 

Acquisition or Incorporation Date

 

Ownership

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

 

Company or TPTG

 

1988

 

 

100%

Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc.

 

Copperhead Digital or CDH

 

2015

 

 

100%

TruCom, LLC

 

TruCom

 

2015

 

 

100%

CityNet Arizona, LLC

 

CityNet

 

2015

 

 

100%

San Diego Media Inc.

 

SDM

 

2016

 

 

100%

Blue Collar Production, Inc.

 

Blue Collar

 

2018

 

 

100%

TPT SpeedConnect, LLC

 

TPT SpeedConnect

 

2019

 

 

100%

TPT Federal, LLC

 

TPT Federal

 

2020

 

 

100%

TPT MedTech, LLC

 

TPT MedTech

 

2020

 

 

100%

TPT Strategic, Inc.

 

TPT Strategic

 

2020

 

 

0%

QuikLab 1 LLC

 

Quiklab 1

 

2020

 

 

80%

QuikLAB 2, LLC

 

QuikLAB 2

 

2020

 

 

80%

QuikLAB 3, LLC

 

QuikLAB 3

 

2020

 

 

80%

The Fitness Container, LLC

 

Air Fitness

 

2020

 

 

75%

TPT Global Tech Asia Limited

 

TPT Asia

 

2020

 

 

78%

TPT MedTech UK LTD

 

TPT MedTech UK

 

2020

 

 

100%

TPT Global Defense Systems, Inc.

 

TPT Global Defense

 

2021

 

 

100%

TPT Innovations Technology, Inc.

 

TPT Innovations

 

2021

 

 

100%

TPT Global Caribbean Inc.

 

TPT Caribbean

 

2021

 

 

100%

TPT Media and Entertainment, LLC

 

TPT Media and Entertainment

 

2021

 

 

100%

VuMe Live, LLC

 

VuMe Live

 

2021

 

 

100%

Digithrive, LLC

 

Digithrive

 

2021

 

 

100%

Information Security and Training, LLC

 

IST

 

2022

 

 

0

%

 

 

[OUTSIDE BACK COVER PAGE OF PROSPECTUS]

Dealer Prospectus Delivery RequirementsWe are based in San Diego, California, and operate as a technology-based company with divisions providing telecommunications, medical technology and product distribution, media content for domestic and international syndication as well as technology solutions. We operate on our own proprietary Global Digital Media TV and Telecommunications infrastructure platform and also provide technology solutions to businesses domestically and worldwide. We offer Software as a Service (SaaS), Technology Platform as a Service (PAAS), Cloud-based Unified Communication as a Service (UCaaS) and carrier-grade performance and support for businesses over our private IP MPLS fiber and wireless network in the United States. Our cloud-based UCaaS services allow businesses of any size to enjoy all the latest voice, data, media and collaboration features in today's global technology markets. We also operate as a Master Distributor for Nationwide Mobile Virtual Network Operators (MVNO) and Independent Sales Organization (ISO) as a Master Distributor for Pre-Paid Cellphone services, Mobile phones, Cellphone Accessories and Global Roaming Cellphones.

 

F-44

Table of Contents

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include the wholly-owned accounts, as well as, non-controlling interests where appropriate.  All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. The Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that management believes are necessary for the fair presentation of their financial condition and results of operations for the periods presented.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts presented in previously issued financial statements have been reclassified in these financial statements. During 2021, amounts receivable from related parties of $75,094 previously classified as Prepaid expenses and other current assets was reclassified as Accounts receivable – related party.

Revenue Recognition

 We use following criteria described below in more detail for each business unit:

Identify the contract with the customer.

Identify the performance obligations in the contract.

Determine the transaction price.

Allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract.

Recognize revenue when or as we satisfy a performance obligation. 

Reserves are recorded as a reduction in net sales and are not considered material to our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. In addition, we invoice our customers for taxes assessed by governmental authorities such as sales tax and value added taxes, where applicable. We present these taxes on a net basis.

The Company’s revenue generation for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 came from the following sources disaggregated by services and products, which sources are explained in detail below.

 

 

For the year ended

December 31, 2022

 

 

For the year ended

December 31, 2021

 

TPT SpeedConnect

 

$5,429,010

 

 

$7,579,003

 

Blue Collar

 

 

1,522,490

 

 

 

1,545,721

 

TPT MedTech

 

 

89,755

 

 

 

155,919

 

IST

 

 

526,583

 

 

 

 

Other (1)

 

 

186,741

 

 

 

179,757

 

Total Services Revenues

 

$7,754,579

 

 

$9,460,400

 

TPT MedTech – Product Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

348,676

 

Air Fitness – Product Revenue

 

 

82,000

 

 

 

218,013

 

K Telecom – Product Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

2,490

 

Total Product Revenues

 

$82,000

 

 

$569,179

 

Total Revenue

 

$7,836,579

 

 

$10,029,579

 

____________ 

(1)

Includes international sales for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 of $172,784 and $165,834, respectively, related to TPT Asia.

F-45

Table of Contents

TPT SpeedConnect: ISP and Telecom Revenue

TPT SpeedConnect is a rural Internet provider operating in 5 Midwestern States under the trade name SpeedConnect. TPT SC’s primary business model is subscription based, pre-paid monthly reoccurring revenues, from wireless delivered, high-speed internet connections. In addition, the company resells third-party satellite and DSL internet and IP telephony services. Revenue generated from sales of telecommunications services is recognized as the transaction with the customer is considered closed and the customer receives and accepts the services that were the result of the transaction. There are no financing terms or variable transaction prices. Due date is detailed on monthly invoices distributed to customer. Services billed monthly in advance are deferred to the proper period as needed. Deferred revenue are contract liabilities for cash received before performance obligations for monthly services are satisfied. Deferred revenue for TPT SpeedConnect at December 31, 2022 and 2021 are $75,556 and $421,643, respectively. Certain of our products require specialized installation and equipment. For telecom products that include installation, if the installation meets the criteria to be considered a separate element, product revenue is recognized upon delivery, and installation revenue is recognized when the installation is complete. The Installation Technician collects the signed quote containing terms and conditions when installing the site equipment at customer premises.

Revenue for installation services and equipment is billed separately from recurring ISP and telecom services and is recognized when equipment is delivered and installation is completed. Revenue from ISP and telecom services is recognized monthly over the contractual period, or as services are rendered and accepted by the customer.

The overwhelming majority of our revenue continues to be recognized when transactions occur. Since installation fees are generally small relative to the size of the overall contract and because most contracts are for two years or less, the impact of not recognizing installation fees over the contract is immaterial.

Blue Collar: Media Production Services

Blue Collar creates original live action and animated content productions and has produced hundreds of hours of material for the television, theatrical, home entertainment and new media markets. Blue Collar designs branding and marketing campaigns and has had agreements with some of the world’s largest companies including PepsiCo, Intel, HP, WalMart and many other Fortune 500 companies. Additionally, they create motion picture, television and home entertainment marketing campaigns for studios including Sony, DreamWorks, Twentieth Century Fox, Universal Studios, Paramount Studios, and Warner Brothers. With regard to revenue recognition, Blue Collar receives an agreement from each client to perform defined work. Some agreements are written, some are verbal. Work may include creation of marketing materials and/or content creation. Some work may be short term and take weeks to create and some work may be longer and take months to create. There are instances where customer agreements segregate identifiable obligations (like filming on site vs. film editing and final production) with separate transaction pricing. The performance obligation is generally satisfied upon delivery of such film or production products, at which time revenue is recognized. There are no financing terms or variable transaction prices.

IST: Revenue and Cost Recognition

The Company recognizes construction contract revenue over time, as performance obligations are satisfied, due to the continuous transfer of control to the customer. Construction contracts are accounted for as a single unit of account (single performance obligation) and are not segmented between types of services. The Company recognizes revenue using the percentage-of-completion method, progress toward completion of the Company’s contracts is measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to estimate total costs for each contract. The percentage-of-completion method (an input method) is the most faithful depiction of the Company’s performance because it directly measures the value of the services transferred to the customer.

Provisions are recognized in the statements of income for the full amount of estimated losses on uncompleted contracts whenever evidence indicates that the estimated cost of a contract exceeds its estimated total revenue. Changes in job performance, job conditions, and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. Profit incentives are included in revenues when their realization is reasonably assured. An amount equal to contract cost attributable to claims is included in revenues when realization is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs, and depreciation costs. Selling, general, and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred.

F-46

Table of Contents

The accuracy of revenue and profit recognition in a given period depends on the accuracy of estimates of the cost to complete each project. Cost estimates for all significant projects use a detailed “bottom up” approach, and management believes that their experience allows them to create materially reliable estimates. There are a number of factors that can contribute to changes in estimates of contract cost and profitability. The most significant of these include:

·

the completeness and accuracy of the original bid;

·

costs associated with scope changes;

·

costs of labor and/or materials;

·

extended overhead and other costs due to owner, weather, and other delays;

·

subcontractor performance issues;

·

changes in productivity expectations;

·

site conditions that differ from those assumed in the original bid (to the extend contract remedies are unavailable);

·

the availability and skill level of workers in the geographic location of the project;

·

a change in the availability and proximity of equipment and materials; and

·

the ability to fully and promptly recover on claims for additional contract costs.

The foregoing factors, as well as the stage of completion of contracts in process and the mix of contracts at different margins, may cause fluctuations in gross profit between periods. Significant changes in cost estimates, particularly in larger, more complex projects have had, and can in future periods have, a significant effect on profitability.

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, represent unbilled amounts earned and reimbursable under contracts. These amounts become billable according to the contract terms, which usually consider the passage of time, achievement of milestones or completion of the project. Generally, such unbilled amounts will be billed and collected over the next twelve months. Based on historical experience, management generally considers the collection risk related to these amounts to be low. When events or conditions indicate that the amounts outstanding may become uncollectible, an allowance is estimated and recorded.

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings, is comprised of cash collected from customers and billings to customers on contracts in advance of work performed, including advance payments negotiated as a contract condition. Generally, unearned project-related costs will be earned over the next twelve months.

TPT MedTech: Medical Testing Revenue

TPT MedTech operates in the Point of Care Testing (“POCT”) market by primarily offering mobile medical testing facilities and software equipped for mobile devices to monitor and manage personalized healthcare.  Services used from our mobile medical testing facilities are billing through credit cards at the time of service.  Revenue is generated from our software platform as users sign up for our mobile healthcare monitor and management application and tests are performed.  If medical testing is in one our own owned facility, the usage of the software application is included in the testing fees.  If the testing is in a non-owned outside contracted facility, fees are generated from the usage of the software application on a per test basis and billed monthly.

TPT MedTech also offers various products.  One is to build and sell its mobile testing facilities called QuikLABs designed for mobile testing.  This is used by TPT MedTech for its own testing services.  Another is to build customized mobile gyms for exercising.  This is sold to third parties.  Another is medical equipment, one of which is a sanitizing unit called SANIQuik which is used as a safe and flexible way to sanitize providing an additional routine to hand washing and facial coverings.  The SANIQuik has not yet been approved for sale in the United States but has in some parts of the European community.  Revenues from these products are recognized when a product is delivered, the sales transaction considered closed and accepted by a customer.  When deposits are received for which a product has not been delivered, it is recognized as deferred revenue.  Deferred revenue as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 was $0 and $41,000, respectively. There are no financing terms or variable transaction prices for either of these products.

SDM: Ecommerce, Email Marketing and Web Design Services

SDM generates revenue by providing ecommerce, email marketing and web design solutions to small and large commercial businesses, complete with monthly software support, updates and maintenance. Services are billed monthly. There are no financing terms or variable transaction prices. Platform infrastructure support is a prepaid service billed in monthly recurring increments. The services are billed a month in advance and due prior to services being rendered. The revenue is deferred when invoiced and booked in the month the service is provided. There is no deferred revenue at December 31, 2022 and 2021. Software support services (including software upgrades) are billed in real time, on the first of the month. Web design service revenues are recognized upon completion of specific projects. Revenue is booked in the month the services are rendered and payments are due on the final day of the month. There are usually no contract revenues that are deferred until services are performed.

K Telecom: Prepaid Phones and SIM Cards Revenue

K Telecom generates revenue from reselling prepaid phones, SIM cards, and rechargeable minute traffic for prepaid phones to its customers (primarily retail outlets). Product sales occur at the customer’s locations, at which time delivery occurs and cash or check payment is received. The Company recognizes the revenue when they receive payment at the time of delivery. There are no financing terms or variable transaction prices.

F-47

Table of Contents

Copperhead Digital: ISP and Telecom Revenue

Copperhead Digital operated as a regional internet and telecom services provider operating in Arizona under the trade name Trucom.  Although there are currently no customers and it will take capital to reopen this revenue stream, Copperhead Digital operated as a wireless telecommunications Internet Service Provider (“ISP”) facilitating both residential and commercial accounts. Copperhead Digital’s primary business model was subscription based, pre-paid monthly reoccurring revenues, from wireless delivered, high-speed internet connections. In addition, the company resold third-party satellite and DSL internet and IP telephony services. Revenue generated from sales of telecommunications services was recognized as the transaction with the customer is considered closed and the customer received and accepted the services that were the result of the transaction. There are no financing terms or variable transaction prices. Due date was detailed on monthly invoices distributed to customer. Services billed monthly in advance were deferred to the proper period as needed. Deferred revenue was contract liabilities for cash received before performance obligations for monthly services are satisfied. Certain of its products required specialized installation and equipment. For telecom products that included installation, if the installation met the criteria to be considered a separate element, product revenue was recognized upon delivery, and installation revenue was recognized when the installation was complete. The Installation Technician collected the signed quote containing terms and conditions when installing the site equipment at customer premises.

Revenue for installation services and equipment was billed separately from recurring ISP and telecom services and was recognized when equipment was delivered, and installation was completed. Revenue from ISP and telecom services was recognized monthly over the contractual period, or as services were rendered and accepted by the customer.

The overwhelming majority of revenue was recognized when transactions occurred. Since installation fees were generally small relative to the size of the overall contract and because most contracts were for a year or less, the impact of not recognizing installation fees over the contract was immaterial.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes all of the costs and expenses directly related to the production of goods and services included in revenues.

Share-based Compensation

The Company is required to measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards (including stock options) made to employees and directors based on estimated fair value. Compensation expense for equity-classified awards is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as an expense in earnings over the requisite service period.

The Company records compensation expense related to non-employees that are awarded stock in conjunction with selling goods or services and recognizes compensation expenses over the vesting period of such awards.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in our income tax provision in the period of enactment.

We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations, including taxable income in carryback periods. If we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce our income tax provision.

We account for uncertain tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” recognition threshold. We evaluate uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis and consider various factors, including, but not limited to, changes in tax law, the measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in tax returns, the effective settlement of matters subject to audit, new audit activity and changes in facts or circumstances related to a tax position.

It is our policy to record costs associated with interest and penalties related to tax in the selling, general and administrative line of the consolidated statements of operations.

F-48

Table of Contents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all investments with a maturity date of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. There are no cash equivalents as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

Accounts and Notes Receivable

We establish an allowance for potential uncollectible accounts and notes receivable. All accounts and notes receivable 60 days past due are considered uncollectible unless there are circumstances that support collectability. Those circumstances are documented. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the allowance for uncollectible accounts and notes receivable was $446,551 and $225,000, respectively. Receivables are charged off when collection efforts cease.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost or fair value if acquired as part of a business combination. Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method and is charged to operations over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The carrying amount of accumulated depreciation of assets sold or retired are removed from the accounts in the year of disposal and any resulting gain or loss in s included in results of operations. The estimated useful lives of property and equipment are telecommunications network - 5 years, telecommunications equipment - 7 to 10 years, and computers and office equipment - 3 years.

Goodwill

Goodwill relates to amounts that arose in connection with our various business combinations and represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible net assets when accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but it is subject to periodic review for impairment.

We test goodwill balances for impairment on an annual basis as of December 31st or whenever impairment indicators arise. We utilize several reporting units in evaluating goodwill for impairment using a quantitative assessment, which uses a combination of a guideline public company market-based approach and a discounted cash flow income-based approach. The quantitative assessment considers whether the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, in which case an impairment charge is recorded to the extent the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value. Based on our impairment testing, we recorded impairment charges of $104,657 and $663,434 of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Intangible Assets

Our intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships, developed technology, favorable leases, trademarks and the film library. The majority of our intangible assets were recorded in connection with our various business combinations. Our intangible assets are recorded at fair value at the time of their acquisition.  Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful life on a straight-line basis. Estimated useful lives are determined considering the period the assets are expected to contribute to future cash flows. We evaluate the recoverability of our intangible assets periodically and take into account events or circumstances that warrant revised estimates of useful lives or that indicate impairment exists. Based on our recoverability testing, we recorded impairment charges of $3,000,013 and $330,508 during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Business Acquisitions

Our business acquisitions have historically been made at prices above the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, resulting in goodwill or some identifiable intangible asset. Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of intangible assets and in assigning their respective useful lives. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management but are inherently uncertain.

We generally employ the income method to estimate the fair value of intangible assets, which is based on forecasts of the expected future cash flows attributable to the respective assets. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), the underlying product life cycles, economic barriers to entry, a brand’s relative market position and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.

Net assets acquired are recorded at their fair value and are subject to adjustment upon finalization of the fair value analysis.  

F-49

Table of Contents

Long-Lived Assets

We periodically review the carrying amount of our depreciable long-lived assets for impairment which include property and equipment, intangible assets and right of use assets. An asset is considered impaired when estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset. In the event the carrying amount of such asset is not considered recoverable, the asset is adjusted to its fair value. Fair value is generally determined based on discounted future cash flow.  As of December 31, 2022, we adjusted the net book values of the equipment of TPT SpeedConnect, all intangibles, and the right of use assets as it became doubtful given that the estimated future cash flows would recover the net book values.  We recorded impairment expenses of $7,283,276 for the year ended December 31, 2022 comprised of $954,119 for property and equipment, $3,000,013 for intangibles, $3,224,487 for right of use assets and $104,657 for goodwill.

Leases

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and subsequent amendments to the initial guidance: ASU 2017-13, ASU 2018-10, ASU 2018-11, ASU 2018-20 and ASU 2019-01 (collectively, Topic 842). Topic 842 requires lessees to classify leases as either finance or operating leases and to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term greater than 12 months regardless of the lease classification. We adopted Topic 842 using the effective date, January 2019, as the date of our initial application of the standard. Consequently, financial information for the comparative periods has been updated. Our finance and operating lease commitments are subject to the new standard and we recognize as finance and operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets. 

Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Share

The Company computes net income (loss) per share in accordance with ASC 260, “Earning per Share””. ASC 260 requires presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on the face of the income statement. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholder (numerator) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (denominator) during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method and convertible preferred stock using the if-converted method. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased from the exercise of stock options or warrants. Diluted EPS excludes all dilutive potential shares if their effect is anti-dilutive. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had shares that were potentially common stock equivalents as follows:

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Convertible Promissory Notes

 

 

3,787,362,740

 

 

 

429,623,112

 

Series A Preferred Stock (1)

 

 

12,610,847,082

 

 

 

1,349,817,125

 

Series B Preferred Stock

 

 

2,588,693

 

 

 

2,588,693

 

Series D Preferred Stock

 

 

74,998,392

 

 

 

25,297,722

 

Series E Preferred Stock

 

 

3,285,381,029

 

 

 

 

Stock Options and warrants

 

 

129,116,666

 

 

 

111,000,000

 

 

 

 

19,890,294,603

 

 

 

1,918,326,652

 

_____________________

(1)

As of December 31, 2022, by amendment, holder of the Series A Preferred Stock which is Stephen J. Thomas, is guaranteed upon date of conversion to 60% of the common shares computed to include all projected conversions of all convertible debt and any other classes of Preferred Stock as if the conversions had taken place at the stated conversion price per share (i.e. for the avoidance of doubt – “fully diluted” as if such conversion had occurred prior to the Series A conversion.) The Company would have to authorize additional shares for this to occur as only 2,500,000,000 shares are authorized as of December 31, 2022 and 4,500,000,000 subsequently.

Concentration of Credit Risk, Off-Balance Sheet Risks and Other Risks and Uncertainties

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We invest our excess cash primarily in high quality securities and limit the amount of our credit exposure to any one financial institution. We do not require collateral or other securities to support customer receivables; however, we perform on-going credit evaluations of our customers and maintain allowances for potential credit losses.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, two customer accounts receivable balances were 48% and 45%, respectively, of our aggregate accounts receivable from revenues.

F-50

Table of Contents

Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our primary financial instruments at December 31, 2022 and 2021 consisted of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. We apply fair value measurement accounting to either record or disclose the value of our financial assets and liabilities in our financial statements. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs, where available, and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

Described below are the three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

We consider our derivative financial instruments as Level 3. The balances for our derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2022 are the following:

Derivative Instrument

 

Fair Value

 

Fair value of EMA, First Fire, Cavalry Financial and 1800 Diagonal Convertible Promissory Notes

 

$4,634,653

 

Fair value of Warrants issued with the derivative instruments

 

 

187,745

 

 

 

$4,822,398

 

Research and Development

Our research and development programs focus on telecommunications products and services. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Any payments received from external parties to fund our research and development activities reduce the recorded research and development expenses.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred advertising costs of zero for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments, as defined in ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities”, consist of financial instruments or other contracts that contain a notional amount and one or more underlying (e.g. interest rate, security price or other variable), require no initial net investment and permit net settlement. Derivative financial instruments may be free-standing or embedded in other financial instruments. Further, derivative financial instruments are initially, and subsequently, measured at fair value and recorded as liabilities or, in rare instances, assets.

The Company does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash-flow, market or foreign-currency risks. However, the Company has issued financial instruments including convertible promissory notes payable with features that were either (i) not afforded equity classification, (ii) embody risks not clearly and closely related to host contracts, or (iii) may be net-cash settled by the counterparty. As required by ASC 815, in certain instances, these instruments are required to be carried as derivative liabilities, at fair value, in our financial statements. 

The Company estimates the fair values of derivative financial instruments using the Monte Carlo model. Estimating fair values of derivative financial instruments requires the development of significant and subjective estimates (such as volatility, estimated life and interest rates) that may, and are likely to, change over the duration of the instrument with related changes in internal and external market factors. In addition, option-based techniques are highly volatile and sensitive to changes in the trading market price of our common stock, which has a high-historical volatility. Since derivative financial instruments are initially and subsequently carried at fair values, the Company’s operating results will reflect the volatility in these estimate and assumption changes.

F-51

Table of Contents

The Company issued convertible promissory notes which are convertible into common stock, at holders’ option, at a discount to the market price of the Company’s common stock. The Company has identified the embedded derivatives related to these notes relating to certain anti-dilutive (reset) provisions. These embedded derivatives included certain conversion features. The accounting treatment of derivative financial instruments requires that the Company record fair value of the derivatives as of the inception date of debenture and to fair value as of each subsequent reporting date.

Sequencing Policy

Under ASC 815-40-35, the Company has adopted a sequencing policy whereby, in the event that reclassification of contracts from equity to assets or liabilities is necessary pursuant to ASC 815 due to the Company's inability to demonstrate it has sufficient authorized shares as a result of certain securities with a potentially indeterminable number of shares, shares will be allocated on the basis of the earliest issuance date of potentially dilutive instruments with the earliest grants receiving the first allocation of shares. Pursuant to ASC 815, issuance of securities to the Company's employees or directors is not subject to the sequencing policy.

COVID-19

In December 2019, COVID-19 emerged and has subsequently spread worldwide. The World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 a pandemic resulting in federal, state and local governments and private entities mandating various restrictions, including travel restrictions, restrictions on public gatherings, stay at home orders and advisories and quarantining of people who may have been exposed to the virus. After close monitoring and responses and guidance from federal, state and local governments, in an effort to mitigate the spread of COVID-19, for a period of time, the Company closed certain offices, all of which have be subsequently reopened.  The Company continues to monitor developments, including government requirements and recommendations at the national, state, and local level to evaluate possible extensions to all or part of such closures.

The Company has taken advantage of the stimulus offerings and received $1,402,700 in PPP loans.  All of these PPP loans were forgiven in the year ended December 31, 2021.  The Company is also in the process of trying to raise debt and equity financing, some of which may have to be used for working capital shortfalls if revenues continue to decline. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company entered into convertible promissory notes for a total of $744,260.  Subsequent to December 31, 2022, the Company entered into convertible promissory notes for $81,675 and $330,000.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB (or “the Board”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13 (ASC “326” or “Topic 326”) which significantly changes the impairment model for most financial assets that are measured at amortized cost and certain other instruments from an incurred loss model to an expected loss model which will be based on an estimate of current expected credit loss (“CECL”); and provides targeted improvements on evaluating impairment and recording credit losses on available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities through an allowance account. The standard also requires incremental disclosures. The effective date is for years beginning after December 2022. The adoption is not considered to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

In August 2018, FASB issued final guidance Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The guidance became effective for all organizations for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. FASB has simplified certain disclosure requirements related to measuring the fair value of a plan’s assets and liabilities. This has been adopted by the Company with no significant impact to the consolidated financial statements. 

Management has reviewed other recently issued accounting pronouncements and have determined there are not any that would have a material impact on the condensed consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITIONS

TPT Strategic Merger with Information Security and Training LLC

Dated as of June 29, 2022, for synergies and the opportunity at other revenue streams, TPT Strategic entered into a definitive agreement for the acquisition of the assets and  Information Security and Training LLC (“IST LLC” or “IST”) (www.istincs.com)  a General Construction and Information Technology Services company based in Huntsville Alabama with branch offices in Nashville TN, Birmingham Al, Jackson MS, Fort Campbell KY, New Orleans LA, and Joint Base Lewis-McChord.  The TPT Strategic and IST, LLC agreement, which closed October 20, 2022, for the acquisition is a stock transaction where the founder and sole interest holder, Everett Lanier received 500,000 Preferred Series B shares of TPT Strategic that will convert to a 10% ownership of TPT Strategic under certain conditions. The acquisition includes the assumption of all assets and certain liabilities.  Everett Lanier will remain as the President and will become a Board Member of TPT Strategic.

F-52

Table of Contents

The Company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-4 to discern whether the assets and operations of the assets purchased met the definition of a business. The company concluded that there are processes and sufficient inputs into outputs.  Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as a business combination and allocated the purchase price as follows: 

Consideration given at fair value:

 

 

 

Note payable, net of discount

 

$374,018

 

Credit cards assumed

 

 

48,452

 

Preferred shares of TPT Strategic

 

 

3,206

 

 

 

$425,676

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets acquired at fair value:

 

 

 

 

Working capital

 

$143,122

 

Property and equipment

 

 

2,170

 

Note receivable - related party

 

 

 271,179

 

Other assets

 

 

9,205

 

 

 

$425,676

 

Revenue and net income contributed by IST since date of acquisition was $526,583 and $(104,358), respectively.

Had the acquisition of IST occurred on January 1, 2021, unaudited proforma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 would be as follows: 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Revenue

 

$9,508,470

 

 

$12,640,858

 

Cost of Sales

 

 

7,104,877

 

 

 

9,621,530

 

Gross Profit

 

$2,403,593

 

 

$3,019,328

 

Expenses

 

 

(16,584,916)

 

 

(9,802,625)

Other income (expense)

 

 

(7,722,397)

 

 

2,625,167

 

Net Loss

 

$(21,903,720)

 

$(4,158,130)

Loss per share

 

$(0.02)

 

$(0.00)

TPT Strategic Merger with Education System Management, Inc.

TPT Strategic previously entered into a merger agreement with Education System Management, Inc. (“EDSM”) which was contingent on EDSM completing an audit in six months, which EDSM did not complete.  

TPT Acquisition of Property for Smart City Concept

On May 10, 2022, as part of a “Smart City” concept and to utilize its telecommunications expertise, the Company entered into Real Estate Sales Agreements to acquire approximately 135 acres of land in Tuskegee, with the Gray Family Limited Partnership and Lakeside Ranch, Inc. comprised of one approximate 45 acre parcel along Tuskegee Lake and the second an approximate 85 acre parcel along route 80 heading to Auburn, Alabama. Per the agreements, TPT Global Tech will be paying approximately $1,700,000 for the properties, of which it paid a combined $10,000 in down payments.  The Company had until November 11, 2022 to close the transactions including paying the remainder of the purchase price.  This did not happen, and the Company is in negotiations to finance this with a bank of which the Gray Family has verbally said they would honor.  Closing of the transactions are subject to the validity of the verbal commitment and obtaining financing, all surveys and finalizing master plans for the kick-off the Company’s “Smart City” project. 

NOTE 3 – GOING CONCERN

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern.

Cash flows generated from operating activities were not enough to support all working capital requirements for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. Financing activities described below have helped with working capital and other capital requirements.

We incurred $21,749,920 and $4,095,507, respectively, in losses, and we used $226,493 and $995,093, respectively, in cash for operations for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. We calculate the net cash used by operating activities by decreasing, or increasing in case of gain, our let loss by those items that do not require the use of cash such as depreciation, amortization, promissory note issued for research and development, note payable issued for legal fees, derivative expense or gain, gain on extinguishment of debt, loss on conversion of notes payable, impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets and share-based compensation which totaled to a net $16,746,502 for 2022 and $(1,170,451) for 2021. 

F-53

Table of Contents

In addition, we report increases in assets and reductions in liabilities as uses of cash and decreases in assets and increases in liabilities as sources of cash, together referred to as changes in operating assets and liabilities.  For the year ended December 31, 2022, we had a net increase in our assets and liabilities of $4,776,925 primarily from an increase in accounts payable from lag of payments for accounts payable for cash flow considerations and an increase in the balances from our operating lease liabilities.  For the year ended December 31, 2021 we had a net increase to our assets and liabilities of $4,270,865 for similar reasons.

Cash flows from financing activities were $(180,525) and $1,169,810 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.  For the year ended December 30, 2022, these cash flows were generated from proceeds from convertible notes, loans and advances of $1,256,187 offset by payment on convertible loans, advances and factoring agreements of $1,391,580 and payments on convertible notes and amounts payable – related parties of $45,132.  For the year ended December 31, 2021, these cash flows were generated from the sale of Series D Preferred Stock, common stock subscriptions of $610,502, proceeds from convertible notes, loans and advances of $3,900,400 offset by payment on convertible loans, advances and factoring agreements of $3,502,592 and payments on convertible notes and amounts payable – related parties of $64,480. 

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities were $(22,747) and $324,040, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 primarily related to the acquisition of property and equipment and the purchase of IST.

These factors raise substantial doubt about the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the issuance of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

In December 2019, COVID-19 emerged and has subsequently spread worldwide. The World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 a pandemic resulting in federal, state and local governments and private entities mandating various restrictions, including travel restrictions, restrictions on public gatherings, stay at home orders and advisories and quarantining of people who may have been exposed to the virus. After close monitoring and responses and guidance from federal, state and local governments, in an effort to mitigate the spread of COVID-19, for a period of time, the Company closed certain offices, all of which have be subsequently reopened.  The Company continues to monitor developments, including government requirements and recommendations at the national, state, and local level to evaluate possible extensions to all or part of such closures.

The Company has taken advantage of the stimulus offerings and received $1,402,700 in PPP loans.  All of these PPP loans were forgiven in the year ended December 31, 2021.  The Company is also in the process of trying to raise debt and equity financing, some of which may have to be used for working capital shortfalls if revenues continue to decline. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company entered into convertible promissory notes for a total of $744,260.  Subsequent to December 31, 2022, the Company entered into convertible promissory notes for $81,675 and $330,000.

In order for us to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the issuance of these financial statements, we will need to obtain additional debt or equity financing and look for companies with cash flow positive operations that we can acquire. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional debt or equity financing, that we will be able to acquire cash flow positive operations, or that, if we are successful in any of those actions, those actions will produce adequate cash flow to enable us to meet all our future obligations. Most of our existing financing arrangements are short-term. If we are unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing, we may be required to significantly reduce or cease operations.

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment and related accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 are as follows: 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Property and equipment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications fiber and equipment

 

$

 

 

$2,686,905

 

Medical equipment

 

 

 

 

 

209,499

 

Office furniture and equipment

 

 

84,180

 

 

 

77,859

 

Total Property and equipment

 

$84,180

 

 

$2,974,263

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(79,616)

 

 

(1,325,241)

Property and equipment, net

 

$4,564

 

 

$1,649,022

 

F-54

Table of Contents

Depreciation expense was $583,968 and $682,111 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Approximately $200,000 of property and equipment, included herein, were financed through a financing lease.   See Note 9.

We periodically review the carrying amount of our depreciable long-lived assets for impairment which include property and equipment, intangible assets and right of use assets. An asset is considered impaired when estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset. In the event the carrying amount of such asset is not considered recoverable, the asset is adjusted to its fair value. Fair value is generally determined based on discounted future cash flow.  As of December 31, 2022, we adjusted the net book values of the equipment of TPT SpeedConnect, all intangibles, and the right of use assets as it became doubtful given that the estimated future cash flows would recover the net book values.  We recorded impairment expenses of $7,283,276 for the year ended December 31, 2022 comprised of $954,119 for property and equipment, $3,000,013 for intangibles, $3,224,487 for right of use assets and $104,657 for goodwill.

The Company recognized a gain of $485,404 during the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily from a theft of equipment that occurred.  The gain represented the cash received from insurance carrier over the net book value on the books at the time of the theft.

NOTE 5 – DEBT FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

Financing arrangements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 are as follows:

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Loans and advances (1)

 

$844,053

 

 

$941,242

 

Convertible notes payable (2)

 

 

3,054,869

 

 

 

1,162,606

 

Factoring agreements (3)

 

 

577,177

 

 

 

723,754

 

Debt – third party

 

$4,476,099

 

 

$2,827,602

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line of credit, related party secured by assets (4)

 

$2,742,929

 

 

$3,043,390

 

Debt– other related party, net of discounts (5)

 

 

2,015,500

 

 

 

7,450,000

 

Convertible debt – related party (6)

 

 

553,100

 

 

 

902,781

 

Shareholder debt (7)

 

 

4,150

 

 

 

49,452

 

Debt – related party

 

$5,315,679

 

 

$11,445,623

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financing arrangements

 

$9,791,778

 

 

$14,273,225

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less current portion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, advances and factoring agreements – third party

 

$(1,276,770)

 

$(1,446,571)

Convertible notes payable third party

 

 

(3,054,869)

 

 

(1,162,606

 

Debt – related party, net of discount

 

 

(4,762,579)

 

 

(10,542,842)

Convertible notes payable– related party

 

 

(553,100)

 

 

(902,781)

 

 

 

(9,647,318)

 

 

(14,054,800)

Total long term debt

 

$144,460

 

 

$218,425

 

_____________________________  

(1) The terms of $40,000 of this balance are similar to that of the Line of Credit which bears interest at adjustable rates, 1 month LIBOR plus 2%, 4.4% as of December 31, 2022, and is secured by assets of the Company, was due August 31, 2020, as amended, and included 8,000 stock options as part of the terms which options expired December 31, 2019 (see Note 7).

$360,000 is a bank loan dated May 28, 2019 which bears interest at Prime plus 6%, 13.0% as of December 31, 2022 and, as amended,  is interest only through May 1 2023 at which time the monthly payment of principal and interest of $29,838 is required until the due date of May 1, 2024. The bank loan is collateralized by assets of the Company.

On June 4, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase Agreement with Odyssey Capital Funding, LLC. (“Odyssey”) for the purchase of a $525,000 Convertible Promissory Note (“Odyssey Convertible Promissory Note”). The Odyssey Convertible Promissory Note was due June 3, 2020, paid interest at the rate of 12% (24% default) per annum and gave the holder the right from time to time, and at any time during the period beginning six months from the issuance date to convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock of the Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. The conversion price was 55% multiplied by the average of the two lowest trading prices for the common stock during the previous 20 trading days prior to the applicable conversion date. The Odyssey Convertible Promissory Note could be prepaid in full at 125% to 145% up to 180 days from origination. Through June 3, 2020, Odyssey converted $49,150 of principal and $4,116 of accrued interest into 52,961,921 shares of common stock of the Company. On June 8, 2020, Odyssey agreed to convert the remaining principal and accrued interest balance on the Odyssey Convertible Promissory Note of $475,850 and $135,000, respectively, to a term loan payable in six months in the form of a balloon payment, earlier if the Company has a funding event, bearing simple interest on the unpaid balance of 0% for the first three months and then 10% per annum thereafter.  During April 2022, Odyssey accepted to exchange all of its outstanding principal and interest of $685,682 into 137,136 of TPT Series E Preferred Shares.  

F-55

Table of Contents

Effective September 30, 2020, we entered into a Purchase Agreement by which we agreed to purchase the 500,000 outstanding Series A Preferred shares of InnovaQor, Inc., our majority owned subsidiary, in an agreed amount of $350,000 in cash or common stock, if not paid in cash, at the five day average price preceding the date of the request for effectiveness after the filing of a registration statement on Form S-1. This was modified December 28 and 29, 2020, to provide for registration of 7,500,000 common shares for resale at the market price. Any balance due on notes will be calculated after an accounting for the net sales proceeds from sale of the stock by February 28, 2021 and may be paid in cash or stock thereafter. The Series A Preferred shares are being purchased from the Michael A. Littman, Atty. Defined Benefit Plan.     The $350,000 is included as a Note Payable as of December 31, 2020 and bears no interest. During the year ended December 31, 2021, it was determined the there was a deficiency of approximately $185,000 from net sales proceeds which is accounted for in accounts payable.                             

At December 31, 2022, IST had a line of credit agreement with a bank in the amount of $350,000. At December 31, 2022, this line had an outstanding balance of $349,518. The line bears interest at prime plus 2.5%. The line is automatically renewed annually and any drawn amounts are due on demand.

At December 31, 2022, IST had a second line of credit agreement with a bank in the amount of $25,000. At December 31, 2022, this line had an outstanding balance of $24,443. The line bears interest at prime plus 15.47%. The line is automatically renewed annually and any drawn amounts are due on demand.

The remaining balances generally bear interest at approximately 10%, have maturity dates that are due on demand or are past due, are unsecured and are classified as current in the balance sheets.

(2) During 2017, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount of $67,000 (comprised of $62,000 from two related parties and $5,000 from a former officer of CDH), all which were due May 1, 2020 and bear 6% annual interest (12% default interest rate). The convertible promissory notes are convertible, as amended, at $0.25 per share. These convertible promissory notes were not repaid May 1, 2020, and are delinquent.  The Company is working to renegotiate these promissory notes.

On March 25, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase Agreement dated March 18, 2019 with Auctus Fund, LLC. (“Auctus”) for the purchase of a $600,000 Convertible Promissory Note (“Auctus Convertible Promissory Note”). The Auctus Convertible Promissory Note is due December 18, 2019, pays interest at the rate of 12% (24% default) per annum and gives the holder the right from time to time, and at any time during the period beginning 180 days from the origination date or at the effective date of the registration of the underlying shares of common stock, which the holder has registration rights for, to convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock of the Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. The conversion price is the lessor of the lowest trading price during the previous 25 trading days prior the date of the Auctus Convertible Promissory Note or 50% multiplied by the average of the two lowest trading prices for the common stock during the previous 25 trading days prior to the applicable conversion date. Auctus converted $33,180 of principal and $142,004 of accrued interest into 376,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company prior to December 31, 2020. 2,000,000 warrants were issued in conjunction with the issuance of this debt.

Pursuant to claims by Auctus that the Company had not complied with terms of the Auctus Convertible Promissory Note, the Company and Auctus entered into a settlement agreement dated October 13, 2021 where by the Company paid $763,231.97 and allowed Auctus to exercise its right to exercise 15,000,000 warrants to purchase 15,000,000 shares of common stock. As such, the balance owning to Auctus as of December 31, 2022 is zero. The Company recognized a gain on debt extinguishment of $7,068,339 when this Auctus Convertible Promissory Note was paid off in large part because of the related derivative liability on the books at the time of the settlement.  See Note 8.

On June 11, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase Agreement with EMA Financial, LLC. (“EMA”) for the purchase of a $250,000 Convertible Promissory Note (“EMA Convertible Promissory Note”). The EMA Convertible Promissory Note is due June 11, 2020, pays interest at the rate of 12% (principal amount increases 200% and interest rate increases to 24% under default) per annum and gives the holder the right from time to time to convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock of the Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. The conversion price is 55% multiplied by the lowest traded price for the common stock during the previous 25 trading days prior to the applicable conversion date. The EMA Convertible Promissory Note may be prepaid in full at 135% to 150% up to 180 days from origination. Prior to December 31, 2020, EMA converted $35,366 of principal into 147,700,000 shares of common stock of the Company.  As such, the principal and accrued interest balances owning to EMA at December 31, 2022 is $503,771 and $416,808, respectively. 1,000,000 warrants were issued in conjunction with the issuance of this debt. See Note 8.  See below regarding derivative securities in default.

F-56

Table of Contents

On October 6, 2021, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and FirstFire Global Opportunities Fund, LLC. entered into a convertible promissory note totaling $1,087,000 and a securities purchase agreement (“FirstFire Note”). The FirstFire Note has an original issue discount of 8% and bears interest at 10%, with a default rate of 24%, and is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock.  There is a mandatory conversion in the event a Nasdaq Listing prior to nine months from funding for which the Holder’s principal and interest balances will be converted at a price equal to 25% discount to the opening price on the first day the Company trades on Nasdaq. There is also a voluntary conversion of all principal and accrued interest at the discretion of the Holder at the lower of (1) 75% of the two lowest trade prices during the fifteen consecutive trading day period ending on the trading day immediately prior to the applicable conversion date or (2) discount to market based on subsequent financings with other investors. Subsequent debt issuances have lowered this price to $0.025 per share, adjusted to $.0075 subsequent to December 31, 2021. The Holder was given registration rights. The FirstFire Note may be prepaid in whole or in part of the outstanding balances at 115% prior to maturity. 225,000,000 common shares of the Company have been reserved with the transfer agent for possible conversion and exercise of warrants. Warrants to purchase 55,000,000 shares of common stock at 110% of the opening price on the first day the Company trades on the Nasdaq exchange were issued to the Holder.  During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company exercised its right to convert $246,660 of principal into 117,000,000 shares of common shares leaving a principal and accrued interest balance at December 31, 2022 of $1,112,090 in principal and $463,184 in accrued interest.  See below regarding derivative securities in default.

On October 13, 2021, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Cavalry Investment Fund LP entered into a convertible promissory note totaling $271,250 and a securities purchase agreement (“Cavalry Investment Note”). The Cavalry Investment Note has an original issue discount of 8% and bears interest at 10%, with a default rate of 24%, and is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock.  There is a mandatory conversion in the event a Nasdaq Listing prior to nine months from funding for which the Holder’s principal and interest balances will be converted at a price equal to 25% discount to the opening price on the first day the Company trades on Nasdaq. There is also a voluntary conversion of all principal and accrued interest at the discretion of the Holder at the lower of (1) 75% of the two lowest trade prices during the fifteen consecutive trading day period ending on the trading day immediately prior to the applicable conversion date or (2) discount to market based on subsequent financings with other investors. Subsequent debt issuances have lowered this price to $0.025 per share, adjusted to $.0075 subsequent to December 31, 2021. The Holder was given registration rights. The Cavalry Investment Note may be prepaid in whole or in part of the outstanding balances at 115% prior to maturity. 56,250,000 common shares of the Company have been reserved with the transfer agent for possible conversion and exercise of warrants. Warrants to purchase 13,750,000 shares of common stock at 110% of the opening price on the first day the Company trades on the Nasdaq exchange were issued to the Holder.  During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company exercised its right to convert $18,000 of principal into 15,000,000 shares of common stock leaving a principal and accrued interest balance at December 31, 2022 of $321,688 and $70,680, respectively.  See below regarding derivative securities in default.

On October 13, 2021, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Cavalry Fund I, LP entered into a convertible promissory note totaling $815,250 and a securities purchase agreement (“Cavalry Fund I Note”). The Cavalry Fund I Note has an original issue discount of 8% and bears interest at 10%, with a default rate of 24%, and is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock.  There is a mandatory conversion in the event a Nasdaq Listing prior to nine months from funding for which the Holder’s principal and interest balances will be converted at a price equal to 25% discount to the opening price on the first day the Company trades on Nasdaq. There is also a voluntary conversion of all principal and accrued interest at the discretion of the Holder at the lower of (1) 75% of the two lowest trade prices during the fifteen consecutive trading day period ending on the trading day immediately prior to the applicable conversion date or (2) discount to market based on subsequent financings with other investors. Subsequent debt issuances have lowered this price to $0.0075 per share. The Holder was given registration rights. The Cavalry Fund I Note may be prepaid in whole or in part of the outstanding balances at 115% prior to maturity. 168,750,000 common shares of the Company have been reserved with the transfer agent for possible conversion and exercise of warrants. Warrants to purchase 41,250,000 shares of common stock at $110% of the opening price on the first day the Company trades on the Nasdaq exchange were issued to the Holder. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company exercised its right to convert $61,000 of principal and penalties into 50,161,290 shares of common stock leaving a principal and accrued interest balance at December 31, 2022 of $958,063 and $212,043.  See below regarding derivative securities in default.

On January 31, 2022, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Talos Victory Fund, LLC entered into a convertible promissory note totaling $271,750 and a securities purchase agreement (“Talos Note”). The Talos Note is due twelve months from funding, has an original issue discount of 8% and interest rate at 10% per annum (default, as defined, at 16%). There is an optional conversion in the event a Nasdaq Listing prior to nine months from funding for which the Holder’s principal and interest balances will be converted at a price equal to 25% discount to the opening price on the first day the Company trades on Nasdaq. There is also a voluntary conversion of all principal and accrued interest at the discretion of the Holder at $0.0075. The Holder was given registration rights. The Talos Note may be prepaid in whole or in part of the outstanding balances at 100% prior to maturity unless the Holder chose to convert their balances into common stock which they have three days to do so. 73,372,499 common shares of the Company have been reserved with the transfer agent for possible conversion and exercise of warrants. Warrants, expiring five years from issuance, were issued to exercise up to 9,058,333 warrants to purchase 9,058,333 common shares at $0.015, provided, however, that if the Company consummates an Uplist Offering on or before July 6, 2022 then the exercise price shall be 110% of the offering price at which the Uplist Offering is made. The Company and the holder executed the securities purchase agreement in accordance with and in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration for offers and sales to accredited investors afforded, inter alia, by Rule 506 under Regulation D as promulgated by the SEC under the 1933 Act, and/or Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act. During the year ended December 31, 2022, Talos exercised its right to convert $300,675 of principal and interest into 40,090,000 shares of common stock leaving a zero balance of principal and accrued interest.  See below regarding derivative securities in default.

F-57

Table of Contents

On January 31, 2022, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Blue Lake Partners, LLC entered into a convertible promissory note totaling $271,750 and a securities purchase agreement (“Blue Lake Note”). The Blue Lake Note is due twelve months from funding, has an original issue discount of 8% and interest rate at 10% per annum (default, as defined, at 16%). There is an optional conversion in the event a Nasdaq Listing prior to nine months from funding for which the Holder’s principal and interest balances will be converted at a price equal to 25% discount to the opening price on the first day the Company trades on Nasdaq. There is also a voluntary conversion of all principal and accrued interest at the discretion of the Holder at $0.0075. The Holder was given registration rights. The Blue Lake Note may be prepaid in whole or in part of the outstanding balances at 100% prior to maturity unless the Holder chose to convert their balances into common stock which they have three days to do so. 73,372,499 common shares of the Company have been reserved with the transfer agent for possible conversion and exercise of warrants. Warrants, expiring five years from issuance, were issued to exercise up to 9,058,333 warrants to purchase 9,058,333 common shares at $0.015, provided, however, that if the Company consummates an Uplist Offering on or before July 6, 2022 then the exercise price shall equal 110% of the offering price at which the Uplist Offering is made. The Company and the holder executed the securities purchase agreement in accordance with and in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration for offers and sales to accredited investors afforded, inter alia, by Rule 506 under Regulation D as promulgated by the SEC under the 1933 Act, and/or Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act.  During the year ended December 31, 2022, Blue Lake exercised its right to convert $360,447 of principal, interest and penalties into 48,059,600 of common shares leaving a balance of $8,165 in principal and $0 of accrued interest as of December 31, 2022.  See below regarding derivative securities in default.

On June 13, 2022, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and 1800 Diagonal Lending LLC entered into a $200,760 promissory note agreement (1800 Diagonal Note”). The 1800 Diagonal Note has an original issue discount of 12%, or $21,510, and bears interest at 22%, and is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock only under default, as defined.  10 payments of $22,485 beginning on July 30, 2022 are to be made each month totaling $224,851. At any time following default, as defined, conversion rights exist at a discount rate of 25% of the lowest trading price for the Company’s common stock during the previous 10 trading days prior to conversion. 194,676,363 common shares of the Company have been reserved with the transfer agent for possible conversion under a default. During the year ended December 31, 2022, 1800 Diagonal exercised its right to convert $90,000 of principal, interest into 63,560,606 of common shares leaving a balance of $146,093 in principal and accrued interest as of December 31, 2022.  See below regarding derivative securities in default.

The Talos Note, Blue Lake and 1800 Diagonal Notes have been accounted for as derivative liabilities. The Company recorded an initial derivative expense of $21,781 for each of the Talos and Blue Lake notes and $36,931 for the 1800 Diagonal Note. In addition, the Company recorded an initial derivative expense of $235,158 for the warrants for the Talos and Blue Lake Notes.

The Company is in default under all of its derivative financial instruments and has accounted for these defaults under each agreements default provisions. In February 2022, the Company defaulted on its FirstFire, Cavalry Investment, and Cavalry Fund I Notes for failure to uplist within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the Notes. Talos, Blue Lake and 1800 Diagonal are in default from cross default provisions. In total, $704,411 was recorded as interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2022, representing additional principal and interest because of default. Notice of default was received from EMA for not reserving enough shares for conversion and for not having filed a Form S-1 Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission. It was the intent of the Company to pay back all derivative securities prior to the due dates but that has not occurred in case of EMA. As such, the Company is currently in negotiations with EMA and relative to extending the due date and changing terms on the Note.  The Company has been named in a lawsuit by EMA for failing to comply with a Securities Purchase Agreement entered into in June 2019.  See Note 9 Other Commitments and Contingencies. 

(3) $101,244 of the Factoring Agreements is with full recourse, due February 29, 2020, as amended, was established in June 2016 with a company that is controlled by a shareholder and is personally guaranteed by an officer of the Company. This Factoring Agreement is such that the Company pays a discount of 2% per each 30-day period for each advance received against accounts receivable or future billings. The Company was advanced funds from this Factoring Agreement.  The $101,244 was exchanged for 20,249 shares of Series E Preferred Stock in April 2022.  As such, $0 and $101,244 in principal remained unpaid as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.  See Note 8.

On July 23, 2021, the Company entered into an Agreement for the Purchase and Sale of Future Receipts (“Lendora Factoring Agreement”). The balance to be purchased and sold is $299,800 for which the Company received $190,000, net of fees. Under the Lendora Factoring Agreement, the Company is to pay $18,737.5 per week for 16 weeks at an effective interest rate of approximately 36% annually. This Lendora Factoring Agreement was rolled into the Lendora Consolidation Agreement explained below.

F-58

Table of Contents

On July 23, 2021, the Company entered into a consolidation agreement for the Purchase and Sale of Future Receipts with Lendora Capital (“Lendora Consolidation Agreement”). The balance to be purchased sold gave consideration for all then outstanding factoring agreements which amounted to $1,522,984 for which the Company had outstanding balances totaling $967,496. Payments under this Lendora Consolidation Agreement superseded all other factoring agreement payments and included $ 31,728.85 per week, at an effective interest rate of approximately 36% annually, for 48 weeks. The then outstanding balance owing under the Lendora Consolidation Agreement was paid off in May 2022 of $380,746.

On April 1, 2022, the Company entered into a Future Receivable Sale and Purchase Agreement (“Mr. Advance Agreement”) with Mr. Advance LLC (”Mr. Advance”). The balance to be purchased and sold is $411,000 for which the Company received $270,715, net of fees. Under the Mr. Advance Agreement, the Company is to pay $8,935 per week for 46 weeks at an effective interest rate of approximately 36% annually.   The Company is in default with this Agreement for non-payment and is working to restructure its terms. The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2022 is $280,201, net of discounts.

On April 1, 2022, the Company entered into a Future Receipts Sale and Purchase Agreement (“CLOUDFUND Agreement”) with CLOUDFUND LLC (”CLOUDFUND”). The balance to be purchased and sold is $411,000 for which the Company received $272,954, net of fees. Under the CLOUDFUND Agreement, the Company is to pay $8,935 per week for 46 weeks at an effective interest rate of approximately 36% annually.  The Company is in default with this Agreement for non-payment and is working to restructure its terms.  The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2022 is $280,201, net of discounts.

On April 27, 2022, the Company entered into a Future Receivables Sale and Purchase Agreement (“Fox Capital Agreement”) with Fox Capital Group, Inc. (”Fox Capital”). The balance to be purchased and sold is $138,000 for which the Company received $90,000, net of fees. Under the Fox Capital Agreement, the Company is to pay $4,313 per week for 32 weeks at an effective interest rate of approximately 36% annually.  The Company is in default with this Agreement for non-payment and is working to restructure its terms.  The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2022 is $73,313, net of discounts.

(4) The Line of Credit originated with a bank and was secured by the personal assets of certain shareholders of Copperhead Digital. During 2016, the Line of Credit was assigned to the Copperhead Digital shareholders, who subsequent to the Copperhead Digital acquisition by TPTG became shareholders of TPTG, and the secured personal assets were used to pay off the bank. The Line of Credit bears a variable interest rate based on the 1 Month LIBOR plus 2.0%, 4.4% as of December 31, 2022, is payable monthly, and is secured by the assets of the Company. 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company have been reserved internally to accomplish raising the funds to pay off the Line of Credit. Since assignment of the Line of Credit to certain shareholders, which balance on the date of assignment was $2,597,790, those shareholders have loaned the Company $445,600 under the similar terms and conditions as the line of credit but most of which were also given stock options totaling $85,120 which expired as of December 31, 2019 (see Note 8) and was due, as amended, August 31, 2020.  $300,461 of the principal balance was exchanged for 60,092 shares of Series E Preferred Stock in April 2022.  See Note 8.  The Company is in negotiations to refinance this Line of Credit.

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, those same shareholders and one other have loaned the Company money in the form of convertible loans of $136,400 and $537,200, respectively, described in (2) and (6).

(5) $350,000 represents cash due to the prior owners of the technology acquired in December 2016 from the owner of the Lion Phone which is due to be paid as agreed by the Company and the former owners of the Lion Phone technology and has not been determined.

$4,000,000 represents a promissory note included as part of the consideration of VuMe, formerly ViewMe Live technology acquired in 2017, later agreed to as being due and payable in full, with no interest with $2,000,000 from debt proceeds and the remainder from proceeds from a second Company public offering.

$1,000,000 represents a promissory note which was entered into on May 6, 2020 for the acquisition of Media Live One Platform from Steve and Yuanbing Caudle for the further development of software. This was expensed as research and development in the year ended December 31, 2020. This $1,000,000 promissory note is non-interest bearing, due after funding has been received by the Company from its various investors and other sources. Mr. Caudle is a principal with the Company’s VuMe technology.

Both the $4,000,000 and $1,000,000 promissory notes related to the VuMe technology and Media Live One Platform were exchanged through a Software Acquisition Agreement dated as of March 25, 2022 for shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock.  See Note 8.  In this same agreement, the Company agreed to pay Mr. and Mrs. Caudle $1,750,000 for additional developed software that will be used with the VuMe technology which was expensed as research and development during the year ended December 31, 2022.  $200,000 had been paid and was accounted for as a deposit as of December 31, 2021.  Subsequently, this was used against the purchase price and the remainder was setup as a note payable as of December 31, 2022. $550,000 to be paid from first proceeds raised by the Company and $1,000,000 as agreed by the Company and Mr. and Mrs. Caudle.

F-59

Table of Contents

On September 1, 2018, the Company closed on its acquisition of Blue Collar. Part of the acquisition included a promissory note of $1,600,000 and interest at 3% from the date of closure. The promissory note is secured by the assets of Blue Collar.

$500,000 represents a Note Payable related to the acquisition of 75% of Air Fitness, payable six months from the date of the note or as agreed by the Company out of future capital raising efforts and does not accrue interest.

The $1,600,000 promissory note for the acquisition of Blue Collar and $384,500 of the $500,000 Note Payable for the acquisition of 75% of Air Fitness were exchanged for shares of Series E Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2022.  See Note 8.

(6) During 2016, the Company acquired SDM which consideration included a convertible promissory note for $250,000 due February 29, 2019, as amended, does not bear interest, unless delinquent in which the interest is 12% per annum, and is convertible into common stock at $1.00 per share. The SDM balance was $181,981 as of December 31, 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2022, this convertible promissory was exchanged with the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock.  See Note 8.

During 2018, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount of $537,200 to related parties and $10,000 to a non-related party which bear interest at 6% (11% default interest rate), are due 30 months from issuance and are convertible into Series C Preferred Stock at $1.00 per share.  $106,000 of these notes were exchanged for 21,200 shares of Series E Preferred Stock in April 2022 and $19,400 were repaid prior to December 31, 2021.  See Note 8.

(7) The shareholder debt represents funds given to TPTG or subsidiaries by officers and managers of the Company as working capital. There are no written terms of repayment or interest that is being accrued to these amounts and they will only be paid back, according to management, if cash flows support it. They are classified as current in the balance sheets.

See Lease financing arrangement in Note 9.

NOTE 6 – DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company previously adopted the provisions of ASC subtopic 825-10, Financial Instruments (“ASC 825-10”). ASC 825-10 defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of nonperformance. ASC 825-10 establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

The derivative liability as of December 31, 2022, in the amount of $4,822,398 has a level 3 classification under ASC 825-10.

The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities as of December 31, 2022. 

 

 

Debt Derivative Liabilities

 

Balance, December 31, 2020

 

$5,265,139

 

Change in derivative liabilities from conversion of notes payable

 

 

1,902,897)

Change in derivative liabilities from the Odyssey conversion to a term loan

 

 

(6,662,027)

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities at end of period – derivative expense

 

 

3,536,901)

Balance, December 31, 2021

 

$4,042,910

 

Change in derivative liabilities from new notes payable

 

 

622,518

 

Change in derivative liabilities from conversion of notes payable

 

 

(493,101)

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities at end of period – derivative expense

 

 

650,071

 

Balance, December 31, 2022

 

$4,822,398

 

Convertible notes payable and warrant derivatives – The Company issued convertible promissory notes which are convertible into common stock, at holders’ option, at a discount to the market price of the Company’s common stock. The Company has identified the embedded derivatives related to these notes relating to certain anti-dilutive (reset) provisions. These embedded derivatives included certain conversion features. The accounting treatment of derivative financial instruments requires that the Company record fair value of the derivatives as of the inception date of debenture and to fair value as of each subsequent reporting date.

As of December 31, 2022, the Company marked to market the fair value of the debt derivatives and determined a fair value of $4,822,398 ($4,634,653 from the convertible notes and $187,745 from the warrants) in Note 8. The Company recorded an expense of $650,071 and $3,536,901 from change in fair value of debt derivatives for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The fair value of the embedded derivatives was determined using Monte Carlo simulation method based on the following assumptions: (1) dividend yield of 0%, (2) expected volatility of 215.6% to 267.8%, (3) weighted average risk-free interest rate of 4.11% to 4.76% (4) expected life of 0.50 to 4.08 years, and (5) the quoted market price of $0.002 for the Company’s common stock.

See Financing lease arrangements in Note 9.

F-60

Table of Contents

NOTE 7 - INCOME TAXES

The following table sets forth the components of the Company’s income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021: 

Current:

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Federal State and local

 

$

 

 

$

 

Total Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal State and local benefit

 

 

(4,567,483)

 

 

(860,056)

Net operating loss, net of state tax effect

 

 

(60,546)

 

 

(30,540)

Meals and entertainment

 

 

616

 

 

 

10,134

 

Stock based expenses

 

 

4,473

 

 

 

46,769

 

Impairment

 

 

1,529,488

 

 

 

208,728

 

Amortization

 

 

137,808

 

 

 

143,243

 

Derivative expense

 

 

136,515

 

 

 

(742,749

 

Loss (Gain) on extinguishment

 

 

472,099

 

 

 

(1,808,903)

Change in allowance

 

 

2,347,030

 

 

 

3,033,374

 

Total Benefit

 

$

 

 

$

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the Company’s income tax expense (benefit) as the federal statutory rate to recorded income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Income tax at Federal statutory rate

 

 

21%

 

 

21%

Change in valuation allowance

 

(21

%) 

 

(21

%) 

Stock based compensation

 

(0

%) 

 

(0

%) 

Net operating loss, net of state tax effect

 

(1

%) 

 

(1

%) 

Other

 

(1

%) 

 

(1

%) 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the components of the Company’s deferred income taxes as of December 31, 2022 and 2021:

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Valuation allowance

 

$

 

 

$

 

Total current deferred tax asset (liability)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative (gain) expense

 

 

1,936,917

 

 

 

2,073,432

 

Intangible assets amortization

 

 

1,687,645

 

 

 

1,253,096

 

Net operating loss carry forwards

 

 

8,011,600

 

 

 

5,725,115

 

Stock base compensation

 

 

2,016,952

 

 

 

1,878,003

 

Loss (gain) on debt extinguishment

 

 

(1,207,765)

 

 

(1,679,863

Less; Valuation allowance

 

$(12,445,349)

 

$(9,249,783)

Total noncurrent deferred tax asset (liability)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax asset (liability)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 The Company has approximately $38,000,000 and $27,000,000 of net operating loss carry forwards as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, which expire in varying amounts, if unused. Because of the change in ownership of more than 50% of the Company in accordance with Section 382 of the IRS Code, these net operating loss carry forwards may be significantly limited to use in future periods.

F-61

Table of Contents

NOTE 8 – STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2022, we had authorized 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, of which certain shares had been designated as Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.

All Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company designated 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock.  In February 2015, the Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of the Company, valued at $3,117,000 for compensation expense.  These shares are outstanding as of December 31, 2022.

The Series A Preferred Stock has a par value of $.001, is redeemable at the Company’s option at $100 per share, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and amended, of an amount equal to amounts payable owing, including contingency amounts where Holders of the Series A have personally guaranteed obligations of the Company.

As of December 31, 2022, by amendment,  holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall, collectively have the right to convert all of their Series A Preferred Stock when conversion is elected into that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company, as amended and restated July 5, 2022 by the Board of Directors and a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Company, determined by the following formula: 60% of the common shares computed to include all projected conversions of all convertible debt and any other classes of Preferred Stock as if the conversions had taken place at the stated conversion price per share (i.e. for the avoidance of doubt – “fully diluted” as if such conversion had occurred prior to the Series A conversion.) The Company determined that due to the significance of the amendment, it should be accounted for as an extinguishment and fair valued the amended Series A Preferred Stock at $42,983,742, creating a deemed dividend of $39,866,742.  The valuation of the amended Series A Preferred Stock was done by a qualified independent third party.

The record Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall  have the right to vote as if converted prior to the vote to an amount of shares equal to 60% of the common shares computed to include all projected conversions of all convertible debt and any other classes of Preferred Stock as if the conversions had taken place at the stated conversion price per share (i.e. for the avoidance of doubt – “fully diluted” as if such conversion had occurred prior to the Series A conversion) on any matter with holders of Common Stock for any vote required to approve any action, which Florida law provides may or must be approved by vote or consent of the holders of other series of voting shares and the holders of Common Stock or the holders of other securities entitled to vote, if any.

The Series A Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

In February 2015, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. 

The Series B Preferred Stock was designated in February 2015, has a par value of $.001, is not redeemable, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series B Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any part of the Series B Preferred Shares and will receive and equal number of common shares at the conversion price of $2.00 per share. The Series B Preferred Stockholders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one-to-one basis.

There are 2,588,693 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2022.

The Series B Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

F-62

Table of Contents

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

In May 2018, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock.  

The Series C Preferred Stock has a par value of $.001, is not redeemable, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series C Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A and B Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series C Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any part of the Series C Preferred Shares and will receive an equal number of common shares at the conversion price of $0.15 per share. The Series C Preferred Stockholders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one-to-one basis.

There are no shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2022.  There are approximately $553,100 in convertible notes payable convertible into Series C Convertible Preferred Stock which compromise some of the common stock equivalents calculated in Note 1. 

The Series C Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

On July 6, 2020, September 15, 2021 and March 20, 2022, the Company amended its Series D Designation from January 14, 2020. These Amendments changed the number of shares to 10,000,000 shares of the authorized 100,000,000 shares of the Company's $0.001 par value preferred stock as the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock ("the Series D Preferred Shares.") 

Series D Preferred shares have the following features: (i) 6% Cumulative Annual Dividends payable on the purchase value in cash or common stock of the Company at the discretion of the Board and payment is also at the discretion of the Board, which may decide to cumulate to future years; (ii) Any time after 12 months from issuance an option to convert to common stock at the election of the holder @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00. ; (iii) Automatic conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock shall occur without consent of holders upon any national exchange listing approval and the registration effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The automatic conversion to common from Series D Preferred shall be @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00, which shall be post-reverse split as may be necessary for any Exchange listing (iv) Registration Rights – the Company has granted Piggyback Registration Rights for common stock underlying conversion rights in the event it files any other Registration Statement (other than an S-1 that the Company may file for certain conversion common shares for the convertible note financing that was arranged and funded in 2019). Further, the Company will file, and pursue to effectiveness, a Registration Statement or offering statement for common stock underlying the Automatic Conversion event triggered by an exchange listing. (v) Liquidation Rights - $5.00 per share plus any accrued unpaid dividends – subordinate to Series A, B, and C Preferred Stock receiving full liquidation under the terms of such series. The Company has redemption rights for the first year following the Issuance Date to redeem all or part of the principal amount of the Series D Preferred Stock at between 115% and 140%.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, 46,649 shares of Series D Preferred Share were purchased for $233,244 of which Stephen Thomas, CEO of the Company, acquired 36,649 for $183,244.  The remainder of the shares were purchased by a third party.

As of December 31, 2022, there are 46,649 Series D Preferred shares outstanding.

The Series D Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

Series E Convertible Preferred Stock

On March 20, 2022, the Company amended its Series E Designation from November 10, 2021.  As amended, the Company designated 10,000,000 shares of the authorized 100,000,000 shares of the Company's $0.001 par value preferred stock as the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock ("the Series E Preferred Shares").

Series E Preferred shares have the following features: (i) 6% Cumulative Annual Dividends payable on the purchase value in cash or common stock of the Company at the discretion of the Board and payment is also at the discretion of the Board, which may decide to cumulate to future years; (ii) Any time after 12 months from issuance an option to convert to common stock at the election of the holder @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00. ; (iii) Automatic conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock shall occur without consent of holders upon any national exchange listing approval and the registration effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The automatic conversion to common from Series E Preferred shall be @ 75% of the 30 day average market closing price (for previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00, which shall be post-reverse split as may be necessary for any Exchange listing (iv) Registration Rights – the Company has granted Piggyback Registration Rights for common stock underlying conversion rights in the event it files any other Registration Statement (other than an S-1 that the Company may file for certain conversion common shares for the convertible note financing that was arranged and funded in 2019). Further, the Company will file, and pursue to effectiveness, a Registration Statement or offering statement for common stock underlying the Automatic Conversion event triggered by an exchange listing. (v) Liquidation Rights - $5.00 per share plus any accrued unpaid dividends – subordinate to Series A, B, C and D Preferred Stock receiving full liquidation under the terms of such series. The Company has redemption rights for the first year following the Issuance Date to redeem all or part of the principal amount of the Series E Preferred Stock at between 115% and 140%.

F-63

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2022, there are 2,043,507 Series E Preferred shares outstanding as a result of exchanges of accounts payable, financing arrangements and lease agreements.  The Series E Preferred shares were given a fair value by a third-party valuation of $6.53 per share for which they were recorded as of December 31, 2022.  The difference between the valuation at $6.53 per share or $13,344,101 and the amount of accounts payable, financing arrangements and lease agreement balances of $10,987,307 or $2,356,794 was recorded as a loss on debt extinguishment for the year ended December 31, 2022.

The Series E Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity as a result of the Company not having enough authorized common shares to be able to issue common shares upon their conversion.

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2022, we had authorized 2,500,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 1,256,900,534 common shares are issued and outstanding.  Subsequent to December 31, 2022, the authorized common shares have been increased to 4,500,000,000.

Common Stock Issued for Conversion of Debt

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company issued 333,871,496 common shares valued at $1,439,894 for $1,076,782 of principal, interest, penalties and fees and recorded a loss on extinguishment of $363,112

Common Stock Issued for Expenses and Liabilities

On March 18, 2019, the Company issued to an Investor a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $600,000  (the “Auctus Promissory Note”) and Warrant Agreement (the “Auctus Warrant Agreement”) pursuant to that certain securities purchase agreement dated March 18, 2019. (the “Auctus SPA”) with Auctus Fund, LLC (“Auctus”). Pursuant to claims by Auctus that the Company had not complied with terms of the Auctus SPA, the Company and Auctus entered into a settlement agreement dated October 13, 2021 where by the Company would pay $763,232 and allow Auctus to exercise its right to exercise 15,000,000 warrants to purchase 15,000,000 shares of common stock.  The Company recorded $412,500 to Stockholders Equity in relation to the issuance of the 15,000,000 shares under this agreement in October 2021.  The value applied to the issuance of shares was based on the closing market price on the day of issuance.

The Company issued 7,500,000 shares of stock to Mr. Littman in accordance with its December 28 and 29, 2020 agreements as described in Note 5.  These shares were included in a Form S-1 filed by the Company on January 15, 2021.  During the year ended December 31, 2021, it was determined in accordance with an underlying agreement, that there was a deficiency of approximately $185,000 from net sales proceeds from sales of the shares and as such, this amount is accounted for in accounts payable as of December 31, 2022.                             

On April 5, 2021, the Company granted 1,500,000 restricted commons shares to a consultant as a bonus for services rendered.  The Company recorded $44,100 as expense in the statement of operations during the year ended December 31, 2021 which represented the calculation fair value on the date of grant.

Stock Purchase Agreement

On May 28, 2021, and as amended December 27, 2021, the Company entered into a Common Stock Purchase Agreement (“Purchase Agreement”) and Registration Rights Agreement (“Registration Rights Agreement”) with White Lion Capital, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“White Lion”). Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, White Lion agreed to provide the Company with up to $5,000,000 upon effectiveness of a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”). A Form S-1 was filed on June 30, 2021 regarding this transaction.  Subsequent Amendments to Forms S-1 related to this transaction were filed on July 6, 2021 and July 14, 2021.  The registrations statement was declared effective July 19, 2021.  This purchase agreement was terminated December 31, 2022.

The Company had the discretion to deliver purchase notice to White Lion and White Lion will be obligated to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”) based on the investment amount specified in each purchase notice. The maximum amount of the Purchase Notice shall be the lesser of: (i) 200% of the Average Daily Trading Volume or (ii) the Investment Limit divided by the highest closing price of the Common Stock over the most recent five (5) Business Days including the respective Purchase Date. Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Investor may waive the Purchase Notice Limit at any time to allow the Investor to purchase additional shares under a Purchase Notice. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, White Lion and its affiliates will not be permitted to purchase and the Company may not put shares of the Company’s Common Stock to White Lion that would result in White Lion’s beneficial ownership equaling more than 9.99% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock. The price of each purchase share shall be equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Market Price (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). Purchase Notices may be delivered by the Company to White Lion until the earlier of twelve (12) months (until December 31, 2022, as amended) or the date on which White Lion has purchased an aggregate of $5,000,000 worth of Common Stock under the terms of the Purchase Agreement.

F-64

Table of Contents

Under the Registration Rights Agreement with White Lion, the Company has given purchase notices for 29,000,000 shares of common stock and has received proceeds of $610,502, net of expenses.

Subscription Payable

As of December 31, 2022, the Company has recorded $26,910 in stock subscription payable, which equates to the fair value on the date of commitment, of the Company’s commitment to issue the following common shares:

Unissued shares for TPT consulting agreements

2,175,000

Shares receivable under terminated acquisition agreement

(3,096,181)

Net commitment

(921,181)

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company agreed to a consulting agreement with one of its newest directors, John Wharton, which Agreement was for the issuance of 3,000,000 shares of common stock to vest over two years starting July 30, 2021. These shares were valued at $42,600 and are being expenses at $1,775 per month. As of December 31, 2022, 2,125,000 common shares have vested and $30,175 expensed.

Effective November 1, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire Holly wood Rivera, LLC and HRS Mobile LLC (“HRS”). In March 2018, the HRS acquisition was rescinded and 3,096,181 shares of common stock which were issued as consideration are being returned by the recipients. As such, as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 the shares for the HRS transaction are reflected as subscriptions receivable based on their par value.

Warrants Issued with Convertible Promissory Notes

As of December 31, 2022, there were 129,116,666 warrants outstanding that expire in five years or in the years ended December 31, 2024 -2027.  As part of the Convertible Promissory Notes payable – third party issuance in Note 5, the Company issued 1,000,000 warrants to purchase 1,000,000 common shares of the Company at 70% of the current market price.  Current market price means the average of the three lowest trading prices for our common stock during the ten-trading day period ending on the latest complete trading day prior to the date of the respective exercise notice.  However, if a required registration statement, registering the underlying shares of the Convertible Promissory Notes, is declared effective on or before June 11, 2019 to September 11, 2019, then, while such Registration Statement is effective, the current market price shall mean the lowest volume weighted average price for our common stock during the ten-trading day period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date.  

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued warrants in conjunction with the issuance of the FirstFire Note, the Cavalry Investment Note and the Cavalry Fund I Note agreements.  Warrants to purchase 110,000,000 shares of common stock at 110% of the opening price on the first day the Company trades on the Nasdaq exchange were issued to these note holders.

On January 31, 2022, TPT Global Tech, Inc. issued warrants in conjunction with the issuance of Talos and Blue Lake Note Agreements.  Warrants to purchase 18,116,666 shares of common stock at $0.015 per share provided, however, that if the Company consummates an uplist offering on or before July 6, 2022 then the exercise price shall be 110% of the offering price at which the uplist offering is made.

The warrants issued under these convertible promissory notes were considered derivative liabilities valued at $187,745 of the total $4,822,398 derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2022. See Note 5.

Common Stock Reservations

The Company has reserved internally 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company for the purpose of raising funds to be used to pay off debt described in Note 5.

We have reserved 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company to grant to certain employee and consultants as consideration for services rendered and that will be rendered to the Company.

F-65

Table of Contents

Non-Controlling Interests

QuikLAB Mobile Laboratories

In July and August 2020, the Company formed Quiklab 1 LLC, QuikLAB 2, LLC, QuikLAB 3, LLC and QuikLAB 4, LLC.  QuikLAB 4, LLC was subsequently dissolved.  It was the intent to use these entities as vehicles into which third parties would invest and participate in owning QuikLAB Mobile Laboratories.  As of December 31, 2022, Quiklab 1 LLC, QuikLAB 2, LLC and QuikLAB 3, LLC have received an investment of $470,000, of which Stephen Thomas and Rick Eberhardt, CEO and COO of the Company, have invested $100,000 in QuikLAB 2, LLC.  During the year ended December 31, 2021, one investor entered into an agreement at their request, to have their investment returned.  $10,000 of this investment was returned with the remaining $60,000 being reclassified to an accounts payable in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2022.

The third party investors and Mr. Thomas and Mr. Eberhart, will benefit from owning 20% of QuikLAB Mobile Laboratories specific to their investments.  The Company owns the other 80% ownership in the QuickLAB Mobile Laboratories. The net loss attributed to the non-controlling interests from the QuikLAB Mobile Laboratories included in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 is $12,025 and $12,013, respectively.

Other Non-Controlling Interests

TPT Strategic, Air Fitness,TPT Asia and IST are other non-controlling interests in which the Company owns 0%, 75%,78% and 0%, respectively.  There is little activity in any of these entities.  The net loss attributed to these non-controlling interests included in the statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 is $107,752 and $5,380, respectively.

TPT Strategic did a reverse merger with Southern Plains of which there ended up being a non-controlling interest ownership of 6% as of December 31, 2020.  As a result, $219,058 in the non-controlling interest in liabilities of a license agreement valued at $3,500,000 was reflected in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, which was reversed in the year ended December 31, 2021 when the license agreement was cancelled between all parties.

NOTE 9 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable:

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Related parties (1)

 

$831,502

 

 

$2,294,570

 

General operating

 

 

5,342,431

 

 

 

3,313,649

 

Accrued interest on debt (2)

 

 

2,095,955

 

 

 

1,546,889

 

Credit card balances

 

 

218,781

 

 

 

169,035

 

Accrued payroll and other expenses (3)

 

 

1,319,402

 

 

 

1,686,310

 

Taxes and fees payable

 

 

642,640

 

 

 

642,640

 

Total

 

$10,450,711

 

 

$9,653,093

 

_____________

(1)

Relates to amounts due to management and members of the Board of Directors according to verbal and written agreements that have not been paid as of period end.

(2)

Portion relating to related parties is $842,340 and $924,612 for December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(3)

$93,750 of this is payable to Stephen J. Thomas, III, CEO.

Operating lease obligations

The Company adopted Topic 842 on January 1, 2019. The Company elected to adopt this standard using the optional modified retrospective transition method and recognized a cumulative-effect adjustment to the consolidated balance sheet on the date of adoption. Comparative periods have not been restated. With the adoption of Topic 842, the Company’s consolidated balance sheet now contains the following line items: Operating lease right-of-use assets, Current portion of operating lease liabilities and Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion.

As all the existing leases subject to the new lease standard were previously classified as operating leases by the Company, they were similarly classified as operating leases under the new standard. The Company has determined that the identified operating leases did not contain non-lease components and require no further allocation of the total lease cost. Additionally, the agreements in place did not contain information to determine the rate implicit in the leases, so we used our estimated incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. Our weighted average discount rate is 10.0% and the weighted average lease term of 2.55 years.

F-66

Table of Contents

We have various non-cancelable lease agreements for certain of our tower locations with original lease periods expiring between 2022 and 2044. Our lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain we will exercise that option. Certain of the arrangements contain escalating rent payment provisions. Our Idaho main office lease and an equipment lease described below and leases with an initial term of twelve months have not been recorded on the consolidated balance sheets. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities arising from operating leases were $0 and $4,259,758, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2022, cash paid for amounts included for the measurement of lease liabilities was approximately $424,885 and the Company recorded lease expense in the amount of $2,328,234 in cost of sales.

The Company entered an operating agreement to lease colocation space for 5 years.  This operating agreement starts October 1, 2020 for $7,140 per month.  In addition, the Company entered into office space for Blue Collar which started April 2021 and runs for 3 years beginning at an average of $4,150 for the first six months, $8,300 for twelve months, $8,549 for the next twelve months and $8,805 for the following twelve months.  All other lease agreements for office space are under lease agreements for one year or less.

The following is a schedule showing the future minimum lease payments under operating leases by years and the present value of the minimum payments as of December 31, 2022.  

2023

 

$6,163,141

 

2024

 

 

1,186,440

 

2025

 

 

738,108

 

2026

 

 

207,838

 

2027

 

 

11,415

 

Thereafter

 

 

66,000

 

Total operating lease liabilities

 

 

8,372,942

 

Amount representing interest

 

 

(543,069)

Total net present value

 

$7,829,873

 

Office lease used by CEO

During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company entered into a lease of 12 months or less for living space which is occupied by Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of the Company. Mr. Thomas lives in the space and uses it as his corporate office. The Company has paid $30,000 and $30,000 in rent and utility payments for this space for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Financing lease obligations

Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

2022

 

$710,776

 

2023

 

 

 

2024

 

 

 

2025

 

 

 

2026

 

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

Total financing lease liabilities

 

 

710,776

 

Amount representing interest

 

 

 

Total future payments (1)

 

$710,776

 

____________________

(1)

Included is a Telecom Equipment Lease is with an entity owned and controlled by shareholders of the Company and was due August 31, 2020, as amended.

F-67

Table of Contents

Other Commitments and Contingencies

Employment Agreements

The Company had employment agreements with certain employees of SDM, K Telecom and Air Fitness. The agreements are such that SDM, K Telecom and Air Fitness, on a standalone basis in each case, must provide sufficient cash flow to financially support the financial obligations within the employment agreements.  The employment agreements for SDM and Aire Fitness were terminated with the exchange of debt for Series E Preferred Stock.  See Note 8.

On May 6, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to employ Ms. Bing Caudle as Vice President of Product Development of the Media One Live platform for an annual salary of $250,000 for five years, including customary employee benefits. The payment was guaranteed for five years whether or not Ms. Caudle is dismissed with cause.  This employment agreement was effectively modified with the Software Acquisition Agreement described in Note 5 such that the Company is required to make payroll payments of $250,000 per year for five years to Ms. Caudle and payroll payments totaling $150,000 over three years to her daughter. 

Litigation

On March 18, 2019, the Company issued to an Investor a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $600,000.00 (the “Auctus Promissory Note”) and Warrant Agreement (the “Auctus Warrant Agreement”) pursuant to that certain securities purchase agreement dated March 18, 2019 (the “Auctus SPA”) with Auctus Fund, LLC (“Auctus”). Pursuant to claims by Auctus that the Company had not complied with terms of the Auctus SPA, the Company and Auctus entered into a settlement agreement dated October 13, 2021 where by the Company would pay $763,231 and allow Auctus to exercise its right to exercise 15,000,000 warrants to purchase 15,000,000 shares of common stock.  Auctus agreed to limit the sale of common shares of the Company to 2,000,000 during each respective calendar week. The Company recognized a gain on debt extinguishment of $7,068,339 when this Auctus Promissory Note was paid off in large part because of the related derivative liability on the books at the time of the settlement.

We have been named in a lawsuit by EMA Financial, LLC (“EMA”) for failing to comply with a Securities Purchase Agreement entered into in June 2019.   More specifically, EMA claims the Company failed to honor notices of conversion, failed to establish and maintain share reserves, failed to register EMA shares and by failed to assure that EMA shares were Rule 144 eligible within 6 months.  EMA has claimed in excess of $7,614,967 in relief.  The Company has filed a motion in response for which EMA has filed a motion to dismiss.   The Company does not believe at this time that any negative outcome would result in more than the $920,579 it has recorded on its balance sheet as of December 31, 2022.

A lawsuit was filed in Michigan by the one of the former owners of SpeedConnect, LLC, John Ogren.   Mr. Ogren claimed he was owed back wages related to the acquisition agreement wherein the Company acquired the assets of SpeedConnect, LLC and kept him on through a consulting agreement. The Company’s position was that he ultimately resigned in writing and was not due any back wages.  In August 2021, Mr. Ogren was awarded $334,908 in back wages by an Arbitrator.  This amount has been expensed in the statement of operations as other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021.  Mr. Ogren and the Company agreed to a settlement whereby the Company would pay $120,000 within 14 days of a written agreement with four monthly payments of $20,000 starting on December 5, 2021 through March 2, 2022. This debt was completely paid off as of December 31, 2022.

We have been named in a lawsuit by a collection law firm on behalf of Pinnacle Towers LLC and Crown Atlantic Company Inc., against TPT Global Tech, Inc.  The claim derives from an outstanding debt by incurred by Copperhead Digital.  The lawsuit is over unpaid rent that should have been paid by Copperhead Digital but was not paid.  The Company believes it has several defenses to this claim and is in the process of communicating with opposing counsel for dismissal of the claims which amount to $386,030.62 plus interest, costs and attorney fees.  The Company has accounted for approximately $600,000 in payables on its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2022 for this subsidiary payable.

Lawsuits are being threatened by vendors in relation to tower lease payments in accordance with tower lease agreements that were entered into by SpeedConnect.  The claims are currently being investigated and the amount in controversy being claimed is approximately $2,784,107. The Company has approximately $2,903,316 in accounts payable for these threatened claims as of December 31, 2022.  The claims appear to include lease agreements that have been terminated and future payments not yet due, among other issues.  As such, the parties are trying to come up with resolutions for these claims.

We have been named in lawsuits by two merchant debt companies, Mr. Advance and CLOUDFUND versus TPT Global Tech and TPT SpeedConnect for non-payment under the debt agreements for which the companies received judgements against the Company.  The judgements totaled $521,409, including legal and other fees for which the Company has $546,219 recorded in loans, advances and agreements.The Company is in negotiations with both of these companies to restructure payment and work out acceptable terns.  Management believes it will not have to pay more than what it has recorded in accounts payable.

We have been named in a lawsuit by AHS Staffing, LLC against TPT MedTech, LLC claiming unpayment of $159,959 in billings for medical staffing services rendered by AHS Staffing, LLC on behalf of TPT MedTech. The Company believes it has defenses for a portion of the services rendered but has recorded a payable in accounts payable in the consolidated balance sheet of $120,967. Management does not believe that an unfavorable outcome will result in payment of more than is recorded in accounts payable.

The Company has been named in a lawsuit, Robert Serrett vs. TruCom, Inc., by a former employee who was terminated by management in 2016. The employee was working under an employment agreement but was terminated for breach of the agreement. The former employee is suing for breach of contract and is seeking around $75,000 in back pay and benefits. We learned that Mr. Serrett received a default judgement in Texas on May 15, 2018 for $70,650 plus $3,500 in attorney fees and 5% interest and court costs.  However, he has made no attempt that we are aware of to obtain a sister state judgment in Arizona, where Trucom resides, or to try and enforce the judgement and collect.  Management believes it has good and meritorious defenses and does not belief the outcome of the lawsuit will have any material effect on the financial position of the Company.  

F-68

Table of Contents

We are not currently involved in any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the executive officers of our company or any of our subsidiaries, threatened against or affecting our company, our common stock, any of our subsidiaries or of our companies or our subsidiaries’ officers or directors in their capacities as such, in which an adverse decision could have a material adverse effect. We anticipate that we (including current and any future subsidiaries) will from time to time become subject to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. It is not feasible to predict the outcome of any such proceedings and we cannot assure that their ultimate disposition will not have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Customer Contingencies

The Company has collected $338,725 from one customer in excess of amounts due from that customer in accordance with the customer’s understanding of the appropriate billings activity. The customer has filed a written demand for repayment by the Company of these amounts. Management believes that the customer agreement allows them to keep the amounts under dispute. Given the dispute, the Company has reflected the amounts in dispute as a customer liability on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Stock Contingencies

The Company has convertible debt, preferred stock, options and warrants outstanding for which common shares would be required to be issued upon exercise by the holders.  As of December 31, 2022, the following shares would be issued:

2022

Convertible Promissory Notes

3,787,362,740

Series A Preferred Stock (1)

12,610,847,082

Series B Preferred Stock

2,588,693

Series D Preferred Stock

74,998,392

Series E Preferred Stock

3,285,381,029

Stock Options and warrants

129,116,666

19,890,294,603

_____________________

(1)

Holder of the Series A Preferred Stock which is Stephen J. Thomas, is guaranteed 60% of the then outstanding common stock upon conversion. The Company would have to authorize additional shares for this to occur as only 2,500,000,000 shares were authorized as of December 31, 2022 and 4,500,000,000 subsequently.

Part of the consideration in the acquisition of Air Fitness was the issuance of 500,000 restricted common shares of the Company vesting and issuable after the common stock reaches at least a $1.00 per share closing price in trading.  To date, this has not occurred but may happen in the future upon which the Company will issue 500,000 common shares to the non-controlling interest owners of Air Fitness.

NOTE 10 – RELATED PARTY ACTIVITY

Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

There are amounts outstanding due to related parties of the Company of $831,502 and $2,294,570, respectively, as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 related to amounts due to employees, management and members of the Board of Directors according to verbal and written agreements that have not been paid as of period end which are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the balance sheet. See Note 9.

As is mentioned in Note 8, Reginald Thomas was appointed to the Board of Directors of the Company in August 2018. Mr. Thomas is the brother to the CEO Stephen J. Thomas III. According to an agreement, as modified, with Mr. Reginald Thomas, he is to receive $5,000 per quarter and 1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately $120,000 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly payment of $5,000 may be suspended by the Company if the Company has not been adequately funded.

F-69

Table of Contents

Leases

See Note 9 for office lease used by CEO.

Amounts Receivable – Related Party

As of December 31, 2022, there are amounts due from management/shareholders of $518,871 included in amounts receivable – related party, receivable from Mark Rowen of Blue Collar and Everett Lanier of IST.  See Note 9 for amounts payable to Stephen J. Thomas, III.

Other Agreements

On April 17, 2018, the CEO of the Company, Stephen Thomas, signed an agreement with New Orbit Technologies, S.A.P.I. de C.V., a Mexican corporation, (“New Orbit”), majority owned and controlled by Stephen Thomas, related to a license agreement for the distribution of TPT licensed products, software and services related to Lion Phone and VuMe Live within Mexico and Latin America (“License Agreement”). The License Agreement provides for New Orbit to receive a fully paid-up, royalty-free, non-transferable license for perpetuity with termination only under situations such as bankruptcy, insolvency or material breach by either party and provides for New Orbit to pay the Company fees equal to 50% of net income generated from the applicable activities. The transaction was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors in June 2018. There has been no activity on this agreement.

NOTE 11 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

There are no goodwill and intangible assets as of December 31, 2022.  Goodwill and intangible assets are comprised of the following as of December 31, 2021:

December 31, 2021

 

 

Gross carrying

amount

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net Book Value

 

 

Useful Life

 

Customer Base

 

$697,238

 

 

 

(310,359)

 

$386,879

 

 

3-10

 

Developed Technology

 

 

4,595,600

 

 

 

(2,127,599)

 

 

2,468,001

 

 

 

9

 

Film Library

 

 

957,000

 

 

 

(249,300)

 

 

707,700

 

 

 

11

 

Trademarks and Tradenames

 

 

132,000

 

 

 

(38,339)

 

 

93,661

 

 

 

12

 

Total intangible assets, net

 

$6,381,838

 

 

 

(2,725,597)

 

$3,656,241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$104,657

 

 

 

 

 

$104,657

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization expense was $656,228 and $728,192 for year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Impairment expense to intangibles was $3,000,013 and $330,508, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

In addition, there was impairment expense to goodwill of $104,657 and $663,434 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

NOTE 12 – SEGMENT REPORTING

ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company's internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and major customers in financial statements for details on the Company's business segments.

The Company's chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the CEO who reviews the financial information of separate operating segments when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the group. Based on management's assessment, the Company considers its most significant segments for 2022 and 2021 are those in which it is providing Broadband Internet through TPT SpeedConnect and Media Production services through Blue Collar Medical Testing services through TPT MedTech and QuikLABs.

F-70

Table of Contents

The following table presents summary information by segment for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively:

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TPT Speed Connect

 

 

Blue Collar

 

 

TPT

MedTech and QuikLABS

 

 

Corporate and other

 

 

Total

 

Revenue

 

$5,429,010

 

 

 

1,522,490

 

 

 

89,755

 

 

 

795,324

 

 

$7,836,579

 

Cost of revenue

 

$(4,620,270)

 

 

(895,890)

 

 

 

 

 

(710,536)

 

$(6,226,696)

Net income (loss)

 

$(5,614,104)

 

 

(1,282,145)

 

 

(260,720)

 

 

(14,592,951)

 

$(21,749,920)

Deemed dividend related to modification of Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,866,742)

 

 

(39,866,742)

Total assets

 

$68,086

 

 

 

643,029

 

 

 

3,800

 

 

 

339,525

 

 

$1,054,440

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$(530,579)

 

 

(6,820)

 

 

(44,793)

 

 

(658,004)

 

$(1,240,196)

Impairment/loss on debt extinguishment

 

$(4,283,263)

 

 

(1,042,636)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,205,469)

 

$(9,531,368)

Derivative gain (expense)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(650,071)

 

$(650,071)

Interest expense

 

$(570,499)

 

 

(98,179)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,092,873)

 

$(4,761,551)

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TPT Speed Connect

 

 

Blue Collar

 

 

TPT

MedTech and QuikLABS

 

 

Corporate and other

 

 

Total

 

Revenue

 

$7,579,002

 

 

 

1,545,721

 

 

 

504,595

 

 

 

400,261

 

 

$10,029,579

 

Cost of revenue

 

$(5,676,202)

 

 

(1,005,431)

 

 

(792,061)

 

 

(328,481)

 

$(7,802,175)

Net income (loss)

 

$(1,446,635)

 

 

491,513

 

 

 

(1,318,921)

 

 

(1,821,464)

 

$(4,095,507)

Total assets

 

$6,568,405

 

 

 

1,380,636

 

 

 

198,037

 

 

 

2,530,347

 

 

$10,677,425

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$(621,774)

 

 

(111,336)

 

 

(40,170)

 

 

(637,023)

 

$(1,410,303)

Impairment/gain on debt extinguishment

 

$391,567

 

 

 

747,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,338,293

 

 

$7,476,997

 

Derivative gain (expense)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,536,901)

 

$(3,536,901)

Interest expense

 

$(1,058,986)

 

 

(38,798)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,539,348)

 

$(2,637,132)

F-71

NOTE 13– DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

On September 11, 2023, Everett Lanier and the Company agreed to a Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release (“Settlement Agreement”).  The Settlement Agreement compromises, settles, and otherwise resolves all claims, compensation claims, benefit claims, or allowances, ownership of TPT Strategic Series B Preferred Stock, and all other potential claims between the Company or its officers, directors, shareholders, or representatives and Mr. Lanier arising from or relating to Second Parties’ activities during the period from approximately the acquisition date of IST to September 11, 2023.  The Company and Mr. Lanier reached a settlement of certain matters, any payables to or from the Company from or to outside parties of TPT Strategic which would be a claim, and certain stock ownership of TPT Strategic under the terms of the Settlement Agreement.

Included in the calculation of net liabilities of discontinued operations and recorded as gain from disposal of discontinued operations for IST for the year ended December 31, 2022 are the following:

Asset and liabilities included in net liabilities of discontinued operations at December 31, 2022 are the following:  

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$28,671

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

188,109

 

Note receivable

 

 

64,393

 

Note receivable - related party

 

 

253,598

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

79,390

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

2,102

 

Total assets

 

 

616,263

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

332,335

 

Notes payable

 

 

385,079

 

Total liabilities

 

$717,414

 

Statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022, for discontinued operations is as follows:

Revenue

 

$526,583

 

Cost of Sales

 

 

428,665

 

Gross Profit

 

$97,917

 

Expenses

 

 

(196,038)

Other income (expense)

 

 

(6,237)

Net Loss

 

$(104,358)

Loss per share

 

$(0.00)

Net cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022, for discontinued operations is the following.  

Net loss

 

$(104,358)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

62

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

167,327

 

Accounts receivable – related party

 

 

17,581

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(10,067)

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

 

(35,368)

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

35,117

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities – payment for business acquisition

 

 

(6,449)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(6,449)

Cash flows from financing activities – payment on notes payable

 

 

(57)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(57)

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash:

 

 

28,671

 

Beginning cash balance

 

 

 

Ending cash balance

 

$28,671

 

F-72

NOTE 14 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

TPT Global Tech Securities Purchase Agreement with MA Littman Atty

Securities Purchase Agreement and Convertible Promissory Note

On March 24, 2023, TPT Global Tech, Inc. (“TPT”) entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement dated with MA Littman Atty Defined Benefit Plan (“Seller”) and Asberry22 Holdings, Inc. (“Asberry”) for the purchase of 500,000 shares of Series A Super Majority Voting Preferred Stock of Asberry for the aggregate principal amount of $500,000. Such five hundred thousand shares of Series A Supermajority Voting Preferred Stock are Supermajority Voting to vote equivalent of 90% of the outstanding common shares of the Common Stock of Asberry at any time (post reverse split of any amount) in the form of the Series A Designation of Rights and Privileges under Exhibit A of the Securities Purchase Agreement.

TPT entered into a $500,000 convertible promissory note (“Convertible Promissory Note”) with Michael A. Littman, Atty Defined Benefit Plan (“MAL-Plan”) pursuant to the above referenced Securities Purchase Agreement. The Convertible Promissory Note is due 180 days from March 24, 2023 and pays interest at the rate of 6% per annum. The Convertible Promissory Note may convert all or part (in increments) of the principal balance to common stock of the Company at the rate of 85% of the volume weighted average price for the preceding 5 market trading days. The Company agreed to file the necessary S-1 to register any shares underlying this conversion right within 120 days of March 24, 2023. To convert, MAL-Plan shall give notice of conversion together with the increment of the note, in writing to the Company, and the conversion shall be effective upon such date of notice.

Agreement and Plan of Merger

An Agreement and Plan of Merger ("Agreement") was made and entered into as of March 24, 2023 by and among TPT SpeedConnect LLC, a Colorado Limited Liability Company (wholly-owned subsidiary of TPT Global Tech, Inc.) ("SPC"), and Asberry 22 Holdings, Inc., a Delaware Corporation ("ASHI"), and SPC Acquisition, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of ASHI, domiciled in Colorado ("Acquisition Sub"). SPC then converted to a Corporate entity and Acquisition Sub merged with and into SPC(the "Merger"). The separate corporate existence of Acquisition Sub ceased and SPC continues as the surviving corporation in the Merger and as wholly-owned subsidiary of ASH. All of the properties, rights and privileges, and power of SPC, vest in the Subsidiary, and all debts, liabilities and duties of SPC are the debts, liabilities and duties of the Subsidiary. The shares of common stock of Acquisition Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time is converted into and exchange for 1,000 validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Subsidiary's common stock.

TPT Global Tech, Inc. is to be issued a total of 4,658,318 common shares of ASHI (the "ASHI Common Stock"), as a result of the merger, constituting 85% of the then issued and outstanding common stock. TPT Global Tech, Inc. also has purchased all of the 500,000 Series A Super Majority Voting Preferred Shares of ASHI.

ASHI shall file a Form S-1 Registration Statement with the Securities Exchange Commission within 120 days after closing, to register for resale: a) the common shares of ASHI, issued at closing, b) conversion shares for the Series A Supermajority Preferred Stock and c) those outstanding shares of the shareholders of ASHI existing as of the day prior to closing, and shall pursue such S-1 filing diligently to effectiveness.

The Officers of ASHI shall resign effective upon the appointment of the new Officers, as designated by SPC. The Current Directors of ASHI shall remain as directors until the Series A Preferred Stock (500,000 shares) of ASHI shall have been redeemed or converted. SPC shall have designated two new directors for appointment effective at closing, and may then appoint new Officers, and the current officers shall resign at closing.

Other items

Subsequent to December 31, 2022, the authorized common shares of the Company has been increased to 4,500,000,000.

Subsequent to December 31, 2022, FirstFire, Cavalry Investments, Cavalry Fund I and 1800 Diagonal exercised their rights to convert $542,324 of principal amounts into 466,848,487 of shares of common stock. 

On February 8, 2023, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and 1800 Diagonal Lending LLC entered into a $81,675 promissory note agreement (1800 Diagonal Note #2”). The 1800 Diagonal Note #2 has an original issue discount of 9%, or $7,425, and bears interest at 9%, 22% upon default, and is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock only under default, as defined.  Total of $81,675 plus and accrued interest is due February 8, 2024. At any time following default, as defined, conversion rights exist at a discount rate of 25% of the lowest trading price for the Company’s common stock during the previous 10 trading days prior to conversion. 150,000,000 common shares of the Company have been reserved with the transfer agent for possible conversion under a default.

On February 9, 2023, TPT Global Tech, Inc. and FirstFire Global Opportunities Fund, LLC (“First Fire”) entered into a $330,000 promissory note agreement (Firstfire Note #2”). The  FirstFire Note #2 has an original issue discount of 9%, or $30,000, and bears interest at 10%, 20% upon default, and is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock only under default, as defined.  $33,000 of interest is considered earned at the issue date.  Total of $330,000 plus accrued interest is due February 8, 2024.  Conversion rights exist that at any time after issuance, the FirstFire Note #2 can be exchanged for shares of common stock at $.0012 per share. 350,000,000 common shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved with the transfer agent for possible conversion.

Subsequent events were reviewed through the date the financial statements were issued.

F-73

Table of Contents

PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

We have expended, or will expend fees in relation to this registration statement as detailed below:

 

Expenditure Item Amount

 

Amount

 

Attorney Fees $25,000 

Attorney Fees (estimated)

 

$25,000

 

Audit Fees(1) $125,000 

 

$350,000

 

Transfer Agent Fees $2,000 

Transfer Agent Fees (estimated)

 

$2,000

 

SEC Registration and Blue Sky Registration fees (estimated) $5,000 

 

$10,000

 

Printing Costs and Miscellaneous Expenses (estimated) $18,000 

 

$30,000

 

Total $175,000 

 

$417,000

 

__________

(1) Involves audit and other fees for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

ITEMItem 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERSIndemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Our officers and directors are indemnified as provided by the Florida Revised Statutes and the bylaws.

 

Under the Florida Revised Statutes, director immunity from liability to a company or its shareholders for monetary liabilities applies automatically unless it is specifically limited by a company'scompany’s Articles of Incorporation. Our Articles of Incorporation do not specifically limit the directors’ immunity. Excepted from that immunity are: (a) a willful failure to deal fairly with us or our shareholders in connection with a matter in which the director has a material conflict of interest; (b) a violation of criminal law, unless the director had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful or no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful; (c) a transaction from which the director derived an improper personal profit; and (d) willful misconduct.

 

Our bylaws provide that it will indemnify the directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by Florida law; provided, however, that we may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with the directors and officers; and, provided, further, that we shall not be required to indemnify any director or officer in connection with any proceeding, or part thereof, initiated by such person unless such indemnification: (a) is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding was authorized by the board of directors, (c) is provided by us, in sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested under Florida law or (d) is required to be made pursuant to the bylaws.

 

Our bylaws provide that it will advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of us, or is or was serving at the request of us as a director or executive officer of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefore, all expenses incurred by any director or officer in connection with such proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay said amounts if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under the bylaws or otherwise.

 

Our bylaws provide that no advance shall be made by us to an officer except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was our director in which event this paragraph shall not apply, in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made: (a) by the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, or (b) if such quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of us.

 

73
II-1

Table of Contents

ITEM

Item 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIESRecent sales of unregistered securities.

 

In 2014, In August 2014, TPTG Global, Inc. mergedAside from what has been disclosed in our Registration Statement on Form S-1/A dated February 13, 2019, amended December 10, 2019, September 14, 2020 and September 29, 2020, and Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated September 25, 2020, Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 28, 2020 and amended on January 15, 2021, Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated June 30, 2021, amended on July 6, 2021 and July 14, 2021, Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated February 25, 2022 and amended March 1, 2022, we have issued the following pursuant to conversions of amounts due under convertible promissory notes.  Otherwise, we have not sold unregistered securities in the past 2 years without registering the securities under the Securities Act of 1933.

2024 Conversions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

Principal

 

 

Accrued

Int & Fees

 

 

Share Amounts

 

 

Price Per Share

 

1800 Diagonal

 

1/2/2024

 

 

26,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

115,555,556

 

 

 

0.000225

 

 

 

1/8/2024

 

 

26,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

115,555,556

 

 

 

0.000225

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

231,111,112

 

 

 

 

 

2023 Conversions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

Principal

 

 

Accrued

Int & Fees

 

 

Share Amounts

 

 

Price Per Share

 

FirstFire

 

2/14/2023

 

 

60,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,000,000

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

2/27/2023

 

 

78,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,000,000

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

3/14/2023

 

 

78,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,000,000

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

7/24/23

 

 

96,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

80000000

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

11/8/2023

 

 

102,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

85,000,000

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

 

 

 

414,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

345,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cavalry Investment

 

1/30/2023

 

 

22,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,333,334

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

2/17/2023

 

 

27,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,500,000

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

 

 

 

49,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,833,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cavalry Fund I

 

1/30/2023

 

 

44,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,666,667

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

2/17/2023

 

 

54,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,000,000

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

3/8/2023

 

 

33,230

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,922,043

 

 

 

0.0009

 

 

 

 

 

 

131,230

 

 

 

 

 

 

118,588,710

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1800 Diagonal

 

1/4/2023

 

 

35,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,818,182

 

 

 

0.0011

 

 

 

1/6/2023

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,363,636

 

 

 

0.0011

 

 

 

1/17/2023

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,666,667

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

1/20/2023

 

 

21,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,577,958

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

8/10/23

 

 

17,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,000,000

 

 

 

0.0007

 

 

 

10/31/23

 

 

14,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

93,333,333

 

 

 

0.00015

 

 

 

11/7/23

 

 

35,530

 

 

 

 

 

 

93,500,000

 

 

 

0.00038

 

 

 

12/18/23

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

106,666,667

 

 

 

0.000075

 

 

 

12/20/23

 

 

5,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75,000,000

 

 

 

0.000075

 

 

 

12/26/23

 

 

26,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

115,555,556

 

 

 

0.000225

 

 

 

 

 

 

252,249

 

 

 

 

 

 

636,481,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Conversions 2023

 

 

 

 

846,479

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,140,904,043

 

 

 

 

 

II-2

Table of Contents

2022 Conversions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

Principal

 

 

Accrued

Int & Fees

 

 

Share Amounts

 

 

Price Per Share

 

FirstFire

 

9/15/2022

 

 

59,160

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,000,000

 

 

 

0.0035

 

 

 

10/19/2022

 

 

61,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,000,000

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

12/14/2022

 

 

125,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,000,000

 

 

 

0.0025

 

 

 

 

 

 

246,660

 

 

 

 

 

 

117,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Talos

 

9/1/2022

 

 

271,750

 

 

 

28,925

 

 

 

40,090,000

 

 

 

0.0075

 

 

 

 

 

 

271,750

 

 

 

28,925

 

 

 

40,090,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Blue Lake

 

9/8/2022

 

 

263,585

 

 

 

96,863

 

 

 

48,059,600

 

 

 

0.0075

 

 

 

 

 

 

263,585

 

 

 

96,863

 

 

 

48,059,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cavalry Investment

 

11/15/2022

 

 

18,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,000,000

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cavalry Fund I

 

10/25/2022

 

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

20,161,290

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

11/15/2022

 

 

36,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000,000

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,161,290

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1800 Diagonal

 

11/17/2022

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,833,333

 

 

 

0.0012

 

 

 

12/22/2022

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

 

 

0.0020

 

 

 

12/30/2022

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,727,273

 

 

 

0.0011

 

 

 

 

 

 

90,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

63,560,606

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Conversions 2022

 

 

 

 

925,995

 

 

 

147,288

 

 

 

333,871,496

 

 

 

 

 

We have filed Forms with Ally Pharma in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000the SEC related to convertible promissory notes for which the underlying common shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT Global, Inc. in exchange for all outstanding common stock of TPT Global, Inc. and Ally Pharma agreed to change its name to TPT Global Tech, Inc. Because of this change in control of Ally Pharma, the transaction is accounted for as a non-monetary transaction (specifically referred to as a reverse recapitalization) wherein the operationshave not been registered. Details of the accounting Acquirer are re-casted in terms of the accounting Acquiree’s (legal acquirer, TPTG fka Ally Pharma) common stock. 110,000,000 shares of common stock were issued equaling 80% of the 136,753,685 post-merger common shares outstanding.convertible promissory notes can be found at http://sec.gov.

 

Subsequent to the reverse merger, the 110,000,000 shares were classified originally as founders shares but were used for corporate considerations as noted below. As such, the founders are net of the other share activity.

Number of SharesOriginal ConsiderationIssue Price Per Share
42,493,073Founders Shares$0.001
17,767,670Asset Acquisition$0.10 to $0.81
2,983,380Conversion of Convertible Promissory Notes$0.20 to $0.80
4,278,496Private Placement$0.10 to $0.50
38,392,391Services$0.10 to $0.30
4,488,033Gifts to Family$0.001

Exemption From Registration Claimed

 

All of the above sales by us of our unregistered securities were made by us in reliance upon Rule 506 of Regulation D and Section 4(2)4(a)(5) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"“1933 Act”). All of the individuals and/or entities that purchased the unregistered securities were primarily existing shareholders, known to us and our management, through pre-existing business relationships, as long standinglong-standing business associates and employees. All purchasers were provided access to all material information, which they requested, and all information necessary to verify such information and were afforded access to our management in connection with their purchases. All purchasers of the unregistered securities acquired such securities for investment and not with a view toward distribution, acknowledging such intent to us. All certificates or agreements representing such securities that were issued contained restrictive legends, prohibiting further transfer of the certificates or agreements representing such securities, without such securities either being first registered or otherwise exempt from registration in any further resale or disposition.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

We did not repurchase any shares of our common stock during the period ended September 30, 2023.

74
II-3

Table of Contents

ITEM

Item 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES Exhibits

 

EXHIBITS INDEX

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

 

Exhibit Number

 

 

 

Exhibit Description

 

 

 

Form

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

Filing

Date/Period

End Date

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation of Chatham International, Inc. (9.30.96)

 

S-1

 

3.1

 

12/15/17

3.2

 

Articles of Incorporation of Cornerstone Capital, Inc. (12.30.98)

 

S-1

 

3.2

 

12/15/17

3.3

 

Articles of Amendment of Art, Music & Entertainment, Inc. – name change to Global Assets & Services, Inc. (7.30.01)

 

S-1

 

3.3

 

12/15/17

3.4

 

Articles of Merger – Global Assets & Services. Inc. and SDE 3, Inc. (1.17.02)

 

S-1

 

3.4

 

12/15/17

3.5

 

Articles of Amendment of Global Assets & Services, Inc. – name change to Jointland Development, Inc. (12.27.04)

 

S-1

 

3.5

 

12/15/17

3.6

 

Articles of Amendment of Jointland Development, Inc. – Article IV amendment (4.5.10)

 

S-1

 

3.6

 

12/15/17

3.7

 

Articles of Amendment of Jointland Development, Inc. – name change to Gold Royalty Corp. (10.19.10)

 

S-1

 

3.7

 

12/15/17

3.8

 

Articles of Amendment of Gold Royalty Corp. – new name Reuben Cannon Entertainment, Inc. (8.24.12)

 

S-1

 

3.8

 

12/15/17

3.9

 

Articles of Amendment of Gold Royalty Corp. – new name Ally Pharma US, Inc. (10.31.12)

 

S-1

 

3.9

 

12/15/17

3.10

 

Articles of Amendment of Ally Pharma US, Inc. – new name TPT Global Tech, Inc.

 

S-1

 

3.10

 

12/15/17

3.11

 

Articles of Amendment of TPT Global Tech, Inc. – Preferred Stock Series A & B (2.6.15)

 

S-1

 

3.11

 

12/15/17

3.12

 

Articles of Incorporation of Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc.

 

S-1

 

3.12

 

12/15/17

3.13

 

Articles of Organization of Trucom, LLC

 

S-1

 

3.13

 

12/15/17

3.14

 

Articles of Organization of CityNet Arizona, LLC

 

S-1

 

3.14

 

12/15/17

3.15

 

Certificate of Amendment of Transactive Intermedia, Inc. – name change to San Diego Media, Inc.

 

S-1

 

3.15

 

12/15/17

3.16

 

Articles of Organization of K Telecom and Wireless, LLC

 

S-1

 

3.16

 

12/15/17

3.17

 

Articles of Incorporation of Blue Collar, Inc.

 

S-1

 

3.17

 

12/15/17

3.18

 

Articles of Organization of Center for Education in TV and Radio LLC

 

S-1

 

3.18

 

12/15/17

3.19

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Organization of Center for Education in TV and Radio LLC name change to Hollywood Riviera Studio, LLC

 

S-1

 

3.19

 

12/15/17

3.20

 

Articles of Organization of HRS Mobile, LLC

 

S-1

 

3.20

 

12/15/17

3.21

 

Bylaws of TPT Global Tech, Inc.

 

S-1

 

3.21

 

12/15/17

3.22

 

Articles of Organization of TPT MedTech, LLC

 

1-A

 

3.22

 

7/2/20

3.23

 

Articles of Incorporation of InnovaQor, Inc.

 

1-A

 

3.23

 

7/2/20

3.24

 

Articles of Organization of TPT Federal, LLC

 

1-A

 

3.24

 

7/2/20

3.25

 

Articles of Organization of Quiklab 1 LLC

 

1-A/A

 

3.25

 

8/28/20

3.26

 

Articles of Organization of QuickLAB 2, LLC

 

1-A/A

 

3.26

 

8/28/20

3.27

 

Statement of Correction Correcting the Entity Name – QuikLAB 2, LLC

 

1-A/A

 

3.27

 

8/28/20

NumberDescription 
3.1Articles of Incorporation of Chatham International, Inc. (9.30.96)Filed HerewithII-4
3.2Articles of Incorporation of Cornerstone Capital, Inc. (12.30.98)Filed Herewith

3.3Articles of Amendment of Art, Music & Entertainment, Inc. – name change to Global Assets & Services, Inc. (7.30.01)Filed Herewith
3.4Articles of Merger – Global Assets & Services. Inc. and SDE 3, Inc. (1.17.02)Filed Herewith
3.5Articles of Amendment of Global Assets & Services, Inc. – name change to Jointland Development, Inc. (12.27.04)Filed Herewith
3.6Articles of Amendment of Jointland Development, Inc. – Article IV amendment (4.5.10)Filed Herewith
3.7Articles of Amendment of Jointland Development, Inc. – name change to Gold Royalty Corp. (10.19.10)Filed Herewith
3.8Articles of Amendment of Gold Royalty Corp. – new name Reuben Cannon Entertainment, Inc. (8.24.12)Filed Herewith
3.9Articles of Amendment of Gold Royalty Corp. – new name Ally Pharma US, Inc. (10.31.12)Filed Herewith
3.10Articles of Amendment of Ally Pharma US, Inc. – new name TPT Global Tech, Inc.Filed Herewith
3.11Articles of Amendment of TPT Global Tech, Inc. – Preferred Stock Series A & B (2.6.15)Filed Herewith
3.12Articles of Incorporation of Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc.Filed Herewith
3.13Articles of Organization of Trucom, LLCFiled Herewith
3.14Articles of Organization of CityNet Arizona, LLCFiled Herewith
3.15Certificate of Amendment of Transactive Intermedia, Inc. – name change to San Diego Media, Inc.Filed Herewith
3.16Articles of Organization of K Telecom and Wireless, LLCFiled Herewith
3.17Articles of Incorporation of Blue Collar, Inc.Filed Herewith
3.18Articles of Organization of Center for Education in TV and Radio LLCFiled Herewith
3.19Articles of Amendment to Articles of Organization of Center for Education in TV and Radio LLC name change to Hollywood Riviera Studio, LLCFiled Herewith
3.20Articles of Organization of HRS Mobile, LLCFiled Herewith
3.21Bylaws of TPT Global Tech, Inc.Filed Herewith
4.1Form of Vesting WarrantsFiled Herewith
4.2Form of Unsecured Convertible Commercial Promissory Note - $250,000Filed Herewith
4.3Form of  Commercial Convertible Promissory NotesFiled Herewith
4.42017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option And Award Incentive PlanFiled Herewith
4.5Series A DesignationFiled Herewith
4.6Series B DesignationFiled Herewith
5.1Opinion re: LegalityFiled Herewith
10.1Employment Agreement, Stephen J. Thomas, IIIFiled Herewith
10.2Employment Agreement,  Gary CookFiled Herewith
10.3Employment Agreement, Richard EberhardtFiled Herewith
10.4Agreement and Plan of Merger – Ally Pharma US, Inc. and TPT Global, Inc. (9.30.14)Filed Herewith
75
Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

 

Exhibit Number

 

 

 

Exhibit Description

 

 

 

Form

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

Filing

Date/Period

End Date

3.28

 

Articles of Organization of QuickLAB 3, LLC

 

1-A/A

 

3.28

 

8/28/20

3.29

 

Statement of Correction Correcting the Entity Name – QuikLAB 3, LLC

 

1-A/A

 

3.29

 

8/28/20

3.30

 

Articles of Organization of QuickLAB 4, LLC

 

1-A/A

 

3.30

 

8/28/20

3.31

 

Statement of Correction Correcting the Entity Name – QuikLAB 4, LLC

 

1-A/A

 

3.31

 

8/28/20

3.32

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

 

8-K

 

3.32

 

9/17/21

3.33

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

 

8-K

 

3.33

 

2/14/22

3.34

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

 

8-K

 

3.34

 

7/20/22

3.35

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

 

8-K

 

3.35

 

7/20/22

3.36

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

 

8-K

 

3.36

 

7/20/22

3.37

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

 

8-K

 

3.37

 

7/20/22

3.38

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

 

8-K

 

3.38

 

7/20/22

3.39

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

 

8-K

 

3.39

 

9/22/22

3.40

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

 

8-K

 

3.40

 

2/24/23

3.41

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

 

8-K

 

3.1

 

2/6/24

4.1

 

Form of Vesting Warrants

 

S-1

 

4.1

 

12/15/17

4.2

 

Form of Unsecured Convertible Commercial Promissory Note - $250,000

 

S-1

 

4.2

 

12/15/17

4.3

 

Form of  Commercial Convertible Promissory Notes

 

S-1

 

4.3

 

12/15/17

4.4

 

2017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option And Award Incentive Plan

 

S-1

 

4.4

 

12/15/17

4.5

 

Series A Designation

 

S-1

 

4.5

 

12/15/17

4.6

 

Series B Designation

 

S-1

 

4.6

 

12/15/17

4.7

 

Promissory Note – HRS

 

S-1/A

 

4.7

 

2/23/18

4.8

 

Promissory Note – Blue Collar

 

S-1/A

 

4.8

 

2/23/18

4.9

 

Promissory Note - Blue Collar - Amendment No. 1 (2.9.18)

 

S-1/A

 

4.9

 

10/2/18

4.10

 

Promissory Note - MatrixSites, Inc. (10.31.17)

 

S-1/A

 

4.10

 

10/2/18

4.11

 

Series C Designation

 

S-1/A

 

4.11

 

10/2/18

4.12

 

Series D Designation

 

8-K

 

3(i)

 

3/10/20

4.13

 

Series D Designation Amendment

 

1-A

 

4.13

 

7/2/20

4.14

 

Form of Placement Agent Warrant

 

1-A POS

 

4.14

 

8/5/21

4.15

 

Amended Form of Placement Agent Warrant

 

1-A POS

 

4.15

 

9/22/21

4.16

 

Amended Form of Placement Agent Warrant

 

1-A POS

 

4.16

 

10/22/21

4.17

 

Series D Designation Amendment

 

POS AM

 

4.17

 

5/4/22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.19

 

Amendment to Certificate of Designation of Series A

 

8-K

 

4.19

 

7/20/22

4.20

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation of Series A

 

8-K

 

4.20

 

7/20/22

4.21

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation of Series D

 

8-K

 

4.21

 

7/20/22

4.22

 

Certificate of Designation of Series E

 

8-K

 

4.22

 

7/20/22

4.23

 

Amended and Restate Certificate of Designation of Series E

 

8-K

 

4.23

 

7/20/22

4.24

 

2024 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option, Compensation, and Award Plan

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

2/6/24

5.1

 

Opinion re: Legality

 

 

 

*

 

 

10.1

 

Employment Agreement, Stephen J. Thomas, III

 

S-1

 

10.1

 

12/15/17

10.2

 

Employment Agreement,  Gary Cook

 

S-1

 

10.2

 

12/15/17

10.3

 

Employment Agreement, Richard Eberhardt

 

S-1

 

10.3

 

12/15/17

10.4

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger – Ally Pharma US, Inc. and TPT Global, Inc. (9.30.14)

 

S-1

 

10.4

 

12/15/17

10.5

 

Purchase Agreement Ally Pharma US, Inc. and K Telecom and Wireless and Global Telecom International LLC (8.1.14)

 

S-1

 

10.5

 

12/15/17

10.6

 

Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc. (1.31.15)

 

S-1

 

10.6

 

12/15/17

10.7

 

Lease Agreement between Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc. and Telecom Finance LLC (9.14.10)

 

S-1

 

10.7

 

12/15/17

10.8

 

Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Port 2 Port, Inc. (9.30.15)

 

S-1

 

10.8

 

12/15/17

 

10.5Purchase Agreement Ally Pharma US, Inc. and K Telecom and Wireless and Global Telecom International LLC (8.1.14)Filed Herewith
10.6Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc. (1.31.15)Filed Herewith
10.7Lease Agreement between Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc. and Telecom Finance LLC (9.14.10)Filed Herewith
10.8Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Port 2 Port, Inc. (9.30.15)Filed Herewith
10.9Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and San Diego Media, Inc. (9.30.16)Filed Herewith
10.10Amendment #1 to Acquisition & Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and San Diego Media, Inc. (12.9.16)Filed Herewith
10.11Asset Acquisition Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Interest Holders of the Lion Phone Technology (12.15.16)Filed Herewith
10.12Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and MatrixSites, Inc.Filed Herewith
10.13Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Hollywood Riviera LLC, HRS Mobile LLC (11.1.17)Filed Herewith
10.14Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Blue Collar Productions, Inc. (11.3.17)Filed Herewith
 
21.1SubsidiariesFiled HerewithII-5

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

Exhibit Number

 

 

 

Exhibit Description

 

 

 

Form

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

Filing

Date/Period

End Date

10.9

 

Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and San Diego Media, Inc. (9.30.16)

 

S-1

 

10.9

 

12/15/17

10.10

 

Amendment #1 to Acquisition & Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and San Diego Media, Inc. (12.9.16)

 

S-1

 

10.10

 

12/15/17

10.11

 

Asset Acquisition Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Interest Holders of the Lion Phone Technology (12.15.16)

 

S-1

 

10.11

 

12/15/17

10.12

 

Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and MatrixSites, Inc.

 

S-1

 

10.12

 

12/15/17

10.13

 

Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Hollywood Riviera LLC, HRS Mobile LLC (11.1.17)

 

S-1

 

10.13

 

12/15/17

10.14

 

Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Blue Collar Productions, Inc. (11.3.17)

 

S-1

 

10.14

 

12/15/17

10.15

 

HRS Amendment

 

S-1/A

 

10.15

 

2/23/18

10.16

 

Amendment No. 1 – Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Blue Collar Productions, Inc. (2.9.18)

 

S-1/A

 

10.16

 

2/23/18

10.17

 

Amendment No. 2 – Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Blue Collar Productions, Inc. (3.29.18)

 

S-1/A

 

10.17

 

10/2/18

10.18

 

Amendment No. 3 - Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Blue Collar Productions, Inc. (3.29.18)

 

S-1/A

 

10.18

 

10/2/18

10.19

 

Independent Director Agreement, Arkady Shkolnik

 

S-1/A

 

10.19

 

10/2/18

10.20

 

Independent Director Agreement, Reginald Thomas

 

S-1/A

 

10.20

 

10/2/18

10.21

 

Product, Software & Services License Agreement – New Orbit Technologies, Inc. (4.17.17)

 

S-1/A

 

10.21

 

10/2/18

10.22

 

Rescission, Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release

 

S-1/A

 

10.22

 

10/2/18

10.23

 

Security & Pledge Agreement - Blue Collar

 

S-1/A

 

10.23

 

11/5/18

10.24

 

Security & Pledge Agreement - Matrixsites

 

S-1/A

 

10.24

 

11/5/18

10.25

 

Securities Purchase Agreement with Geneva Roth Remark Holdings

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

3/22/19

10.26

 

Securities Purchase Agreement with Auctus Fund, LLC

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

3/27/19

10.27

 

Convertible Promissory Note with Auctus Fund, LLC

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

3/27/19

10.28

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

3/27/19

10.29

 

Asset Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and SpeedConnect , LLC

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

4/8/19

10.30

 

Agreement for the Purchase and Sale of Future Receipts

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

3/3/20

10.31

 

Acquisition and Purchase Agreement with Bridge Internet, LLC

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

3/19/20

10.32

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger – Rennova Health, Inc.

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

6/10/20

10.33

 

Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and The Fitness Container, LLC

 

1-A/A

 

6.33

 

8/28/20

10.34

 

Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and The Fitness Container, LLC

 

1-A/A

 

6.34

 

8/28/20

 
23.1Consent of AttorneyFiled HerewithII-6
23.2Consent of AccountantFiled Herewith

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

Exhibit Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form

 

Exhibit

 

Filing

Date/Period

End Date

10.35

 

Secured Promissory Note between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and The Fitness Container, LLC

 

1-A/A

 

6.35

 

8/28/20

10.36

 

COVID-19 Parking Lot Testing License Agreement

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

8/17/20

10.37

 

Letter of Intent between Medytox Diagnostics, Inc., EPIC Reference Labs, Inc. and Rennova Health, Inc. and TPT MedTech, LLC dated August 6, 2020

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

9/9/20

10.38

 

Interim Management Agreement

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

9/9/20

10.39

 

Strategic Partnership Agreement

 

8-K

 

 

 

9/10/20

10.40

 

Purchase Agreement

 

S-1

 

10.40

 

10/28/20

10.41

 

Settlement Agreement

 

S-1

 

10.41

 

10/28/20

10.42 

 

Commercial Promissory Note with Michael A. Littman Ally, Defined Benefit Plan 

 

S-1

 

10.42

 

10/28/20

10.43 

 

Security and Pledge Agreement to Michael A. Littman, Defined Benefit Plan 

 

S-1

 

10.43

 

10/28/20

10.44

 

Amendment and Extension Agreement No. 1 with Michael A. Littman, Atty, Defined Benefit Plan

 

S-1/A

 

10.44

 

1/15/21

10.45

 

Addendum to Amendment and Extension Agreement No. 1 with Michael A. Littman, Atty, Defined Benefit Plan

 

S-1/A

 

10.45

 

1/15/21

10.46

 

Release and Termination Agreement

 

S-1/A

 

10.46

 

1/15/21

10.47

 

Common Stock Purchase Agreement with White Lion Capital, LLC

 

S-1

 

10.47

 

6/30/21

10.48

 

Registration Rights Agreement with White Lion Capital, LLC

 

S-1

 

10.48

 

6/30/21

10.49

 

Placement Agent Fee Agreement with CIM Securities, LLC

 

1-A POS

 

6.36

 

8/5/21

10.50

 

Amendment to Placement Agent Fee Agreement with CIM Securities, LLC

 

1-A POS

 

6.37

 

8/5/21

10.51

 

Placement Agent Fee Agreement, Amendment No. 2, with CIM Securities, LLC

 

1-A POS

 

6.38

 

9/22/21

10.52

 

Convertible Promissory Note with FirstFire Global Opportunities Fund LLC

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

10/19/21

10.53

 

Securities Purchase Agreement with FirstFire Global Opportunities Fund LLC

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

10/19/21

10.54

 

Convertible Promissory Note with Cavalry Investment Fund, LP

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

10/19/21

10.55

 

Securities Purchase Agreement with Cavalry Investment Fund, LP

 

8-K

 

10.4

 

10/19/21

10.56

 

Convertible Promissory Note with Cavalry Fund I, LP

 

8-K

 

10.5

 

10/19/21

10.57

 

Securities Purchase Agreement with Cavalry Fund I, LP

 

8-K

 

10.6

 

10/19/21

10.58

 

Amendment No. 1 to Common Stock Purchase Agreement with White Lion Capital, LLC

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

1/12/22

10.59

 

Placement Agent Fee Agreement, Amendment No. 3, with CIM Securities, LLC

 

1-A POS

 

6.39

 

2/7/22

10.60

 

Convertible Promissory Note with Talos Victory Fund, LLC

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

2/8/22

10.61

 

Securities Purchase Agreement with Talos Victory Fund, LLC

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

2/8/22

10.62

 

Convertible Promissory Note with Blue Lake Partners, LLC

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

2/8/22

10.63

 

Securities Purchase Agreement with Blue Lake Partners, LLC

 

8-K

 

10.4

 

2/8/22

10.64

 

Amendment to Engagement Agreement and Placement Agent Fee Agreement

 

1-A POS

 

6.40

 

2/17/22

10.65

 

Settlement Agreement with John Ogren

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

10/27/21

10.66

 

Amendment No.4 to Placement Agent Fee Agreement Effective March 1, 2022

 

1-A POS

 

6.41

 

3/4/22

10.67

 

Acquisition and Purchase Agreement

 

8-K

 

2.1

 

10/21/22

10.68

 

First Addendum to Acquisition Agreement

 

8-K

 

2.2

 

10/21/22

10.69

 

Securities Purchase Agreement

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

4/3/23

10.70

 

Promissory Note

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

4/3/23

10.71

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger – Asberry 22 Holdings, Inc.

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

4/3/23

10.72

 

Security and Pledge Agreement – Asberry 22 Holdings, Inc.

 

8-K

 

10.4

 

4/3/23

10.73

 

Securities Purchase Agreement

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

8/4/23

10.74

 

Form of Promissory Note

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

8/4/23

10.75

 

Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

9/12/23

10.76

 

Securities Purchase Agreement

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

9/20/23

10.77

 

Advisory Services Agreement

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

10/31/23

10.78

 

Acquisition and Purchase Agreement

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

11/9/23

10.79

 

Convertible Promissory Note

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

11/9/23

 

II-7

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

 

Exhibit Number

 

 

 

Exhibit Description

 

 

 

Form

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

Filing

Date/Period

End Date

10.80

 

Securities Purchase Agreement

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

11/9/23

10.81

 

Business Development and Professional Services Consulting Agreement

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

2/6/24

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

 

 

*

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Attorney

 

 

 

*

 

 

23.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

*

 

 

99.1

 

Trucom LLC Complete Patent

 

S-1

 

99.1

 

12/15/17

99.2

 

Patent Assignment – Ellifson to TruCom LLC(2.11.13)

 

S-1

 

99.2

 

12/15/17

* Filed Herewith

 
99.1Trucom LLC Complete PatentFiled HerewithII-8
99.2Patent Assignment – Ellifson to TruCom LLC (2.11.13)Filed Herewith

Table of Contents

 

ITEMItem 17. UNDERTAKINGSUndertakings.

 

WeThe undersigned registrant hereby undertake the following:undertakes

 

1. To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(a)i. To include any prospectusProspectus required by Sectionsection 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

(b)To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement, or most recent post-effective amendment, which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement; and

ii. To reflect in the Prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of Prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement. iii. To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(c)To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

2. That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein,therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

76
Table of Contents

3. To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered hereby which remain unsold at the termination of the Offering.offering.

4. That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

i. Any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

ii. Any free writing Prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

iii. The portion of any other free writing Prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

iv. Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

5. That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser: Each Prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than Prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or Prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or Prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or Prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to theour directors, officers and controlling persons, pursuant to the provisions above, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable.

In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities other(other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by onea director, officer or controlling person of the directors, officers, or controlling personscorporation in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding,proceeding) is asserted by one of the directors, officers,such director, officer or controlling personsperson in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by a controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and we will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.case.

 

For determining liability under the Securities Act, to treat the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act as part of this Registration Statement as of the time the Commission declared it effective.

77
II-9

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

In accordance withPursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and authorizedduly caused this Registration Statementregistration statement to be signed on ourits behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of San Diego, State of California, on December 15, 2017.February 13, 2024.

 

TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.

 

/s/ Stephen J. Thomas, III

December 15, 2017

February 13, 2024

Stephen J. Thomas, III

(Chief Executive Officer, President, Chairman of the Board and Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Gary L. Cook

December 15, 2017

February 13, 2024

Gary L. Cook

(Chief Financial Officer/Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates stated.

 

/s/ Stephen J. Thomas, III

December 15, 2017

February 13, 2024

Stephen J. Thomas, III, Chief Financial Officer, President and Director

/s/ Gary L. Cook

February 13, 2024

 Gary L. Cook, Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Richard Eberhardt

February 13, 2024

Richard Eberhardt, Chief Operating Officer and Director

 /s/ Arkady Shkolnik

February 13, 2024

Arkady Shkolnik, Director

/s/ Reginald Thomas

February 13, 2024

Reginald Thomas, Director

/s/ John F. Wharton

February 13, 2024

John F. Wharton, Director

 

II-10

/s/ Richard EberhardtDecember 15, 2017
Richard Eberhardt, Director

 

78